Volume 5
Number 3 1999
AUSTROAAIUVA
A Journal of Plant Systematics
Queensland Herbarium
QUEENSLAND GOVERNMENT
'l Environmental
/Protection
Agency
Editorial Committee
L.W. Jessup (editor)
R.J.F. Henderson (technical advisor)
B.K. Simon (technical advisor)
Desktop Publishing
TriciaA. Kerr
Austrobaileya
Vol. 1, No. 1 was published on 1 December 1977
Vol. 5, No. 2 was published on 25 January 1999
Austrobaileya is published once per year.
Exchange: This journal will be distributed on the basis of exchange.
Subscriptions: Orders for single issues and subscriptions may be placed. The price is (1999)
A$25 per issue for individuals, A$40 for institutions, including postage.
All correspondence relating to exchange, subscriptions or contributions to this journal should be
addressed to The Editor, Austrobaileya, Queensland Herbarium, Environmental Protection Agency
(EPA), Brisbane Botanic Gardens Mt. Coot-tha, Mt. Coot-tha Road,Toowong Qld 4066, Australia.
ISSN0155-4131
© Queensland Herbarium 1999
Austrobaileya is the journal of the Queensland Herbarium and is devoted to publication of
results of sound research and of informed discussion on plant systematics, with special emphasis
on Queensland plants.
Opinions expressed by authors are their own and do not necessarily represent the policies or
views of the Queensland Herbarium, or the Environmental Protection Agency.
Austrobaileya 5(3): 405-586 (1999)
Contents
A taxonomic revision of Bridelia Willd. (Euphorbiaceae) in Australia
Paul I. Forster.405
Rhodamnia angustifolia (Myrtaceae), a new and endangered species from south-eastern
Queensland
Neil Snow and Gordon P. Guymer.421
A revision of Stylidium sect. Debilia Mildbr., S. sect. Floodia Mildbr. and S. sect .Lanata A.R.Bean
(Stylidiaceae)
A.R. Bean.427
A taxonomic revision of Mallotus Lour. (Euphorbiaceae) in Australia
Paul I. Forster.457
Ochrosperma obovatum (Myrtaceae), a new species from south-eastern Queensland
A.R. Bean.499
A revision of ChrysopogonTrin. including Vetiveria Bory (Poaceae) in Thailand and Malesia with
notes on some other species from Africa and Australia
J.F. Veldkamp.503
The Hygrocybeae (Fungi, Basidiomycota,Agaricales, Hygrophoraceae) of the Lane Cove Bushland
Park, New South Wales
A. M. Young.535
A new species and a new combination in Rutidosis (Gnaphalieae: Angianthinae: Asteraceae)
A.E. Holland.565
Peperomia hunteriana (Piperaceae), a new species from the ‘Wet Tropics’ of north-eastern
Queensland
Paul I. Forster.573
Notes
Typification and application of the name Macrozamia macleayi Miq. (Zamiaceae)
Paul I. Forster.577
In defence of Chrysopogonfallax S.T.Blake (Poaceae)
Rod Henderson.579
Steinchisma hians (Elliott) Nash, the correct name for Fasciculochloa sparshottiorum B.K.Simon
& C.M.Weiller
Bryan Simon.583
Review
Bill McDonald
585
A taxonomic revision ofBridelia Willd. (Euphorbiaceae) in Australia
Paul I. Forster
Summary
Forster, P.I. (1999). A taxonomic revision of Bridelia Willd. (Euphorbiaceae) in Australia.
Austrobaileya 5(3): 405-419. The genus Bridelia Willd. is revised for Australia and contains five
species, B. exaltata F.Muell., B. finalis P.I.Forst. sp.nov., B. leichhardtii Baill. ex Muell.Arg., B.
insulana Hance and B. tomentosa Blume. All species are described and a key to distinguish them is
provided. Distribution, habitat, typification, phenology and conservation status are outlined for each
taxon.
Key words: Bridelia exaltata, Bridelia finalis, Bridelia insulana, Bridelia leichhardtii, Bridelia
tomentosa, Australia, Euphorbiaceae
P.I.Forster, Queensland Herbarium, EPA, Brisbane Botanic Gardens, Mt Coot-tha, Mt Coot-tha
Road, Toowong, Qld 4066, Australia
Introduction
The genus Bridelia was named by Willdenow
in 1806 with three species included in it at that
time. The name commemorates S.E.Bridel (“in
honorem Clariss S.E. Briedel nominavi”
(Willdenow 1806:979)). As outlined by Dressier
(1996a), the name has been commonly spelt as
'Bridelia’ in many accounts ever since Sprengel
(1818) 'corrected’ the spelling. The original
spelling 'Briedelia’ was recently re-adopted in
important reference works such as Chapman
(1991), Greuter et al. (1993) and Webster (1994)
and in a number of regional flora accounts and
checklists (e.g. Dunlop et al. 1995; Forster &
Henderson 1997). The spelling Bridelia has
now been conserved (Brummitt 1998) and is
used hereafter in the current paper.
An excellent overview of the genus
Bridelia in Malesia and Indochina has recently
been published by Dressier (1996c) who
provided an extensive review of its taxonomic
history and morphological variation. It is
unnecessary to repeat here much of the
information summarised in that paper, hence
this introduction is brief.
Bridelia is included in the Euphorbiaceae
subfamily Phyllanthoideae tribe Bridelieae,
together with Cleistanthus Hook.f. ex Planch.
(Webster 1994) from which it may be
Accepted for publication 26 March 1999
distinguished mainly by the drupaceous fruit
and features of leaf venation (Dressier 1996c).
Apart from the recent regional work of Dressier
(1996b,c), major works on the genus as a whole
have been published by Mueller (1866) and
Jablonszky (1915).
In the present paper, a revision of the
genus in Australia is presented as a precursor
to the necessarily concise treatment to be
eventually published in Volume 23 of the ‘Flora
of Australia’. This revision is necessary for
several reasons -
(1) the account of Airy Shaw (1980b) is
outdated and his key to taxa will not necessarily
work with all Australian material,
(2) there are some slight changes needed to
circumscription of taxa, especially in the B.
tomentosa complex, and
(3) one new species requires description.
The first record of Bridelia from
Australia was that of Baillon (1858) who
published the nomen nudum B. leichhardtii.
This name was subsequently validated by J.
Mueller (1866) based on a type from Moreton
Bay in Queensland. Meanwhile, F. Mueller
(1862) had published B. exaltata F.Muell. for a
different species in this genus based on a type
from the Clarence River in New South Wales. J.
Mueller (1866) in his monograph of the world’s
406
Euphorbiaceae, indicated B. exaltata and B.
tomentosa Blume as occurring in Australia.
Accounts of B. exaltata, B. tomentosa (with
some collections also under the misapplied
name B. ovata ) and B. leichhardtii (under the
synonymous nam eB.faginea (Baill.) F.Muell.
ex Benth.) were included in Bridelia by
Bentham (1873) who was more or less followed
by Bailey (1902) and Jablonsky (1915). Apart
from the descriptions of B. tomentosa var.
glabrata Domin (now included in B. tomentosa
var. tomentosa ) (Domin 1927), and B.
phyllanthoides W.V.Fitz. (now considered
conspecific with B. insulana ) (Fitzgerald 1918),
little work was undertaken on the Australian
representatives until Airy Shaw published his
accounts in the 1970’s and early 1980’s.
In the most recent overall treatment of
Australian Bridelia, Airy Shaw (1980b)
included B. exaltata, B. leichhardtii, B.
penangiana Hook.f. (now treated as
conspecific with/?, insulana) and B. tomentosa,
this latter species including the varieties B.
tomentosa var. tomentosa, B. tomentosa var.
glabrifolia (Merr.) Airy Shaw, B. tomentosa var.
trichadenia Muell.Arg. and B. tomentosa var.
eriantha Airy Shaw. The recent accounts of
Malesian species of Bridelia by Dressier
(1996b,c) followed a paper by Fi (1988) that
established usage of the name B. insulana
Hance for the taxon widely known in Australia
as B. penangiana. Dressier (1996c) also
provided detailed descriptions of both B.
insulana and B. tomentosa based on
extra-Australian collections.
Materials and Methods
This revision is based on herbarium collections
at BRI, CANB, DNA, MEF, NSW, PERTH and
QRS, as well as type material from other
non-Australian herbaria. Types have been seen
unless indicated as n.v. All species have been
examined in habitat during the period 1979 to
1999. For species that are not endemic in
Australia, only synonymy relevant to Australia
is given and further synonyms may be located
in Dressier (1996c). The spelling Bridelia is
used throughout in the bibliographic sections,
although in some cases it would have been
spelt as Briedelia.
Austrobaileya 5(3): 405-419 (1999)
All descriptions are based on Australian
collections. Floral descriptions were prepared
from material preserved in spirit (FAA or 70%
alcohol and 5% glycerol) or reconstituted by
boiling in water and detergent. Fruit
descriptions were prepared from material
preserved in spirit or dried. Foliage and
inflorescence descriptions were prepared from
dried material. Indumentum cover is described
using the terminology of Hewson (1988), except
that ‘scattered’ is used instead of ‘isolated’.
The indumentum in Australian Bridelia species
comprises uniseriate, multicellular hairs.
The ‘Wet Tropics’ is defined as that area
of north-eastern Queensland that encompasses
the ‘hot, humid, vine forests’ from near
Cooktown in the north to Paluma in the south
(Webb & Tracey 1981; Barlow & Hyland 1988).
Rainforest typology follows Webb (1978).
Taxonomy
Bridelia Willd., Sp. PI. 4(2): 978 (1806). Type: B.
scandens (Roxb.) Willd. (lecto: fide
Webster (1994: 39)). Briedelia Spreng.,
Anleit. Kenntn. Gew. ed. 2,2: 887 (1818),
orth. var. Type: not designated.
Shrubs or trees, rarely lianes, evergreen or
rarely deciduous, perennial, dioecious or rarely
monoecious; stems and foliage without
obvious latex. Indumentum of multicellular
uniseriate trichomes; stinging hairs absent;
glandular hairs absent. Stipules entire or rarely
divided, inconspicuous, caducous. Feaves
alternate, petiolate, elobate, penninerved, entire
or weakly sinuate or dentate, not glandular.
Inflorescences axillary, glomerulate, bracteate.
Male flowers sessile or shortly pedicellate; calyx
lobes 5, valvate, partially connate at base; petals
5, alternate with sepals; disc present between
the reproductive parts and the perianth,
pulvinate and fleshy; stamens 5, with filaments
united into a short column with upper parts
free; anthers basifixed or dorsifixed, bilobate,
with thecae oblong to ellipsoid, longitudinally
dehiscent; pistillode topping the staminal
column. Female flowers sessile to shortly
pedicellate; perianth and disc as in male flowers
but with an additional inner, membranous disc
that surrounds the ovary; ovary 2- or 3-locular;
locules biovulate; styles 2, free or united at
Forster, Bridelia in Australia
407
base, bifid. Fruits drupaceous, ellipsoid to
globose, with surface smooth, indehiscent.
Seeds 1 or 2 per fruit, ovoid to hemispherical,
ecarunculate; testa smooth; albumen fleshy or
membranous; cotyledons broad, flat.
A paleotropical genus of 50-60 species; five
species in Australia.
Key to Bridelia species in Australia
1. Mature foliage with velutinous indumentum on lower surface. 2. B. finalis
Mature foliage without velutinous indumentum on lower surface.2
2. Leaf petiole black and tessellated; fruit 1-locular. 3. B. insulana
Leaf petiole green or brownish, smooth; fruit 2-locular.3
3. Leaf petiole rounded adaxially; sepals <1.8 mm long. 5. B. tomentosa
Leaf petiole grooved adaxially; sepals 1.8-2 mm long.4
4. Leaf lamina with 13-18 lateral veins each side of midrib;
fruit 8-13 mm diameter. 1. B. exaltata
Leaf lamina with 10-12 lateral veins each side of midrib;
fruit 3-7 mm diameter. 4. B. leichhardtii
1. Bridelia exaltata F.Muell., Fragm. 3:32 (1862);
B. ovata var. exaltata (F.Muell.)
Muell.Aig. in DC., Prodr. 15(2): 495 (1866).
Type: New South Wales. Clarence River,
Beckler (holo: G-DC n.v. [fiche atBRI]).
[Amanoa ovata auct. non (Decne.) Baill.;
Baillon,Adansonia6: 336 (1866)].
Illustrations : Francis (1981: 224,225); Stanley
(1983:425, fig. 66A); Floyd (1989:139); James
& Harden (1990: 393); Hauser (1992: 128);
Nicholson & Nicholson (1994: 17).
Shrub or small tree to 35 m high. Stems without
prop roots, not buttressed. Bark ridged and
fissured with corky plates although initially flat
and nondescript, dark brown. Indumentum
ferruginous to straw-coloured, generally
deciduous. Young stems with sparse
indumentum, soon glabrescent and lenticellate.
Stipules linear, 3-4.5 mm long, 0.5-1 mm wide,
usually deeply bifid, with sparse to dense
indumentum. Leaves petiolate; petioles 5-10
mm long, 1.3-1.6 mm wide, grooved adaxially,
same colour as lamina, with scattered
indumentum; lamina elliptic, oblanceolate or
obovate, up to 170 mm long and 60 mm wide
with margins sinuate to weakly dentate and with
distinct marginal vein; venation comprising 13-
18 lateral veins per side of midrib and reticulate
interlaterals; tip acute to shortly acuminate;
base cuneate to rounded; upper surface glossy
green, glabrescent, with lateral veins distinct
and interlateral veins indistinct; lower surface
glaucous green, with scattered indumentum
mainly on veins or glabrescent and with lateral
veins and midrib prominent and raised and
interlateral veins prominent. Inflorescence with
1-5 flowers in clusters; bracts lanceolate to
triangular, 0.8-1.5 mm long, 0.5-lmm wide, with
scattered indumentum. Male flowers
pedicellate; pedicels 1.2-1.5 mm long, glabrous;
sepals lanceolate-ovate, 1.8-2 mm long, 0.8-1
mm wide, glabrous; disc circular with a slightly
undulating margin, 1.5-1.8 mm diameter; petals
spathulate, c. 0.8 mm long and 0.7 mm wide;
staminal column c. 0.5 mm long, with filaments
1.4-1.5 mm long, anthers ± ellipsoid, 0.6-0.7
mm long, c. 0.5 mm wide; pistillode 1-1.2 mm
long, shortly bilobed. Female flowers not seen.
Fruits 2-5 per cluster; 2-seeded, ellipsoid, 8-
13 mm long, 8-13 mm wide, slightly pedicellate,
white or yellow when immature, black or brown
when fully ripe. Brush Ironbark, Scrub
Ironbark, Grey Birch, Brown Birch. Fig. IB.
Selected additional specimens : Queensland. Wide
Bay District: Bidwill, between Teddington &
Maryborough, 25°36’S, 152 0 41’E, May 1994, Smyrell
[AQ627901] (BRI); Pie Creek, Gympie district, Nov
1912, Swain 232 (BRI); Imbil, Jan 1918, Weatherhead
396 (BRI). Moreton District: Brisbane River, Dec
1908, Bailey [AQ201664] (BRI); Hyne Estate road,
SE of Kandanga, 26°24’S, 152°42’E, Apr 1995, Bean
408
8526 (BRI, MEL, NSW); 4.5 km WSW of Mt Alford,
28° 05’S, 152°33’E, Apr 1986, Bird [AQ399846] (BRI,
CANB); Toowong - Indooroopilly, Brisbane, Mar
1932, Blake & Everist [AQ201669] (BRI); Beenleigh,
s.dat., Michael 1822 (BRI); Indooroopilly, Jun 1889,
Simmonds [AQ201665] (BRI); Flinders Peak, May
1961, Smith [AQ201670] (BRI); Myer’s Ferry,
Southport, Mar 1932, White [AQ201666] (BRI); Mt
Alford, Apr 1949, White 13004 (BRI); Pine Mt, 12
km N of Ipswich, 27°32’S, 152°45’E, Jun 1978,
Williams 78079 & Bird (BRI). New South Wales.
Tumbulgum, Apr 1898, Baker (NSW); Ballina, Dec
1892, Bauerlen 943 (NSW); Rivertree area, c. 38
miles [63.3 km] E of Liston, 25 miles [41.7 km] NW
of Tabulam, Jul 1969, Clark 1788 et al. (BRI, NSW);
Mallangamee, Richmond River, Apr 1936, de
Beuzeville (NSW); Casino, Mar 1917, Irby (NSW).
Distribution and habitat : B. exaltata is
endemic to Australia and occurs in
south-eastern Queensland and north-eastern
New SouthWales (Map l).The most northerly
recorded locality for the species is at
Teddington Weir and the most southerly
locality at the Manning River (Floyd 1989). The
species is to be found in notophyll vineforests
(often with Araucaria cunninghamii ) on a
variety of soil types of volcanic or alluvial
origins. Francis (1981), Floyd (1989), Hauser
(1992) and Nicholson & Nicholson (1994) state
that the fruit are eaten by birds.
Phenology: Flowers have been recorded in
May, November and December, and fruits from
January to June.
Notes: The type collection of B. exaltata was
made by H. Beckler on the Clarence River in
north-eastern New South Wales and was
probably collected only a few years before
Mueller described the species (F. Mueller 1862).
The precise locality of the type collection
cannot be determined, but there are modern
collections from within this general area.
This species is poorly collected and I
have not seen female flowers. It is often
confused by collectors with large oblanceolate-
leaved forms of B. leichhardtii. The two
species may easily be distinguished by the
number of lateral veins in the leaf lamina and
the fruit size (see key to species). B. exaltata
also grows in wetter vineforests than those
where B. leichhardtii is found. Some localities
given in Forster et al. (1991) for#, exaltata are
referable to B. leichhardtii because they are
Austrobaileya 5(3): 405-419 (1999)
based on misidentification of juvenile plants
of the latter species.
Uses: The wood of B. exaltata is suitable for
building and turnery (Bailey 1888,1902; Swain
1928; Francis 1981; Floyd 1989). Foliage of
regrowth stems contains a prussic-acid
yielding glycoside (“glucoside”) that is
poisonous to cattle (Francis 1981).
Conservation status: The majority of
collections of this species are more than 20
years old and it is rarely encountered in the
remnants of vineforest that still exist in its
known range. Despite this, it should not be
regarded as a threatened species at this stage.
It is present in at least seven conservation
reserves in Queensland (Forster et al. 1991) and
eight conservation reserves in New South
Wales (Floyd 1989).
2. Bridelia finalis RI.Forst. sp. nov. affinis B.
erapensi S.Dressier sed foliis ellipticis,
oblanceolatis vel obovatis (adversum
folia ovata), folii lamina subtus
brunneo-viridi, indumento velutino,
sparso vel denso, stramineo vel
ferrugineo (adversum folii laminam subtus
griseo-viridem vel glaucam, indumentum
puberulum sparsum brunneum) et bracteis
inflorescentiae longioribus (2-3 mm
adversum c. 1.3 mm longum) ab ea
differens. Typus: Queensland. Cook
District: c. 7 km S of Stone Crossing &
18 km E of Myerfield, 12°27’S, 142°09’E,
23 April 1991, J.R. Clarkson 9032 & V.J.
Neldner (holo: BRI; iso: QRS).
Bridelia sp. (Stone Crossing J.R.Clarkson+
9032), Forster & Henderson (1994:109);
Forster & Henderson (1997: 71)]
Small tree to 10 m high. Stems not buttressed
and lacking prop roots at base. Bark
nondescript, becoming tessellated, cream.
Indumentum ferruginous to straw-coloured,
generally deciduous. Young stems with dense
indumentum, soon glabrescent and lenticellate.
Stipules lanceolate, 2-4 mm long, 1-1.2 mm
wide, entire, with dense indumentum. Leaves
petiolate; petioles 3-6 mm long, 1.5-2 mm wide,
rounded adaxially, same colour as lamina, with
dense indumentum; lamina elliptic, oblanceolate
Forster, Bridelia in Australia
409
or obovate, up to 170 mm long and 95 mm wide
with margins entire and slightly sinuate and
with distinct marginal vein; venation comprising
9-15 lateral veins per side of midrib and
reticulate interlaterals; tip shortly acute to
rounded; base rounded or weakly cordate;
upper surface glossy green, with scattered
indumentum on veins or glabrescent, with
lateral veins distinct and interlateral veins
indistinct; lower surface brown-green, with
velutinous, sparse to dense indumentum all
over, with lateral veins and midrib prominent
and raised and interlateral veins prominent.
Inflorescence with numerous flowers in
clusters; bracts lanceolate-ovate to triangular,
2-3 mm long, 1-2 mm wide, with dense
indumentum. Male flowers subsessile to 0.5 mm
long, the pedicels with dense indumentum;
sepals lanceolate, 2-2.8 mm long, 0.8-1 mm
wide, glabrous; disc circular with a slightly
undulating margin, 2-2.2 mm diameter; petals
spathulate, c. 0.8 mm long and 0.6 mm wide;
stamens and pistillode not seen. Female flowers
pedicellate to 0.5 mm; sepals and petals same
as for male flowers; inner disc deeply lobed
with irregular erose tips, 1-1.5 mm long; ovary
not seen; styles 2, c. 1 mm long, bifid once.
Fruits 2 or 3 per cluster, 2-seeded, ± globose,
5-6 mm long, 4-6 mm wide, pedicellate to 2 mm,
pink-red when immature, red when fully ripe.
Fig. IE.
Additional specimens: Queensland. Cook district:
Airstrip Scrub, 1.2 km SE of Kalpowar Homestead,
Kalpowar Pastoral Holding, 14°53’S, 144°10’E, Nov
1992, Fell DGF2717 & Stanton (BRI); Browns Peak,
75 km ENE of Lakefield Homstead, Starcke Pastoral
Holding, 14°37’S, 144°49’E, May 1993, Fell DGF3240
et al. (BRI, CANB); Upper Howick River, 49 km
ENE of Lakefield Homestead, Kalpowar Pastoral
Holding, 14°42’S, 144°35’E, May 1993, Fell DGF3252
(BRI, MEL); Schram Scrub, 16 km NW of Moreton
Telegraph Station, Bertiehaugh Holding, 12°20’S,
142°32’E, Apr 1994, Fell DGF4251 & Pritchard (BRI,
CANB, DNA, QRS); ‘Equina Scrub’, 42 km W of
Coen, Holroyd Pastoral Holding, 13°59’S, 142°48’E,
Jun 1994, Fell DGF4402 & Buck (BRI, QRS); Bathurst
Range, 19 km SSE of Bathurst Head, 14°25’S,
144°15’E, Jul 1994, Fell DGF4486 et al. (BRI, DNA,
QRS); Possum Scrub, Weipa to Stones Crossing road,
12°27’S, 142°09’E, Jul 1993, Forster PIF13518A et
al. (BRI, QRS); ditto, Jun 1994, Forster PIF15269 &
Tucker (BRI, QRS); Mary Valley Scrub, 15°02’S,
143°45’E, Jul 1993, Forster PIF13441 et al. (BRI,
QRS); Mt White, Coen, Jun 1996, Forster PIF19447
(BRI, QRS).
Distribution and habitat: B. finalis is endemic
to Cape York Peninsula, Queensland (Map 3).
The species grows in deciduous vinethicket
on rocky slopes derived from quartzitic granites
or on hard, red lateritic ridges.
Phenology: Flowers at anthesis have not been
seen and they are probably present from
December to February. Plants at Possum Scrub
were examined in late November after extensive
storm rain but still had only buds present. Ripe
(or nearly so) fruit have been collected in April.
Notes: This new species was first collected in
1991 by J.R. Clarkson andVJ. Neldner and there
have been few subsequent collections made.
B. finalis is superficially similar to the
recently described B. erapensis S.Dressier from
Morobe Province in Papua New Guinea and
will key to that species in Dressier’s key
(Dressier 1996b). Both taxa are poorly known
with complete morphological data for the
flowers of both species lacking. Based on the
available material, B. finalis differs from B.
erapensis in its leaves being elliptic,
oblanceolate or obovate (rather than ovate),
the undersurface of its leaf lamina being
brown-green, with velutinous, sparse to dense,
straw to ferruginous coloured indumentum
(rather than the undersurface of the leaf lamina
being grey-green to glaucous, with
puberulous, sparse, brown coloured
indumentum), and longer inflorescence bracts
(2-3 mm rather than c. 1.3 mm). B. finalis also
has coriaceous leaves (pers. obs. of live plants)
whereas B. erapensis is described by Dressier
has having chartaceous to subcoriaceous
leaves. It is difficult to determine from the two
herbarium collections of B. erapensis available
to me (duplicates at BRI of Hartley 12224 and
Henty NGF10692) whether this is a genuine
additional distinction, but the New Guinean
species does seem to be a less robust plant in
terms of its foliage. The two species are
undoubtedly closely allied and further
collections may well reveal that they are
conspecific.
The localities recorded for B. erapensis,
although encompassing “lowland monsoon or
rain forests” (cf. Dressier 1996c) (notophyll
vineforests), are not subjected to the extremes
410
of dry-season water deficiency found where B.
finalis grows on Cape York Peninsula. The
vineforests where B. erapensis occurs have a
well-developed ground and epiphyte flora
(pers. obs. 1992). By contrast, habitats for B.
finalis have little in the way of a ground flora
and epiphytes are few.
Uses: No uses have been recorded for this
species. It grows large enough in some
situations to produce millable timber and could
be useful for turnery.
Conservation status : B. finalis is widespread
on Cape York Peninsula but infrequently
collected. It is superficially similar to
Cleistanthuspeninsularis Airy Shaw and some
taxa of Annonaceae and is likely to be
overlooked by the majority of collectors. No
conservation coding is considered necessary
at this stage.
Etymology: The specific epithet is formed from
the Latin finalis (of the end) and reflects the
author’s concept of species delimitation in the
Australian taxa of Bridelia.
3. Bridelia insulana Hance, J. Bot. 15: 337
(1877). Type: Cochinchina, in ins. Phukok,
Feb 1874, Pierre 19762 (holo: BM n.v.
(fide Dressier (1996c: 315); iso: Kn.v. (fide
Dressier (l.c.), Pn.v. [photo at BRI]).
Bridelia penangiana Hook.f., FI. Brit. India
5: 272 (1887). Type: Malaysia. Penang,
Government Hill, 1885, C. Curtis 527
(holo: K n.v. [photo at BRI]).
Bridelia minutiflora Hook.f., FI. Brit. India
5: 273 (1887).Type: Burma.Tenasserim,
Mergui, Griffith 867 (holo: K n.v. [photo
at BRI]).
Illustrations: Christophel & Hyland (1993: 98,
plate 36h); Cooper & Cooper (1994:59).
Shrub or small tree to 10 m high. Stems
buttressed with prop roots at base, often with
‘spines’ (immature prop roots) on lower trunk.
Bark nondescript, becoming tessellated and
flaky, cream. Indumentum ferruginous to
straw-coloured, generally deciduous. Young
stems with sparse to dense indumentum, soon
Austrobaileya 5(3): 405-419 (1999)
glabrescent and lenticellate. Stipules
linear-oblong to lanceolate, 2.5-5.5 mm long,
1-1.2 mm wide, entire, with dense indumentum.
Leaves petiolate; petioles 6-9 mm long, 1-1.8
mm wide, rounded adaxially, black &
tessellated, with scattered indumentum; lamina
elliptic to obovate, up to 230 mm long and 90
mm wide with margins entire and slightly
sinuate and with distinct marginal vein;
venation comprising 10-13 lateral veins per
side of midrib and reticulate interlaterals; tip
shortly acuminate to obtuse; base cuneate to
rounded; upper surface glossy green,
glabrescent, with lateral veins distinct,
interlateral veins indistinct; lower surface pale
brownish-green and with scattered
indumentum mainly on veins, lateral veins and
midrib prominent and raised and interlateral
veins prominent. Inflorescence with numerous
flowers in clusters; bracts lanceolate-ovate, c.
1.5 mm long and 1 mm wide, with sparse
indumentum. Male flowers pedicellate, to 0.5
mm long, with sparse to dense indumentum;
sepals lanceolate-ovate to triangular, 1-1.5 mm
long, 0.7-1 mm wide, glabrous; disc circular
with a slightly undulating margin, 1-1.6 mm
diameter; petals spathulate to suborbicular
with the tip crenate, 0.4-0.5 mm long, 0.3-0.5
mm wide; staminal column 0.6-0.7 mm long with
filaments 0.7-0.9 mm long, anthers iellipsoid,
0.4-0.5 mm long, 0.4-0.5 mm wide; pistillode
0.3-0.4 mm long, shortly bilobed. Female
flowers ±sessile, sepals and petals same as for
male flowers; inner disc of irregular lobing c.
0.5 mm long; ovary ellipsoid, c. 0.5 mm long,
0.3-0.5 mm wide, glabrous; styles 2,1.2-1.5 mm
long, bifid. Fruits 5-12 per glomerule, 1-seeded,
ellipsoid, 5-10 mm long, 3-6 mm wide,
subsessile, pink-green when immature, red to
purple-black when fully ripe. Fig. 1C.
Selected additional specimens: Queensland. Cook
District: Rocky River Scrub, Silver Plains, 13°48’S,
143°28’E, Jul 1993, Forster PIF13644 et al. (BRI,
MEL, QRS); S.F.R. 310, Parish of Gadgarra,
Goldsborough L.A., 17°13’S, 145°46’E, Jan 1985, Gray
3853 (QRS); Eubenangee Swamp, near Babinda,
17°20’S, 145°55’E, Oct 1969, Hyland [AQ201719]
(BRI); Claudie River, between the camp & the airport,
12°50’S, 143°20’E, Oct 1972, Hyland KFK21U (BRI,
NSW, QRS); Claudie River, 12°45’S, 143°15’E, Oct
1973, Hyland 7003 (BRI, QRS); ditto, Oct 1974,
Hyland 7801 (BRI, QRS); Cairns Botanic Gardens,
Red Arrow Walk, 16°54’S, 145°45’E, Jun 1976,
Forster, Bridelia in Australia
411
Hyland RFK3437 (BRI, QRS); Porn. 195 Parish of
Clerk, Nov 1983, Hyland 12908 (QRS); NE side of
Lamond Hill, Iron Range, 12°43’S, 143°18’E, Nov
1986, Jessup 783 (BRI); Cairns, Currunda Creek,
16°56’S, 145°41’E, Jan 1992, Lyons 107 (BRI); South
Mossman River, 16°29’E, 145°23’E, Sep 1987,
Sankowsky 645 (BRI); Mossman River, 1886, Sayer
[AQ201717] (BRI); Oliver Creek, Cape Tribulation
area, 16°06’S, 145°27’E, May 1972, Webb & Tracey
11583 (BRI); Between Stony Point & Mosquito Point,
12°25’S, 143°16’E, Dec 1977, Webb & Tracey 13848
(BRI); Little Mulgrave, 17°08’S, 145°42’E, Jan 1954,
White [AQ201722] (BRI). North Kennedy District:
Mission Beach, 17°52’S, 146°07’E, Oct 1967, Hyland
1182 (BRI).
Distribution and habitat: B. insulana occurs
in north-eastern Queensland in a number of
disjunct localities in the Wet Tropics and on
Cape York Peninsula (Map 2). It is also
widespread in Malesia and the Indian
subcontinent (Dressier 1996c). Plants grow in
notophyll or mesophyll vineforest on alluvium
or volcanic soils.
Phenology: Flowers have been recorded
mainly from October to December, but there
are occasional records from other months.
Fruits have been recorded mainly from
December to April, but there are occasional
records from other months.
Notes: This species was first recorded for
Australia as B. minutiflora Hook.f. by White
(1936) based on collections by Sayer from the
Mossman River area and Ladbrooke from the
Johnstone River area. Airy Shaw (1976,1980a,b)
included the species under B. penangiana
Hook.f. Dressier (1996b,c), following a paper
by Li (1988), included both#, minutiflora and
B. penangiana in synonymy with B. insulana
Hance.
Dressier (1996b), in his key to New
Guinean Bridelia species, stated that B.
insulana lacks a distinct marginal vein in its
leaves. All of the Australian and
extra-Australian material I have seen of this
taxon definitely has a marginal vein in the
leaves, hence this character should be deleted
from Dressier’s key.
Uses : The species rarely grows large enough
to produce millable timber. There are no uses
recorded for it.
Conservation status: Common and widespread.
4. Bridelia leichhardtii Baill. ex Muell.Arg. in
DC., Prodr. 15(2): 499 (August 1866) [as
‘Bridelialeichhardi’]. Type: Queensland.
Moreton District: nr Camerons brush,
Moreton Bay, 1844, Leichhardt { holo: P
n.v. [photo at BRI]).
Amanoa faginea Baill., Adansonia 6: 336
(Sept 1866); Bridelia faginea (Baill.)
Benth., FI. Austral. 6: 120 (1873). Type:
Queensland. Port Curtis District:
Rockhampton, 1863, Dallachy 17 (syn:
MEL); Frenchmen Creek, 1863, Dallachy
259 (syn: MEL); Rockhampton, Thozetl6
& 172 (syn: MEL).
Bridelia melanthesoides var. australiensis
Gehrm., Bot. Jahrb. 91, Beibl. 95:35 (1908).
Type: not designated.
Bridelia leichhardtii var. glabrata Domin,
Biblioth. Bot. 89: 325 (1927) [as ‘Bridelia
leichardti’]. Type: Queensland. Port
Curtis District: “Emu Park bei
Rockhampton”, Mar 1910, Domin (holo:
?PRn.v.).
Illustrations: Williams (1987:47); Hauser (1992:
129).
Shrub or small tree to 6 m high. Stems without
prop roots, not buttressed. Bark ridged and
fissured, with corky plates, blackish.
Indumentum ferruginous to straw-coloured,
generally deciduous. Young stems with sparse
to dense indumentum, soon glabrescent and
lenticellate. Stipules linear, 1-1.5 mm long, 0.2-
0.3 mm wide, entire, with sparse to dense
indumentum. Leaves petiolate; petioles 2-5 mm
long, 0.3-0.5 mm wide, grooved adaxially, same
colour as lamina, with scattered to sparse
indumentum; lamina elliptic, oblanceolate,
obovate or rarely suborbicular, up to 100 mm
long and 45 mm wide with margins entire to
weakly dentate and without distinct marginal
vein; venation comprising 10-11 lateral veins
per side of midrib and reticulate interlaterals;
tip acute to rounded; base cuneate to rounded;
upper surface glossy green, glabrescent, with
lateral veins distinct and interlateral veins
indistinct; lower surface pale brownish-green,
412
with scattered indumentum mainly on veins,
lateral veins and midrib prominent and raised
and interlateral veins prominent. Inflorescence
with 1 or 2 flowers in clusters; bracts lanceolate
to triangular, 0.5-0.7 mm long, 0.5-0.7 mm wide,
with sparse indumentum. Male flowers
subsessile or pedicellate; pedicels to 1 mm long,
glabrous; sepals lanceolate, 1.5-2 mm long,
0.8-1 mm wide, glabrous; disc circular with a
slightly undulating margin, c. 1.5 mm diameter;
petals spathulate with the tip crenate, 0.5-0.8
mm long, 0.5-0.8 mm wide; staminal column 1-
1.2 mm long with filaments 0.5-0.8 mm long,
anthers roughly ellipsoid, 0.4-0.6 mm long, 0.3-
0.5 mm wide, pistillode 0.5-0.8 mm long, shortly
bilobed. Female flowers isessile, sepals and
petals same as for male flowers; inner disc of 4
or 5 lobes 0.8-1 mm long that almost totally
enclosing the ovary with margins irregularly
erose; ovary ellipsoid, 1.8-2 mm long, 1.5-2
mm wide, glabrous; styles 2,0.4-0.5 mm long,
bifid. Fruits 1 or 2 per cluster; 2-seeded,
globose, 3-7 mm long, 3-7 mm wide, slightly
pedicellate, red when immature, black or
purple-black when fully ripe. Scrub Ironbark,
Small-leaved Brush Ironbark. Fig. 1 A, F-J.
Selected additional specimens: Queensland. North
Kennedy District: NW of Pentland near “Lowholm”,
Jul 1954, Blake 19372 (BRI); Forty Mile Scrub, S of
Mt Garnet, 18°07’S, 144°49’E, Jan 1992, Forster
PIF9642 (A, B, BRI, DNA, K, L, MEL, QRS); Barrabas
Scrub, 20°05’S, 146°55’E, May 1972, Stocker 863
(BRI, QRS). Leichhardt District: Melaleuca Creek
Scrub, “Rookwood”, 23°12’S, 149°46’E, Apr 1991,
Forster PIF7927 & McDonald (BRI, MEL, QRS); 3
km S of Cracow Station Homestead, 25°24’S,
150°18’E, Jul 1990, Forster PIF7063 (BRI, MEL,
QRS); Mt Zamia E.P., Springsure, 23°33’S, 148°05’E,
Mar 1990, Melzer 6 (BRI). Burnett District: Along
Barambah Creek, Mar 1952, Blake 18821 (BRI);
Coalstoun Lakes N.P., 25°35’S, 151°54’E, Mar 1991,
Forster PIF7827 (BRI, MEL, QRS). Wide Bay
District: 10 km NNE of Booyal, Cordalba S.F. 832,
Jan 1988, Forster PIF3340 et al. (BRI); Utopia, 14
km SSE of Biggenden, 25°38’S, 152°06’E, Dec 1991,
Forster PIF9217 (BRI, K, L, MEL, QRS); Dundowran,
Jul 1928, Tyron [AQ201707] (BRI); Mary Creek, c.
20 km S of Glastonbury, 26°22’S, 152°22’E, Apr 1978,
Sharpe 2337 (BRI). Darling Downs District:
“Browns Scrub”, Meringandan, 27°26’S, 151°55’E,
May 1985, McKenzie [AQ398285] (BRI). Moreton
District: NW slopes of Mt French, 28°00’S, 152°37’E,
Jul 1983, Bird & Williams [AQ399327] (BRI); Mt
Russel, 16 miles [26.7 km] SW of Oakey, Apr 1963,
Blockings 3 (BRI); Kalbar, Jan 1936, Smith
[AQ201690] (BRI); Pine Mt, 12 km N of Ipswich,
Austrobaileya 5(3): 405-419 (1999)
27°32’S, 152°45’E, Jun 1978, Williams 78101 (BRI);
Splityard Creek dam, 27°21’S, 152°40’E, Dec 1983,
Williams 83084 (BRI, NSW).
Distribution and habitat : B. leichhardtii is
endemic to Australia and occurs in central and
southern Queensland in coastal and subcoastal
areas (Map 2). Plants grow in vineforests and
vinethickets on a variety of soil types usually
of volcanic or alluvial origins. The statement
by Stanley (1983) that the species grows in open
woodland is incorrect.
Phenology : Flowering has been recorded
between October to February. Fruiting has been
recorded between January and August.
Typification: The type collection (perhaps the
first herbarium collection) of B. leichhardtii was
collected by Ludwig Leichhardt in his traverse
of the Moreton Bay area in 1844. Annotations
on the sheet state that the specimen was
collected at “Camerons Scrub” which is
thought to be near Fassifern in the Lockyer
Valley west of Brisbane (R.J.F. Henderson, pers.
comm. 1998). The name B. leichhardtii (as V B.
leichardi’) was first proposed by Baillon (1858)
but as a nomen nudum, and was subsequently
validated by J. Mueller (1866). Publication of J.
Mueller’s account predates that of Baillon
(1866) where the nam eAmanoafaginea Baill.
is validly published (Henderson 1992).
Gehrmann (1908) described B.
melanthesoides var. australiensis Gehrm. but
did not explicitly mention a type. The name was
reduced without comment to the synonymy of
B. leichhardtii by Jablonsky (1915), although
he did cite a representative specimen at B under
the account of B. leichhardtii (cited as ‘J.M.
Bailey’ from ‘Brisbane’). It is possible that this
is the specimen upon which Gerhmann based
his name, but without location and examination
of the actual sheet (now probably destroyed)
resolution of the precise status of the name is
not possible. At BRI there is a ‘F.M. Bailey’
specimen from ‘Main Range’ [AQ201715] and
this may be a duplicate of the collection once
at B. The Bailey specimen is B. leichhardtii.
Notes: There is considerable phenotypic
variation in leaf size and shape in different
populations of B. leichhardtii. Juvenile or
Forster, Bridelia in Australia
413
shaded foliage is often oblanceolate in shape
and approaches both the leaf size and shape
commonly encountered in B. exaltata. Exposed
foliage, particularly that from subcoastal
vinethicket populations, is extremely microphyll
in size and may be almost orbicular in shape.
Uses : The species rarely grows large enough
to produce millable timber but its wood may
have potential for cabinet making and turnery
as it is reputed to be easily worked (Bailey 1888,
1902). The foliage contains a prussic acid
yielding glycoside (“glucoside”) that is
poisonous to cattle (Francis 1981).
Conservation status: Widespread and not rare
or threatened. Present in at least 15
conservation reserves in Queensland (Forster
etal. 1991).
4. Bridelia tomentosa Blume, Bidjr. 597 (1826);
Amanoa tomentosa (Blume) Baill.,
Adansonia 6: 336 (1866). Type: Java,
Blume s.n. (lecto: F n.v. [photo at BRI];
iso: BM, BR, NY (all n.v.), fide Dressier
1996c: 298).
Bridelia tomentosa var. glabrescens Benth.,
Hook. J. Bot. 6:8 (1854). Type: Hongkong,
East Point, Hedges, Champion s.n. (holo:
n.v.).
Bridelia glabrifolia Merr., Enum. Philipp.
Flow. PI. 2: 422 (1923); B. tomentosa var.
glabrifolia (Merr.) Airy Shaw, nom. illeg.,
Kew Bull. 31: 383 (1976); B. tomentosa
var. lancifolia Muell.Arg. in DC., Prodr.
15(2): 502 (1866) as “lanceaefolia”, non
B. lancifolia Roxb. Type: Philippines.
Manila, Gaudichaud (holo: G n.v. [photo
at BRI]).
Bridelia tomentosa var. trichadenia
Muell.Aig. in DC., Prodr. 15(2): 501 (1866).
synon. nov. Type: Northern Territory.
Amhemsland, F. Mueller s.n. (holo: G-DC
n.v. [ficheatBRI].
Bridelia tomentosa var. ovoidea Benth., FI.
Austral. 6:120 (1873). Type: Northern
Territory. Wood Island, Gulliver s.n.
(holo: K n.v. [photo at BRI]; iso: MEF
[515966,515967]).
Bridelia phyllanthoides W.Fitz., J. Proc.
Roy. Soc. W. Aust. 3: 163 (1918). Type:
Western Australia, base of Mt Broome,
1905, W.V. Fitzgerald 823 (holo: NSW).
Bridelia tomentosa var. eriantha Airy
Shaw, Kew Bull. 31:384 (1976). synon. nov.
Type: Northern Territory, c. 6 mil es [10 km]
N of Pine Creek township, 6 March 1965,
M. Lazarides 145 &L.G Adams (holo: K
n.v.; iso: BRI, CANB, DNA, NSW).
[Bridelia ovata auct. non Decne.; Bentham
(1873:120)].
Illustrations : Fevitt (1981: Plate 18); Brock
(1988:102); Dunlop etal. (1995:211).
Shrub to 4 m high. Stems without prop roots,
not buttressed. Bark lightly fissured, cream.
Indumentum ferruginous to straw-coloured,
generally deciduous. Young stems with dense
indumentum, soon glabrescent and lenticellate.
Stipules linear to linear-lanceolate, 2-3.5 mm
long, 0.3-1 mm wide, entire, with scattered to
dense indumentum. Feaves petiolate; petioles
2.5-4 mm long, 0.5-1 mm wide, rounded
adaxially, brownish, with sparse to dense
indumentum; lamina elliptic, oblong,
oblanceolate, obovate or orbicular, up to 90 mm
long and 55 mm wide, with margins entire and
sinuate, and with distinct marginal vein;
venation comprising 9-11 lateral veins per side
of midrib and reticulate interlaterals; tip acute,
obtuse or rounded; base cuneate to rounded;
upper surface matt green, with scattered
indumentum or glabrescent, with lateral veins
distinct and interlateral veins indistinct; lower
surface glaucous pale blue-green, with
scattered to dense indumentum mainly on
veins or glabresent, lateral veins and midrib
prominent and raised, and interlateral veins
prominent. Inflorescence with numerous
flowers in clusters; bracts lanceolate to
triangular, 0.5-0.7 mm long, 0.4-0.5 mm wide,
with scattered indumentum. Male flowers
pedicellate; pedicels to 1.5 mm long, glabrous;
sepals lanceolate-ovate, 0.8-1.6 mm long, 0.7-
0.8 mm wide, glabrous; disc circular with a
slightly undulating margin, 1-1.2 mm diameter;
petals spathulate to obovate with the tip
crenate, 0.5- 0.8 mm long, 0.4-0.5 mm wide;
414
Austrobaileya 5(3): 405-419 (1999)
Fig. 1 . Bridelia. A,F-J. B. leichhardtii, B. B. exaltata , C. B. insulana, D,K. B. tomentosa, E. B. finalis. A-E.
undersurface of mature leaf showing lateral and interlateral venation, x 0.5. F. flowering twig. x. 1.5. G.
fruiting twig. x. 1.5. H. male flower with stamens inflexed around pistillode. x 12. I. male flower with
st a mens reflexed and pistillode obvious, x 12. J. female flower, x 12. K. fruiting twig, x 1.5. A from Forster
14863 (BRI); B from Bean 8526 (BRI); C from Hyland 7801 (BRI); D from Forster 13555 (BRI); E from
Fell DGF4251 (BRI); F & J from Forster 9642 (BRI); G from Forster 13297 (BRI); H & I from Forster 3304
(BRI); K from Clarkson 9643 (BRI). Del. W. Smith.
Forster, Bridelia in Australia
415
staminal column 0.4-0.5 mm long with filaments
0.2-0.5 mm long, anthers roughly ellipsoid, 0.3-
0.5 mm long, 0.2-0.3 mm wide, pistillode 0.4-
0.5 mm long, shortly bilobed. Female flowers
pedicellate to 1.5 mm, sepals and petals same
as for male flowers; inner disc irregularly lobed,
lobes to 0.5 mm long; ovary ellipsoid, c. 0.8 mm
long, 0.5-0.6 mm wide, glabrous; styles 2,0.4-
0.6 mm long, bifid. Fruits 1-10 cluster; 2-seeded,
globose to ellipsoid, 3.5-5 mm long, 2-6 mm
wide, slightly pedicellate, red-brown when
immature, black when fully ripe. Fig. 1D,K.
Selected additional specimens: Western Australia.
Bougainville Peninsula, 2 km SW of August Pool,
Vansittart Bay, 14°05’S, 126°H’E, May 1984, Forbes
2200 (CANB, MEL, PERTH); Lone Dingo between
Mitchell Plateau Mining Camp & Port Warrender,
14°35’S, 125°43’E, May 1981, Tracey 15024 (BRI);
Walsh Point-Port Warrender, 14°34’S, 125°45’E,
May 1981, Tracey 15185 (BRI). Northern Territory.
Douglas Hot Springs, 13°45’S, 131°27’E, Feb 1989,
Clark 1705 (BRI, DNA); Nhulunbuy, Gove Peninsula,
12°10’S, 136°52 , E, Apr 1982, Hinz 155 (BRI, DNA);
Wunya Beach, Aurari Bay, Arnhem Land, 11°43’S,
133°13’E, Jun 1988, Munir 6160 (AD, BRI); Little
Lagoon, Groote Eylandt, May 1948, Specht 400 (BRI,
PERTH); Bauhinia Downs Station, Alligator Stockyard
waterholes, 16°04’S, 135°23’E, May 1985, Wightman
1843 & Leach (BRI, CANB, DNA). Queensland.
Cook District: South Island, near Lizard Island,
14°42’S, 145°28’E, Jul 1990, Batianoff 12196 &
Hegerl (BRI); Lockerbie, 10 miles WSW of Somerset,
Apr 1948, Brass 18485 (BRI); 5 km WSW of
Bertiehaugh Homestead, 12°12’S, 142°28’E, Jul 1988,
Dalliston CC181 (BRI); c. 3.5 km WSW of Lamond
Hill, middle of Claudie River, 12°43’S, 143°46’E, Apr
1990, Fell 2054 (BRI, QRS); Peach Creek, 19 km
along road to Leo Creek mine, Mcllwraith Range,
13°42’S, 143°13’E, Jun 1992, Forster PIF10066 et
al. (BRI, QRS); Garraway Creek Crossing, Iron Range
road, 12°43’S, 143°09’E, Jul 1993, Forster PIF13555
& Tucker (BRI, K, MEL, QRS); Robber Tree Scrub,
Iron Range area, 12°44’S, 143°15’E, Jun 1994, Forster
PIF15398 (BRI, QRS); Foot of Byerstown Range,
16°00’S, 144°50’E, Mar 1975, Hyland 8137 (BRI,
QRS); between Weipa turnoff on Telegraph Line &
York Downs, Apr 1980, Morton 726 (BRI). North
Kennedy District: Elliot Toe, Bowling Green Bay
N.P., 9 km NNE of Woodstock, 19°31’S, 146°52’E,
May 1991, Forster PIF8353 & Bean (BRI, K, MEL,
QRS); Bennett Road, Strathdickie, Feb 1988, Perry
[AQ437033] (BRI).
Distribution and habitat : B. tomentosa is
widespread in northern Australia in Western
Australia, the Northern Territory and
Queensland (Map 1). The species is also
widespread in Asia, Malesia and Indochina
(Dressier 1996c). In Australia, B. tomentosa
grows in open woodland and in, or along the
margins of, deciduous vinethickets, on a variety
of substrates.
Phenology: Flowers have been recorded from
February to May and fruits from May to
August.
Typification: B. tomentosa (as B. tomentosa
var. trichadenia Muell.Arg.) was first recorded
for Australia by J. Mueller (1866) based on
material collected by F. Mueller in the Northern
Territory. Bentham (1873) referred to material
of this species as both B. tomentosa and B.
ovata, this latter name being a misapplication
to the Australian material.
Dressier (1996c) stated that Airy Shaw
lectotypified the name B. tomentosa with a
Blume collection at BO and that other
specimens of apparently the same collection at
BM, BR, L and NY are isolectotypes. Airy Shaw
(1980) stated “Type: Java, 'in montanis Bantam
et Buitenzorg’,i?/wme (BO)”. This is probably
wishful thinking on Airy Shaw’s part as,
according to A. Kostermans (pers. comm. 1992)
he never visited that institution nor obtained
material on loan from it. Despite this, he often
indicated specimens as being present at BO
without definite evidence (cf. Forster 1997).
There are many collections of Blume’s at BO
with the majority not in type folders and often
difficult to locate (Forster 1994; Forster & Liddle
1994). I could not locate the Blume collection
of B. tomentosa at BO in 1992; however, this
should not be construed as definite evidence
that it does not exist. Regardless of its existence
or otherwise, I believe that Airy Shaw did not
lectotypify the name in 1980, rather he was
indicating where he thought the collection
might be. If this is the case then the three sheets
of this collection at L (L903155-234, L903155-231
and L903155-238) should be regarded as
lectotype of the name, and the remaining sheets
at other herbaria as isolectotypes.
A similar situation is associated with
typification of B. glabrifolia Merr. which is a
renaming of B. tomentosa var. lancifolia
Muell.Arg. (non#, lancifolia Roxb.). Dressier
(1996c) once again copied Airy Shaw (1980b)
416
and stated that the type, Gaudichaud s.n., is
in G-DC and that lectotypification was
undertaken by Airy Shaw. This specimen is not
in G-DC but was located by L.W. Jessup in the
undetermined Euphorbiaceae holdings in G in
1994.
Notes: B. tomentosa is a variable species in
Australia, mainly with regard to leaf shape and
indumentum density. Airy Shaw (1980b)
recognised four varieties for the Australian
material of this species, although he did not
provide a key to distinguish them. Dressier
(1996c) recognised two varieties of this species,
based on leaf indumentum density.
What may seem to be distinct variants to
the herbarium-based worker are often
demonstrated to be merely extremes or examples
of phenotypic expression. Examination of many
populations of B. tomentosa revealed that
indumentum density (and also leaf shape) is
quite variable depending on leaf age, shading
and substrate. Plants from localities that have
high insolation and severe seasonal water
deficit stress tend to have small leaves with
denser indumentum. Good examples of this may
be seen in the populations of B. tomentosa from
the limestone karsts near Chillagoe in
Queensland. All of these plants have quite a
dense indumentum. As with other taxa at
Chillagoe, this indumentum is often lost or is
not as dense when the plant is grown elsewhere
(cf. Forster 1995). Hence, leaf indumentum
density in B. tomentosa appears to vary
continuously and is therefore, no basis
whereupon varieties can be formally
recognised.
Uses: The fruit of B. tomentosa are eaten by
aboriginal people in the Northern Territory and
known by various local names (Brock 1988;
Levitt 1981; Russell-Smith 1985).
Conservation status : Common and widespread.
Acknowledgements
W. Smith (BRI) provided the illustrations. Field
collections were facilitated or made with the
assistance on different occassions of A.R.
Bean, L.H. Bird, D. Fell, G. Kenning, D. & I.
Liddle, C. Lyons, R. Jensen, G & N. Sankowsky,
Austrobaileya 5(3): 405-419 (1999)
G. Smyrell and M.C. Tucker. Translation of the
diagnosis into Latin was undertaken by P.D.
Bostock who also commented on the
manuscript. Various specimens in European
herbaria were located and photographed by
L.W. Jessup and D.B. Forman during their
respective tenures as Australian Botanical
Liaison Officer at Kew, U.K. This work was part
of a preferred objective project funded by the
Australian Biological Resources Study during
1992-1995.
References
Airy Shaw, H.K. (1976). New or noteworthy
Australian Euphorbiaceae. Kew Bulletin 31:
341-398.
Airy Shaw, H.K. (1980a). New or noteworthy
Australian Euphorbiaceae - II. Muelleria 4:
207-241.
Airy Shaw, H.K. (1980b). A partial synopsis of the
Euphorbiaceae - Platylobeae of Australia
(excluding Phyllanthus, Euphorbia and
Calycopeplus ). Kew Bulletin 35: 577-700.
Baillon, H.E. (1858). Etude generale du groupe des
Euphorbiacees. Paris: Victor Masson.
Baillon, H.E. (1866). Species Euphorbiacearum
Euphorbiacees Australiennes. Adansonia 6:
282-345.
Bailey, F.M. (1888). Queensland Woods. Brisbane:
Government Printer.
Bailey, F.M. (1902). Euphorbiaceae. In Queensland
Flora 5: 1392-1457. Brisbane: J.H.Diddams.
Barlow, B.A. & Hyland, B.P.M. (1988). The origins
of the flora of Australia’s wet tropics.
Proceedings of the Ecological Society of
Australia 15: 1-17.
Bentham, G. (1873). Euphorbiaceae. In Flora
Australiensis 6: 41-153. London: L.Reeve &
Co.
Brock, J. (1988). Top End Native Plants. Darwin:
J.Brock.
Brummitt, R.K. (1998). Report of the Committee for
Spermatophyta: 47. Taxon 47: 863-872.
Chapman, A.D. (1991). Australian Plant Name Index.
A-C. Canberra: Australian Government
Publishing Service.
Christophel, D.C. & Hyland, B.P.M. (1993). Leaf Atlas
of Australian Tropical Rain Forest Trees.
Forster, Bridelia in Australia
417
Melbourne: CSIRO Publications.
Cooper, W. & Cooper, W.T. (1994). Fruits of the Rain
Forest. Chatswood: RD Press.
Domin, K (1927). Beitrage zur Flora und
Pflanzengeographie Australiens. Bibliotheca
Botanica 89: 879.
Dressler, S. (1996a). (1231) Proposal to conserve
the name Bridelia (Euphorbiaceae) with a
conserved spelling. Taxon 45: 337-338.
Dressler, S. (1996b). Bridelia (Euphorbiaceae) in New
Guinea with a description of a new species. Kew
Bulletin 51: 601-607.
Dressler, S. (1996c). The genus Bridelia
(Euphorbiaceae) in Malesia and Indochina - a
regional revision. Blumea 41: 263-331.
Dunlop, C.R., Leach, G.J. & Cowie I.D. (1995).
Euphorbiaceae. Flora of the Darwin Region.
Vol. 2: 206-237. Northern Territory Botanical
Bulletin No. 20.
Fitzgerald, W.V. (1918). The botany of the
Kimberleys, North-west Australia. Journal &
Proceedings of the Royal Society of Western
Australia 3: 102-224.
Floyd, A.G. (1989). Rainforest Trees of Mainland
South-eastern Australia. Melbourne/Sydney:
Inkata Press.
Forster P.I. (1994). Revision of Euphorbia
plumerioides Teijsm. ex Hassk.
(Euphorbiaceae) and allies. Austrobaileya 4:
245-264.
Forster, P.I. (1995). Circumscription of Marsdenia
(Asclepiadaceae: Marsdenieae) with a revision
of the genus in Australia and New Guinea.
Australian Systematic Botany 8: 703- 933.
Forster, P.I. (1997). A taxonomic revision of Drypetes
Vahl (Euphorbiaceae) in Australia.
Austrobaileya 4: 477-494.
Forster, P.I. & Henderson, R.J.F. (1994).
Euphorbiaceae. In R.J.F.Henderson (ed.),
Queensland Vascular Plants: Names and
Distribution. Brisbane: Queensland Department
of Environment & Heritage.
Forster, P.I. & Henderson, R.J.F. (1997).
Euphorbiaceae. In R.J.F.Henderson (ed.),
Queensland Plants: Names and Distribution.
Brisbane: Department of Environment.
Forster, P.I. & Liddle, D.J. (1994). Type collections
of Asclepiadaceae at Herbarium Bogoriense
(BO). Australian Systematic Botany 7: 507-519.
Forster, P.I., Bostock, P.D., Bird, L.H. & Bean, A.R.
(1991). Vineforest Plant Atlas for South-east
Queensland. Queensland Herbarium, EPA:
Brisbane.
Francis, W.D. (1981). Australian Rain-forest Trees.
4th Ed. Canberra: Australian Government
Publishing Service.
Gehrmann, K. (1908). Vorarbeiten zu einer
Monographie der Gattung Bridelia mit
besonderer - Bercksichtigung der afrikanischen
arten. Botanische Jahrbticher fiir Systematik,
Pflanzengeschichte und Pflanzengeographie
91, Beiblatt Nr. 95: 1-42.
Greuter, W., Brummitt, R.K., Farr, E., Kilian, N., Kirk,
P.M. & Silva, P.C. (eds.) (1993). NCU-3. Names
of current use for extant plant genera. Regnum
Vegetabile 129. Konigstein, Germany: Koeltz
Scientific Books.
Hauser, J. (1992). Fragments of Green. Bardon
(Brisbane): Rainforest Conservation Society
Inc.
Henderson, R.J.F. (1992). Studies in Euphorbiaceae
A.L.Juss., sens. lat. 2. A revision of Neoroepera
Muell.Arg. & F.Muell. (Oldfieldioideae Khler
& Webster, Caletieae Muell.Arg.).
Austrobaileya 3: 615-625.
Hewson, H. (1988). Plant Indumentum. A Handbook
of Terminology. Australian Flora and Fauna
Series No. 9. Canberra: Australian Government
Publishing Service.
Hyland, B.P.M. & Whiffin T. (1993). Australian
Tropical Rain Forest Trees - An Interactive
Identification System. Melbourne: CSIRO
Publications.
Jablonszky, E. (1915). Euphorbiaceae
Phyllanthoideae - Bridelieae. In A.Engler (ed.),
Das Pflanzenreich. Heft 65. Leipzig: Wilhelm
Engelmann.
James, T.A. & Harden, G.J. (1990). Euphorbiaceae. In
GJ.Harden (ed.), Flora of New South Wales 1:
389-430. Chatswood: University of New South
Wales Press.
Levitt, D. (1981). Plants and People. Aboriginal Uses
of Plants on Groote Eylandt. Canberra:
Australian Institute of Aboriginal Studies.
Li, P.-T. (1988). Materials for Chinese
Phyllanthoideae. Acta Phytotaxonomica
Sinica 26: 58-62.
Mueller, F. (1862). Fragmenta Phytographiae
Australiae 3: 32. Melbourne: Government
Printer.
418
Mueller, J. (1866). Euphorbiaceae. In A.L.L.P. de
Candolle (ed.), Prodromus Systematis Naturalis
Regni Vegetabilis 15(2): 189-1206. Paris:
Masson.
Nicholson, N. & Nicholson, H. (1994). Australian
Rainforest Plants IV. The Channon: Terania
Rainforest Publishing.
Russ ELL-Smith, J.R. (1985). Studies in the jungle:
people, fire and monsoon forest. In R.Jones
(ed.), Archaeological Research in Kakadu
National Park, pp. 241-263. Canberra:
Australian National Parks & Wildlife Service.
Sprengel, K. (1818). Anleitung zur Kenntnis der
Gewachse. Ed. 2. Halle: C.A.Kummel.
Stanley, T.D. (1983). Euphorbiaceae. In T.D.Stanley
& E.M.Ross, Flora of South-eastern
Queensland. Vol. 1. Brisbane: Queensland
Department of Primary Industries.
Swain, E.H.F. (1928). The Timbers and Forest Products
of Queensland. Brisbane: Government Printer.
Austrobaileya 5(3): 405-419 (1999)
Webb, L.J. (1978). A general classification of Australian
rainforests. Australian Plants 9: 349-363.
Webb, L.J. & Tracey, J.G. (1981). Australian
rainforests: pattern and change. In A. Keast
(ed.), Ecological Biogeography of Australia, pp.
605-694. The Hague: W.Junk.
Webster, G.L. (1994). Synopsis of the genera and
suprageneric taxa of Euphorbiaceae. Annals of
the Missouri Botanical Garden 81: 33-144.
White, C.T. (1936). Contribution to the Queensland
flora, No. 5. Proceedings of the Royal Society
of Queensland 47: 51-84.
Willdenow, C.L. (1806). Species Plantarum. Vol. 4.
Berlin: G.C.Nauk.
Williams, K.A.W. (1987). Native Plants of
Queensland. Vol. 3. K.A.W.Williams: Ipswich.
Map 1. Distribution of %Bridelia exaltata and ▲ B. tomentosa.
Forster, Bridelia in Australia
419
Map 3. Distribution of ABridelia finalis.
Rhodamnia angustifolia (Myrtaceae), a new and endangered species from
south-eastern Queensland
Neil Snow and Gordon P. Guymer
Summary
Snow, Neil & Guymer, Gordon P. (1999). Austrobaileya 5(3): 421-426. The new species Rhodamnia
angustifolia N. Snow & Guymer (Myrtaceae) is described from the Cedar Creek area of the Wietalaba
State Forest (583) south of Gladstone and Calliope in south-eastern Queensland. It is easily distinguished
from other species of Rhodamnia by its narrowly elliptic leaves. The species is known from only
nineteen individuals on a single ridgetop and subtending slopes in SF 583. Its recommended
conservation status is Endangered under both the Queensland Nature Conservation Act 1992 and the
IUCN Species Survival Commission. The essential oils previously found in the species are discussed
briefly.
Keywords: Rhodamnia angustifolia , Myrtaceae, Queensland, Australia, conservation, systematics,
essential oils.
Gordon P. Guymer, Queensland Herbarium, EPA, Brisbane Botanic Gardens Mt. Coot-tha, Mt. Coot-
tha Road, Toowong QLD 4066, Australia, e-mail: Gordon.Guymer@env.qld.gov.au
Neil Snow, Department of Biological Sciences, University of Northern Colorado, Greeley, CO 80639,
U.S.A. e-mail: nsnow@bentley.unco.edu
Introduction
The genus Rhodamnia Jack comprises some
thirty arborescent species and ranges from
southern China and the Malay peninsula to
New Caledonia, and in Australia from eastern
Queensland to northern New South Wales
(Scott 1979; Guymer & Jessup 1986; Guymer
1988). Rhodamnia is represented in Australia
by eleven described species and apparently
three undescribed species from Cape York
Peninsula, Queensland (Guymer in Henderson
1997). In this paper we describe the new
species Rhodamnia angustifolia N.Snow &
Guymer, which is known only from a single
ridgetop and subtending slopes in the
Wietalaba State Forest (SF 583), about 45 km S
of Gladstone in the Port Curtis pastoral district
of Queensland (Halford 1998; cited as
Rhodamnia sp. (Calliope N. Gibson 1335) by
Guymer in Henderson 1997:135).
Materials and Methods
Descriptions are based on herbarium material
and from pickled material collected in the field.
The list of characters studied follows closely
that of Snow & Guymer (1999). Floral
measurements are based on material from the
individual tree from which the type specimen
was collected, currently the only known
flowering specimen. Measurements of the fruit
are mostly from the specimen of/. Brushe 1186
& L. Brushe, also collected from the tree from
which the type was collected. In November of
1997, D. Halford and the first author spent four
days at Wietalaba State Forest surveying the
only known population of R. angustifolia.
Because of the rarity of the species, all known
specimens, including sterile material are cited
here (see Snow & Keating 1999).
Rhodamnia angustifolia N.Snow & Guymer, sp.
nov. speciebus aliis generis foliis angustis
(3-15 mm latis) differt. Typus: Australia.
Queensland. Port Curtis District:
Wietalaba State Forest, c. 31 km S of
Calliope, 24°17’09”S, 151°12’53”E,
Australian metric grid reference: 9149
Calliope 188129,20 Nov 1997, D. Halford
& N. 5nowQ3450 (holo: BRI [1 sheet and
spirit]; iso: AD, B, BRI, CANB, DNA,
GREE, HO,JEPS, K, L, MEL, MEXU, MO,
NSW, NE, NY, SING, TEX, UPS, US). (All
type duplicates from a single genotype.)
Accepted for publication 6 January 1999
422
Austrobaileya 5(3): 421^26 (1999)
Single- or multi-stemmed erect trees, 4-10 m
tall. Bark of main trunk smooth but furrowed
and somewhat flaking in small angular patches,
greyish. Branches of current year’s growth
rounded, brownish, smooth, sparsely short
sericeous but becoming glabrous; oil glands
absent. Stipules of two to several very short
(and obscure) ferrugineous setose hairs.
Leaves opposite, decussate, discolourous,
coriaceous, trinerved, mostly narrowly elliptic
but occasionally narrowly obovate or falcate,
20-70(-85) mm long, (3—)5—12(—15) mm wide,
cuneate at base, obtuse to acute at apex,
margins flat; adaxial surface sparsely sericeous
becoming glabrous, oil glands scattered to
dense but usually invisible to naked eye,
midvein impressed; abaxial surface very shortly
and densely tomentose, lateral, tertiary and
intramarginal veins usually prominent. Petioles
2.5-4.0 mm long, channelled, eglandular.
Inflorescence a cluster of 2-7 flowers on short
shoots less than 1 mm long in axils of leaves or
leaf scars; peduncles rigid, up to 1.5 mm long,
shortly sericeous. Bracteoles two, narrowly
ovate, not foliaceous, c. 0.5 mm long by 0.3 mm
wide, rigid, not exceeding base of sepal lobes,
sericeous, caducous in fruit. Hypanthium
obconic to urceloate, the tube not extending
beyond ovary apex, oil glands sparse to
common and visible with magnification,
sparsely short sericeous. Sepals 4, distinct in
bud, lobes free, 0.3-0.5 mm long, broadly ovate,
apex rounded to obtuse, sparsely short
sericeous above and below, persistent in fruit,
mostly ascending above body of fruit. Petals
four, alternate with sepals, yellowish-white, c.
2.5 mm long by 3.0 mm wide, broadly ovate to
oblate, apex rounded, glabrous above but
margins somewhat ciliate, glabrous below, oil
glands sparse but visible with magnification.
Stamens 65-75, multiseriate, excluded, folded
centrewards in bud; filaments 2-4 mm long,
staminal disk glabrous; anthers globose,
dorsifixed near base, versatile, 0.5-0.8 mm long,
dehiscing via longitudinal slits, with a single
apical gland. Ovary 1-locular 1 with 2 parietal
placentas; ovules 18-21 and attached
irregularly. Style 1, 4.5-5.0 mm long, mostly
straight, glabrous, narrowly if at all capitate.
Fruit a berry, subglobose to globose, rounded
at base, 3-5 mm long by 4-6 mm wide, glabrous
or glabrescent, yellowish orange with some red
when fresh but increasingly red upon drying.
Seeds 1 or 2(-4), globose to suborbicular to
somewhat reniform, smooth, light brown; testa
hard and somewhat bony; adjacent seeds not
fused. Embryo slightly curved to C-shaped,
lacking oil glands; hypocotyl longer than
cotyledons, about same diameter as
cotyledonary pair, barely swollen near radicle,
the tip at same horizontal (= transverse) plane
as cotyledons; cotyledons relatively thin (see
Landrum and Stevenson 1986), not folded back
towards hypocotyl.
Additional specimens examined : Queensland. Port
Curtis District: Wietalaba State Forest, adjacent to
the road on ridgetop, Jan 1998 [fruit], J. Brushe 1186
& L. Brushe (BRI, MEL);Wietalaba SF, c. 31 km S of
Calliope, 24°17’05”S, 151°12’49”E, Nov 1997 [bud],
D. Halford & N. Snow Q3456 (BRI); State Forest
583, Wietalaba, 32 km S of Calliope, 24°17’S,
151°12’E, Nov 1993 [sterile], N. Gibson 1334 (BRI)
and 1335 (BRI); State Forest 583, Wietalaba, 32 km
S of Calliope, 24°17’S, 151°12’E, Apr 1994 [sterile],
N. Gibson 1336 (BRI); State Forest 583, Wietalaba,
24°18’S, 151°16’E, May 1993 [sterile], Gibson s.n.
(BRI AQ 568108); State Forest 583 Wietalaba,
24°17’02”S, 151°12’53”E, Dec 1995 [sterile], P.I.
Forster PIF18272 et al. (BRI, NSW, MEF, QRS); Near
headwaters of Cedar Ck, State Forest 583,
24°17’15”S, 151°13’13”E, Jul 1995 [sterile], E.J.
Thompson CAF355 & G.P. Turpin (BRI); Wietalaba
SF, c. 31 km S of Calliope, 24°17’12”S, 15F12’51”E,
Nov 1997 [sterile], D. Halford et al. Q3449 (BRI);
Wietalaba SF, c. 31 km S of Calliope, 24°17’18”S,
151°12’44”E, Nov 1997 [sterile], D. Halford et al.
Q3446 (BRI); Wietalaba SF, c. 31 km S of Calliope,
24°17’36”S, 151°13’05”E, Nov 1997 [sterile], D.
Halford & N. Snow Q3452 (BRI).
Distribution: Rhodamnia angustifolia occurs
at the head of Cedar Creek along a single
ridgetop and subtending slopes in the
Wietalaba State Forest (SF 583), c. 45 km south
of Gladstone and c. 30 km S of Calliope.
Habitat : The species grows in full sun or in a
closed canopy of microphyll vineforest with
Choricarpa subargentea (C.T.White)
L.A.S.Johnson, Barklya syringifolia F.Muell.,
Archidendropsis thozetiana (F.Muell.)
I.C.Nielsen, Backhousia kingii Guymer,
Sterculia quadrifida R.Br., and Araucaria
cunninghamii Aiton ex D. Don as the dominant
tree species. The substrate is reddish or brown
loam from mudstones of Muncon volcanics.
The elevation range is approximately 200 to 600
metres.
Snow and Guymer, Rhodamnia angustifolia
Flowering period : Flowering material is
known only from the type specimen, collected
in November, but given the apparently good
condition of abundant young bud material on
Halford & Snow Q3456, flowering almost
certainly extends into December.
Fruiting period : Confirmed only for January
by a single specimen, Brushe 1186 & Brushe,
but likely to begin as early as late November or
early December.
Essential oils: Brophy et al. (1997) have
studied profiles of essential oils in Rhodamnia.
These authors (op. cit.) report that within the
genus, at nearly 1% of total mass, R.
angustifolia has one of the highest oil yields.
Both mono- and sesquiterpenes are produced,
and oils showing significant levels include the
monoterpenes a-pinene, a-thujene, myrcene,
limonene, f3-phellandrene, p-cymene, and
termpinen-4-ol. The principal sesquiterpenes
include (3-caryophyllene, humulene,
caryophyllene oxide, globulol, and spathulenol.
Five unnamed oxygenated sesquiterpenes with
the general formula C 15 H 24 0 were present in
amounts ranging from 0.2-16%. Sesquiterpenes
of this general formula are also found in
Rhodamnia maideniana C.T.White, which
occurs from the Moreton District in
Queensland southward to New South Wales
(Henderson 1997).
Notes: With its shortly and densely tomentose
(“hoary”) lower leaf surfaces and sparse to
dense oil glands in the leaves, Rhodamnia
angustifolia shows affinities with/?, dumicola
Guymer & Jessup, R. whiteana Guymer &
Jessup, and R. costata A.J. Scott (as amended
by Guymer & Jessup 1986), and it will key with
these species in Guymer and Jessup (1986).
However, its narrowly elliptic leaves
immediately distinguish it from these species.
Its closest relative may be R. dumicola, given
similar features of the leaves and bark, the
fascicled flowers occurring on very short
shoots, and the relatively high number of
ovules. Its leaf glands, however, generally can
be seen only in bright transmitted light.
The tree from which the holotype
specimen of Rhodamnia angustifolia was
collected was growing on an open, disturbed
423
ridgetop, but most individuals were found on
adjacent lower midslopes with a southwest or
easterly aspect (Halford 1998). We found
individuals occurring singly or in groups of
three to six plants.
Several plants had suckers at or near the
base, and regrowth was occurring from the base
of one small, apparently dead tree trunk
(.Halford et al. Q3446). One specimen ( D.
Halford & N. Snow Q3456) growing near the
edge of the forest at the ridgetop had a very
dense crown, but the foliage on other
specimens was more open. The juvenile foliage
{Halford & Snow Q3446) has somewhat longer
leaves.
Embryos were absent in most of the ten
mature fruits examined. The larvae of an
undetermined insect (c. 2 mm long) was seen
enveloped completely within an undamaged
and apparently mature seed, suggesting the
insect was present before the outer testal layer
of the seed solidified during ontogeny. An
obvious question that could be examined in
conservation studies is whether insect
predation on the fruit, seed, or embryo is
preventing successful sexual reproduction of
Rhodamnia angustifolia.
The abundant flowers on the “type” tree
at the time of collection in November had a
faint but sweet fragrance. Bees, presumably the
Italian honeybee Apis mellifera, were observed
pollinating flowers at that time.
Etymology: The specific epithet angustifolia,
Latin for narrow and leaf, refers to the narrow
leaves, which are the narrowest of all Australian
species of Rhodamnia.
Conservation status: The extensive fieldwork
of D. Halford, N. Snow, P. Forster, and W.
McDonald has revealed Rhodamnia
angustifolia growing in only one general area
of approximately 60 hectares (Halford 1998). A
total of 19 plants are known in the wild.
Seedling recruitment was not observed by
Halford and Snow, although three saplings of
approximately two metres height were noted
by McDonald (pers. comm.). Portions of the
area recently have been burned and are heavily
infested with Lantana camara L., one of the
424
Austrobaileya 5(3): 421-426 (1999)
most invasive and potentially threatening
weeds of native vegetation in Queensland
(Fensham et al. 1994). The recommended
conservation status for Rhodamnia
angustifolia is Endangered, as defined by both
the Queensland Nature Conservation Act 1992
and the IUCN Species Survival Commission
(1994). Other areas worthy of detailed searches
for this species are the vineforest communities
in the Kalpower area and the western slopes of
KroombitTops (Halford, 1998).
Preserved material for genetic studies.
Adequate leaf material of R. angustifolia is
available from all known collections for the
purposes of DNA extraction. Each collection
number of Halford & Snow or Halford et al.
cited herein represents a separate genotype
(Snow 1997, Appendix A). A molecular survey
of Rhodamnia angustifolia , such as that
undertaken for some species of Austromyrtus
(e.g., Shapcott and Playford 1996), would help
to assess genetic diversity of this endangered
species.
Acknowledgments
We thank D. Halford for considerable
assistance in the field and reviewing the
manuscript, J. Brushe for assistance in the field
and making a separate trip to collect mature
fruit, W. Smith for the illustrations, B. Simon
for the Latin diagnosis, and A. Lyne for his
review of the manuscript. This work was
supported by grants from the Australian
Biological Resources Study during 1997-1999.
References
Brophy, J. J., R. J. Goldsack, P. I. Forster. (1997). The
leaf essential oils of the Australian species of
Rhodamnia (Myrtaceae). Flavour and
Fragrance Journal 12: 345-354.
Fensham, R. J., R. J. Fairfax, & R. J. Cannell (1994).
The invasion of Lantana camara L. in Forty
Mile Scrub National Park, north Queensland.
Australian Journal of Ecology 19: 297-305.
Guymer, G. P. (1988). Rhodamnia pauciovulata, a
new species of Myrtaceae from Queensland.
Austrobaileya 2:515-516.
-(1997). Pg. 135 In: Henderson, R. J. F.
Queensland Plants: Names and Distribution.
Brisbane: Queensland Department of
Environment.
-& L. W. Jessup (1986). New species of
Rhodamnia Jack (Myrtaceae) from Australia.
Austrobaileya 2: 228-234.
Henderson, R. J. F. (1997). Queensland Plants: Names
and Distribution. Brisbane: Queensland
Department of Environment.
Halford, D. (1998). Survey of threatened plant species
in south-eastern Queensland biogeographical
region. Brisbane: Queensland Government and
Commonwealth of Australia.
Landrum, L. & R., D. Stevenson (1986). Variability of
embryos in subtribe Myrtinae (Myrtaceae).
Systematic Botany 11: 155-162.
Scott, A. J. (1979). A revision of Rhodamnia
(Myrtaceae). Kew Bulletin 33: 429-459.
Shapcott, A., & J. Playford (1996). Comparison of
genetic variability in remnant and wide-spread
rainforest understory species of Austromyrtus
(Myrtaceae). Biodiversity and Conservation 5:
881-895.
Snow, N. (1997). Application of the phylogenetic
species concept: A botanical monographic
perspective. Austrobaileya 5: 1-8.
-& G. P. Guymer (1999). Systematic and cladistic
studies of Myrtella F. Muell. and Lithomyrtus F.
Muell. (Myrtaceae). Austrobaileya 5: 173-207.
-& P. L. Keating (1999). The relevance of
specimen citations to conservation.
Conservation Biology 13:943-944.
Species Survival Commission (1994). IUCN Red List
Categories. Gland: IUCN Council.
ygrrm
Snow and Guymer, Rhodamnia angustifolia
425
Fig. 1 . Details from holotype of Rhodamnia angustifolia A. Portion of flowering branch x 2. B. Abaxial
view of leaf x 2. C. Adaxial view of leaf x 2. D. Detail of abaxial leaf surface showing dense covering of
short, white, tomentose hairs x 50. E. Flower x 6. F. Fruit x 6. All drawn from Halford & Snow Q3450.
426
Austrobaileya 5(3): 421^26 (1999)
Fig. 2. Main trunk of Rhodamnia angustifolia at breast height ( Halford & Snow Q3456) showing smooth,
slightly fisssured, grey bark (Photo N. Snow).
A revision of Stylidium sect. Debilia Mildbr., 5. sect. Floodia Mildbr. and 5.
sect. Lanata A.R.Bean (Stylidiaceae)
A.R. Bean
Summary
Bean, A.R. (1999). A revision of Stylidium sect. Debilia Mildbr., S. sect. Floodia Mildbr. and S. sect.
Lanata A.R.Bean (Stylidiaceae). Austrobaileya 5(3): 427-455. Three taxono mi c sections of Stylidium
are enumerated (S. sect. Debilia, S. sect. Floodia and S. sect. Lanatae sect, nov.) comprising 25
species (including S. austrocapense, S. delicatum, S. foveolatum, S. velleioides spp. nov. and S.
paniculatum comb, nov.) indigenous to northern and eastern Australia (Kimberley region of Western
Australia, Northern Territory, Queensland and northern New South Wales). The new species are
illustrated, while for all species, distribution maps and notes on habitat, conservation status and
taxonomic affinities are provided.
Keywords: Stylidium, Stylidium sect. Floodia, Stylidium sect. Debilia, Stylidium sect. Lanata,
taxonomy, keys, Australian flora, Stylidiaceae.
A.R. Bean, Cl- Queensland Herbarium, EPA, Brisbane Botanic Gardens Mt Coot-tha, Mt Coot-tha
Road, Toowong, Queensland 4066, Australia.
Introduction
The genus Stylidium Willd. is largely restricted
to Australia, and reaches its greatest species
diversity in south-western Western Australia.
Comprehensive accounts of the genus have
been provided by Brown (1810), de Candolle
(1839), Bentham (1868), Mildbraed (1908) and
Erickson (1958).
Three related sections are treated in this
paper: S. sect. Floodia was established by
Mildbraed (1908) with the single species, S.
floodii F.Muell. In recent years, several species
related to S. floodii have been described,
notably by Lowrie and Kenneally (1997). Most
of the constituent species are confined to
tropical Australia, with S. desertorum Carlquist
occuring in semi-arid areas.
S. sect. Debilia is typified by S. debile
F.Muell., and it comprises several species
indigenous to northern, central and eastern
Australia, as far south as Sydney.
S. eriorhizum R.Br. was included in S.
sect. Debilia by Mildbraed (loc. cit.). It and
two other species described by Bean (1999)
are here placed into a new section ( S . sect.
Lanata ) on the basis of the thickened woolly
Accepted for publication 30 March 1999
plant bases, perennial habit, indeterminate
central rachis and large spherical seeds with a
small nipple.
All of the species presented here belong
in S. subg. Tolypangium (Endl.) Mildbr. Three
members of this subgenus occurring in northern
Australia do not belong to any of the sections
treated here. S. graminifolium Sw. belongs in
S. sect. Stylidium, while S. eglandulosum F.
Muell. and S. laricifolium A. Rich, belong in S.
sect. Sparsifolia Benth. No species belonging
to S. section Tolypangium occur in northern
and eastern Australia.
Terminology
The flowers of all Stylidium species are
gamopetalous, as they possess a corolla tube,
albeit usually rather short and inconspicuous.
However, the corolla lobes (called petals in this
paper) are here treated as being “free” if they
are not united beyond the top (or “throat”) of
the corolla tube. This interpretation is in line
with Erickson (1958) and avoids confusion
when referring to the apical ornamentation of
the corolla parts, which would otherwise be
known as lobes of the corolla lobes.
Because the pattern of petal fusion is
very valuable in diagnosing Stylidium species,
428
Austrobaileya 5(3): 427-455 (1999)
a special terminology is used here. A1 and A2
refer to the anterior petals (on either side of the
labellum); PI and P2 refer to the posterior petals,
withAl being adjacent to PI. The *+’ operator
indicates that the petals indicated are free
(sensu Erickson), while a 7’ operator indicates
that the petals indicated are fused e.g. A1 + A2
+ (P1/P2) means that the anterior petals are free
from the posterior petals and from each other,
but that the posterior petals are fused to each
other.
The term paracorolla, used here, was
introduced by Slooten (1954), and refers to
small lobes or flanges of tissue attached to the
corolla at the throat. This term is roughly
equivalent to the commonly used term “throat
appendages”, but is more comprehensive, as it
covers situations where there is a continuous
raised ring of tissue.
Materials and methods
This revision was based on the examination of
herbarium specimens, spirit material and
reconstituted floral material fromAD, BM, BRI,
K, DNA, MBA, QRS, NSW and MEL, and was
supplemented by field work by the author
throughout Queensland. Floral measurements
were based on material preserved in spirit,
where it was available, or on herbarium material
reconstituted by boiling in water. Details of the
collections used for these measurements are
given in each species treatment. Leaves, stems,
scapes, capsules and seeds were measured
from dried material.
Morphological data for all taxa have been
recorded as a DELTA data set (Dallwitz et al.
1993), and species descriptions have been
generated by DELTA from these data.
Dimensions of various plant parts are
given as circa only when there was difficulty
in providing accurate measurements e.g. petiole
length for some species, or when less than 4
measurements were possible for the character,
because of lack of available material.
Distribution maps are provided for all
species. A symbol indicates a herbarium record
for the taxon within that 1° x 1° square. Solid
(or filled) symbols indicate that there is at least
one recent collection (1960-present). Outline
(or unfilled) symbols indicate that the most
recent collection for that 1° x 1° square was
before 1960. Latitude and longitude data from
Lowrie and Kenneally (1997) have been added
to the maps for S. leptorrhizum (syn. S.
barrettorum) and S. adenophorum, and from
Kenneally and Lowrie (1994) forS. costulatum.
Taxonomy
Key to the Sty lidium subgenera occurring in northern and eastern Australia
1. Hypanthia and capsules linear, 8-20 times longer than wide.2
Hypanthia and capsules globose to ellipsoidal, 1-4 times longer than wide.3
2. Petals laterally fused (Al/Pl) + (A2/P2).S. subg. Alsinoides
Petals all free or posterior petals fused. S. subg. Andersonia
3. Hypanthia and capsules globose, 1-1.3 times longer than wide.S. subg. Centridium
Hypanthia and capsules ellipsoidal to obconical, 1.4-4 times longer
than wide.S. subg. Tolypangium
Stylidiumsubg. Tolypangium (Endl.) Mildbr., Pflanzenr. 35: 31 (1908); S. sect. TolypangiumEndl.,
Gen. PI. 520 (1838). Type: not designated.
Key to the species of Sty lidium sect. Floodia , S. sect. Debilia and S. sect. Lanata
1. Leaves linear, less than 1 mm wide (sect. Floodia ) .2
Leaves oblanceolate or spathulate, 2.4-10.7 mm wide.14
Bean, Stylidium 429
2. Inflorescences 1-flowered.3. S. rubriscapum
Inflorescences many-flowered, cymose.3
3. Capsule conspicuously 5-angled.4
Capsule smooth or ribbed, but not 5-angled.5
4. Leaf apex acute; 2 sepals fused except at apex; capsule c. 4.5 mm long
. 10. S. costulatum
Leaves bluntly mucronate; sepals all free; capsule 2.5-3 mm long. 9. S. turbinatum
5. Leaves with glandular hairs, leaf apex obtuse. 12. S. adenophorum
Leaves glabrous, leaf apex acute to mucronate.6
6. Hypanthium and sepals glabrous.1. S. foveolatum
Hypanthium and sepals glandular-hairy.7
7. Flowers with 3 free sepals and 2 fused sepals.8
Flowers with sepals all free.10
8. Leaves mostly in terminal rosette.9
Leaves scattered along stems.2. S. clarksonii
9. Bracts glandular-hairy; anterior petals entire. 8. S. delicatum
Bracts glabrous; anterior petals bilobed.7. S. symonii
10. Scapes thick (1.0-2.3 mm in diameter); leaves (11—)16—75 mm long;
labellum with basal appendages. 11. S. desertorum
Scapes thin (0.3-1.0 mm in diameter); leaves 10-35 mm long; labellum
without basal appendages.11
11. Leaves with needle-like mucro.5. S. mucronatum
Leaves acute to acuminate.12
12. Sepals ovate; anterior petals c. 3.5 mm long, bilobed. 4. S. rivulosum
Sepals deltate to lanceolate; anterior petals 0.9-2.6 mm long, entire.13
13. Leaves 10-25 mm long, glandular hairs 0.3-0.5 mm long; sepal apex
acute to acuminate. 8. S. delicatum
Leaves 22-35 mm long, glandular hairs 0.15-0.2 mm long; sepal apex
obtuse. 6. S. floodii
14. Plants with conspicuous woolly rootstock; inflorescence with
indeterminate central rachis; seeds spherical, 0.4-0.8 mm across,
with a small nipple (sect. Lanata ).15
Plants with unthickened rootstock; inflorescence cymose without central
rachis, or racemose; seeds globose to ellipsoidal, 0.2-0.4(-0.5) mm
long, without nipple (sect. Debilia ).17
15. Inflorescence branches and bracts glabrous; leaves (including
petioles) 9-14 mm long. 24. S. ramosissimum
Inflorescence branches and bracts glandular-hairy; leaves
(including petioles) 20-60(-100) mm long.16
430 Austrobaileya 5(3): 427-455 (1999)
16. Leaf margins hairy; bracts 1.5-2.5 mm long; sepals 1.0-1.7 mm long.23. S. eriorhizum
Leaf margins glabrous; bracts 3.5-6.5 mm long; sepals 2.4—2.8 mm
long.25. S. leiophyllum
17. Leaves glandular-hairy. 13. S. semipartitum
Leaves glabrous.18
18. Scapes with long simple hairs.19
Scapes glabrous or with glandular hairs.20
19. Leaves acuminate to mucronate; scapes 0.3-0.5 mm diameter;
corolla tube glandular-hairy. 17. S. floribundum
Leaves obtuse; scapes 0.6-4.5 mm diameter; corolla tube glabrous .. 18. S. inaequipetalum
20. Inflorescence indeterminate, racemose; bracteoles present. 20. S. debile
Inflorescence determinate, cymose; bracteoles absent.21
21. Scapes glandular-hairy.22
Scapes glabrous.24
22. Column with glandular and eglandular hairs; corolla tube
3-3.5 mm long. 14. S. leptorrhizum
Column glabrous; corolla tube 1.4-2.5 mm long.23
23. Labellum attached at base of anterior sinus; paracorolla present.16. S. multiscapum
Labellum attached to outside of corolla tube; paracorolla absent .... 15. S. austrocapense
24. Sepals glabrous; inflorescence branches glandular-hairy; glands
capitate; anterior petals 4.1-4.5 mm long; labellum glabrous. 22. S. ornatum
Sepals glandular-hairy; inflorescence branches glabrous;
glands ellipsoidal; anterior petals 2.5-3 mm long; labellum
glandular-hairy .25
25. Petals glandular-hairy; column 5.5-6.5 mm long; tropical
Queensland.21. S. velleioides
Petals glabrous; column 4.5-5.5 mm long; Darling Downs
&N.S.W.. 19. S. paniculatum
Stylidium sect. Floodia Mildbr., Pflanzenr. 35:
41 (1908). Type: S.floodii F.Muell.
Rootstock cylindrical. Leaves linear, sessile,
borne on terminal rosette and/or cauline.
Glandular hairs present, glands ellipsoidal.
Inflorescence determinate; flowers pedicellate;
corolla tube with sinus on anterior side only;
petals usually entire and obtuse, all free;
labellum attached at base of anterior sinus, basal
appendages absent (except S. desertorum).
Paracorolla present or absent. Column lateral
lobes absent; spur absent. Anther cells 4.
Stigma sessile. Capsule obovoid to obconical;
seeds globose to ellipsoidal, brown to black.
14 species, all indigenous to tropical Australia.
1. Stylidium foveolatum A.R.Bean sp. nov. S.
clarksonii affinis sed scapis hypanthiis
lobisque calycis glabris, petalis
angustioribus, capsulis costatis et
sepalis omnibus liberis differens. Typus:
Queensland. Cook District: NE ofVrilya
Point, Cape York, 11°11’S 142°09’E, 26
August 1981, A. Morton AM 1446 & M.
Godwin (holo: BRI; iso: MEL)
Bean, Stylidium
Herbaceous annual, 16-25 cm high. Glandular
hairs 0.1-0.2 mm long; glands ellipsoidal.
Stems present, glabrous. Leaves 20-200 per
plant, scattered along stems, linear, 6.5-14 mm
long, 0.3-0.5 mm wide, glabrous, apex obtuse,
base truncate, margins entire. Petioles absent.
Scapes 2-5 per plant, 0.4-0.7 mm in diameter,
glabrous. Sterile bracts absent. Inflorescences
10 cm long including scape, determinate,
monochasially cymose or determinate,
dichasially cymose; branches glabrous. Bracts
linear, 2.5-6 mm long, glabrous, obtuse.
Bracteoles absent. Pedicels 1-4 mm long,
glabrous. Hypanthium obovoid to ellipsoidal,
glabrous. Sepals lanceolate, all free, 2-2.7 mm
long, 0.3-0.5 mm wide, glabrous, obtuse.
Corolla pink, glabrous or glandular-hairy on
tube only; tube 1-1.5 mm long, with sinus on
anterior side only. Paracorolla absent or
continuous, lobed, thin, glabrous, c. 0.3 mm
high. Paracorolla lobes or appendages single
or absent. Paracorolla glands absent. Labellum
attached at base of anterior sinus of corolla
tube, ovate, 0.4-0.5 mm long, thick, glandular-
hairy, obtuse. Labellum basal appendages
absent. Petals all free, A1+A2+P1+P2. Anterior
petals 2.3-3.6 mm long, 0.8-1 mm wide, entire,
obtuse. Posterior petals 2.8-3.8 mm long, 0.9-1
mm wide, entire, obtuse. Column 5-6 mm long,
of uniform width throughout, glandular-hairy;
lateral lobes absent; spur absent. Stigma
sessile. Corona absent. Capsule obconical or
ellipsoidal, with 5 raised ribs, 4.2-5 mm long
excluding sepals, 1.8-2 mm wide; halves
detaching distally, not recurved. Seeds
ellipsoidal, 0.4 mm long, brown or black, deeply
pitted. Fig 1 F-I.
Additional specimen examined : Queensland. Cook
District: Skardon River, Cape York, on Venture
Mining Barge Landing, Apr 1994, Gunness AG2303
(BRI).
Reconstituted or spirit material examined : Gunness
AG2303 (2 fls), Morton AM 1446 & Godwin (2 fls).
Distribution and habitat : S. foveolatum is
confined to north-western Cape York Peninsula,
north of Weipa (Map 1). It occurs on the
ecotone between mangroves and Melaleuca
viridiflora woodland, on damp sand.
Phenology : Flowers and capsules recorded
for April and August.
431
Affinities : S. foveolatum is closest to S.
clarksonii, with which it shares the very
distinctive black, deeply pitted seeds. It differs
from S. clarksonii by the glabrous scapes,
hypanthia and sepals, the narrower petals, the
ribbed capsules, and the sepals all free from
each other.
Conservation status : Data Deficient (DD)
category according to the International Union
for Conservation of Nature and Natural
Resources (Anon. 1994).
Etymology : The specific epithet is from the
Latinfoveolatus, meaning minutely pitted. This
is in reference to the seeds.
2. Stylidium clarksonii Lowrie & Kenneally,
Nuytsia 11:204 (1997). Type: Queensland.
Cook District: 4.7 km south of the
Chester River crossing on the road east
of the Mcllwraith Range towards Nesbit
River, 13°41’S 143°28’E,21 June 1993, J.R.
Clarkson 10108 & V.J. Neldner (holo:
PERTH; iso: BRI, DNA).
Herbaceous annual, 20-35 cm high. Glandular
hairs 0.15-0.25 mm long; glands ellipsoidal.
Stems present, glabrous. Leaves 20-200 per
plant, mostly in terminal rosette, with some
scattered below or scattered along stems, linear,
9.5- 24 mm long, 0.3-0.6 mm wide, glabrous,
apex obtuse or acute, base truncate, margins
entire. Petioles absent. Scapes 1-5 per plant,
0.6-0.7 mm in diameter, glabrous. Sterile bracts
absent. Inflorescences 5-13 cm long including
scape, determinate, monochasially cymose or
determinate, dichasially cymose; branches
glabrous. Bracts linear, 1.5-7.5 mm long,
glabrous, acute. Bracteoles absent. Pedicels 2-
4 mm long, glandular-hairy. Hypanthium
obovoid to ellipsoidal, glandular-hairy
throughout. Sepals lanceolate, with 3 free and
2 mostly fused, 1.5-2.6 mm long, 0.4-0.6 mm
wide, glandular-hairy, obtuse. Corolla pink or
mauve, glandular-hairy on tube and petals; tube
1.5- 2.2 mm long, with sinus on anterior side
only. Paracorolla continuous, lobed, thick,
minutely papillose, c. 0.2 mm high. Paracorolla
lobes or appendages 2, all similar, obtuse, none
opposite the anterior petals, 2 opposite the
posterior petals. Paracorolla glands absent.
Labellum attached at base of anterior sinus of
432
Austrobaileya 5(3): 427-455 (1999)
corolla tube, ovate, 0.5-0.7 mm long, thick,
glandular-hairy, obtuse or acute. Labellum
basal appendages absent. Petals all free,
A1+A2+P1+P2. Anterior petals 2.7-4.2 mm
long, 1.5-2.7 mm wide, entire, obtuse. Posterior
petals 2.8—4.7 mm long, 1.3-2.5 mm wide, entire,
obtuse. Column 4.5-5.5 mm long, of uniform
width throughout, glandular-hairy; lateral lobes
absent; spur absent. Stigma sessile. Corona
absent or not extending beyond anthers.
Capsule obconical or ellipsoidal, without raised
ribs, 3.7-6 mm long excluding sepals, 1.5-2 mm
wide; halves detaching distally, not recurved.
Seeds ellipsoidal, 0.4-0.5 mm long, black,
deeply pitted.
Specimens examined : Queensland. Cook District:
c. 8.5 km NW of Kennedy River bridge, between Laura
and Coen, Jul 1998, Bean 13494 (BRI, MEL); 5.3 km
SE of Hann River, on Laura-Coen road, Jul 1998,
Bean 13530 (BRI, NSW); 28 km S of Coen, on road
to Laura, Jul 1998, Bean 13569 (BRI); c. 15 km
upstream from the upper crossing at Massy Creek on
Silver Plains station, Sep 1979, Clarkson 2643B (BRI,
PERTH, QRS); Lakefield N.P, 5 km SE of Morehead
River, May 1987, Clarkson 7033 & Simon (BRI, L,
MBA, NSW, PERTH); 5.2 km S of the Hann River on
the Laura to Musgrave road, May 1989, Clarkson
8006 & Neldner (BRI, DNA, K, L, MBA, PERTH);
0.9 km E of the Peninsula Development road, on an
IWS track 0.5 km N of Laura River crossing, Apr
1983, Clarkson 4734 (BRI); Bamboo Range, N of
Musgrave on Peninsula Development road, Jul 1993,
Forster PIF13451 (BRI, MEL); 1 km N of last Scrubby
Creek crossing, Silver Plains station, Jul 1993, Forster
PIF 13635 & Sankowsky (BRI, MEL); base of Round
Mtn, Embley Range, Silver Plains station, Jul 1997,
Forster 21394 (BRI, DNA, QRS); northern side of
Nesbit River, Silver Plains, Jun 1998, Forster
PIF23002 et al. (BRI, DNA, MEL, NSW, QRS);
Isabella Falls, Aug 1976, Scarth-Johnson 302A (BRI);
25 km S of Musgrave, Peninsula Development road,
Aug 1985, Williams 85130 (BRI).
Reconstituted or spirit material examined : Clarkson
7033 & Simon (2 fls); Clarkson 8006 & Neldner (2
fls); Clarkson 10108 & Neldner (2 fls); Forster
PIF 13451 (2 fls).
Distribution and habitat: S. clarksonii is
endemic to south-eastern Cape York Peninsula,
between latitudes 13°30’S and 15°30’S (Map
1). It inhabits woodland dominated by
Eucalyptus or Melaleuca , sometimes near
small creeks or in seepage areas. Soils are
invariably sandy.
Phenology: Flowers have been recorded from
April to September. Capsules have been
recorded from May to August.
Affinities: S. clarksonii is most closely related
to S. foveolatum. Both species have very
distinctive black, deeply pitted seeds.
Conservation status: A widespread species
which is not considered to be at risk.
3. Stylidium rubriscapum W.Fitzg., Jour. &
Proc. Roy. Soc. WesternAustralia 3: 218
(1918). Type: WesternAustralia. Calder
River; Messmate Creek in the Packhorse
Range; undated, W.V. Fitzgerald (syn:
7PERTH n.v.).
Herbaceous annual, 10-20 cm high. Glandular
hairs 0.15-0.25 mm long; glands ellipsoidal.
Stems present, glabrous. Leaves 20-200 per
plant, mostly in terminal rosette, with some
scattered below or scattered along stems, linear,
5-12 mm long, 0.5-1 mm wide, glabrous, apex
acute or acuminate, base truncate, margins
entire. Petioles absent. Scapes c. 7 per plant,
0.3-0.6 mm in diameter, glabrous. Sterile bracts
absent. Inflorescences 5-15 cm long including
scape, 1-flowered. Bracteoles present, c. 1.2 mm
long. Pedicels 50-150 mm long, glabrous.
Hypanthium obovoid to ellipsoidal, glabrous.
Sepals lanceolate or ovate or elliptical, all free,
1.5-2.5 mm long, 0.7-1 mm wide, glandular-
hairy, acute. Corolla pink or red, glandular-hairy
on tube and petals; tube c. 1.8 mm long, with
sinus on anterior side only. Paracorolla
continuous, lobed, thin, minutely papillose, c.
0.5 mm high. Paracorolla lobes or appendages
3, all similar, acute, 2 opposite the anterior petals,
1 opposite the posterior petals. Paracorolla
glands absent. Labellum attached at base of
anterior sinus of corolla tube, ovate, c. 0.5 mm
long, thick or thin, glabrous; obtuse. Labellum
basal appendages absent. Petals with posterior
ones fused, A1+A2+(P1/P2). Anterior petals
3.3-3.5 mm long, 1.6-1.9 mm wide, entire, acute.
Posterior petals 3.3-3.5 mm long, 1.5-1.7 mm
wide, entire, obtuse. Column c. 7 mm long, of
uniform width throughout, glandular-hairy;
lateral lobes absent; spur absent. Stigma
sessile. Corona absent. Capsule ellipsoidal,
without raised ribs, c. 4 mm long excluding
Bean, Stylidium
sepals, c. 2 mm wide; halves detaching distally,
not recurved. Seeds not seen.
Specimens examined : Western Australia. Galvins
Gorge, c. 200 km E of Derby, Jul 1974, Carr 4175 &
Beauglehole 47953 (DNA).
Reconstituted or spirit material examined : Carr 4175
& Beauglehole 47953 (2 fls).
Distribution and habitat: S. rubriscapum is
endemic to the northern Kimberley ofWestern
Australia (Map 7). It inhabits moist areas in
grassy woodland.
Phenology : Flowers and capsules have been
recorded from July to September.
Affinities: The linear leaves and floral features
of S. rubriscapum place it clearly in S. sect.
Floodia, but it differs from all other members
of the group by its solitary inflorescences.
4. Stylidium rivulosum Lowrie & Kenneally,
Nuytsia 11: 213 (1997). Type: Western
Australia. On the road to Pago Mission
(abandoned) from Honeymoon Beach on
the margins of Unamon Creek, 14°06’S
126°43’E, 26 June 1994, A. Lowrie 1022
(holo: PERTH; iso: DNA, MEL).
Notes: No material of this species was available
for examination. See Lowrie & Kenneally (1997)
for a description and illustration.
Distribution and habitat : S. rivulosum is
endemic to the northern Kimberley ofWestern
Australia (Map 2). It grows near creeks on
skeletal sandstone or in shallow sandy soils.
5. Stylidium mucronatum Lowrie & Kenneally,
Nuytsia 11: 206 (1997). Type: Western
Australia. Grevillea Creek, c. 35 km NW
of Beverley Springs Station, 16°33’S
125°10’E, 7 June 1995, A. Lowrie 1188
(holo: PERTH; iso: DNA, MEL).
Notes: No material of this species was available
for examination. See Lowrie & Kenneally (1997)
for a description and illustration.
Distribution and habitat : S. mucronatum is
endemic to the Kimberley region of Western
Australia (Map 6). It grows on creekbanks in
sandy soil.
433
6. Stylidium floodii F.Muell., Fragm. 1: 149
(1859); Candollea floodii (F.Muell.)
F.Muell., Syst. Census Austral. PL 86
(1883). Type: Northern Territory. Roper
River, Gulf of Carpentaria, [14° —’S 134°
—’L], July 1856, F. Mueller (lecto: MEL,
fide Kenneally & Lowrie, 1994).
Herbaceous annual, 8-20 cm high. Glandular
hairs 0.15-0.2 mm long; glands ellipsoidal.
Stems present or absent (with leaves in basal
rosette), glabrous. Leaves 20-200 per plant,
mostly in terminal rosette, with some scattered
below, linear, 22-35 mm long including petiole
(if any), 0.3-0.7 mm wide, glabrous, apex obtuse
or acute or acuminate, base truncate, margins
entire. Petioles absent. Scapes 1-12 per plant,
0.3-1 mm in diameter, glandular-hairy. Sterile
bracts absent. Inflorescences 5-17 cm long
including scape, determinate, monochasially
cymose or determinate, dichasially cymose;
branches glandular-hairy. Bracts linear or
deltate or ovate, 1.5-4 mm long, glabrous or
glandular-hairy, obtuse or acute or mucronate.
Bracteoles absent. Pedicels 2-9 mm long,
glandular-hairy. Hypanthium obovoid to
ellipsoidal, glandular-hairy throughout. Sepals
deltate or lanceolate, all free, 0.9-1.7 mm long,
0.3-0.6 mm wide, glandular-hairy, obtuse.
Corolla pink, glandular-hairy on tube and
petals; tube 1.3-2.7 mm long, with sinus on
anterior side only. Paracorolla continuous,
lobed, thin, glabrous, 0.2-0.5 mm high.
Paracorolla lobes or appendages 4 or 5, all
similar, obtuse, 2 opposite the anterior petals, 2
or 3 opposite the posterior petals. Paracorolla
glands absent. Labellum attached at base of
anterior sinus of corolla tube, ovate, 0.3-0.7
mm long, thick, glabrous or glandular-hairy,
obtuse or acute. Labellum basal appendages
absent. Petals all free, A1+A2+P1+P2. Anterior
petals 0.9-2.2 mm long, 0.5-1.2 mm wide, entire,
obtuse. Posterior petals 1.5-3.3 mm long, 0.9-
1.9 mm wide, entire, obtuse. Column 5-8 mm
long, of uniform width throughout, with
eglandular hairs; lateral lobes absent; spur
absent. Stigma sessile. Corona absent or not
extending beyond anthers. Capsule ellipsoidal,
without raised ribs, 2-2.9 mm long excluding
sepals, 1.1-1.8 mm wide; halves detaching
distally, not recurved. Seeds globose, 0.2-0.25
mm long, brown, smooth or colliculate.
434
Specimens examined : Northern Territory. 21 km
N of Limmen Bight River, Sep 1986, Clark 687 (BRI,
DNA); Arnhem Land, Koolatong River crossing,
Numbulwar Rd, Oct 1987, Clark 1622 (DNA);
Amungee Mungee waterhole, May 1991, Cowie 1819
& Wilson (DNA); Koolatong River, near road crossing,
Oct 1996, Cowie 7360 (DNA); Ngukurr, 20 km NE
crossing of Turkey Lagoon Creek, Aug 1987, Russell-
Smith 3082 & Lucas (BRI, DNA); 3 km S of Bing
Bong homestead, May 1984, Thomson 517 (DNA);
Lake Eames area, 1 km east, Vanderlin Island, Jul
1988, Thomson 2499 (DNA). Queensland. Burke
District: Richmond-Croydon road, 76.8 km S of
“Esmeralda”, Jul 1998, Bean 13443 (BRI); Richmond-
Croydon road, 47.9 km N of “Esmeralda”, Jul 1998,
Bean 13470 (BRI, DNA); Croydon, Aug 1936, Blake
12472 (BRI); Adel’s Grove, via Camooweal, Jun 1950,
De Lestang 475 (BRI); 89 km W of Croydon, on road
to Normanton, Jun 1991, Halford Q492 (BRI); Gulf
Highway, 108 km SE of Normanton, Jul 1974,
Ollerenshaw 1482 et al. (BRI, CANB); 23 km NW of
“Old Corinda” station, along the Doomadgee-
Woologorang road, May 1974, Pullen 9119 (BRI,
CANB). Cook District: One Hundred Mile swamp, near
Undara resort, E of Mt Surprise, Jul 1998, Bean 13760
& Fox (BRI); 37 km SSW of “Lyndhurst” HS and 1
km E of highway, Aug 1976, Lazarides 8171 (BRI,
CANB); 16 km W of Georgetown, May 1976, Scarth-
Johnson 152A (BRI). North Kennedy District: c. 4
miles [6 km] E of Wairuna and c. 0.5 miles [0.8 km]
south scarp facing Burdekin, Aug 1967, Morain 185
(BRI).
Reconstituted or spirit material examined: Bean
13443 (2 fls); Halford Q492 (3 fls); Morain 185 (3
fls); Pullen 9119 (3 fls).
Distribution and habitat : S. floodii occurs in
the area surrounding the Gulf of Carpentaria,
including north-eastern Northern Territory, and
north Queensland as far east as ‘Wairuna’,
west of Cardwell (Map 1). It grows in damp
sandy soil, in woodland dominated by
Melaleuca viridiflora or Eucalyptus spp., or
along creekbanks.
Phenology : Flowers and capsules have been
recorded from May to October.
Conservation status: A widespread species
which is not considered to be at risk.
7. Stylidium symonii Carlquist, Aliso 9: 439
(1979). Type: Northern Territory. At old
B.H.P. flying field, Arnhem Land, 12°54’S
135°28’E, 17 June 1972, D.E. Symon 7731
(holo: DNA).
Notes: No material of this species was available
Austrobaileya 5(3): 427-455 (1999)
for examination. See Carlquist (1979) for a
description.
Distribution and habitat : S. symonii is known
only from the type locality in north-eastern
Arnhem Land (Map 2). Habitat is unknown.
8. Stylidium delicatum A.R.Bean sp. nov. S.
floodii affinis, a quo foliis brevioribus,
columna glabra vel pilis glandulosis
longioribus et sepalis apice acuto ad
mucronato differt. Typus: Queensland.
Cook District: 2.8 km along new
Pennefather River road, N of Weipa,
12°20’S 141°53’E, 11 July 1998, AR. Bean
13579 (holo: BRI (1 sheet + spirit); iso:
DNA, MEL, NSW).
Stylidium sp. (Sanamere Lagoon J.R.
Clarkson 6175) in Henderson (1997).
Herbaceous annual, 10-20 cm high. Glandular
hairs 0.3-0.5 mm long; glands ellipsoidal.
Stems present, glabrous. Leaves 20-200 per
plant, mostly in terminal rosette, with some
scattered below, linear, 10-25 mm long, 0.3-0.7
mm wide, glabrous, apex acuminate, base
truncate, margins entire. Petioles absent.
Scapes 1-6 per plant, 0.3-0.5 mm in diameter,
glandular-hairy. Sterile bracts absent or present.
Inflorescences 3.5-13 cm long including scape,
determinate, monochasially or dichasially
cymose; branches glandular-hairy. Bracts
deltate or lanceolate, 1-4 mm long, glandular-
hairy, mucronate. Bracteoles absent. Pedicels
3-7 mm long, glandular-hairy. Hypanthium
obovoid to ellipsoidal, glandular-hairy
throughout. Sepals deltate or lanceolate or
elliptical, all free or with 3 free and 2 mostly
fused, 1.3-2 mm long, 0.3-0.6 mm wide,
glandular-hairy, acute. Corolla pink, glandular-
hairy on tube and petals; tube 2.4-3 mm long,
with sinus on anterior side only. Paracorolla
continuous, lobed, thin, glabrous, 0.3-0.8 mm
high. Paracorolla lobes or appendages 3-5, all
similar, acute or obtuse, 0-2 opposite the
anterior petals, 2 or 3 opposite the posterior
petals. Paracorolla glands absent. Labellum
attached at base of anterior sinus of corolla
tube, ovate, 0.5-0.7 mm long, thick, glabrous
or glandular-hairy, obtuse or acute. Labellum
basal appendages absent. Petals all free,
Bean, Stylidium
A1+A2+P1+P2. Anterior petals 1.3-2.6 mm
long, 0.9-1.5 mm wide, entire, obtuse. Posterior
petals 2-4 mm long, (1.2-) 1.8-2.7 mm wide,
entire, obtuse. Column 5-7 mm long, of uniform
width throughout, glabrous or glandular-hairy;
lateral lobes absent; spur absent. Stigma
sessile. Corona absent. Capsule obconical or
ellipsoidal, without raised ribs, 2.5-3 mm long
excluding sepals, 1.2-1.7 mm wide; halves
detaching distally, not recurved. Seeds
ellipsoidal, 0.2-0.25 mm long, brown, smooth
and lacunose. Fig. 1A-D.
Specimens examined : Queensland. Cook District:
Vyce’s Crossing c. 13 km due north of Weipa, Jul
1998, Bean 13574 (AD, BRI, DNA, MET., NSW, QRS);
Brown’s Creek, Pascoe River, Jul 1948, Brass 19548
(A, BRI); c. 26 km SSW of Aurukun and 3 km W of
Archer River, Oct 1982, Clarkson 4548; Cowal Creek
crossing on the Bamaga to Mutee Head road, Sep
1985, Clarkson 6208 (BRI, QRS); Sanamere Lagoon,
c. 3 km N of the Jardine River crossing on road to
Bamaga, Aug 1985, Clarkson 6175 (BRI); 3.6 km S
of old road crossing of Jardine River, Jul 1992,
Clarkson 9698 & Neldner (BRI, DNA, MBA); Site
13, Pennefather River, Jul 1988, Dalliston CC276
(BRI); Sandy Creek, 69 km from Weipa on road to
Stones Crossing, Jul 1993, Forster PIF13502 &
Sankowsky (BRI); east arm of Namaleta Creek,
upstream of Venture Mine lease, Oct 1994, Gunness
AG2404 (BRI); along Kennedy road, c. 18 km N of
Moreton Telegraph Station, Aug 1978, Kanis 2042
(BRI, CANB, L); Lake Boronto, 25 km NE of Bamaga,
Aug 1978, Paijmans 3042 (BRI, CANB); Pascoe
River, Sep 1990, Sankowsky 1154 & Sankowsky
(BRI); Bamaga and tip of Cape York, Sep 1980, Scarth-
Johnson 1043A (BRI, DNA); 13.5 km ENE of Weipa
Mission, Jul 1974, Specht W433 & Salt (BRI);
Schramm Creek, branch of Batavia River, undated,
Whitehouse s.n. (BRI).
Reconstituted or spirit material examined : Bean
13574 (2 fls); Bean 13579 (2 fls); Clarkson 4548 (2
fls); Clarkson 4896 (2 fls); Clarkson 6175 (1 fl);
Clarkson 6208 (2 fls); Clarkson 9698 & Neldner (2
fls); Forster 13502 & Sankowsky (2 fls).
Distribution and habitat : S. delicatum is
endemic to northern Cape York Peninsula, north
from about Aurukun (Map 5). It is recorded
from swamp margins, Melaleuca woodland or
open heathland, usually on sandy soil, but also
recorded from clay-loam.
Phenology : Flowers and capsules have been
recorded from July to October.
Affinities : S. delicatum is closely related to S.
floodii, but differs by its leaves 10-25 mm long
435
(22-35 mm for S. floodii); glandular hairs 0.3-
0.5 mm long (0.15-0.2 mm forS. floodii) ; acute
to acuminate sepals (obtuse for S. floodii); and
the glabrous or glandular-hairy column (column
with eglandular hairs only for S. floodii).
S. delicatum differs from S. rivulosum by
its longer, acute sepals; 3-5 lobed paracorolla
(2-lobed for S. rivulosum); the free posterior
petals and the shorter column of uniform width
throughout and lacking eglandular hairs.
Conservation status : A widespread species
which is not considered to be at risk.
Etymology : The specific epithet is from the
Latin delicatus, meaning delicate or dainty, in
reference to the overall appearance of the plant.
9. Stylidium turbinatum Lowrie & Kenneally,
Nuytsia 11: 215 (1997). Type: Western
Australia. 1.5 km ESE of the Elephant Rock
end of the Sleeping Buddha hill formation
south of Kununurra, 15°50’S 128°46’E, 25
April 1995, A. Lowrie 1095 (holo: PERTH
n.v.; iso: DNA, MEL).
Herbaceous annual, 6-16 cm high. Glandular
hairs 0.15-0.25 mm long; glands ellipsoidal.
Stems present, glabrous. Leaves 20-200 per
plant, mostly in terminal rosette, with some
scattered below, linear, 10-23 mm long, 0.3-0.7
mm wide, glabrous, apex acute or mucronate,
base truncate, margins entire. Petioles absent.
Scapes 1-10 per plant, 0.3-0.5 mm in diameter,
glandular-hairy. Sterile bracts absent.
Inflorescences 6-10 cm long including scape,
determinate, monochasially cymose; branches
glandular-hairy. Bracts linear or deltate, 1-2.5
mm long, glandular-hairy, acute or mucronate.
Bracteoles absent. Pedicels 3-8 mm long,
glandular-hairy. Hypanthium obovoid to
ellipsoidal, glandular-hairy throughout. Sepals
deltate or lanceolate, all free, 1.2-1.9 mm long,
0.5-0.8 mm wide, glandular-hairy, obtuse or
acute. Corolla pink, glandular-hairy on tube and
petals; tube 1.6-2 mm long, with sinus on
anterior side only. Paracorolla continuous,
lobed, thin, minutely papillose, 0.3-0.4 mm high.
Paracorolla lobes or appendages 3-6, all similar,
acute or obtuse, 0-2 opposite the anterior
petals, 2-4 opposite the posterior petals.
Paracorolla glands absent. Labellum attached
> X
436
Austrobaileya 5(3): 427-455 (1999)
Fig 1 . Stylidium delicatum A. whole plant x 1. B. lateral view of flower x 5. C. dehiscing capsule x 5. D. seed
50. Stylidium foveolatum. F. whole plant x 0.5. G. lateral view of flower x 5. H. capsule x 5. I. seed x 25.
,C,D from Gunness AG2404; B from Clarkson 9698; E from Forster 22591 & Booth', F-I from Gunness
AG2303.
Bean, Stylidium
at base of anterior sinus of corolla tube, ovate,
0.5-0.6 mm long, thick, glabrous or glandular-
hairy, obtuse. Labellum basal appendages
absent. Petals all free, A1+A2+P1+P2 or
posterior ones fused, A1+A2+(P1/P2). Anterior
petals 2-3 mm long, 1.3-2 mm wide, entire, acute
or obtuse. Posterior petals 2.8-4 mm long, 1.9-
3 mm wide, bilobed or entire, obtuse. Column
5-7.5 mm long, slightly dilated near distal end,
with glandular and eglandular hairs; lateral
lobes absent; spur absent. Stigma sessile.
Corona absent. Capsule obconical, with 5 raised
ribs, 2.2-3.3 mm long excluding sepals, 1.7-2
mm wide; halves detaching distally, not
recurved. Seeds ellipsoidal, 0.2-0.25 mm long,
yellow or brown, smooth.
Selected specimens: Western Australia, c. 32 km
WSW of Kununurra, Jul 1976, Beauglehole 54296
(DNA); S side of Cockburn Range, c. 6.5 km W of
King R„ Jul 1974, Carr 3405 & Beauglehole 47183
(DNA). Northern Territory. Survey Creek, Daly
River road, May 1968, Byrnes NB661 (DNA); Stuart
Highway, 40 km S of Darwin, Jun 1977, Carlquist
15178 (DNA); Site 55, Mary River, May 1989, Clark
1751 (DNA); tributary of Allia Ck, May 1994, Cowie
4886 & Albrecht (DNA); 9.5 km S of Twin Fall, May
1980, Craven 5858 (CANB, DNA); 65 km NE of
Pine Creek, May 1977, Dunlop 4560 (DNA, NSW);
Mt Gilruth area, Jun 1978, Dunlop 4911 (DNA);
Koolpinyah station, May 1996, Egan 5331 (DNA);
Magela Creek at Mudginberry, May 1973, Hartley
13874 (DNA); c. 8 miles [13 km] SSW of Oenpelli-
Pine Creek intersection, Jul 1973, Henry 890 (DNA);
Radon Gorge area, c. 12 km S of Jabiru, Jun 1978,
Latz 7693 (BRI, CANB, DNA); Tortilla Flats, Apr
1974, Parker 410 (DNA); Flying Fox Creek, Arnhem
Hwy, Jun 1977, Parker 899 (CANB, DNA); 4 km W
of Nabarlek airstrip, Oenpelli road, Apr 1979, Rankin
2141 (DNA, PERTH); Howard River area, Aug 1979,
Rankin 2230 (DNA); Munmarlary turnoff, Arnhem
Highway, Jun 1983, Rankin 2726 (DNA); Koongarra,
Jun 1978, Rice 2686 (DNA); Kakadu N.P., upper
Koolpin Creek, Jun 1988, Russell-Smith 5530 & Lucas
(BRI, DNA).
Reconstituted or spirit material examined: Dunlop
4560 (1 fl); Parker 899 (1 fl); Rankin 2141 ( 2fls).
Distribution and habitat: S. turbinatum is
distributed from the Kununurra area of Western
Australia to the Arnhem Land plateau in
Northern Territory (Map 2). It grows on
sandstone plateaux, on moist flats or near
creeks. Soils are sandy and associated species
may include Eucalyptusptychocarpa F.Muell.,
E. polycarpa F.Muell., Melaleuca spp. and
Pandanus spiralis R.Br.
437
Phenology: Flowers and capsules have been
recorded from April to August.
Affinities: S. turbinatum differs from S. flood'd
by the minutely papillose paracorolla (glabrous
for S.floodii ), the anterior petals 1.3-2 mm wide
(0.5-1.2 for S. floodii ), the column slightly
dilated near distal end and with glandular and
eglandular hairs (uniform width throughout and
with eglandular hairs for S. floodii ) and the
capsule obconical and conspicuously angled
(ellipsoidal and not angled for S.floodii ).
10. Stylidium costulatum Kenneally & Lowrie,
Nuytsia9: 343-345 (1994). Type: Western
Australia. Wonganut Spring, 19 km ESE
of Coulomb Point, Dampier Peninsula,
17°25’S 122°19’E, 18 June 1984, K.F.
Kenneally 9054/A (holo: PERTH n.v.; iso:
MEL).
Herbaceous annual, 5-15 cm high. Glandular
hairs 0.2-0.3 mm long; glands ellipsoidal.
Stems present, glabrous. Leaves 20-200 per
plant, mostly in terminal rosette, with some
scattered below, linear, 7-26 mm long, 0.5-0.8
mm wide, glabrous, apex acute or acuminate,
base truncate, margins entire. Petioles absent.
Scapes 1-8 per plant, 0.4-0.7 mm in diameter,
glandular-hairy. Sterile bracts absent.
Inflorescences 2-10 cm long including scape,
determinate, monochasially cymose; branches
glandular-hairy. Bracts linear or lanceolate, 1-
4 mm long, glandular-hairy, acute. Bracteoles
absent. Pedicels 3-9 mm long, glandular-hairy.
Hypanthium obovoid to ellipsoidal, glandular-
hairy throughout. Sepals lanceolate or elliptical,
with 3 free and 2 mostly fused, 1.5-2 mm long,
0.6-0.7 mm wide, glandular-hairy, acute. Corolla
yellow, glandular-hairy on tube and petals;
tube 1.7-2.2 mm long, with sinus on anterior
side only. Paracorolla discontinuous, lobed,
thick, glabrous, 0.2-0.3 mm high. Paracorolla
lobes or appendages 2, all similar, obtuse, 2
opposite the anterior petals, none opposite the
posterior petals. Paracorolla glands absent.
Labellum attached at base of anterior sinus of
corolla tube, ovate, 0.4-0.6 mm long, thick or
thin, glabrous or glandular-hairy, obtuse.
Labellum basal appendages absent. Petals with
posterior ones fused, A1+A2+(P1/P2). Anterior
petals 1.8-2.5 mm long, 1.2-1.5 mm wide, entire,
obtuse. Posterior petals 2.8-3 mm long, 1.4-1.7
438
Austrobaileya 5(3): 427-455 (1999)
mm wide, entire, obtuse. Column 5-6.5 mm long,
slightly dilated near distal end, glandular-hairy;
lateral lobes absent; spur absent. Stigma
sessile. Corona absent. Capsule obconical or
ellipsoidal, with 5 raised ribs, 3-4.5 mm long
excluding sepals, 1.5-2 mm wide; halves
detaching distally, not recurved. Seeds globose
or ellipsoidal, c. 0.2 mm long, brown, smooth or
colliculate.
Specimens examined : Western Australia. 59 km
by road N of Gibb River road, Meda-Oobagooma road,
c. 60 km NE of Derby, Jun 1976, Beauglehole 52685
(DNA); Wonganut Spring, 19 km ESE of Coulomb
Point, Dampier Peninsula, Jun 1984, Forbes 2372
(MEL).
Reconstituted or spirit material examined :
Beauglehole 52685 (1 fl); Forbes 2372 (3 fls).
Distribution and habitat : S. costulatum is
endemic to the western parts of the Kimberley
in Western Australia (Map 1). It grows adjacent
to creeks in seasonally wet areas.
Phenology : April to August, according to
Kenneally & Lowrie (1994).
Affinities: S. costulatum is closely related to
S. turbinatum, but differs by having 2 sepals
mostly fused (ah sepals free for 5. turbinatum ),
corolla yellow (pink for S. turbinatum ),
paracorolla discontinuous, glabrous, 2-lobed
(continuous, papillose, 3-6 lobed for S.
turbinatum), posterior petals 1.4-1.7 mm wide
(1.9-3 mm forS. turbinatum) and column with
glandular hairs only (glandular and eglandular
for S', turbinatum).
11. Stylidium desertorum Carlquist, Aliso 9:
317 (1978). Type: Northern Territory. Salt
Beef Lake,Tanami, 20°53’S 130°25’E, 22
July 1973, P.K. Latz 4085 (holo: AD; iso:
BRI).
Herbaceous perennial, 15-26 cm high. Glandular
hairs 0.3-0.7 mm long; glands ellipsoidal.
Stems present, glabrous. Leaves 20-200 per
plant, mostly in terminal rosette, with some
scattered below, linear, (11-) 16-75 mm long,
0.3-0.8 mm wide, glabrous, apex mucronate,
base truncate, margins entire. Petioles absent.
Scapes 1-6 per plant, 1-2.3 mm in diameter,
glandular-hairy. Sterile bracts absent or present.
Inflorescences 13-20 cm long including scape,
determinate, monochasially cymose or
determinate, dichasially cymose; branches
glandular-hairy. Bracts linear or deltate or ovate,
1-5 mm long, glandular-hairy, acute or
mucronate. Bracteoles absent. Pedicels 2-9 mm
long, glandular-hairy. Hypanthium obovoid to
ellipsoidal, glandular-hairy throughout. Sepals
deltate or lanceolate or elliptical, ah free, 2.2-
2.7 mm long, 0.7-0.8 mm wide, glandular-hairy,
obtuse or acute. Corolla pink, glandular-hairy
on tube and petals; tube 4.2-5.5 mm long, with
sinus on anterior side only. Paracorolla absent.
Labellum attached at base of anterior sinus of
corolla tube, ovate or orbicular, 0.4-1 mm long,
thick, glandular-hairy, obtuse or acuminate.
Labellum basal appendages less than half
length of labellum or more than half length of
labellum, glabrous or minutely papillose. Petals
all free, A1+A2+P1+P2. Anterior petals 2.2-4
mm long, 0.8-1.8 mm wide, entire, obtuse.
Posterior petals 3-5 mm long, 1-2.2 mm wide,
entire, obtuse. Column 11-15 mm long, of
uniform width throughout, glabrous; lateral
lobes absent; spur absent. Stigma sessile.
Corona absent or extending beyond anthers.
Capsule obconical or ellipsoidal, without raised
ribs, 3.5-4.7 mm long excluding sepals, 1.7-2.5
mm wide; halves detaching distally, not
recurved. Seeds globose or ellipsoidal, 0.2-0.25
mm long, brown, smooth or colliculate.
Selected specimens : Western Australia. Kimberley
Division, 19°52’S 125°15’E, May 1984, Fatchen 960
(AD); Red Dune site, near Edgar Range, SE of Broome,
Aug 1976, Kenneally 5572 (MEL, PERTH); N of
Balgo Mission, Jul 1973, Latz 4042 (DNA). Northern
Territory, c. 84 km WNW of Green Swamp well,
Tanami Desert, Aug 1995, Albrecht 6973 (DNA, NT);
9.6 miles [15.4 km] N of Georgina Downs HS, Oct
1957, Chippendale 3813 (AD, BRI, DNA, MEL);
Ooratippra Stn, Sandover Hwy, Arganara Creek, Aug
1979, Henshall 2718 (DNA, MEL); 12 [miles?] SE
Rabbit Flat, Jul 1973, Latz 3946 (BRI, CANB, DNA,
PERTH); north-west Simpson Desert, Nov 1973, Latz
4422 (AD, CANB, DNA, NSW); Elliott, May 1975,
Latz 5971 (AD, DNA, NT); Phillips Creek station
(Old Mission), Jun 1975, Latz 6045 (AD, DNA); 2
km N of Wauchope roadhouse, Stuart Highway, Jun
1978, Latz 7831 (DNA); Kurluparranka Soak, Lander
River floodout, Aug 1991, Latz 12142 (MEL, NT);
Thring swamp, Singleton station, Jun 1975, Ulyatt
28 (DNA, PERTH); 16 km W of McLaren Creek
station, Nov 1984, Waugh s.n. (DNA); on Barkly
Hwy 70 km NW of Barrys Caves near Radio repeater
8406, Sep 1981, Whaite 3934 (DNA, NSW); 50 km S
of Kalkarindji, Aug 1993, Wightman 6187 (DNA).
Bean, Stylidium
Queensland. Burke District: Selwyn Ranges, grid
ref. 7054-607993, Jul 1991, Conroy 89 & Taylor
(BRI); 10 km S of Mt Isa, Feb 1985, Harris 40 (BRI).
Mitchell District: Haughton Vale, Jundah, Sep 1997,
Groves AZI 1530 (BRI). Gregory North District: 6
km NNW of “Badalia”, Sep 1977, Purdie 1105 (BRI).
Gregory South District: 60 km E of Nappamerrie,
Aug 1995, Guy s.n. (AD).
Reconstituted or spirit material examined : Conroy
89 & Taylor (2 fls); Latz 3946 (1 fl); Wightman 6187
(2 fls).
Distribution and habitat : S. desertorum has a
scattered distribution in the semi-arid areas of
Queensland, Northern Territory and Western
Australia (Map 3). It grows adjacent to
seasonal swamps or in areas which receive
water runoff, or on sandplains in association
with Triodia spp. Soils are usually sandy, but
clays and clay-loams will also support the
species.
Phenology : Flowers and capsules have been
recorded from May to December.
Affinities : S. desertorum is closely related to
S. floodii , but differs by the glandular hairs
0.3-0.7 mm long (0.15-0.2 mm for S. floodii),
the sepals 22-2.1 x 0.7-0.8 mm (0.9-1.7 x 0.3-
0.6 mm for S. floodii), corolla tube 4.2-5.5 mm
long (1.3-2.7 mm for S. floodii ) and basal
appendages present on labellum (absent for S.
floodii ).
Conservation status: A widespread species
which is not considered to be at risk.
12. Stylidium adenophorum Lowrie &
Kenneally, Nuytsia 11:199 (1997). Type:
Western Australia. Mount Barnett
Roadhouse picnic grounds, Kimberley,
16°45’S 125°56’E, 11 June 1995, A. Lowrie
1227 (holo: PERTH n.v.; iso: DNA, MEL).
Herbaceous annual, 10-20 cm high. Glandular
hairs 0.2-0.4 mm long; glands ellipsoidal.
Stems present, glabrous. Leaves 20-200 per
plant, mostly in terminal rosette, with some
scattered below or scattered along stems, linear,
13-25 mm long, 0.3-0.6 mm wide, glandular-
hairy, apex obtuse, base truncate, margins
entire. Petioles absent. Scapes 1-20 per plant,
0.5-0.8 mm in diameter, glandular-hairy. Sterile
bracts absent. Inflorescences 10-18 cm long
439
including scape, determinate, monochasially
cymose or determinate, dichasially cymose;
branches glandular-hairy. Bracts lanceolate or
ovate, 1-3 mm long, glandular-hairy, obtuse or
acute. Bracteoles absent. Pedicels 4.5-16 mm
long, glandular-hairy. Hypanthium obovoid to
ellipsoidal, glandular-hairy throughout. Sepals
lanceolate or ovate, all free, 0.9-1.6 mm long,
0.5-0.7 mm wide, glandular-hairy, obtuse or
acute. Corolla pink, glandular-hairy on tube and
petals; tube 2.2-4 mm long, with sinus on
anterior side only. Paracorolla discontinuous,
lobed, thin, glabrous, 0.2-0.8 mm high.
Paracorolla lobes or appendages 4-7,
dimorphic, acute or obtuse, 2 opposite the
anterior petals, 2-5 opposite the posterior
petals. Paracorolla glands absent. Labellum
attached at base of anterior sinus of corolla
tube, ovate, 0.5-0.7 mm long, thick, glabrous
or glandular-hairy, obtuse or acute. Labellum
basal appendages absent. Petals with posterior
ones fused, A1+A2+(P1/P2). Anterior petals 2-
3.5 mm long, 0.8-1.9 mm wide, entire, obtuse.
Posterior petals 2.5-4.5 mm long, (1.2—)1.9—3
mm wide, bilobed or entire, obtuse. Column 7-
8 mm long, slightly dilated near distal end, with
glandular and eglandular hairs; lateral lobes
absent; spur absent. Stigma sessile. Corona
absent. Capsule ellipsoidal, without raised ribs,
2.4-4.5 mm long excluding sepals, 1.7-2.1 mm
wide; halves detaching distally, not recurved.
Seeds globose, 0.2-0.25 mm long, brown,
smooth.
Selected specimens : Western Australia. Wolf Creek
Meteorite Crater, c. 85 km S of Halls Creek, Jul 1974,
Carr 3592 & Beauglehole 47370 (DNA); Mount
Brophy Springs, Gardner Range, 190 km SE of Halls
Creek, Jul 1995, Coate 374 (BRI, DNA); Mt Parker
Plateau, Jul 1991, Cowie 1990 (DNA); Camp Creek,
Mitchell Plateau, 1 km N of Amax camp, May 1993,
Cowie 4329 & Brubaker (CANB, DNA, PERTH);
Claypan 5 km E of McHughs Bore, on track to Logues
Springs, Aug 1976, Kenneally 5777 (BRI, PERTH);
King Leopold Ranges, 8.5 miles [13.6 km] SE of
Bedford Downs station, Jul 1959, Lazarides 6388
(BRI, CANB); 39 miles [62 km] SW of Gibb River
station, May 1967, Maconochie 205 (DNA).
Northern Territory. 36 km W of Cape Crawford,
Carpentaria Hwy, May 1991, Cowie 1736 & Wilson
(DNA); Barkly Tableland, upper Nicholson River area,
Jun 1974, Kanis 1720 (CANB, DNA); Wessel Islands,
Oct 1972, Latz 3520 (DNA); c. 27 km SW of “Calvert
Hills” on the road to “Creswell Downs”, May 1974,
Pullen 9252 (CANB, DNA); Kilgour Gorge,
440
Austrobaileya 5(3): 427-455 (1999)
Mallapunyah station. May 1984, Thomson 583 (DNA).
Queensland. Burke District: Richmond-Croydon
road, 34.6 km S of “Esmeralda”, Jul 1998, Bean 13455
(BRI, NSW); Westmoreland, Little Amphitheatre,
May 1997, Forster PIF21144 & Booth (BRI, DNA).
Cook District: 13.7 km N of Wakooka, north of
Cooktown, Jul 1998, Bean 13658 (BRI, DNA, MEL,
NSW); 36.3 km from Dixie station on the track to
Killarney, Jun 1989, Clarkson 8153 & Neldner (BRI);
0.9 km W of Marmoss Creek, 25.1 km E of Kerr
Point, Weipa, Apr 1991, Clarkson 9022 & Neldner
(BRI, K, MBA, PERTH); 6 km N of Lily vale on the
track to Running Ck, Jun 1993, Clarkson 10096 &
Neldner (BRI, MBA, PERTH); Bulleringa N.P., 80
km NW of Mt Surprise, Apr 1998, Forster 22560 &
Booth (BRI); 24 km S of Wakooka Outstation, May
1993, Neldner 4050 (BRI, DNA, K, MBA, MEL,
NSW, PERTH). North Kennedy District: 22.5 km
SW of Pentland, Aug 1997, Bean 12275 (BRI, MEL);
near Reeve’s Lake, c. 25 km W of junction of Lolworth
Creek and Burdekin River, NW of Charters Towers,
Jul 1981, Henderson H2657 (BRI, CANB, K, MO).
South Kennedy District: southern end of Lake
Buchanan, Oct 1974, Althofer 660 (BRI); 0.6 km S of
Oxenhope Outstation, May 1991, Neldner 3172 &
Thompson (BRI). Mitchell District: “Rangeside”, 10-
18 km E of Torrens Creek, Apr 1981, Rebgetz 748
(BRI).
Reconstituted or spirit material examined : Bean
12275 (2 fls); Bean 13658 (1 fl); Clarkson 8153 &
Neldner (2 fls); Clarkson 9022 & Neldner (2 fls);
Clarkson 10096 & Neldner (2 fls); Forster 22560 &
Booth (1 fl); Neldner 4050 (1 fl).
Distribution and habitat : S. adenophorum is
distributed across northern Australia, from the
western Kimberley to Cape York Peninsula, and
in Queensland, south as far as Lake Buchanan
(Map 4). It grows in sandy soil in seasonally
wet Melaleuca or Eucalyptus woodland, but
where the surface soil is often quite dry when
the species reaches maturity.
Phenology: Flowers and capsules have been
recorded fromApril to October.
Affinities: S. adenophorum is related to S.
floodii, but differs by the glandular-hairy
leaves (glabrous for S. floodii ), discontinuous
paracorolla with dimorphic lobes (continuous
and lobes all similar for S. floodii ), posterior
petals partly fused (all petals free for S. floodii)
and column with glandular and eglandular hairs
(eglandular only for S. floodii).
Conservation status: A widespread species
which is not considered to be at risk.
Stylidium sect. Debilia Mildbr., Pflanzenr. 35:
41 (1908) as “Debiles”. Type: S. debile
F.Muell.
Rootstock cylindrical. Leaves oblanceolate,
elliptical or obovate, borne on terminal rosette
and/or cauline. Glandular hairs present, glands
ellipsoidal or capitate. Inflorescence
determinate; flowers pedicellate; corolla tube
with sinus on anterior side only or on both
sides; petals entire and obtuse, all free;
labellum usually attached at base of anterior
sinus, basal appendages present or absent.
Paracorolla present or absent. Column lateral
lobes absent; spur absent. Anther cells 4.
Stigma sessile. Capsule obovoid to obconical;
seeds globose to ellipsoidal, brown.
10 species endemic to northern and eastern
Australia
13. Stylidium semipartitum F.Muell., Fragm.
1:147 (1859). Type: [NorthernTerritory].
Inpascuis aridis ad flumenVictoriae, [15°
— : S 129°—’E], in 1855 ,F. Mueller, n.v.
S. leptorrhizum var. pilosum Benth., Fl.
Austral. 4:16 (1868). Type: Van Diemen’s
Gulf, NW Coast, A. Cunningham , n.v.
[S. leptorrhizum auct. non F.Muell.]
Herbaceous annual or perennial, 9-40 cm high.
Glandular hairs 0.2-0.5 mm long; glands
ellipsoidal. Stems present, glandular-hairy.
Leaves 10-30 per plant, mostly in terminal
rosette, with some scattered below or scattered
along stems, oblanceolate or elliptical or
obovate, 11-50(-68) mm long including petiole,
3-21 mm wide, glandular-hairy, apex obtuse or
acute, base obtuse or cuneate, margins entire.
Petioles 5-20(-28) mm long. Scapes 1-18 per
plant, 0.3-1 mm in diameter, glandular-hairy.
Sterile bracts absent. Inflorescences 8-30 cm
long including scape, determinate,
monochasially cymose; branches glandular-
hairy. Bracts deltate or lanceolate, 1-4 mm long,
glandular-hairy, acute. Bracteoles absent.
Pedicels 4-19 mm long, glandular-hairy.
Hypanthium obovoid to ellipsoidal, glandular-
hairy throughout. Sepals deltate or lanceolate
or ovate, all free, 0.9-1.7 mm long, 0.4-0.6 mm
wide, glandular-hairy, acute. Corolla pink or
Bean, Stylidium
mauve or red, glandular-hairy on tube and
petals; tube 2.2-2.7 mm long, with sinus on
anterior side only. Paracorolla discontinuous,
lobed, thin, glabrous, 0.2-1.1 mm high.
Paracorolla lobes or appendages 2 or 4,
dimorphic, acute or obtuse, (0—)2 opposite the
anterior petals, 2 opposite the posterior petals.
Paracorolla glands absent. Labellum attached
at base of anterior sinus of corolla tube, ovate
or lanceolate, 0.4-0.7 mm long, thick or thin,
glabrous or glandular-hairy, obtuse or acute.
Labellum basal appendages absent. Petals with
posterior ones fused, A1+A2+(P1/P2). Anterior
petals 1.5-3.5 mm long, 0.6-1.9 mm wide, entire,
acute or obtuse. Posterior petals 2.5-4.2 mm
long, 1.5-2.8 mm wide, entire, obtuse. Column
5.5-7 mm long, of uniform width throughout,
with eglandular hairs; lateral lobes absent; spur
absent. Stigma sessile. Corona absent. Capsule
ellipsoidal, without raised ribs, 2.5-6.2 mm long
excluding sepals, 1.5-2.5 mm wide; halves
detaching distally, not recurved. Seeds globose
or ellipsoidal, 0.25-0.3 mm long, brown,
colliculate.
Selected specimens : Western Australia. 59 km by
road N of Gibb River road, Molta-Oobagooma road,
c. 60 km NE of Derby, Jun 1976, Beauglehole 52680
(DNA); Curlew Bay, 7 km NW of One Arm Point,
Dampier Peninsula, May 1991, Carter 459 (DNA,
PERTH); St Patrick Is., St George Basin, May 1995,
Coate 249A (DNA, PERTH); claypan 5 km E of
McHughs Bore, on track to Logues Springs, Aug 1976,
Kenneally 5777 (DNA, PERTH); Bunda Bunda Mill,
33 km NE of Coulomb Point, Dampier Peninsula, Jun
1984, Kenneally 9060 (DNA, PERTH); Matchbox
Creek, on road to Ord Dam 19.9 km SW of Victoria
Hwy, Jun 1993, Lowrie 779 (BRI). Northern
Territory. Along road from Darwin Water Supply
dam, 7 km from junction with Stuart Hwy, Jun 1978,
Carlquist 15198 (BRI, DNA); 61.8 miles [99.5 km]
SW of Katherine, May 1960, Chippendale 6798
(BRI); near Plot 27, Mount Douglas, Mount Bundy
station, May 1989, Clark 1723 (BRI, DNA); Site 53,
Mary River, May 1989, Clark 1761 (BRI, DNA);
Nabarlek, Apr 1989, Hinze 510 (BRI, DNA); Melville
Island, near mouth of Maclear River, Apr 1986,
Johnson 4200 (BRI); Munmalary station, Apr 1973,
Latz 3893 (BRI); 66 km N of Timber Creek, May
1994, Latz 13929 & Dunlop (CANB, DNA); near
Koongarra Saddle, 1.5 km N of Koongarra, May 1980,
Lazarides 8898 (BRI, CANB); Gunn Point, Apr 1973,
McKean 1048 (BRI, CANB, DNA); Bridge Creek,
Stuart Highway, May 1977, Parker 842 (BRI, CANB,
DNA); South Alligator Mine area, 7 km SE of UDP
Falls, Jun 1977, Parker 881 (BRI, CANB, DNA); Jim
Jim Falls, Kakadu, Oct 1984, Wightman 1719 &
441
Dunlop (BRI, CANB, DNA); Arnhem Land, 3 km SE
of Ramingining, Jun 1987, Wightman 3874 & Smith
(DNA).
Reconstituted or spirit material examined: Clark 1761
(2 fls); Craven 6503 (1 fl); Dunlop 3396 (2 fls);
Wightman 1719 & Dunlop (3 fls); Lazarides 8898 (1 fl).
Distribution and habitat : S. semipartitum is
widespead in the northern parts of Northern
Territory and the Kimberley region ofWestern
Australia (Map 5). It grows on damp sand in
eucalypt woodland, on sandstone plateaux with
Triodia spp. or near creeks with Melaleuca spp.
Phenology : Flowers and capsules have been
recorded from March to August, with one
record in October.
Notes: The type of S. semipartitum could not
be located at MEL, nor at K or BM. Despite
this, the application of the name is clear due to
the detailed description provided by Mueller.
In particular, he stated that semipartitum has
“leaf margins glandular-ciliate” and “leaves
crowded at the apex of a short to very short
stem”. These character-states clearly
distinguish it from S. leptorrhizum.
S. semipartitum was reduced to synonymy
under S. leptorrhizum by Bentham (1868).
Subsequently the name S. leptorrhizum was
widely misapplied to the taxon with leaves on a
stem, distinct petioles and glandular-hairy
leaves, i.e. S. semipartitum.
Affinities : S. semipartitumis distinctive within
S. sect. Debilia because of its glandular-hairy
leaves.
14. Stylidium leptorrhizum F.Muell., Fragm. 1:
148 (1859); Candollea leptorrhiza
(F.Muell.) F.Muell., Syst. CensusAustral.
PI. 86 (1883). Type: [NorthernTerritory],
near Macadams Range, [14°—’S 129° —
’E], October 1855, F. Mueller (holo: MEF
[MEF1061659]).
Stylidium barrettorum Lowrie & Kenneally,
Nuytsia 11: 202 (1997), syn. nov. Type:
Western Australia. Grevillea Creek,
Beverley Springs Station, 31 May 1992,
M.D. Barrett A (holo: PERTH; iso: DNA,
MEL).
442
Austrobaileya 5(3): 427-455 (1999)
Herbaceous annual, 8-25 cm high. Glandular
hairs 0.15-0.3 mm long; glands ellipsoidal.
Stems absent (with leaves in basal rosette).
Leaves 10-20 per plant, oblanceolate or
elliptical, 14-39(-60) mm long including petiole,
3- 9.5 mm wide, glabrous, apex acute or
mucronate, base cuneate, margins entire.
Petioles 3-13 mm long. Scapes 1-3 per plant,
0.4-0.8 mm in diameter, glandular-hairy. Sterile
bracts absent. Inflorescences 8-25 cm long
including scape, determinate, monochasially
cymose; branches glandular-hairy. Bracts
lanceolate, 1.5-4 mm long, glandular-hairy,
acute or mucronate. Bracteoles absent. Pedicels
4- 16 mm long, glandular-hairy. Hypanthium
obovoid to ellipsoidal, glandular-hairy
throughout. Sepals deltate or ovate or elliptical,
all free, 1-1.5 mm long, 0.5-0.8 mm wide,
glandular-hairy, acute. Corolla pink or mauve,
glandular-hairy on tube and petals; tube 3-3.5
mm long, with sinus on anterior side only.
Paracorolla discontinuous, lobed, thin,
glabrous, 0.8-1.5 mm high. Paracorolla lobes
or appendages 2, both similar, acute or obtuse,
opposite the anterior petals only. Paracorolla
glands absent. Labellum attached at base of
anterior sinus of corolla tube, ovate, 0.5-0.8
mm long, thick, glabrous; obtuse or acute.
Labellum basal appendages absent. Petals with
posterior ones fused, A1+A2+(P1/P2). Anterior
petals 2.8-4 mm long, 1.8-2.5 mm wide, entire,
obtuse. Posterior petals 3.2-5 mm long, 1.2-3
mm wide, entire, obtuse. Column 7-9.5 mm long,
slightly dilated near distal end, with glandular
and eglandular hairs; lateral lobes absent; spur
absent. Stigma sessile. Corona absent. Capsule
ellipsoidal, without raised ribs, 3.2-5 mm long
excluding sepals, 2-2.2 mm wide; halves
detaching distally, not recurved. Seeds
ellipsoidal, c. 0.2 mm long, yellow or brown,
smooth or colliculate.
Specimens examined : Western Australia. King
Edward River, c. 50 km NE of Mitchell River HS, Aug
1978, Beauglehole 29109 & Errey 2809 (DNA); 11
km E of junction of Gibb River-Drysdale-El Questro
road, c. 195 km SW of Wyndham, May 1976,
Beauglehole 51639 (DNA). Northern Territory.
Spirit Hills Conservation area, near Victoria River,
Aug 1996, Boehme 9 (DNA); Alligator Springs, Jul
1995, Booth 1078 (DNA).
Reconstituted or spirit material examined :
Beauglehole 29109 & Errey 2809 (2 fls); Boehme 9
(2 fls).
Distribution and habitat: S. leptorrhizum
grows in the Kimberley region of Western
Australia and in the Victoria River district of
Northern Territory (Map 3). It grows in sandy
soil beside creeks or billabongs.
Phenology: Flowers have been recorded from
May to August; capsules from July to August.
Typification: The type specimen of S.
leptorrhizum has glabrous leaves, columns
with glandular hairs, capsules 3-4 mm long,
and broad acute sepals. Examination of the
type of S. barrettorum reveals it is clearly
conspecific with S. leptorrhizum.
Affinities: S. leptorrhizum is closely related to
S. multiscapum, but differs by the acute sepals
(obtuse for S. multiscapum ), corolla tube 3-3.5
mm long (1.4-2.5 mm for S. multiscapum ),
paracorolla lobes 2 (6-8 for S. multiscapum ),
labellum ovate and glabrous (orbicular and
glandular-hairy for S. multiscapum ), column
with glandular and eglandular hairs (glabrous
for 5. multiscapum ) and capsule 2-2.2 mm wide
(1.4-1.7 mmforS'. multiscapum ).
15. Stylidium austrocapense A.R.Beansp. nov.
S. multiscapae affinis, sed foliis
brevioribus angustioribusque,
paracorolla deficienti, labello parti
exterioro corollae afixo, appendicibus
basalibus labelli plerumque praesentibus
et seminibus majoribus, differens. Typus:
Queensland. Cook District: c. 17 km ESE
of Wolverton, c. 1.5 km S of Pratt Tin
Mine, 13°24’S 143°02’E, 21 April 1993,7./?.
Clarkson 9960 & V.J. Neldner (holo: BRI;
iso: DNA, K n.v., MBA, PERTH n.v.).
Herbaceous annual, 9-18 cm high. Glandular
hairs 0.2-0.4 mm long; glands ellipsoidal.
Stems absent (with leaves in basal rosette).
Leaves 4^10 per plant, oblanceolate or elliptical,
7.5-31 mm long including petiole, 2-10 mm
wide, glabrous, apex acuminate or mucronate,
base cuneate, margins entire. Petioles 1.5-7 mm
long. Scapes 1-10 per plant, 0.3-0.7 mm in
diameter, glandular-hairy. Sterile bracts absent.
Inflorescences 9-18 cm long including scape,
Bean, Stylidium
determinate, monochasially cymose; branches
glandular-hairy. Bracts ovate or deltate, 1-2 mm
long, glandular-hairy, obtuse or acute or
mucronate. Bracteoles absent. Pedicels 2-13
mm long, glandular-hairy. Hypanthium obovoid
to ellipsoidal, glandular-hairy throughout.
Sepals lanceolate or elliptical, all free, 0.9-1.6
mm long, 0.4-0.7 mm wide, glandular-hairy,
obtuse or acute. Corolla pink or red, glandular-
hairy on tube and petals; tube 1.5-2.1 mm long,
with sinus on anterior side only. Paracorolla
absent. Labellum attached to outside of corolla
tube, orbicular, 0.3-0.7 mm long, thick, glabrous
or glandular-hairy, obtuse. Labellum basal
appendages absent or present, less than half
length of labellum, glabrous. Petals all free,
A1+A2+P1+P2. Anterior petals 2.4-3.5 mm
long, 1.5-2.9 mm wide, entire, obtuse. Posterior
petals 3-4.1 mm long, 1.9-3.5 mm wide, entire,
obtuse. Column 5-7.5 mm long, of uniform
width throughout, glabrous; lateral lobes
absent; spur absent. Stigma sessile. Corona
absent or extending beyond anthers. Capsule
ellipsoidal, without raised ribs, 2.2-3.7 mm long
excluding sepals, 1.3-2 mm wide; halves
detaching distally, not recurved. Seeds globose
or ellipsoidal, 0.25-0.3 mm long, yellow or
brown, colliculate. Fig. 2 F-G
Specimens examined : Queensland. Cook District:
Emu Creek, 10.2 km from Peninsula Development
road, towards ‘Dixie’, Jul 1998, Bean 13554 (BRI);
7.9 km S of Musgrave, on road to Laura, Jul 1998,
Bean 13557 (BRI, DNA, MEL, NSW); 11.5 km west
of the Laura to Musgrave road on the track to Dixie,
Jun 1989, Clarkson 8119 & Neldner (BRI, MBA);
24.7 km N of the Morehead River on the Peninsula
Development road, Apr 1991, Clarkson 8927 &
Neldner (BRI, MBA); Bulleringa NP, 80 km NW of
Mt Surprise, track to Red River past Donkey Spring,
Apr 1998, Forster PIL22591 & Booth (BRI); 8 miles
[13 km] E of Musgrave Telegraph Office, Jun 1968,
Pedley 2659 (BRI).
Reconstituted or spirit material examined : Bean
13554 (2 fls); Bean 13557 (2 fls); Clarkson 8119 &
Neldner (3 fls); Clarkson 9960 & Neldner (3 fls);
Forster 22591 & Booth (2 fls).
Distribution and habitat : S. austrocapense is
confined to Cape York Peninsula between 13°S
and 17°30’S latitude (Map 3). It inhabits low
hills or intermittant watercourses with coarse
white sandy soil. The dominant species include
Eucalyptus tetrodonta, E. clarksoniana,
443
Melaleuca viridiflora, M. nervosa and
Xanthorrhoea johnsonii.
Phenology : Flowers and capsules have been
recorded fromApril to July
Affinities: S. austrocapense is closely related
to S. multiscapum but differs by the leaves 7.5-
31 mm long (22-52 mm for S. multiscapum ),
paracorolla absent (present for S.
multiscapum ), labellum attached to outside of
corolla tube (attached at base of anterior sinus
for S. multiscapum) and labellum basal
appendages usually present (rarely present for
S. multiscapum ).
S. austrocapense differs from S. leptorrhizum
by the petals all free (posterior ones fused in S.
leptorrhizum ); paracorolla absent (present,
discontinuous in S. leptorrhizum ); labellum
attached to outside of corolla tube (base of
anterior sinus in S. leptorrhizum ); labellum
basal appendages present (absent in S.
leptorrhizum)", column 5-6 mm long and
glabrous (7-9.5 mm long with glandular and
eglandular hairs in S. leptorrhizum).
Conservation status: A widespread species
which is not considered to be at risk.
Etymology: The specific epithet refers to the
occurrence of the species on the southern part
of Cape York Peninsula.
16. Stylidium multiscapum O.Schwarz, Repert.
Spec. Nov. RegniVeg. 24:105 (1927). Type:
Port Darwin, 6 mil es [10 km] east, [12°2-’S
130°5-’E], undated, F.A.K. Bleeser 360
(holo: B, destroyed; iso: NSW).
Herbaceous annual, 10-20 cm high. Glandular
hairs 0.2-0.5 mm long; glands ellipsoidal.
Stems absent (with leaves in basal rosette).
Leaves 8-100 per plant, oblanceolate, 22-52
mm long including petiole, 6.5-8 mm wide,
glabrous, apex acute or mucronate, base
cuneate, margins entire. Petioles 5-10 mm long.
Scapes 1-8 per plant, 0.5-0.8 mm in diameter,
glandular-hairy. Sterile bracts absent.
Inflorescences 10-20 cm long including scape,
determinate, monochasially cymose; branches
glandular-hairy. Bracts ovate, 1-2 mm long,
glandular-hairy, obtuse or acute. Bracteoles
444
absent. Pedicels 1.5-6 mm long, glandular-
hairy. Hypanthium obovoid to ellipsoidal,
glandular-hairy throughout. Sepals lanceolate
or elliptical, all free, 1.2-1.6 mm long, 0.5-0.6
mm wide, glandular-hairy, obtuse. Corolla pink,
glandular-hairy on tube and petals; tube 1.4-
2.5 mm long, with sinus on anterior side only.
Paracorolla discontinuous, lobed, thin,
glabrous, 0.5-1.1 mm high. Paracorolla lobes
or appendages 6-8, all similar, acute, 2-4
opposite the anterior petals, 4 opposite the
posterior petals. Paracorolla glands absent.
Labellum attached at base of anterior sinus of
corolla tube, orbicular, 0.5-0.7 mm long, thick,
glandular-hairy, obtuse. Labellum basal
appendages absent. Petals all free,
A1+A2+P1+P2. Anterior petals 2.4-3.3 mm
long, 1.8-2.1 mm wide, entire, obtuse. Posterior
petals 2.7^4.1 mm long, 1.8-2.4 mm wide, entire,
obtuse. Column 4-7.5 mm long, of uniform
width throughout, glabrous; lateral lobes
absent; spur absent. Stigma sessile. Corona
absent or extending beyond anthers. Capsule
ellipsoidal, without raised ribs, 1.8-2.8 mm long
excluding sepals, 1.4-1.7 mm wide; halves
detaching distally, not recurved. Seeds
ellipsoidal, c. 0.2 mm long, brown, lacunose.
Selected specimens : Western Australia. Kununurra-
Timber Creek road, 1.5 km W of Lake Argyle turnoff,
Jul 1974, Carr 3078 & Beauglehole 46837 (DNA);
72 miles [115 km] NNW of Gibb River station, Sep
1954, Speck 4952 (DNA). Northern Territory. Shoal
Bay, Sep 1980, Andrew 202 (CANB, DNA); 9 miles
[14 km] N of Mudginberry HS, Jul 1972, Byrnes 2742
(DNA); 4 km W of Blythe River crossing, Jul 1987,
Clark 1270 & Wilson (DNA); Kapalga, May 1977,
Collins BC446 (DNA); Jim Jim Creek, Mar 1982,
Dunlop 6206 & Taylor (DNA); Keep River N.R,
Jarrnarm area, Jun 1995, Egan 5034 (DNA); Keep
River N.R, Flying Fox Creek, Jun 1995, Egan 5073
(DNA); c. 250 m S of homestead, Swim Creek station,
Jun 1991, Jobson 1362 (MEL); Wessel Islands, Oct
1972, Latz 3371 (BRI, DNA, MEL); Umbakumba,
Groote Eylandt, Aug 1973, Levitt 344 (DNA);
Conservation Commission carpark, Palmerston, May
1989, Madrill 2 (DNA); Thoraks Reserve, 12 miles
[19 km] E of Darwin, Jun 1964, Nelson 1095 (DNA);
8 miles [13 km] N of Cooper Ck, Oct 1962, Paine
s.n. (DNA); McMillans Road area, Darwin, Sep 1977,
Parker 1092 (CANB, DNA, NSW, PERTH); 1.6 km
E of Oenpelli Mission, Jun 1972, Symon 7970 (DNA);
Cadell River crossing on Maningrida road, Oct 1981,
Thomson 146 (DNA); Spirit Hills Station, Aug 1987,
Wilson 736 (DNA). Queensland. Nicholson River
area, Jun 1974, Henshall 251 (DNA).
Austrobaileya 5(3): 427-455 (1999)
Reconstituted or spirit material examined: Dunlop
6206 & Taylor (2 fls); Egan 5034 (1 fl); Egan 5073
(2 fls).
Distribution and habitat : S. multiscapum is
distributed from the eastern Kimberley, through
the northern parts of Northern Territory, to
extreme north-western Queensland (Map 6). It
grows in damp sand in Eucalyptus dominated
woodlands, often near creeks or adjacent to
swamps.
Phenology: Flowers and capsules have been
recorded from May to October, and there is
one record from March.
Affinities'. S. multiscapum is closely related to
S. leptorrhizum. See notes under that species.
17. Stylidium floribundum R.Br., Prodr. 569
(1810); Candollea floribunda (R.Br.)
F.Muell., Syst. Census Austral. PL 86
(1883). Type: [NorthernTerritory]. North
Island, Sir Edward Pellew Group, [15°3-’S
136°5-’E], 20 December 1802, R. Brown
(holo: BM (2 sheets); iso: MEL
[MEL1061579]).
Herbaceous annual, 7-18 cm high. Glandular
hairs 0.2-0.3 mm long; glands ellipsoidal.
Stems absent (with leaves in basal rosette).
Leaves 6-30 per plant, oblanceolate or obovate,
8-35(-48) mm long including petiole, 4-11 mm
wide, glabrous, apex acute or acuminate or
mucronate, base cuneate, margins entire.
Petioles 2-22 mm long. Scapes 1-20 per plant,
0.3-0.5 mm in diameter, with simple hairs. Sterile
bracts absent or present. Inflorescences 7-18
cm long including scape, determinate,
monochasially cymose; branches glandular-
hairy or with glandular and simple hairs. Bracts
deltate or lanceolate or ovate, 1-4 mm long,
glandular-hairy or with simple hairs, acute.
Bracteoles absent. Pedicels 1.5-5.5 mm long,
glandular-hairy. Hypanthium obovoid to
ellipsoidal, glandular-hairy throughout. Sepals
deltate or lanceolate, all free, 1.2-1.6 mm long,
0.4-0.5 mm wide, glandular-hairy, obtuse or
acute. Corolla pink or yellow, glandular-hairy
on tube and petals; tube 1-1.4 mm long, with
sinus on anterior side only. Paracorolla absent.
Labellum attached at base of anterior sinus of
corolla tube, lanceolate and with slender tail,
Bean, Stylidium
0.4-0.6 mm long, thick, glabrous or glandular-
hairy; terminal appendage present, 0.3-0.5 mm
long, acute or acuminate. Labellum basal
appendages less or more than half length of
labellum, glabrous. Petals all free,
A1+A2+P1+P2. Anterior petals 2.1-2.9 mm
long, 0.9-1.5 mm wide, entire, acute or obtuse.
Posterior petals 3-3.7 mm long, 1.3-1.8 mm
wide, entire, acute or obtuse. Column 4.5-5.5
mm long, of uniform width throughout,
glabrous; lateral lobes absent; spur absent.
Stigma sessile. Corona absent or extending
beyond anthers. Capsule obconical or
ellipsoidal, without raised ribs, 3.5-5.5 mm long
excluding sepals, 1.1-1.7 mm wide; halves
detaching distally, not recurved. Seeds
ellipsoidal, c. 0.25 mm long, brown, smooth or
colliculate.
Specimens examined : Western Australia. Mount
Brophy Springs, Gardner Range, 190 km SE of Halls
Creek, Jul 1995, Coate 367 (BRI, DNA, PERTH); 48
miles [77 km] N of Turkey Creek Police Station, Jul
1949, Perry 2516 (BRI, DNA). Northern Territory,
near Hayes Creek, Jul 1946, Blake 16408 (BRI); 32
miles [51 km] SW of Hookers Creek, Jul 1956,
Chippendale 2238 (BRI, DNA); McArthur River area,
Jun 1976, Craven 4023 (BRI, CANB, DNA);
Nicholson River area, Jun 1974, Henshall 367 (DNA);
Newcastle Waters Station, May 1975, Henshall 998
(DNA); Powell Creek, Central Australia, 1894, Holtze
(MEL); 47 km S of Elliot, Stuart Highway, Jun 1974,
Latz 5498 (DNA); MacAdam Range, 1855, Mueller
(MEL); sources of the Wentworth River, Gulf of
Carpentaria, undated, Mueller (MEL); South Bay,
Bickerton Island, Gulf of Carpentaria, Jun 1948,
Specht 485 (AD, BRI, MEL); Lake Eames area, 2 km
NE of lake, Vanderlin Island, Jul 1988, Thomson 2515,
2524 (DNA, NT). Queensland. Burke District: Mica
Creek, 10 km S of Mt Isa, Sep 1983, Schmid 739
(BRI).
Reconstituted or spirit material examined: Craven
4023 (2 fls); Schmid 739 (2 fls); Thomson 2515 (2
fls).
Distribution and habitat: S. floribundum is
distributed across northern Australia from the
Kimberley to north-western Queensland (Map
8). It inhabits swampy flats or creek-beds,
dominated by Melaleuca spp. or less
commonly, Eucalyptus spp., always in sandy
soils.
Phenology: Flowers and capsules have been
recorded from May to September.
445
Affinities: S. floribundum is closely related to
S. inaequipetalum but differs by the scapes
0.3-0.5 mm diameter (0.6-4.5 mm for S.
inaequipetalum ), corolla glandular-hairy on
tube and petals (glandular-hairy on petals only
for S. inaequipetalum ), labellum lanceolate,
acute (ovate, obtuse for S. inaequipetalum)
and the mostly yellow flowers (pink for S.
inaequipetalum).
Conservation status: There are few collections
in Australian Herbaria of this species and it is
probably uncommon. However, its distribution
is wide, so it is not thought to be of
conservation concern at present.
18. Stylidium inaequipetalum J.M.Black,
Trans. & Proc. Roy. Soc. SouthAustralia
62: 106 (1938). Type: Northern Territory,
near Ayers Rock, 25°2F S 131°02' E, 13
June 1937,7.5. Cleland( holo:AD).
Herbaceous perennial, 7-40 cm high. Glandular
hairs 0.2-0.4 mm long; glands ellipsoidal.
Stems absent (with leaves in basal rosette).
Leaves 20-100 per plant, oblanceolate, 15-81
mm long including petiole, 2-8 mm wide,
glabrous, apex obtuse or acute, base cuneate,
margins entire. Petioles 12—45 mm long. Scapes
1-11 per plant, 0.6-4.5 mm in diameter, with
simple hairs. Sterile bracts absent or present.
Inflorescences 7-40 cm long including scape,
indeterminate, branches monochasially
cymose; branches glandular-hairy. Bracts
lanceolate or ovate, 1.5-9.5 mm long, glandular-
hairy, acute. Bracteoles absent. Pedicels 1.5-7
mm long, glandular-hairy. Hypanthium obovoid
to ellipsoidal, glandular-hairy throughout.
Sepals deltate or ovate, all free, 1.2-1.4 mm long,
0.5-0.7 mm wide, glandular-hairy, obtuse.
Corolla pink, glandular-hairy on petals only;
tube 1.1-1.5 mm long, with sinus on anterior
side only. Paracorolla absent. Labellum attached
at base of anterior sinus of corolla tube, ovate,
0.5-0.7 mm long, thick, glabrous; obtuse.
Labellum basal appendages less or more than
half length of labellum, glabrous. Petals all free,
A1+A2+P1+P2. Anterior petals 1-2.4 mm long,
0.5-0.9 mm wide, entire, obtuse. Posterior petals
2.9-5.9 mm long, 1.7-3 mm wide, entire, obtuse.
Column 4-7.5 mm long, of uniform width
446
Austrobaileya 5(3): 427-455 (1999)
throughout, glabrous; lateral lobes absent;
spur absent. Stigma sessile. Corona absent.
Capsule ellipsoidal, without raised ribs, 3.5-
5.3 mm long excluding sepals, 1.3-1.8 mm wide;
halves detaching distally, not recurved. Seeds
globose or ellipsoidal, 0.25-0.3 mm long, brown,
smooth.
Selected specimens: Northern Territory. Valley of
the Winds, Mt Olga, May 1985, Bates 5615 (AD);
Kathleen Springs area, George Gill Range, Jul 1968,
Beauglehole 26910 (DNA); Mt Connor, c. 220 km
SW of Alice Springs, Jun 1974, Carr 1849 &
Beauglehole 45628 (DNA); Ayers Rock, Jun 1935,
Cleland s.n. (AD); MacDonnells Range [near Haast
Bluff], 1872, Giles (MEL); Mt Currie, Sep 1974,
Henshall 765 (DNA); Napperby Station, May 1975,
Henshall 1020 (AD, DNA); Hull River, Aug 1973,
Latz 4171 (AD, BRI, DNA, NSW, MEL); Alice Springs
golfcourse, Jun 1974, Latz 5129 (DNA, NSW); Curtain
Springs station, Sep 1974, Latz 5689 (AD, DNA);
Stokes Creek, George Gill Ranges, Aug 1981, Latz
8756 (DNA); Maggi Springs, Ayers Rock, Jan 1969,
Maconochie 649 (AD, BRI, DNA); c. 14 miles [22
km] W of Lasseters Cave, Petermann Ranges, Jan
1969, Maconochie 686 (DNA, K); Hull River, c. 12
km west of Docker River, Aug 1973, Munir 5181
(AD, DNA); Hull River near Lasserters Cave, Sep
1997, Murfet 2784 (AD, DNA); summit of Ayers
Rock, c. 350 km SW of Alice Springs, Aug 1957,
Schodde 397 (AD, K); Macdonnell Ranges, Jul 1894,
Tate (AD, DNA); Kings Canyon, George Gill Range,
Jul 1966, Willis (AD, MEL, NSW).
Reconstituted or spirit material examined :
Beauglehole 26910 (2 fls); Murfet 2784 (3 fls).
Distribution and habitat : S. inaequipetalum
is confined to the south-western parts of
Northern Territory (Map 4). It grows on
sheltered creekbanks in sand or amongst rocks,
in or near the various ranges and mountains of
the area.
Phenology : Flowers and capsules have been
recorded from almost every month of the year.
Affinities: S. inaequipetalum is closest to S.
floribundum (see notes under that species). It
is also allied to the S. debile group. It differs
fromS. paniculatum by the scapes with simple
hairs (glabrous for5. paniculatum ), glandular-
hairy inflorescence branches and bracts
(glabrous for S. paniculatum ), corolla glandular
hairy on petals only (on tube only for S.
paniculatum ) and the glabrous labellum
(glandular-hairy for S. paniculatum).
19. Stylidium paniculatum (Maiden & Betche)
A.R.Bean comb, et stat. nov.
S. debile var. paniculatum Maiden &
Betche, Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales
30: 367 (1905). Type: New South Wales.
Boonoo Boonoo nearTenterfield, [28° 4-
’S 152° O-’E], February 1905, J.L. Boorman
(holo: NSW; iso: BRI, MEL).
Herbaceous annual, 10-35 cm high. Glandular
hairs 0.1-0.2 mm long; glands ellipsoidal.
Stems present or absent (with leaves in basal
rosette), glabrous. Leaves 6-30 per plant,
scattered along stems, oblanceolate or
obovate, 10-31 mm long including petiole, 3-9
mm wide, glabrous, apex obtuse or acute, base
cuneate, margins entire. Petioles 3-10 mm long.
Scapes 1 per plant, 0.4-0.9 mm in diameter,
glabrous. Sterile bracts absent. Inflorescences
10-25 cm long including scape, indeterminate,
branches monochasially cymose; branches
glabrous. Bracts deltate or lanceolate or ovate,
1-3.5 mm long, glabrous, obtuse or acute.
Bracteoles absent. Pedicels 2-3 mm long,
glandular-hairy. Hypanthium obovoid to
ellipsoidal, glandular-hairy throughout. Sepals
lanceolate or elliptical, all free, 1—1.5 mm long,
0.4-0.6 mm wide, glandular-hairy, obtuse or
acute. Corolla pink, glandular-hairy on tube
only; tube 1.1-1.5 mm long, with sinus on
anterior side only. Paracorolla absent. Labellum
attached at base of anterior sinus of corolla
tube, ovate or orbicular, 0.5-0.7 mm long, thick,
glandular-hairy, obtuse. Labellum basal
appendages less or more than half length of
labellum, glabrous. Petals all free,
A1 + A2+P1+P2. Anterior petals 2-3.1 mm long,
1.2-2.4 mm wide, entire, obtuse. Posterior petals
2.9^1 mm long, 1.5-2.8 mm wide, entire, obtuse.
Column 4.5-5.5 mm long, of uniform width
throughout, glabrous or glandular-hairy; lateral
lobes absent; spur absent. Stigma sessile.
Corona absent. Capsule ellipsoidal, without
raised ribs, 3.6-5.8 mm long excluding sepals,
1.1-1.7 mm wide; halves detaching distally, not
recurved. Seeds ellipsoidal, c. 0.4 mm long,
brown or black, colliculate. Pig. 2A-B.
Specimens examined : Queensland. Darling Downs
District: Stanthorpe, Feb 1891, Bailey s.n. (BRI);
Watson’s Swamp, 6 km N of Amiens, Mar 1993, Bean
5852 & Forster (BRI, MEL); Sorrento Lane, west of
Bean, Stylidium
Dalveen, Apr 1998, Bean 13200 (BRI); Dunn’s road,
W of The Summit, Apr 1998, Bean 13206 (BRI);
Wallangarra, Jan 1906, Boorman (NSW);
Applethorpe, Swimming Hole, Nov 1946, Everist &
Webb 1302 (BRI); Mt Norman firebreak track,
Girraween N.R, Apr 1993, Forster PIF13275 (BRI);
Sorrento Lane, along rabbit fence W of Dalveen, Feb
1994, Grimshaw PG470 (BRI); 9 km NW of
Ballandean, Murphys Creek, Dec 1994, Halford
Q2364 (BRI); Stanthorpe, Mar 1963, Jones s.n. (BRI);
Fletcher, Jan 1977, McDonald 1759 (BRI). New
South Wales. Northern Tablelands: Severn S.F.,
Severn River Falls, Nov 1996, Forster PIF20115
(BRI, NSW); turnoff Brushabbers Road, Tenterfield
to Jennings, Mar 1956, Gray 3726 (NSW); Maryland,
undated, Hickey 2021 (BRI); Tompkins Gully,
Maryland road, Jan 1992, Wilson 1303 & Rowe (NSW).
North Coast: Tooloom Falls, 5 miles [8 km] S of
Urbenville, Dec 1965, Constable 6628 (NSW).
Reconstituted or spirit material examined : Bean
13200 (2 fls); Forster 13275 (2 fls); Grimshaw PG470
(3 fls); McDonald 1759 (2 fls).
Distribution and habitat: S. paniculatum
apparently has a very restricted distribution,
mainly between Dalveen (Queensland) and
Tenterfield (New South Wales) on granite
substrate at altitudes of between 800-1000
metres. In addition, collections from Severn
River (further west) and from Tooloom Falls
(further east) have been made (Map 7). It grows
along creeks, drains or low-lying flats where
the soil is sandy and moist for much of the
year.
Phenology : Flowers and capsules have been
recorded from November to April.
Affinities : S. paniculatum differs from S.
debile by the paniculate inflorescence and the
absence of bracteoles.
Conservation status : Data Deficient (DD)
category according to the International Union
for Conservation of Nature and Natural
Resources (Anon. 1994).
20. Stylidium debile F.Muell., Fragm. 1: 149
(1859); Candollea debilis (F.Muell.)
F.Muell., Syst. Census Austral. PL 86
(1883). Type: Queensland. Moreton
District: Brisbane River, [27°—’S 152°
—’E], in 1856, F. Mueller (holo: MEL).
Herbaceous annual, 15-30 cm high. Glandular
hairs 0.1-0.15 mm long; glands ellipsoidal.
447
Stems present or absent (with leaves in basal
rosette), glabrous. Leaves 20-200 per plant,
scattered along stems, oblanceolate or
obovate, 8-30 mm long including petiole, 3-7
mm wide, glabrous, apex obtuse or acute or
mucronate, base cuneate, margins entire.
Petioles 1.5-9 mm long. Scapes 1-2 per plant,
0.4-0.8 mm in diameter, glabrous. Sterile bracts
absent. Inflorescences 10-25 cm long including
scape, indeterminate, racemose. Bracts linear
or lanceolate, 1.5-4.5 mm long, glabrous, obtuse
or acute. Bracteoles present, 1.5 mm long.
Pedicels 2.5-4 mm long, glandular-hairy.
Hypanthium obovoid to ellipsoidal, glandular-
hairy throughout. Sepals debate or lanceolate,
all free, 1-1.3 mm long, 0.5-0.7 mm wide,
glandular-hairy, obtuse or acute. Corolla pink,
glandular-hairy on tube and petals; tube 1.1-
1.4 mm long, with sinus on anterior side only.
Paracorolla absent. Labellum attached at base
of anterior sinus of corolla tube, ovate or
orbicular, 0.7-0.8 mm long, thick, glandular-
hairy, obtuse. Labellum basal appendages less
or more than half length of labellum, glabrous.
Petals all free, A1+A2+P1+P2. Anterior petals
1.9-2.8 mm long, 1.2-2 mm wide, entire, obtuse.
Posterior petals 2.7-3.3 mm long, 2-2.2 mm
wide, entire, obtuse. Column 4.5-5.5 mm long,
of uniform width throughout, glabrous or
glandular-hairy; lateral lobes absent; spur
absent. Stigma sessile. Corona absent. Capsule
ellipsoidal, without raised ribs, 3.5-5 mm long
excluding sepals, 1.2-1.8 mm wide; halves
detaching distally, not recurved. Seeds
ellipsoidal, 0.4-0.5 mm long, brown, colliculate.
Selected specimens : Queensland. Cook District:
Yungaburra, Sep 1934, Coleman s.n. (QRS); Bellenden-
Ker Range, 1860-96, Karsten (MEL). Leichhardt
District: Mt Playfair, Nogoa River, 1890, Biddulph
(MEL); Two Mile Creek, Blackdown Tableland, 12
miles [19 km] SSE of Bluff, Sep 1959, Johnson 983
(BRI); Blackdown Tableland, Mimosa Creek at road
crossing, Jan 1983, Telford 9158 & Butler (CANB,
MEL). Port Curtis District: Rosedale, Sep 1930,
Dovey X14 (BRI); Deepwater Creek N.P., c. 4 km N
of campsite, Sep 1992, Sharpe 5334 (BRI, MEL).
Burnett District: Eidsvold, undated, Bancroft (BRI);
El 16 Narayen, Nov 1973, Tothill N1308 (BRI). Wide
Bay District: Prices Pool, 4 km S of Toolara Forest
Station, near Gympie, Sep 1993, Bean 6471 (BRI,
CANB); Yalanga station, Bates road, NE of Kin Kin,
Dec 1994, Bean 8150 & Grimshaw (BRI); Epsilon
L.A., S.F. 840, south-west of Bundaberg, Oct 1996,
Bean 10999 (BRI, MEL); head of Stony Creek, 11
448
Austrobaileya 5(3): 427-455 (1999)
km N of Coalstoun Lakes, Apr 1983, Forster PIF1564
(BRI); S.F. 1294, Harwood Creek, c. 29.5 km SE of
Childers, Feb 1996, Sparshott KMS741 & Price (BRI).
Maranoa District: Clayhole Creek, 20 miles [32
km] S of Yuleba, Nov 1958, Johnson 673 (BRI).
Darling Downs District: North Dulacca, Oct 1963,
Hockings s.n. (BRI). Moreton District: White Rock,
3 km S of Redbank Plains, Ipswich, Jun 1990, Bird
s.n. (BRI); near Sandgate, Brisbane, Nov 1960, Blake
21427 (BRI); 3 miles [5 km] NW of Greenbank, Mar
1960, Pedley 562 (BRI); Castle Hill range, c. 6 km W
of Coolum Beach, Nov 1982, Sharpe 3269 & Windolf
(BRI, NSW). New South Wales. North Coast:
Woodbum, Dec 1894, Baeuerlen (NSW); Evans Head,
Nov 1972, Coveny 4660 (BRI, NSW); Wells Crossing,
1.6 km N of Halfway Creek, 29 km SSE of Grafton,
Dec 1971, Thurtell & Coveny 3839 (BRI, NSW);
Clarence River, undated, Wilcox (MEL). Central
Coast: Alexandria Swamps, March 1888, Fletcher
(NSW); Gosford State Nursery, Mar 1917, Hamilton
(NSW); Botany Bay, undated, Leichhardt (MEL).
Reconstituted or spirit material examined : Bean
10999 (2 fls); Bird s.n. (2 fls); Sharpe 3269 & Windolf
(2 fls).
Distribution and habitat: Recent herbarium
collections (post-1960) indicate a distribution
for S. debile from Blackdown Tableland and
Deepwater National Park in Queensland to the
Coffs Harbour region in New South Wales.
Historical collections indicate additional
occurrences on the Atherton Tableland and at
Mt Playfair near Tambo, and as far south as
Alexandria Swamps (33° 54’S) in Sydney (Map
8). It grows on creekbanks or in swampy areas
often dominated by Lophostemon suaveolens
or Melaleuca quinquenervia. Soils vary from
sand to pale silty clay.
Phenology : Flowers and capsules have been
recorded from every month of the year
Notes: Erickson (1958) and Stanberg (1992)
described the seeds of S. debile as ‘hairy’.
However this is clearly not the case, and the
seeds of S. debile are glabrous, as in all other
Stylidium species.
S. debile is probably extinct on the
Atherton Tableland, an area which has been
extensively modified. It is probably also extinct
in the greater Sydney area as there have been
no herbarium records from this century, and it
was not recorded by Benson and Howell (1994).
Conservation status: A widespread species
which is not considered to be at risk.
21. Stylidium velleioides A.R.Beansp. nov. S.
debili affinis, sed differens inflorescentiis
paniculatis, bracteolis deficientibus,
columna longiore et petalis posterioribus
longioribus. Typus: Queensland. North
Kennedy District: White Dam, “Princess
Hills”, west of Ingham, 18°19’S 145°22’E,
1 August 1998 ,A.R.Bean 13764 &/. Fox
(holo: BRI; iso: DNA, K, MEL, NSW, QRS,
distribuendi).
Herbaceous annual, 15-30 cm high. Glandular
hairs 0.1-0.2 mm long; glands ellipsoidal.
Stems present or absent (with leaves in basal
rosette), glabrous. Leaves 6-30 per plant,
scattered along stems, obovate, 8-33 mm long
including petiole, 3.5-9 mm wide, glabrous,
apex obtuse or acute, base cuneate, margins
entire. Petioles 2-8 mm long. Scapes 1-3 per
plant, 0.4-0.7 mm in diameter, glabrous. Sterile
bracts absent. Inflorescences 15-25 cm long
including scape, indeterminate, branches
monochasially cymose; branches glabrous.
Bracts lanceolate, 1-2.5 mm long, glabrous,
obtuse. Bracteoles absent. Pedicels 2-6.5 mm
long, glandular-hairy. Hypanthium obovoid to
ellipsoidal, glandular-hairy throughout. Sepals
deltate or lanceolate, all free, 1-1.3 mm long,
0.4-0.6 mm wide, glandular-hairy, acute. Corolla
pink, glandular-hairy on tube and petals or
glandular-hairy on petals only; tube 1.3-1.5 mm
long, with sinus on anterior side only.
Paracorolla absent. Labellum attached at base
of anterior sinus of corolla tube, ovate or
orbicular, 0.5-0.7 mm long, thick, glandular-
hairy, obtuse. Labellum basal appendages more
than half length of labellum, glabrous. Petals
all free, A1+A2+P1+P2. Anterior petals 2.5-3
mm long, 1.4-2.2 mm wide, entire, obtuse.
Posterior petals 3.3-4.4 mm long, 1.8-3 mm
wide, entire, obtuse. Column 5.5-6.5 mm long,
of uniform width throughout, glabrous or
glandular-hairy; lateral lobes absent; spur
absent. Stigma sessile. Corona absent. Capsule
ellipsoidal, without raised ribs, 3.6-6.8 mm long
excluding sepals, 1.2-1.5 mm wide; halves
detaching distally, not recurved. Seeds globose
or ellipsoidal, 0.4-0.5 mm long, brown,
colliculate. Fig. 2 C-E.
Specimens examined : Queensland. Burke District:
headwaters of Flinders River, 8.5 km E of “Reedy
Springs” sign, Aug 1997, Bean 12267 (BRI). Cook
Bean, Stylidium
449
Fig. 2. Stylidium paniculatum A. whole plant x 0.5. B. lateral view of flower x 5. Stylidium velleioides C.
whole plant x 0.5. D. lateral view of flower, and emerging buds x 5. E. bud and immature capsule x 5.
Stylidium austrocapense F. whole plant x 1. G. lateral view of flower x 5. A from Forster 20115; B from
Bean 13206; C-E from Bean 12267; F from Clarkson 9960 & Neldner; G from Clarkson 8119 & Neldner.
450
Austrobaileya 5(3): 427-455 (1999)
District: Mt Surprise, undated, Armit 848 (MEL);
Red Camp Swamp, Yaramulla station, Jul 1981,
Williams 81122 (BRI). North Kennedy District: 31.6
km from Hann Highway, towards “Clarke Hills”, Aug
1997, Bean 12264 (BRI); Mt Fox, Sep 1949, Clemens
s.n. (BRI); Port Denison, 1874, Fitzalan (MEL);
Cleveland Bay, 1876, Johnson (MEL); Kelsey Creek,
Proserpine district, undated, Michael 1488 (BRI); c.
45 miles [72 km] SE of Mt Garnet, Nov 1967, Morain
234 (BRI); Flinders Highway 43 km SW of Charters
Towers, Jul 1974, Ollerenshaw 1093 & Kratzing (BRI,
CANB); Charters Towers, Aug 1891, Plant s.n. (BRI).
South Kennedy District: Clarke Range W of Cathu,
Apr 1978, Byrnes 3814 & Clarkson (BRI); Slade
Point dunal system, E of Finch Street, Mar 1993,
Champion 806 (BRI); Dalrymple Heights, Jul-Nov
1947, Clemens s.n. (BRI); Laglan, c. 80 miles [129 km]
W of Clermont, Oct 1960, Everist s.n. (BRI). Port Curtis
District: 16.6 km by road W of ‘Waverley’ towards
‘Croydon’ off the St Lawrence-Marlborough road, Sep
1975, Coveny 6917 & Hind (NSW); Broadsound, St
Lawrence, Oct 1873, Gulliver (MEL).
Reconstituted or spirit material examined : Bean
12264 (2 fls); Bean 12267 (2 fls); Bean 13764 &
Fox (2 fls); Morain 234 (2 fls).
Distribution and habitat : S. velleioides is
confined to tropical Queensland, from Mt
Surprise to St Lawrence (southernmost record
22° 21’S) (Map 6). It grows along creekbanks
and seepage areas, mostly in eucalypt
woodland but with one collection from a
Melaleuca leucadendra forest.
Phenology : Flowers and capsules have been
recorded from March to November
Affinities : S. velleioides differs from S. debile
by the paniculate inflorescences, the absence
of bracteoles, the longer column and the longer
posterior petals. S. velleioides differs from S.
paniculatum by the longer column and the
mostly longer capsules. S', velleioides has been
confused with S. semipartitum in the past, but
differs from that by its glabrous leaves and
scapes.
Conservation status : A widespread species
which is not considered to be at risk.
Etymology : The specific epithet refers to the
strong resemblence of sterile material to that of
Velleia spathulata.
22. Stylidium ornatum S.T.Blake, Proc. Roy.
Soc. Queensland 73: 76 (1963). Type:
Queensland. Moreton District: Beerwah,
26°5-’S 152°5-’E, 18 November 1959, ST.
Blake 21160 (holo: BRI).
Herbaceous annual or perennial, 10-30 cm high.
Glandular hairs 0.1-0.15 mm long; glands
capitate. Stems present or absent (with leaves
in basal rosette), glabrous. Leaves 5-25 per
plant, mostly in terminal rosette, with some
scattered below, oblanceolate, 13-37 mm long
including petiole, 3-10 mm wide, glabrous, apex
obtuse or acute, base cuneate, margins entire.
Petioles 3-8 mm long. Scapes 1—2(^4) per plant,
0.7-2 mm in diameter, glabrous. Sterile bracts
present. Inflorescences 12-30 cm long
including scape, indeterminate, branches
monochasially cymose; branches glandular-
hairy. Bracts lanceolate or ovate, 1.5-4.5 mm
long, glabrous, obtuse or acute. Bracteoles
absent. Pedicels 3-6 mm long, glandular-hairy.
Hypanthium obovoid to ellipsoidal, glandular-
hairy throughout. Sepals lanceolate, all free,
1.1- 1.7 mm long, 0.4-0.7 mm wide, glabrous,
obtuse or acute. Corolla pink, glabrous; tube
1.1- 1.4 mm long, with sinus on anterior and
posterior sides. Paracorolla discontinuous,
lobed, thin, glabrous, 0.5-0.7 mm high.
Paracorolla lobes or appendages 4, all similar,
acute, 2 opposite the anterior petals, 2 opposite
the posterior petals. Paracorolla glands absent.
Labellum attached at base of anterior sinus of
corolla tube, lanceolate, 0.8-1.5 mm long, thick
or thin, glabrous; terminal appendage present,
0.8-1.5 mm long, acute. Labellum basal
appendages absent. Petals all free,
A1+A2+P1+P2. Anterior petals 4.1-4.5 mm
long, 2.3-2.6 mm wide, entire, acute or obtuse.
Posterior petals 3.7-4.2 mm long, 1.5-2.1 mm
wide, entire, acute or obtuse. Column 5-6 mm
long, of uniform width throughout, glabrous;
lateral lobes absent; spur absent. Stigma
sessile. Corona absent. Capsule obconical,
without raised ribs, 3.3-4 mm long excluding
sepals, 1.8-2.4 mm wide; halves detaching
distally, not recurved. Seeds ellipsoidal, 0.4-
0.5 mm long, brown, lacunose.
Specimens examined : Queensland. Wide Bay
District: Tin Can Bay, Sep 1946, Clemens s.n. (BRI);
Fraser Island, Dec 1919, Epps 2 (BRI); Cooloola,
near Teewah Creek, Sep 1974, Harrold C404 (BRI);
Fraser Island, Jan 1894, Lovell s.n.(BRI); western shore
of Lake Boemingen, Fraser Island, Aug 1984, Walsh
1401 (BRI, MEL); between Howard and Traverston,
Oct 1929, White 6375 (BRI). Moreton District: Pine
Bean, Stylidium
Ridge Reserve c. 4 miles [6 km] N of Southport, Jan
1968, Baxter 1155 (BRI); western edge of Mooloolah
River N.R, S of Buderim, May 1997, Bean 12015
(BRI); Beerwah, Nov 1960, Blake 21434 (BRI, MO,
NSW); between Myora and Point Lookout, North
Stradbroke Island, Aug 1969, Coveny 2029 (BRI,
NSW); Moreton Island, 1.4 km ENE of Bulwer, Mar
1973, Durrington 330 (BRI); Russell Island, Moreton
Bay, undated, Hauser s.n. (BRI); 100 metres W of
Cinnamon Ave, Coolum Beach, Feb 1982, Sharpe
3158 (BRI); 3 km S of Buderim, Apr 1986, Sharpe
4327 & Bean (BRI); Stradbroke Island, Sep 1915,
White s.n. (BRI); Maroochydore, Apr 1916, White s.n.
(BRI). New South Wales. North Coast: Wardell,
Nov 1893, Baeuerlen 1087 (NSW); N of Lake
Arragan, Angourie, Feb 1969, Blaxell 122 (NSW); c.
1.5 miles [2.4 km] from the coast, just N of Crowdy
Head, near Harrington, Jun 1966, Boyd & McGillivray
1796 (NSW); Bonny Hills, 16 miles [26 km] S of
Port Macquarie, Mar 1970, Clark s.n. (NSW); Bombah
Pt„ Lake Myall, Jan 1952, Constable 19058 (NSW);
Evans Head, Nov 1972, Coveny 4659 (BRI, NSW);
South West rocks near oil storage tanks, Apr 1986,
Coveny 12217 & Bishop (BRI, MEL, NSW); Byron
Bay, Aug 1915, Rupp s.n. (MEL); Smith’s Lake,
Bungwahl, Mar 1924, Rupp s.n. (MEL).
Reconstituted or spirit material examined : Bean
12015 (3 fls); Sharpe 3158 (1 fl); Walsh 1401 (2 fls).
Distribution and habitat: S. ornatum extends
from Fraser Island in Queensland to the Myall
Lakes area in New South Wales (Map 7). It is
confined to “wallum” or heathland communities
on infertile coastal sands which are
waterlogged for much of the year.
Phenology: Flowers and capsules have been
recorded from every month of the year
Affinities: S. ornatum differs from 5. debile by
the capitate glands (ellipsoidal for S. debile),
cymose inflorescence (racemose for 5. debile ),
the absence of bracteoles (bracteoles present
for S. debile ), the glabrous sepals and corolla
(glandular-hairy for S. debile ), paracorolla
present (absent for S. debile) and the obconical
capsule (ellipsoidal for S. debile).
Conservation status: A widespread species
which is not considered to be at risk.
Notes: S. ornatum was not recognised to occur
in New South Wales by Stanberg (1992), but it
was by Beadle (1984).
Stylidium sect. Lanata A.R.Bean sect. nov.
Herbae perennes; caulorhiza globosa,
lanata; pili glandulosi praesentes; folia
451
rosulata, obovata usque spathulata,
mucrone longo piliformi; sepala omnia
libera, glandulari-hirsuta; labellum
glabrum, ovatum, basi sinus anterioris
affixum, appendices praesentes;
paracorolla absens; columna glabra;
semina sphaerica, colliculata, mamilla
parva. Typus: S. eriorhizum R.Br.
Rootstock globose, woolly. Leaves obovate
to spathulate with long hair-like mucro, in basal
rosette. Glandular hairs present, glands
ellipsoidal. Inflorescence indeterminate;
flowers pedicellate; corolla tube with sinus on
anterior side only; petals entire and obtuse,
laterally fused; labellum attached at base on
anterior sinus, basal appendages present.
Paracorolla absent. Column lateral lobes
absent; spur absent. Anther cells 4. Stigma
sessile. Capsule obovoid; seeds globose with
small nipple, brown to black.
23. Stylidium eriorhizum R.Br., Prodr. 569
(1810); Candollea eriorhiza (R.Br.)
F.Muell., Syst. Census Austral. PL 86
(1883). Type: [Queensland]. Thirsty
Sound, ShoalwaterBay, [22°2-’S 150°1-’E],
3 September 1802 ,R.Brown (holo: BM).
See Bean (1999) for description and distribution
map.
24. Stylidium ramosissimum A.R.Bean,
Austrobaileya 5(2): 323-30 (1999). Type:
Queensland. Cook District: Turtle Rock
area, Laura sandstone escarpment,
15°39’S 144°30’E, 22 January 1993, P.I.
Forster PIF12850 &A.R. Bean (holo: BRI;
iso: DNA, MEL).
See Bean (1999) for description, illustration and
distribution map.
25. Stylidium leiophyllum A.R.Bean,
Austrobaileya 5(2): 323-30 (1999). Type:
Queensland. Cook District: 0.9 km north
of the Big Coleman River on the Peninsula
Development road, 14°34’S 143°25’E,21
December 1988, J.R. Clarkson 7722 & V.J.
Neldner (holo: BRI; iso: DNA, K, MBA,
PERTH, QRS).
See Bean (1999) for description, illustration and
distribution map.
452
Acknowledgements
I am grateful to the Directors of AD, BM, DNA,
K, MBA, MEL, QRS and NSW for the loan of
specimens or access to their Herbaria; to Alex
Chapman (Australian Botanical Liaison Officer
1998-99) for his unsuccessful efforts to locate
a type for S. semipartitum\ to Paul Lorster for
seeking and collecting Stylidia in various parts
of Queensland; to Will Smith (BRI) for the
illustrations; and to Peter Bostock for the Latin
diagnoses.
References
Anon. (1994). IUCN Red List Categories.
International Union for Conservation of
Nature and Natural Resources: Switzerland.
Beadle, N.C.W. (1984). Student’s Flora of North¬
eastern New South Wales, Part 5. University of
New England Printery: Armidale.
Bean, A.R. (1999). Two new species of Stylidium
Willd. (Stylidiaceae) from north Queensland.
Austrobaileya 5(2): 323-30.
Benson, D & Howell, J. (1994). The Natural Vegetation
of the Sydney 1:100 000 map sheet.
Cunninghamia 3(4): 677-787.
Bentham, G. (1868). Stylidiaceae. In Flora
Australiensis 4: 1-37. L. Reeve & Co.: London.
Brown, R. (1810). Prodromus Florae Novae
Hollandiae.
Candolle, A.P. de (1839). Prodromus Systematis
Naturalis regni vegetabilis 7(2). Treuttel &
Wurtz: Paris
Austrobaileya 5(3): 427-455 (1999)
Carlquist, S. (1979). Stylidium in Arnhem Land: New
Species, modes of speciation on the sandstone
plateau, and comments on floral mimicry. Aliso
9(3): 411-61.
Dallwitz, M.J., Paine, T.A., Zurcher, E.J. (1993).
DELTA User’s Guide, A General System for
Processing Taxonomic Descriptions, 4th ed.
CSIRO: East Melbourne.
Erickson, R. (1958). Triggerplants. Paterson
Brokensha Pty Ltd: Perth.
Henderson, R.J.F. (1997). (ed.) Queensland Plants -
Names and Distribution. Department of
Environment: Brisbane.
Kenneally, K.F. & Lowrie, A. (1994). Stylidium
costulatum (Stylidiaceae), a new tropical species
of triggerplant from the Kimberley, Western
Australia and the lectotypification of S. floodii.
Nuytsia 9(3): 343-349.
Lowrie, A. & Kenneally, K.F. (1997). Eight new species
of triggerplant ( Stylidium: Stylidiaceae) from
northern Australia. Nuytsia 11(2): 199-217.
McKee, H.S. (1963). The Bleeser Botanical Collection
from Northern Australia. Contributions from
the New South Wales National Herbarium 3(4):
233-4.
Mildbraed, G.W.J. (1908). Stylidium in H.G.A. Engler
(ed.), Das Pflanzenreich, Regni vegetabilis
conspectus. Heft 35. Englemann: Berlin.
Slooten, D.F. van (1954). Stylidiaceae. In FI.
Malesiana Ser. 1, 4: 529-32. Noordhoff-Kolff
N.V.: Djakarta.
Stanberg, L. (1992). Stylidiaceae. pp. 442-5 in G.
Harden (ed.), Flora of New South Wales Vol. 3.
New South Wales University Press: Sydney.
Bean, Stylidium
453
Map 1. Distribution of • Stylidium foveolatum, A S.clarksonii , ★£. costulatum and S. floodii (☆pre-
1960).
Map 2. Distribution of ★ Stylidium turbinatum, • S.rivulosum and A S. symonii.
115 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155
Map 3. Distribution of • Stylidium desertorum, A S.austrocapense and ★S. leptorrhizum
(0">rpre-1960).
454
Austrobaileya 5(3): 427-455 (1999)
115 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155
Map 4. Distribution of • Stylidium adenophorum, 'kS.inaequipetalum ( OApre-1960).
Map 5. Distribution of • Stylidium semipartitum, 'kS.delicatum.
115 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155
Map 6. Distribution of # Stylidium multiscapum, 'kS.mucronatum , and ▲ S.velleioides
(OApre-1960).
Bean, Stylidium
455
115 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155
Map 7. Distribution of 'kStylidium rubriscapum, A.S.paniculatum and • S.ornatum (Opre-1960).
Map 8. Distribution of # Stylidium debile , and 'kS.floribundum (O^pre-1960).
A taxonomic revision of Mallotus Lour. (Euphorbiaceae) in Australia
Paul I. Forster
Summary
Forster, Paul I. A taxonomic revision of Mallotus Lour. (Euphorbiaceae) in Australia. Austrobaileya
5(3): 457-497 (1999). The genus Mallotus is revised for Australia. Thirteen species are recognised;
M. claoxyloides (F.Muell.) Muell.Arg., M. discolor F.Muell. ex Benth., M. dispersus P.I.Forst. sp.
nov., M. ficifolius (Baill.) Pax & K.Hoffm., M. megadontus P.I.Forst. stat. et nom. nov. (based on
M. claoxyloides var. angustifolia F.M.Bailey), M.mollissimus (Geisel.) Airy Shaw, M. nesophilus
Muell.Arg., M. paniculatus (Lam.) Muell.Arg., M. philippensis (Lam.) Muell.Arg., M. polyadenos
F.Muell., M. repandus (Willd.) Muell.Arg., M. resinosus (Blanco) Merr. and M. surculosus P.I.Forst.
sp. nov. All taxa are described and the majority illustrated, with notes on distribution, habitat,
typification, conservation status and phenology. Lectotypes are selected for Croton ricinoides
Pers., Echinus claoxyloides var. cordata Baill., E. claoxyloides var. ficifolia Baill., Mallotus nesophilus
and M. polyadenos. An identification key to the species is provided.
Key words: Mallotus, Mallotus dispersus, Mallotus megadontus, Mallotus surculosus.
Paul I. Forster, Queensland Herbarium, EPA, Brisbane Botanic Gardens Mt Coot-tha, Mt Coot-tha
Road, Toowong, Qld 4066, Australia
Introduction
Mallotus Lour, has c. 140 species in Malesia,
eastern Asia, tropical Africa, Madagascar,
Melanesia and Australia (Mabberley 1989).
Species are predominantly perennial shrubs or
small trees and more rarely woody lianes. Many
taxa occur in rainforest, woodland and open
forest communities.
The genus was included in the subtribe
Rottlerinae Meisn. of the tribe Acalypheae
Dumort. in the subfamily Acalyphoideae
Ascherson (Webster 1994). Other genera
included in this subtribe by Webster are
Coccoceras Miq., Cordemoya Baill.,
Deuteromallotus Pax & K.Hoffm., Neotrewia
Pax & K.Hoffm., Octospermum Airy Shaw,
Trewia L. and Rockinghamia Airy Shaw. None
of these other genera except Rockinghamia
occur in Australia and are not considered
further in this account as there is yet to be a
satisfactory phylogeny proposed for the
group.
The first published Australian record of
a plant now referrable to the genus Mallotus
s.l. was by F. Mueller (1858) who described
Echinocroton claoxyloides F.Muell. He later
Accepted for publication 18 March 1999
(F. Mueller 1864) recorded Mallotus for
Australia with comments on M. zippelii
(Hassk.) F.Muell. (a misapplication) and the
description of M. pycnostachys F.Muell. (a
synonym of M. mollissimus (Geisel.) Airy
Shaw)). J. Mueller (1866) enumerated three
species, including the new species M.
nesophilus Muell.Arg. Bentham (1873)
enumerated nine, of which one (M.
angustifolius Benth.) has since been
transferred to Rockinghamia Airy Shaw (Airy
Shaw 1966).
The most recent account of the genus
for Australia is the conspectus and precursor
papers of Airy Shaw (1980a, 1980b, 1981)
wherein thirteen species were recognised.
Despite these recent accounts, a revision of
Mallotus in Australia is justified for the
following reasons. Three of the ‘species’
detailed by Airy Shaw do not occur in Australia,
namely M. didymochryseus Airy Shaw, M.
tiliifolius (Blume) Muell.Arg. and M.
oblongifolius (Miq.) Muell.Arg. and are based
on misidentifications or changes in taxon
circumscription. Mallotus claoxyloides
(F.Muell.) Muell.Arg. as circumscribed by Airy
Shaw, is complex and comprises three species,
including one which is new. There are an
additional two new species from northern
458
Austrobaileya 5(3): 457-497 (1999)
Australia. Lastly there is a considerable
increase in available distributional data over
the last 20 years. Hence the present account
also covers thirteen species, but with
significant differences to those recognised by
Airy Shaw (1981).
The genus Mallotus may well be
polyphyletic, as there is considerable variation
in the taxa referred to it, particularly in leaf
arrangement, male floral morphology, fruit
ornamentation and some anatomical characters
(e.g. Hussin et al. 1996). A sectional
classification exists to take this variation into
account (e.g. J. Mueller 1866; cf. Airy Shaw
1971,1981), but it requires revision as does the
genus as a whole. Both of these are beyond
the scope of this work but given the numerical
size of Mallotus s.l. would constitute a
worthwhile project for a monograph.
Some species of Australian Mallotus are
widespread (e.g. M. nesophilus and M.
philippensis ), whereas others are quite
restricted (e.g. M. megadontus). Greatest
diversity of the genus can be found in the Iron
Range area of Cape York Peninsula followed
by parts of the Wet Tropics and south-east
Queensland (Map. 1). These concentrations of
species are correlated with wetter rainforest
occurring in proximity to other community
types thereby creating a mosaic of communities.
Little has been recorded about the species
of Mallotus and how they interact with
associated fauna. Floyd (1989) states that the
seeds of M. discolor have increased
germination if gathered from bird droppings. It
can be perhaps assumed that all of the various
species are dispersed by birds as the fruits are
often brightly coloured and with relatively large
seeds. The broad distribution of M. nesophilus
and M. philippensis is a reflection of this
vagility in the group. With the possible
exceptions ofM. dispersus, M. megadontus and
M. resinosus, the Australian species could be
broadly described as pioneers in the serai
stages of rainforest succession.
Materials and Methods
This revision is based on herbarium collections
in AD, BRI, CANB, CBQ DNA, MEL, NSW,
PERTH, PR and QRS, photographs or
microfiche of selected collections at BM, C, G,
K and P and my own observations and field
collections of all taxa. All types have been seen
unless indicated as n.v.
Foliage measurements and descriptions
have been made from dried material. Flower and
fruit descriptions have been made from spirit,
reconstituted and dried material. Feaf sizes refer
to those measured on fertile stems. Some
leaves on juvenile plants may exceed the given
measurements. Indumentum cover is as defined
by Hewson (1988), except that ‘scattered’ is
used instead of ‘isolated’. If a hair or gland
type is not mentioned when describing a
particular organ, it may be assumed to be absent.
The ‘Wet Tropics’ is defined as that area
of north-eastern Queensland that encompasses
the ‘hot, humid vine forests’ from near
Cooktown in the north to Paluma in the south
(Webb & Tracey 1981, Barlow & Hyland 1988).
Rainforest terminology follows Webb (1978).
Conservation coding terminology follows
those used in Queensland Government, Nature
Conservation Act legislation (1992,1994).
The account of species is arranged
alphabetically and does not reflect phylogeny.
Taxonomy
Mallotus Four., FI. Cochinch. 601,635 (1790).
Type: Mallotus cochinchinensis Four.
Echinus Four., FI. Cochinch. 601,633 (1790).
Type: Echinus trisulcus Four.
Rottlera Roxb., PI. Coromandel 2 (1802).
Type: Rottlera tinctoria Roxb.
Echinocroton F.Muell., Fragm. 1: 31 (1858).
Type: Echinocroton claoxyloides
F.Muell.
Small trees, shrubs or lianes, evergreen or
deciduous, monoecious or dioecious, perennial.
Indumentum of simple, biseriate or stellate hairs
and sessile coloured glands. Feaves opposite
or alternate, petiolate, stipulate; lamina lobate
or elobate, palminerved or penninerved;
margins entire, sinuate or dentate; foliar glands
Forster, Mallotus in Australia
459
Map 1. Distribution of Mallotus in Australia indicating the number of taxa in each 1° grid square.
on upper surface;granular inclusions
somet im es present. Inflorescence generally
unisexual, spicate, racemose or paniculate,
terminal or axillary; male flowers in 1-many
flowered bracteate fascicles; female flowers in
1 (rarely 2) flowered bracteate fascicles. Male
flowers: calyx globose in bud, valvate, 2-
4-lobed; petals absent; disk glands absent or
present; stamens numerous, filaments free or
fused, anthers subdorsifixed, longitudinally
dehiscent. Female flowers: calyx ovoid-globose
in bud, imbricate to valvate, 2-4-lobed; petals
absent; disk glands absent; ovary 2-4-locular,
with 1 ovule per locule; styles ±free or connate
for varing lengths, simple, generally recurved,
papillose or plumose, often with indumentum
on backs. Fruit globose to depressed globose,
generally strongly angled, smooth or echinate,
dehiscing septicidally into bivalved cocci
leaving a persisent columella; endocarp
crustaceous. Seeds globose to ovoid,
ecarunculate; cotyledons broad, flat.
A genus of c. 140 species, widespread in the
Old World tropics and subtropics. Thirteen
species in Australia.
2
1. Leaves alternate
Leaves opposite
2. Leaves peltate.3
Leaves not peltate.4
3. Plants evergreen; leaves white-silver below, 4-veined from base. 6. M. mollissimus
Plants deciduous; leaves green below, 6-8-veined from base. 13. M. surculosus
4. Scandent woody lianes. 11. M. repandus
Shrubs or trees.5
460 Austrobaileya 5(3): 457-497 (1999)
5. Coloured sessile glands not visible or absent from lower leaf
surface, indumentum obscuring lower leaf surface. 8. M. paniculatus
Coloured sessile glands on lower leaf surface, indumentum
not obscuring lower leaf surface.6
6. Red sessile glands on lower leaf surface. 9. M. philippensis
Yellow sessile glands on lower leaf surface.7
7. Interlateral veins poorly developed below; stamens 24-38
per flower; fruit with yellow to yellow-orange sessile glands. 2. M. discolor
Interlateral veins strongly developed below; stamens 50-60
per flower; fruit with orange sessile glands. 7. M. nesophilus
8. Leaf lamina with granular inclusions above. 10. M. polyadenos
Leaf lamina without granular inclusions above. 9
9. Leaf lamina palminerved. 3. M. dispersus
Leaf lamina penninerved.10
10. Leaf lamina without coloured sessile glands below. 5. M. megadontus
Leaf lamina with coloured sessile glands below.11
11. Stems rounded near apices. 12. M. resinosus
Stems flattened near apices .12
12. Stems, leaves and inflorescences with clear stellate hairs
when young; leaf lamina margins sinuate, rarely weakly dentate;
male flower pedicels thick (0.8-1 mm diameter); male
calyx lobes lanceolate to lanceolate-ovate; stamens 46-48 . 1. M. claoxyloides
Stems, leaves and inflorescences with yellow stellate hairs
when young; leaf lamina margins strongly dentate with teeth
2-7 mm long; male flower pedicels filiform (0.2-0.3 mm diameter);
male calyx lobes obovate; stamens 28-42 . 4. M. ficifolius
1. Mallotus claoxyloides (F.Muell.) Muell.Arg.,
Linnaea 34: 192 (1865); Echinocroton
claoxyloidesV. Muell., Fragm. 1:32 (1858);
Echinus claoxyloides (F.Muell.) Baill.,
Adansonia 6: 315 (1866). Type:
Queensland. Moreton District: Brisbane
River, [Hill & Mueller ] [MEL708383]
(holo: MEL).
Echinus claoxyloides var. cordata Baill.,
Adansonia 6: 315 (1866); Mallotus
claoxyloides var. cordatus (Baill.) Airy
Shaw, Muelleria4:232 (1980). Type: New
South Wales. Richmond River [ Beckler ]
[MEL515956] (lecto [here designated]:
MEL).
Mallotus claoxyloides var. glabratus
Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 28:888 [334] (1928).
Type: Queensland. South Kennedy
District: Port Mackay, 1863-1865, A.
Dietrich 524 (holo: PR; iso: CANB, MEL).
Illustrations: Williams (1984:189,1987:197);
Floyd (1989:151); Hauser (1992:264).
Shrub or small tree to 5 m high; evergreen,
perennial, dioecious. Stems ± flattened towards
apices, with dense, clear stellate hairs when
young, glabrescent and lenticellate with age.
Stipules linear-lanceolate, 1.7-7 mm long, 0.3-
1 mm wide, with sparse, clear stellate hairs.
Leaves opposite, not peltate, petiolate,
discolorous; petioles 4-23 mm long, 0.6-0.7 mm
Forster, Mallotus in Australia
461
Fig. 1. Mallotus claoxyloides. A. flowering twig, x 0.5. B. undersurface of leaf, x 0.5. C. twig with several
inflorescences of male flowers, x 2. D. male flower, x 5. E. female flower, x 5. F & G. fruit, x 2. H. seed, x 4.
I. internode with stipules emphasized, x 2. A-D from Forster 2744 (BRI); E from Forster 12437 (BRI); F
& G from Forster 520 (BRI); H & I from White 8697 (BRI). Del. W.Smith.
462
Austrobaileya 5(3): 457-497 (1999)
diameter, with scattered to sparse, clear stellate
hairs; basilaminar glands 1 per side of midrib
towards lamina base, ellipsoid, 0.5-1 mm long,
0.4-0.6 mm wide; lamina elliptic, oblong or
obovate, 35-170 mm long, 20-80 mm wide;
penninerved, comprising 6-9 lateral veins per
side of midrib and reticulate interlateral veins;
upper surface iglossy mid-green, lateral veins
visible, interlateral veins not visible, without
granular inclusions, with scattered to sparse,
clear stellate hairs, glabrescent; lower surface
pale green, lateral and interlateral venation well
developed, with dense, clear stellate hairs and
scattered, yellow sessile glands, becoming
glabrescent with age; tip acute, acuminate or
rounded; base cordate or rounded; margins
sinuate or weakly dentate with 8-15 teeth up
to 4 mm long, strongly toothed on juvenile
foliage. Inflorescences racemose, up to 25 mm
long, with sparse, clear stellate hairs; bracts
lanceolate, 1-2 mm long, 0.5-1 mm wide, with
scattered to sparse, clear stellate hairs. Male
flowers 2-5 per bract; pedicels 1-4 mm long,
0.2-0.3 mm diameter, glabrous or with scattered
to sparse, clear stellate hairs; calyx 3-lobed,
lobes lanceolate to lanceolate-ovate, 3-5 mm
long, 1.5-3 mm long, with sparse, clear stellate
hairs; disk glands absent; stamens 46-48, free;
filaments filiform, 1.5-4 mm long, 0.1-0.2 mm
diameter, glabrous; anthers oblong, 0.4-0.5 mm
long, 0.4-0.5 mm wide, glandular cap absent.
Female flowers 1 or 2 per bract; pedicels 6-25
mm long, 0.5-1 mm diameter, with sparse, clear
stellate hairs; calyx 3-lobed, lobes lanceolate,
2.5—4 mm long, 1-2 mm wide, with sparse, clear
stellate hairs and scattered yellow sessile
glands; ovary 3-locular, subglobose, 2-2.5 mm
long, 2.5-4 mm diameter, with scattered, clear
stellate hairs and simple echinate processes to
1 mm long that have a few clear stellate hairs;
styles 3, 3-7 mm long, connate at base for c. 1
mm, plumose with sparse, clear stellate hairs
on backs. Fruits subglobose, 6-8 mm long, 11-
13 mm diameter, with scattered, clear stellate
hairs and simple, echinate processes to 1 mm
long with scattered, clear stellate hairs. Seeds
ovoid, 5-5.5 mm long, 4.5-5 mm wide, 4-4.5
mm thick, smooth, brown. Odour bush, Green
kamala, Smell of the bush. Fig. 1.
Selected additional specimens: Queensland. Cook
District: Muddy Bay, Cape York, 10°43’S, 142°33’E,
Jun 1994, Forster PIF15327 & Tucker (BRI, QRS);
Hill 334, Pascoe River, 12°52’S, 143°01’E, Jun 1994,
Forster PIF15386 & Tucker (BRI, MEL, QRS);
Kalpowar Holding, 17°25’S, 144°20’E, Sep 1970,
Hyland 4795 (BRI, QRS). South Kennedy District:
St Bees Island, Turtle Bay, 36 km NE of Mackay,
20°55’S, 149°27’E, Mar 1989, Batianoff 11019 (AD,
BRI). Leichhardt District: Boomer Range, 23°13’S,
149°46’E, Feb 1993, Fensham 699 (BRI). Port Curtis
District: 2.5 km SW of Raglan, R146, Horrigan Creek,
23°43’S, 150°48’E, Mar 1989, Gibson TOI486 (BRI).
Burnett District: Mt Blandy, 25°24’S, 151°45’E, Dec
1980, Forster PIF520 (BRI); Kalliwa Creek, S.F. 169
St Agnes, 25°19’S, 151°51’E, Dec 1990, Forster
PIF7718 (BRI, K, L, MEL, MO, NSW, QRS);
Cannindah, c. 20 km NE of Monto, May 1975,
Romano [AQ203712] (BRI). Wide Bay District: Mt
Woowonga, S.F. 287, 25°26’S, 152°06’E, Oct 1990,
Forster PIF7538 (BRI, K, L, MEL, QRS); S.F. 82
Brooyar, Dry L.A., 26°11’S, 152°28’E, Dec 1991,
Forster PIF9262 & Tucker (BRI, K, L, MEL, QRS);
NW slopes of Mt Glastonbury, 26°14’S, 152°27’E,
Dec 1991, Forster PIF9309 & Sharpe (BRI, K, L,
MEL, QRS); road from Wallaville to Mingo Crossing,
c. 4 miles [6.7 km] SW of Wallaville, 25°06’S,
151°48’E, Jan 1970, Lebler 11 & Durrington (BRI,
CANB); Tinana Creek, 7 km ENE of Tiaro, 25°42’S,
152°39’E, Jan 1992, Smyrell [AQ541631] (BRI).
Moreton District: Two Tree Hill, 3 km SW of
Marburg, 27°35’S, 152°33’E, Jan 1993, Bird
[AQ563800] (BRI, L, MEL, QRS); 6 km W of
Woombye, 26°38’S, 152°53’E, Dec 1992, Forster
PIF12436 & Sharpe (BRI, MEL, QRS); Upper
Brookfield, Brisbane, Feb 1978, Jessup 45 (BRI); Mt
Eerwah, 4 km W of Eumundi, 26°29’S, 152°55’E,
Jan 1985, Sharpe 3681 (BRI). New South Wales.
Wilson Park, Lismore, 28°49’S, 153°16’E, Jul 1981,
Harden 81269 & Williams (BRI); Toonumbar, near
Kyogle, Mar 1944, White 12570 (BRI).
Distribution and habitat : Mallotus
claoxyloides is widespread in subcoastal areas
with a more or less continuous distribution from
north-east New South Wales to the South
Kennedy district of Queensland and with a
couple of disjunct occurrences in Cook district
(Map 3). This species is also reported for
southern New Guinea (Airy Shaw 1980c).
Mallotus claoxyloides is a common plant
on the edges of semi-evergreen vinethicket,
araucarian microphyll and notophyll
vineforests on a variety of substrates and is
common along creeks. The foliage may emit a
distinctive ‘scrub’ scent that is noticeable to
some people in proximity to the plants.
Phenology: Flowers from October to April;
fruits from November to May.
Forster, Mallotus in Australia
463
Notes: Airy Shaw (1981) included Mallotus
claoxyloides var. macrophylla in the
synonymy of Mallotus claoxyloides var.
cordatus. In the present account Mallotus
claoxyloides var. macrophylla is included in
the synonymy of M. ficifolius and M.
claoxyloides var. cordatus is included in the
synonymy of M. claoxyloides. I believe it
unlikely that Airy Shaw saw many of the
syntypes of Echinus claoxyloides var.
cordatus, otherwise he would not have
considered it and M. claoxyloides var.
macrophylla as the same. All of the syntypes
that I have seen of M. claoxyloides var.
cordatus are conspecific with the type of the
name Echinocroton claoxyloides and a
lectotype is designated here from the Richmond
River specimen.
Conservation status: Mallotus claoxyloides is
a common plant and is well conserved,
occurring in at least 23 conservation reserves
in south-east Queensland alone (Forster et al.
1991).
Etymology: The specific epithet alludes to the
superficial similiarity of this plant to species of
the Euphorbiaceous genus Claoxylon.
Uses: Suitable for wood turning and inlay work
(Floyd 1989).
2. Mallotus discolor F.Muell. ex Benth., FI.
Austral. 6: 173 (1873). Type: New South
Wales. Clarence River, London
Exhibition 82 (holo: K n.v. [photo at BRI]).
Illustrations : Williams (1979:185,1987:199);
Floyd (1989:151); Hauser (1992:101).
Shrub or small tree to 15 m high; evergreen,
perennial, dioecious. Stems ± rounded, with
dense silky, clear, simple or biseriate hairs and
scattered yellow sessile glands when young,
glabrescent. Stipules apparently absent.
Feaves alternate, not peltate, petiolate,
discolorous; petioles 3—40 mm long, 0.4-0.7 mm
diameter, with dense, clear simple, biseriate or
stellate (or combination thereof) hairs;
basilaminar glands 1 per side of midrib towards
lamina base, ellipsoid, 0.3-0.4 mm long, 0.2-0.3
mm wide; lamina lanceolate-ovate, obovate or
ovate, 10-110 mm long, 5-70 mm wide;
palminerved, comprising 2 veins from the
lamina base, 5-8 lateral veins per side of midrib
and reticulate interlateral veins; upper surface
glossy dark-green, lateral and interlateral veins
barely visible, without granular inclusions, with
dense clear, simple, biseriate and/or stellate
hairs when young, soon becoming scattered
with age; lower surface pale green to
silver-green, lateral venation well developed,
interlateral veins just visible, with dense, clear,
simple, biseriate and/or stellate hairs and sparse
yellow sessile glands, indumentum persistent;
tip acute, short acuminate; base cuneate,
rounded or truncate; margins entire or weakly
sinuate. Inflorescences racemose, up to 70 mm
long, with dense, clear stellate hairs; bracts
lanceolate-triangular, 0.3-0.7 mm long, 0.3-0.4
mm wide, with dense clear stellate hairs. Male
flowers 1-5 per bract; pedicels 0.6-2 mm long,
0.5-0.6 mm diameter, with dense clear, stellate
hairs; calyx 2 or 3-lobed, lobes lanceolate-ovate,
often unequal, 1.6-2.2mmlong, 1.4—1.6 mm long,
with dense, clear stellate hairs and occasional
yellow sessile glands; disk glands absent;
stamens 24-38; filaments fused at base for up
to 0.2 mm, 0.4-0.5 mm long, c. 0.1 mm diameter,
glabrous; anthers oblong, 0.4-0.5 mm long, 0.4-
0.5 mm wide, glabrous, with a yellow glandular
cap. Female flowers 1 per bract; pedicels 0.7-1
mm long, 0.5-0.7 mm diameter, with dense, clear
stellate hairs; calyx 3 or 4-lobed, lobes
lanceolate-ovate, 1.6-2 mm long, 0.6-1.2 mm
wide, with dense, clear stellate hairs; ovary 3-
4 locular, subglobose, 1.8-2 mm long, 1.1-2.5
mm diameter, with dense yellow sessile glands,
echinate processes absent. Styles 3(4), 1.2-2.3
mm long, connate at base for 0.3-0.4 mm,
plumose, glabrous on backs. Fruits subglobose,
5-8 mm long, 7-10 mm diameter, with dense,
yellow to yellow-orange sessile glands,
echinate processes absent. Seeds ovoid, 3.5-4
mm long, 3.5-4 mm wide, 3.4-3.6 mm thick,
tan-brown. Yellow kamala. Fig. 2.
Selected additional specimens : Queensland. Port
Curtis District: Farnborough Beach, 4 km N of
Yeppoon, 23°06’S, 150°45’E, Sep 1977, Batianoff
532 & McDonald (BRI); Keppel Sands, 23°20’S,
150°48’E, Batianoff 9304 & Dillewaard (BRI);
Tannum Sands, 23°57’S, 151°22’E, Nov 1987,
Batianoff 9317 & Dillewaard (BRI); Long Beach,
Great Keppel Island, 23°11’S, 150°56’E, Nov 1987,
Batianoff 91 Al & Dillewaard (BRI); Colosseum Creek,
2 km along forestry road off Blackmans Gap road,
464
Austrobaileya 5(3): 457-497 (1999)
Fig. 2. Mallotus discolor. A. twig, x 0.6. B. male flower, x 12. C. inflorescence, x 3. D. female flower, x 12.
E & F. fruit, x 4. G. seed, x 6. A from Forster 2744 (BRI); B & C from Forster 14276 (BRI); D from Smyrell
AQ541630 (BRI); E-G from Forster 9165 (BRI). Del. W. Smith.
Forster, Mallotus in Australia
465
24°24’S, 151°28’E, Dec 1993, Forster PIF14276 (A,
BRI, L, MEL, QRS); Portion 6V, Castletower, 24°09’S,
151°16’E, Dec 1987, Gibson 1032 (BRI); Deepwater
N.P., 40 km E of Miriam Yale, 24°19’E, 151°58’E,
Oct 1989, Gibson TOI873 (BRI). Wide Bay District:
Sugarbag Creek, 8 km SSW of Pialba, 25°24’S,
152°32’E, Jan 1987, Forster PIF2826 (BRI, MEL);
Ocean Park Estate, Dundowran, Nov 1991, Forster
PIF9165 & Smyrell (A, AD, BRI, CANB, CBG, K, L,
MEL, MO, NSW, NY, PERTH, QRS); Fairlies Knob
area, 25°29’S, 152°17’E, Dec 1992, Forster PIF12572
& Smyrell (BRI); The Hummock near Bundaberg, Dec
1938, Goy 627 & Smith (BRI); Tinana Creek, 7 km
ENE of Tiaro, 25°42’S, 152°39’E, Jan 1992, Smyrell
[AQ541630] (BRI). Moreton District: Goat Island,
c. 1 km W of Dunwich on Stradbroke Island, 27°31’S,
153°24’E, Nov 1973, Sharpe 867 & Durrington
(BRI); Coolum Beach, Dec 1978, Sharpe 2472 (BRI);
Mt Eerwah, 4 km W of Eumundi, 26°29’S, 152°55’E,
Jan 1985, Sharpe 3676 (BRI, MEL); Mt Glorious,
May 1920, White [AQ203755] (BRI); World’s End
Pocket, Pine Mt, c. 11 km N of Ipswich, 27°36’S,
152°45’E, Dec 1983, Williams 83075 (BRI). New
South Wales. Bexhill, Jan 1895, Baker
[MEL708513] (MEL).
Distribution and habitat : Mallotus discolor
occurs in the Port Curtis, Wide Bay and
Moreton districts in Queensland and the
extreme north-east of New South Wales (Map
2). Plants grow in araucarian microphyll
vineforest and littoral vineforest on a variety
of substrates, but generally on sandy or alluvial
soils.
Phenology : Flowers October to January; fruits
November to April.
Notes: Airy Shaw considered that Mallotus
discolor had a northern limit in the North
Kennedy district; however, these records
pertain to M. nesophilus. Mallotus discolor
and M. nesophilus are superficially similar
plants but may be easily distinguished by a
number of vegetative and floral characters. The
former has indistinct interlateral veins in the
lower leaf lamina surface, male flowers with
lanceolate-ovate sepals and 24-38 stamens,
and the fruit with yellow to yellow-orange
sessile glands, whereas the latter has well
developed interlateral veins in the lower leaf
surface, male flowers with obovate sepals and
50-60 stamens and the fruit with orange sessile
glands.
Conservation status: Mallotus discolor is a
common plant and is well conserved occurring
in at least 7 conservation reserves in south-east
Queensland (Forster et al. 1991).
Etymology: The specific name is from Latin
and alludes to the discolorous nature of the
leaf lamina in this species.
Uses: None recorded.
3. Mallotus dispersus PI.Forst.,sp. nov. affinis
M. didymochryseo Airy Shaw a qua in
habitu frutice deciduo usque 2-5 m alto;
lamina foliorum plerumque glandibus
abaxialibus flavis sessilibus;
inflorescentia masculina 50-100 mm longa
pedunculo 0.5-1.2 mm diametro;
pedicellis florum masculinorum 1.5-3.5 mm
longis, et femineorum 3-5 mm longis et
0.8-1 mm diametro; et stylis 3.5-5 mm
longis differt. Typus: Queensland. Cook
District: Muddy Bay, Cape York, 10°43’S,
142°33’E, 25 Jun 1994, P.I. Forster
PIF15304 & M.C. Tucker (holo: BRI [2
sheets + spirit]; iso: A, BISH, CANB,
DNA, K, L, MEL, NSW, QRS).
[Mallotus didymochryseus auct., non Airy
Shaw; Airy Shaw (1981); Hyland &
Whiffin (1993)]
Illustration: Christophel & Hyland (1993:108,
t. 46 A).
Shrub 2-5 m high; seasonally deciduous,
perennial, dioecious. Stems + rounded towards
apices, with dense, yellow stellate hairs when
young, glabrescent and lenticellate with age.
Stipules acuminate-lanceolate, 0.8-1 mm long,
0.7-0.8 mm wide, with sparse, silver to yellow
stellate hairs. Leaves opposite, not peltate,
petiolate, discolorous; petioles 16-90 mm long,
1-2 mm diameter, with dense, silver to yellow
stellate hairs; basilaminar glands 1-6 per side
of midrib near lamina base, ellipsoid, 0.4-0.8
mm long, 0.3-0.5 mm wide; lamina broad-ovate,
elliptic-ovate, 25-150 mm long, 20-140 mm
wide; palminerved, comprising 5-7 veins from
lamina base, 4-5 lateral veins per side of midrib
and reticulate interlateral veins; upper surface
glossy dark-green, lateral veins visible, without
granular inclusions, with dense, silver to yellow
stellate hairs when young becoming scattered
or sparse with age; lower surface pale green,
466
Austrobaileya 5(3): 457-497 (1999)
Fig. 3. Mallotus dispersus. A. fruiting twig, x 0.5. B. undersurface of leaf, x 1. C. male flower and sepals, x
5. D. female flower, x 5. E. fruit from side, x 2. F. cross-section of fruit, x 2. G. seed, x 4. H. node with
stipule highlighted, x 2. A, B, E-G from Forster 15304 (BRI); C & H from Russell-Smith 4675 (BRI); D
from Hyland 13808 (QRS). Del. W. Smith.
Forster, Mallotus in Australia
467
lateral and interlateral venation well developed,
velutinous with dense, silver to pale brown
stellate hairs and sparse, pale-yellow sessile
glands; tip acute, short acuminate; base cordate
or rounded; margins sinuate or weakly dentate
with 12-18 teeth up to 1 mm long. Inflorescences
racemose, up to 100 mm long, with dense,
ginger stellate hairs; bracts lanceolate to
triangular, 1-1.5 mm long, 0.3-1.5 mm wide, with
dense, silver to yellow stellate hairs. Male
flowers 1-3 per bract; pedicels 1.5-3.5 mm long,
0.8-1 mm diameter, with dense yellow or silver
stellate hairs; calyx 4-lobed, lobes narrow
obovate, 3-3.5 mm long, 1.8-3 mm long, with
dense ginger or yellow stellate hairs; disk
glands absent; stamens 62-78, free; filaments
filiform, 0.6-2.5 mm long, c. 0.1 mm diameter,
glabrous; anthers oblong, 0.5-0.7 mm long, 0.5-
0.7 mm wide, with an occasional stellate hair,
glandular cap absent. Female flowers 1 per
bract; pedicels 3-5 mm long, 0.8-lmm diameter,
with dense, ginger and/or yellow stellate hairs;
calyx 4-lobed, lobes lanceolate, 3-5 mm long,
c. 1 mm wide, with dense ginger and/or yellow
stellate hairs; ovary 2-locular, + ovoid, 3.5-7
mm long, 4-6 mm diameter, with dense yellow
stellate hairs and dense yellow sessile glands,
without echinate processes; styles 2, 3.5-5 mm
long, connate at base for 0.5-1 mm, plumose
with dense, silver to yellow stellate hairs on
backs. Fruits flattened subglobose, 8-12 mm
long, 13-18 mm diameter, with dense,
orange-yellow simple-stellate hairs and dense,
glandular-based stellate hairs, echinate
processes absent. Seeds ovoid, 5-7 mm long,
5-6 mm wide, 4.5-5 mm thick, tan-brown.
Fig. 3.
Selected additional specimens : Western Australia.
Mitchell Plateau, 14°52’S, 125°50’E, Apr 1988,
Dunlop 7873 (DNA, MEL, PERTH); Bougainville
Peninsula, 2 km SW of August Point, Vansittart Bay,
14°05’S, 126°11’E, May 1984, Forbes 2191 (BRI,
CANB, DNA, MEL, PERTH); Prince Frederick
Harbour, 15°00’S, 125°21’E, Jan 1989, Hyland 13808
(QRS), 13809 (QRS); 4.6 km NNE Savage Hill, Bigge
Island,14°35’S, 125°11’E, Jun 1987, Kenneally 10165
& Hyland (DNA, PERTH); 10 km NW of September
Point, near Cape Bougainville, 14°04’S, 126°08’E,
Jun 1987, Kenneally 10219 & Hyland (PERTH); 3.4
km SW of Manning Peak, Prince Frederick Harbour,
Jun 1987, Kenneally 10275 & Hyland (PERTH, QRS);
South West Osborne Island, North Kimberley coast,
14°22’S, 125°57’E, Jun 1988, Kenneally 10744 &
Hyland (BRI, CANB, DNA, PERTH); 3.4 km SW of
Manning Peak by Prince Frederick Harbour, 15°00’S,
125°21’E, Jan 1989, Kenneally 10841 & Hyland
(BRI, DNA, PERTH); Osborne Island, SW island,
Bonaparte Archipelago, 14°26’S, 125°56’E, Jun 1973,
Wilson 11045 (PERTH). Northern Territory. Groote
Eylandt, Umbakumba, 4 Mile Jungle, 13°52’S,
136°47’E, Jul 1987, Russell-Smith 2743 & Lucas
(BRI, CANB, DNA); ditto, Russell-Smith 2971 &
Lucas (BRI, DNA); Gove Peninsula, 2 km NE of Port
Bradshaw, 12°27’S, 136°49’E, Sep 1987, Russell-Smith
3389 & Lucas (BRI, DNA); 0.5 km W of Little Bondi,
Gove Peninsula, 12°18’S, 136°56’E, Feb 1988, Russell-
Smith 4715 & Lucas (BRI, CANB, DNA); Dalywoi
Bay, Gove, 12°23’S, 136°53’E, Feb 1988, Russell-Smith
4935 & Lucas (BRI, DNA); Holly Inlet, Port Bradshaw,
NE Arnhem Land, 12°36’E, 136°42’E, Feb 1988,
Russell-Smith 4941 & Lucas (BRI, DNA); Bagbiringula
Point, NE Arnhem Land,13°09’S, 136°31’E, Feb 1988,
Russell-Smith 4977 & Lucas (BRI, DNA); NE Arnhem
Land, Guyuwiri Point, 13 o 01’S, 136°35’E, Feb 1988,
Russell-Smith 4999 & Lucas (BRI, DNA); Yirrikala,
E Arnhem Land, 12°13’S, 136°54’E, Jan 1974,
Scarlett 300 (DNA); Little Lagoon, Groote Eylandt,
May 1948, Specht 437 (AD, BRI, MEL).
Queensland. Big Creek, Prince of Wales Island,
Torres Strait, 10°45’S, 142°15’E, Feb 1975, Cameron
20315 (QRS).
Distribution and habitat: Mallotus dispersus
is restricted to northern Australia and is
disjunct in its distribution with populations at
the Gove Peninsula and Groote Eylandt in the
Northern Territory, the Kimberley of Western
Australian and Torres Strait and the northern
extremity of Cape York Peninsula in Queensland
(Map 6). Plants grow in semi-deciduous
notophyll vineforest and vinethickets on
sand-dunes behind the foreshore.
Phenology : Flowers January to February;
fruits January to September.
Notes: The only Australian collection ( Specht
437) of this species seen by Airy Shaw was
identified as Mallotus didymochryseus Airy
Shaw (1981). He commented that “The leaves
of this specimen are less than 10 cm in
diameter”, undoubtedly in comparison to the
considerably larger leaves of collections of
authentic M. didymochryseus from Papua New
Guinea. M. didymochryseus is based on a
collection from Central Province in southern
Papua New Guinea and occurs in evergreen
rainforests on deep soils as an evergreen, small
tree 10-20 m high. By comparison the
superficially similar Australian plant occurs in
semi-decidous notophyll vineforest and
468
Austrobaileya 5(3): 457-497 (1999)
vinethickets on sand-dunes behind the
foreshore and is a seasonally deciduous shrub,
2-5 m high.M didymochryseus has leaf laminas
without yellow sessile glands below; male
inflorescences 120-210 mm long on peduncles
1.8-2 mm diameter; male flower pedicels 3.5-4
mm long; female flower pedicels 5-8 mm long,
1.4-1.5 mm diameter; styles 2.5-3.2 mm long,
whereasM dispersus has leaf laminas generally
with yellow sessile glands below; male
inflorescences 50-100 mm long on peduncles
0.5-1.2 mm diameter; male flower pedicels 1.5-
3.5 mm long; female pedicels 3-5 mm long, 0.8-
1 mm diameter and styles 3.5-5 mm long.
Etymology: The specific name is derived from
the Latin dispersus and refers to the dispersed
nature of the known populations of this plant.
Uses: None recorded.
Conservation status: Uncommon, but not
considered rare or threatened at this stage.
4. Mallotus ficifolius (Baill.) Pax & K.Hoffm. in
Engl. & Prantl., Natur. Pflanzenf. 7: 151
(1914 ); Echinus claoxyloides war.ficifolia
Baill., Adansonia 6: 315 (1866); M.
claoxyloides var.ficifolius (Baill.) Benth.,
FI. Austral. 6: 141 (1873). Type:
Queensland. Port Curtis District:
Rockhampton, 24 Dec 1862, Dallachy 47
(lecto [here designated]: MEL [MEL515951]).
Mallotus claoxyloides f. grossedentata
Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89:888 (1928). Type:
Queensland. South Kennedy District:
“Prope Brisbane River” [probably
actually Port Mackay], 1863-1865, A.
Dietrich 1834 (holo: PR; iso: MEL).
Mallotus claoxyloides var. macrophylla
Benth., FI. Austral. 6: 141 (1873). Type:
Queensland. Cook District: Rockingham
Bay, Dallachy (holo: K n.v. [photo at BRI];
iso: MEL [MEL708581,708574, 232382]).
Shrub or small tree to 6 m high; evergreen,
perennial, usually dioecious but occasionally
monoecious. Stems flattened towards apices,
with dense, velutinous, yellow, stellate hairs
when young, becoming sparse with age.
Stipules linear-lanceolate, 4-10 mm long, 0.5-1
mm wide, with dense, yellow stellate hairs.
Leaves opposite, not peltate, petiolate,
discolorous; petioles 7-80 mm long, 1-2 mm
diameter, with dense, yellow stellate hairs;
basilaminar glands 2 or 4 per side of midrib
towards lamina base, ellipsoid to oblong, 1.2-
1.6 mm long, 0.6-0.8 mm wide; lamina elliptic,
lanceolate-ovate, obovate or + orbicular, 50-
250 mm long, 22-250 mm wide; penninerved,
comprising 6-8 lateral veins per side of midrib
and reticulate interlateral veins; upper surface
dull green, lateral veins barely visible, without
granular inclusions, with sparse velutinous,
yellow stellate hairs becoming scattered with
age; lower surface pale green, lateral and
interlateral venation well developed, with dense
velutinous, yellow, stellate hairs and scattered,
yellow sessile glands, becoming sparse with
age; tip acute or acuminate; base cordate,
rounded or truncate; margins strongly dentate
with 12-15 teeth, each 2-7 mm long, strongly
toothed on juvenile foliage. Inflorescences
racemose, up to 90 mm long, with dense, yellow
stellate hairs; bracts lanceolate, 2.6-4 mm long,
0.8-1 mm wide, with sparse, yellow stellate
hairs. Male flowers 1-7 per bract; pedicels 2-
5 mm long, 0.8-1 mm diameter, with dense,
yellow stellate hairs; calyx 3-lobed, lobes
obovate, 3-4 mm long, 1.5-2 mm long, with
sparse to dense, yellow stellate hairs; disk
glands absent; stamens 28-42, free; filaments
flattened-filiform, 1.5-4 mm long, c. 0.1 mm
diameter, glabrous or with a few scattered,
yellow stellate hairs; anthers oblong, 0.2-0.3
mm long, 0.2-0.3 mm wide, glabrous, glandular
cap absent. Female flowers 1-5 per bract;
pedicels 2.6-25 mm long, 2-2.5 mm diameter,
with dense velutinous, yellow stellate hairs;
calyx 3-lobed, lobes lanceolate, 3-5 mm long,
1.2-2 mm wide, with sparse to dense, yellow
stellate hairs; ovary 3(4)-locular, subglobose,
2-3 mm long, 3-5.5 mm diameter, with dense,
yellow stellate hairs and simple echinate
processes to 1 mm long that have dense, yellow
simple or biseriate hairs; styles 3, 3-4 mm long,
connate at base for c. 1 mm, plumose and with
sparse, yellow stellate hairs on backs. Fruits
subglobose, 8-10 mm long, 13-15 mm diameter,
with simple echinate processes to 3 mm long
that have sparse to dense, yellow simple or
biseriate hairs and scattered, yellow sessile
glands. Seeds ovoid, 3.8-5.5 mm long, 3.5-4.5
Forster, Mallotus in Australia
469
Fig. 4. Mallotus ficifolius. A. flowering twig, x 0.4. B. undersurface of leaves, x 0.4. C. fruiting
inflorescence, x 1. D. male flower, x 5. E. female flower, x 5. F & G. fruit, x 2. H. seed, x 4. I. leaf node
showing stipules, x 2. A, C, F, G, I from Forster 13591 (BRI); Bl, D, E from Forster 13571 (BRI); B2 & H
from Forster 8893 (BRI). Del. W. Smith.
470
Austrobaileya 5(3): 457-497 (1999)
mm wide, 3^4.5 mm thick, tan-brown. Fig. 4.
Selected additional specimens : Queensland. Cook
District: Cooktown Botanic Gardens, 15°28’S,
145°15’E, Nov 1988, Burkitt 37 (BRI); T.R. 106,
Poverty L.A., 16°00’S, 145°15’E, Jul 1973, Dockrill
680 (BRI, QRS); Freshwater Creek, Jungara, Dec
1936, Flecker N.Q.N.C.2672 (BRI); 2 km SE of
Kennedy Hill, 12°28’S, 143°15’E, Jul 1991, Forster
PIF8893 (BRI); Rocky River Scrub, Silver Plains
Station, eastern fall of Mcllwraith Range, 13°49’S,
143°27’E, Jun 1992, Forster PIF10624 et al. (BRI,
QRS); Chili Creek Crossing, road to Portland Roads,
12°38’S, 143°22’E, Jul 1993, Forster PIF13571 et al.
(BRI, MEL, QRS); S.F.R. 756, East McNamee,
17°40’S, 145°50’E, Nov 1971, Hyland 5630 (BRI,
QRS); Claudie River, 12°45’S, 143°15’E, Oct 1974,
Hyland 7802 (BRI, CANB, QRS); Endeavour River
North Arm crossing with Mclvor River - Cooktown
road, 15°25’S, 145°05’E, Nov 1981, Irvine 2177
(QRS); Gap Creek, Bloomfield, May 1978,
S earth-Johns on 762A (BRI); Cedar Bay, 15°49’S,
145°20’E, Jan-Mar 1973, Tracey 14668 (BRI); Grassy
Hill, Cooktown, 15°28’S, 145°15’E, Jul 1991,
Waterhouse 1870 (BRI, DNA, MBA). South Kennedy
District: Port Mackay, [undated] Dietrich 2479 (AD).
Port Curtis Curtis: “Netherleigh”, c. 26 km SE of
Calliope, 24°14’S, 151°20’E, Aug 1984, Anderson
3789 (BRI); Boynedale, near Gladstone, Nov 1980,
Cowie 52 (BRI); Moores Creek, Berserker Range,
23°19’S, 150°33’E, Nov 1992, Forster PIF12257 &
Machin (BRI, K, L, MEL, QRS); Pine Creek off lower
reaches of Granite Creek, S.F. 391 Bulburin, 24°37’S,
151°33’E, Dec 1993, Forster PIF14583 et al. (BRI);
Iveragh Creek, Castletower, Portion 9, 22 km SE of
Calliope, 24°07’S, 151°21’E, Oct 1988, Gibson
TOI297 (BRI, NSW); Moores Creek, 23°20’S,
150°35’E, Oct 1976, Hyland 9086 (BRI, QRS); North
Rockhampton, Jul 1935, White 12143 (BRI).
Distribution and habitat : Mallotus ficifolius
is endemic to Queensland but is disjunct in its
occurrence with populations on Cape York
Peninsula, the ‘Wet Tropics’, Mackay
(historical only and perhaps the locality is
suspect) and from Rockhampton south to
Granite Creek (Map 4). Plants grow on the
margins of notophyll vineforest, along
seasonal watercourses or on woodland on
grassy hillsides.
Phenology : Flowers and fruits throughout the
year.
Notes: Mallotus ficifolius is a variable species
in leaf size with some very small forms and some
large ones. Airy-Shaw considered Mallotus
ficifolius as a variety of M. claoxyloides and
also chose to recognise the variety cordatus
as distinct, although he did mention that the
two were doubtfully distinct. Some plants,
particularly those near Rockhampton are very
small (< 1.5 m high) in stature and in foliage
size. All of the plants in the north of the state
are much larger in stature and foliage, as are
those from near Gladstone in more mesic
conditions than the Rockhampton ones. It is
usually possible to find some small leaves on
predominantly large-leaved plants, hence it is
concluded that leaf size is dependent on
seasonal moisture availability.
This species is predominantly dioecious,
although there is at least one known example
(Waterhouse 1870) where plants are definitely
monoecious.
There are two sheets [MEL515958 &
515951] at MEL collected by Dallachy at
Rockhampton that qualify as syntypes of
Mallotus claoxyloides var. ficifolius.
MEL515951 is the better sheet with both male
and female twigs, as well as a date, and is
selected here as lectotype of the name.
Conservation status: Not at risk at this stage.
Present in Iron Range N.P. and Mt Archer C.P.
at Rockhampton.
Etymology: The specific epithet is derived from
Latin and alludes to the resemblance of the
foliage to that of some species of Ficus
(Moraceae).
Uses: None recorded.
5. Mallotus megadontus P.I.Forst., stat. et nom.
nov. Mallotus claoxyloides var.
angustifolia F.M.Bailey, Bot. Bull. 2: 18
(1891). [non Mallotus angustifolius
Benth.] Type: Queensland. Moreton
District: Maroochy (Yandina), 1 Mar
1891, F.M. Bailey (holo: BRI; iso: MEL
[MEL708570]).
Mallotus sp. (Cooroy P.R.Sharpe+ 4913)
(Forster & Henderson 1997: 74).
Small shrub 0.5-2 m high; evergreen, perennial,
monoecious, often functionally dioecious.
Stems flattened towards apices, with sparse,
clear to ginger simple and stellate hairs when
young, glabrescent and lenticellate with age.
Forster, Mallotus in Australia
471
Fig. 5. Mallotus megadontus. A. flowering twig, x 0.5. B. undersurface of leaf, x 1. C. male flower, x 8. D.
female flower, x 8. E & F. fruit, x 4. G seed, x 4. H. internode with stipule emphasized, x 4. A-C from
Smith 5149 (BRI); D from Bean 970 (BRI); E & F from Simmonds AQ203722 (BRI); G & H from Sharpe
4782 (BRI). Del. W. Smith.
472
Austrobaileya 5(3): 457-497 (1999)
Stipules linear-lanceolate, 2.5-4 mm long, 0.6-
1.1 mm wide, with sparse, clear to yellow stellate
hairs. Leaves opposite, not peltate, petiolate,
discolorous; petioles 2-9 mm long, 1-1.5 mm
diameter, with sparse, ginger to yellow stellate
hairs; basilaminar glands 2-5 per side of midrib
towards lamina base, ellipsoid, 0.4-1 mm long,
0.3-0.5 mm wide; lamina oblanceolate or
obovate, rarely rhombic-ovate, 17-160 mm long,
5-70 mm wide; penninerved, comprising 11-17
lateral veins per side of midrib and reticulate
interlateral veins; upper surface glossy
dark-green, lateral and interlateral veins well
developed, without granular inclusions, with
scattered to sparse, yellow stellate hairs when
young, glabrescent; lower surface pale green,
lateral and interlateral venation well developed,
with sparse, clear to ginger stellate hairs when
young, glabrescent; tip acute, short acuminate
or rarely obtuse; base cuneate to weakly
attenuate; margins strongly dentate with 4-7
teeth, each 2-9 mm long. Inflorescences
racemose, up to 60 mm long, with sparse, clear
to ginger stellate hairs; bracts linear-lanceolate,
1-2.5 mm long, 0.2-0.3 mm wide, with sparse,
clear to ginger stellate hairs. Male flowers 1-5
per bract; pedicels 3-5 mm long, 0.5-0.9 mm
diameter, with sparse, clear to ginger stellate
hairs; calyx 3-lobed, lobes obovate, 3- 4.2 mm
long, 1.5-2.5 mm long, with sparse, clear to
ginger stellate hairs; disk glands absent;
stamens 40-60, free; filaments filif orm, 1.5-3.5
mm long, 0.2-0.3 mm diameter, glabrous;
anthers oblong, 0.4-0.5 mm long, 0.6-0.7 mm
wide, glabrous, glandular cap absent. Female
flowers 1 per bract; pedicels 1-16 mm long, 0.7-
1 mm diameter, with sparse, clear to ginger
stellate hairs; calyx 3 or 4-lobed, lobes
lanceolate, 3-3.9 mm long, 1-1.4 mm wide, with
sparse, yellow stellate hairs and scattered
yellow sessile glands; ovary 3-locular,
subglobose, c. 2 mm long and 2.5 mm diameter,
with dense yellow stellate hairs, scattered
yellow sessile glands and simple echinate
processes 0.1-0.4 mm long; styles 3,2.5-4 mm
long, connate at base 0.5-0.7 mm, plumose with
scattered simple hairs on backs. Fruits
subglobose, 5-7 mm long, 8-10 mm diameter,
with sparse to dense, yellow stellate hairs,
scattered yellow sessile glands and simple,
echinate processes 0.5-2 mm long. Seeds ovoid,
4.8-6 mm long, 4.2-4.5 mm wide, 3.8-4.5 mm
thick, tan-brown. Fig. 5.
Specimens examined: Queensland. Moreton
District: Bank of Petrie Creek, W of Woombye,
26°40’S, 152°55’E, Nov 1988, Bean 970, 971 (BRI);
6 km W of Woombye, 26°39’S, 152°55’E, Feb 1990,
Bean 1347 (BRI); Platypus Creek, Dulong, west of
Nambour, 26°38’S, 152°54’E, Dec 1993, Bean 7199
& 7200 (BRI); Council Beauty Spot, 1 km E of Mt
Cooroy, 26°26’S, 152°58’E, Nov 1990, Forster
PIF7593 & Sharpe (BRI); Kureelpa Falls, 26°35’S,
152°53’E, Dec 1992, Forster PIF12440 & Sharpe
(BRI); Buderim Mt, Jan 1919, Gwyther [AQ203725]
(BRI); Eerwah Creek, base of Mt Eerwah, c. 5 km W
of Eumundi - Kenilworth road, 26°28’S, 152°54’E,
Jan 1988, Sharpe 4782 (BRI, NSW); Mt Cooroy, c. 4
km E of Cooroy, 26°26’S, 152°57’E, Nov 1988,
Sharpe 4837 et al. (BRI); ditto, Nov 1989, Sharpe
4913 & Thomas (BRI); ditto, Oct 1989, Sharpe 4901
& Bean (BRI); ditto, Nov 1989, Sharpe 4913 &
Thomas (BRI); Yandina, Mar 1891, Simmonds
[AQ203722] (BRI); Eumundi, Oct 1918, Simmonds
[AQ203724] (BRI); Yatala, 27°44’S, 153°13’E, Dec
1953, Smith 5149 (BRI).
Distribution and habitat: Restricted to the
Moreton district of south-east Queensland
(Map 6). Plants grow on the margins or in
notophyll vineforest often near watercourses.
Phenology: Flowers October to March, fruits
December to April.
Notes: Mallotus megadontus has been known
as the variety angustifolius of M. claoxyloides
since its description by Bailey (1891). Mallotus
megadontus differs from M. claoxyloides most
noticeably in the strongly dentate leaf laminae;
the leaves with 11-17 lateral veins and lacking
sessile yellow glands below; male flowers with
thicker staminal filaments (0.2-0.3 mm
diameter); and smaller fruit (8-10 mm diameter).
Conservation status: Mallotus megadontus is
infrequent in south-east Queensland and much
suitable habitat throughout its range has been
cleared or will be in the near future. The species
was not found to occur in any conservation
reserves by Forster et al. (1991) in their survey
of 232 remnant patches of vineforest in
south-east Queensland. An appropriate
conservation coding is Rare.
Etymology: The new name is derived from the
Greekmega (big) anddontus (tooth) and alludes
to the prominent teeth on the leaf lamina of this
species.
Forster, Mallotus in Australia
Uses: None recorded.
6. Mallotus mollissimus (Geisel.) Airy Shaw,
Kew Bull. 26: 297 (1971); Croton
mollissimus Geisel., Croton Monogr. 73
(Mar 1807 Echinus mollissimus (Geisel.)
Baill.,Adansonia6:316 (1866). Type: Chine
[China], Staunton (iso: G-DC (single leaf)
n.v. [ficheatBRI]).
Croton ricinoides Pers., Syn. 2: 586 (Sep
1807); Mallotus ricinoides (Pers.)
Muell.Arg.,Linnaea34:187 (1865).Type:
Inde [India], 1800, Lahaye (leeto [here
designated]: P-JU 16578 n.v. [fiche at
BRI]).
Mallotus pycnostachys F.Muell., Fragm. 4:
138 (1864). Type: Queensland. North
Kennedy District: Mt Elliott, 5 Aug 1863,
[MEL232434, 232433,232430,232432]
(holo: MEL).
Illustration : Christophel & Hyland (1993:108,
t.46 B).
Shrub or small tree to 10 m high; evergreen,
perennial, monoecious. Stems + rounded, with
dense, clear to ginger stellate hairs,
indumentum persistent. Stipules acuminate-
linear, 1.2-1.5 mm long, 0.5-0.8 mm wide, with
dense, clear to ginger stellate hairs. Leaves
alternate, + peltate, petiolate, discolorous;
petioles 13-230 mm long, 2-3 mm diameter, with
dense velutinous, clear to ginger stellate hairs;
basilaminar glands usually absent or 1 per side
of midrib towards lamina base, ellipsoid, 1.3-
1.7 mm long, 0.8-1 mm wide; lamina
broadly-ovate, orbicular-ovate or ovate, 45-30
mm long, 22-240 mm wide; venation
palminerved, comprising 4 veins from the
lamina base, 5-8 lateral veins per side of mi drib
and reticulate interlateral veins; upper surface
matt dark-green, lateral veins barely visible,
interlateral veins not visible, without granular
inclusions, with dense ginger stellate hairs
when young; lower surface silver-white, lateral
venation and interlateral venation well
developed, with dense velutinous, clear to
ginger stellate hairs and dense yellow sessile
glands, indumentum persistent; tip short to
long acuminate; base cordate, rounded or
473
truncate; margins weakly sinuate or weakly
dentate with 10-12 small teeth to 1 mm long.
Inflorescences paniculate, up to 170 mm long,
with dense velutinous, clear to ginger stellate
hairs; bracts linear-lanceolate, 2-5 mm long,
0.4-0.5 mm wide, with dense clear to ginger
stellate hairs. Male flowers 1-3 per bract;
pedicels 2-2.2 mm long, 0.5-0.6 mm diameter,
with dense clear to ginger stellate hairs; calyx 3
or 4-lobed, lobes obovate, 3-4 mm long, 2-2.5
mm long, with dense, clear stellate hairs; disk
glands consisting of small irregular lobes;
stamens 66-78, free; filaments filiform, 2-5 mm
long, c. 0.1 mm diameter, glabrous or with
occasional stellate hairs; anthers oblong, 0.3-
0.4 mm long, 0.3-0.4 mm wide, glabrous,
glandular cap absent. Female flowers 1 per
bract; pedicels 1-2 mm long, c. 1 mm diameter,
with dense, clear to ginger stellate hairs; calyx
4-lobed, lobes lanceolate-ovate, 2.5-3.5 mm
long, 1.5-2 mm wide, with dense, clear to ginger
stellate hairs; ovary 3-locular, subglobose, 2-
2.5 mm long, 2-3 mm diameter, with dense clear
stellate hairs, without echinate processes.
Styles 3(4), 2-3 mm long, connate at base for c.
0.5 mm, plumose with dense clear stellate hairs
on backs. Fruits subglobose to globose, 5-8
mm long, 7-8 mm diameter, with dense, clear
stellate hairs and long echinate processes to 4
mm long that coalesce between adjacent fruit
creating a woolly mass. Seeds globose-ovoid,
3.5-4.5 mm long, 3^4 mm wide, 2.8-3 mm thick,
tan-black. Fig. 6.
Selected additional specimens : Queensland. Cook
District: 2.5 km S of the Lions Den Hotel, Helenvale,
15°43’S, 145°13’E, Jan 1992, Forster PIF9526 (BRI,
K, L, MEL, QRS); Middle Claudie River Scrub, 12°44’S,
143°14’E, Jun 1994, Forster PIF15401 & Tucker
(BRI, QRS); Home Rule, 15°45’S, 145°17’E, Jul 1994,
Forster PIF15563 et al. (BRI, MEL, QRS); Cape
Kimberley road, 3 km E of Cape Tribulation road,
16°16’S, 145°27’E, Jul 1993, Forster PIF13676 et al.
(A, BRI, K, L, MEL, QRS); S.F. 191 Wongabel,
17°19’S, 145°30’E, Dec 1993, Forster PIF14442
(BRI, MEL,QRS); Mclvor River, 15°10’S, 145°05’E,
Jul 1972, Hyland 6267 (BRI, QRS); Johnstone River,
Aug 1916, Michael [AQ204000] (BRI); Innisfail,
Michael 401 (BRI); Tolga, Dec 1961, Wyatt 9 (BRI).
North Kennedy District: Between Mt Fox, Nov 1949,
Clemens [AQ198257] (BRI); Near Manifold, 22°40’S,
150°45’E, Oct 1976, Hyland 9061 (BRI, QRS);
Murray River & Lagoon Creek, c. 5 km NE of Bilyana,
Jun 1978, Thorsborne & Travers (BRI). South
Kennedy District: Eungella Range, Jul-Nov 1947,
474
Austrobaileya 5(3): 457-497 (1999)
Fig. 6. Mallotus mollissimus. A. flowering twig, x 0.5. B. undersurface of leaf, x 0.5. C. inflorescence, x 1.
D. male flower, x 8. E. female flower, x 8. F. fruiting inflorescence, x 0.5. G & H. fruit, x 2. I. seed, x 4. J.
node with stipule, x 2. A, C, D, E & J from Forster 12442 (BRI); B, F, G, H & I from Forster 16122 (BRI).
Del. W. Smith.
Forster, Mallotus in Australia
475
Clemens [AQ198256] (BRI); Upper East Funnel
creek, Sarina Range, Nov 1986, Ritchie 36 (BRI).
Port Curtis District: S.F. 391 Bulburin, Camp Creek
Crossing, 24°36’S, 151°33’E, Dec 1993, Forster
PIF14578 et al. (BRI, MEF, QRS); Byfield near
Keppel Bay, Sep 1931, White 8199 (BRI). Wide Bay
District: Kin Kin, Mar 1916, Francis & White
[AQ204007] (BRI); Mt Wolvi, 26°11’S, 152°52’E,
Dec 1992, Forster PIF12442 & Sharpe (BRI, DNA,
K, L, MEL, QRS); Gympie, Oct 1928, Simmonds
[AQ204009] (BRI); Kin Kin, c. 3 km NE of township
on Wolvi road, 26°16’S, 152°52’E, Jan 1993, Sharpe
5392 (AD, BRI, MEL, NSW).
Distribution and habitat: Mallotus
mollissimus is widespread in north Queensland
and with several disjunct populations in central
and southern Queensland. It occurs in Cook,
North Kennedy, South Kennedy, Port Curtis
and Wide Bay districts (Map 5). The species is
also widespread in Malesia and Melanesia.
Plants grow as pioneers along creek banks in
open forest or the margins of notophyll and
mesophyll vineforests on volcanic soils.
Phenology: Flowers and fruits throughout the
year.
Notes: Geiseler (1807) based his taxa on material
in the Vahl herbarium. He did not specifically
designate a collector for the type collection of
Croton mollissimus ; however, J. Mueller (1866)
stated that the Staunton collection from China
was the type. I could not locate any specimens
for a type on the microfiche of the Vahl
herbarium at C; however, on the fiche of the De
Candolle herbarium at G, amongst the
collections labelled asM. ricinoides, there is a
single leaf collected by Staunton. This
botanical scrap is considered an isotype. A
search at C and other herbaria is required to
determine if a better duplicate exists of the
Staunton collection.
No collector was designated for the type
collection of Croton ricinoides. On the fiche
at P-JU, there is a single collection from India
s.l. [as Inde] collected by Lahaye in 1800. As
there appears to be no other specimen suitable
for this type, I have designated it the lectotype
of the name.
F. Mueller (1864) described Mallotus
pycnostachya without referring to material from
outside Australia, and his name was soon
synonymised both by J. Mueller (1865) and
Baillon (1866). There are four sheets at MEL in
red type folders that are thought to represent
type material of Mueller’s Mallotus
pycnostachya. Two sheets have large single
leaves, whereas the others have fruiting twigs.
While the label data is incomplete and varies
slightly between the four, it is probable that
they are all part of the same collection that has
been mounted on separate sheets.
Conservation status: Mallotus mollissimus is
a common plant in the northern part of its
Australian range; however, it is very infrequent
and probably endangered in south-east
Queensland (Forster et al. 1991). The
populations at Kin Kin and Mt Wolvi are in
grossly disturbed habitats and susceptible to
destruction from agricultural clearing or road
maintenance.
Etymology: The specific epithet is derived from
Latin and alludes to the ‘soft, pliant’ nature of
the foliage.
Uses: None recorded. Probably useful as a
pioneer species in rainforest rehabilitation
projects.
7. Mallotus nesophilus Muell.Arg., Linnaea 34:
196 (1865); Echinus nesophilus
(Muell.Arg.) Baill., Adansonia 6: 314
(1866). Type: Queensland. Cook District:
Sweers Island, Henne (lecto [here
designated]: MEL [MEL708600]; isolecto:
G-DC n.v. [fiche at BRI]); lectopara: Cape
Flinders, 1819, A. Cunningham 295 (G-DC
n.v. [fiche at BRI]); Quail Island, 1855,
Flood (G-DC n.v. [fiche at BRI], MEL
[MEL708678]).
Illustrations: Brock (1988:248); Christophel &
Hyland (1993:109, t.47B);Kenneahyetal. (1996:
105).
Shrub or small tree to 8 m high; evergreen,
perennial, dioecious. Stems + rounded towards
apices, with sparse to dense, clear, simple and
stellate hairs when young, glabrescent and
lenticellate with age. Stipules apparently absent.
Leaves alternate or rarely subopposite, not
peltate, petiolate, discolorous; petioles 3-120 mm
long, 0.5-1.5 mm diameter, with sparse, clear,
simple, biseriate or stellate hairs; basilaminar
476
Austrobaileya 5(3): 457-497 (1999)
glands 1 or 2 per side of midrib towards lamina
base, circular to ellipsoid, 0.5-1 mm long, 0.4-
0.5 mm wide; lamina obovate, orbicular, ovate,
rhombic-ovate, 10-170 mm long, 5-80 mm wide;
venation + palminerved, comprising 1 or 2
lateral veins from the lamina base, an additional
5-7 lateral veins further up the midrib and with
reticulate interlateral veins; upper surface
glossy dark-green, lateral veins visible,
interlateral veins not visible, with scattered to
dense, clear, simple, biseriate or stellate hairs,
glabrescent, without granular inclusions; lower
surface silver-green, lateral and interlateral
venation well developed, velutinous with
dense, clear + peltate scales, simple, biseriate
or stellate hairs (or a combination thereof) and
dense yellow sessile glands, indumentum
persistent; tip acute, short acuminate or
rounded; base cordate, cuneate or rounded;
margins generally entire, but sometime weakly
dentate with 6-10 teeth up to 2 mm long.
Inflorescences racemose, up to 70 mm long,
with dense, clear, simple, biseriate or stellate
hairs; bracts lanceolate-ovate, 0.4-1 mm long,
0.4-0.8 mm wide, with dense, clear stellate hairs.
Male flowers 1-5 per bract; pedicels 1.2-3 mm
long, 0.4-0.8 mm diameter, with dense, clear
stellate hairs; calyx 3 or 4-lobed, lobes obovate,
1.5- 3 mm long, 1.4-2.6 mm long, with dense,
clear stellate hairs and scattered yellow, sessile
glands; disk glands absent; stamens 50-60;
filaments fused at base for varying degrees,
flattened, 0.5-1.2 mm long, c. 0.1 mm diameter,
glabrous; anthers oblong, 0.5-0.6 mm long, 0.2-
0.4 mm wide, with a well-developed orange
glandular cap. Female flowers 1 per bract;
pedicels 0.5-1 mm long, 0.5-0.8 mm diameter,
with dense, clear stellate hairs and scattered
orange, sessile glands; calyx 3 or 4-lobed,
lobes lanceolate, 1-2 mm long, 0.5-1 mm wide,
with dense, clear stellate hairs and scattered
yellow, sessile glands; ovary 3-locular,
subglobose, 1-2 mm long, 1.3-2.2 mm diameter,
with dense, orange sessile glands, without
echinate processes; styles 2 or 3, 1.2-2 mm
long, connate at base for c. 0.4 mm, plumose,
glabrous on backs. Fruits subglobose, possibly
indehiscent, 4-8 mm long, 5.5-6 mm diameter,
with dense, orange sessile glands. Seeds
globose-ovoid, 3-4 mm long, 3-3.5 mm wide,
2.5- 3 mm thick, tan-black. Yellow ball flower
(Kenneally et al. 1996). Fig. 7.
Selected additional specimens : Western Australia.
Walcott Inlet, 16°27’S, 124°50’E, Jan 1989, Hyland
13829 (QRS); Gallery Hill area, Abydos/Woodstock
Reserve, North Pilbara region, 21°48’S, 119°10’E,
Mar 1988, Tinley 3239 (PERTH); Broome, Jetty
Wharf road, Kimberley Region, 17°58’S, 122°13’E,
May 1981, Tracey 15168 (BRI, QRS). Northern
Territory. Nitmiluk, above visitor centre, Dec 1990,
Evans 3493 (BRI, CANB, DNA); Wessel Islands,
lPTl’S, 136°44’E, Sep 1972, Latz 3263 (BRI, DNA);
Rangani Creek, Melville Island, 11°18’S, 130°31’E,
Jun 1988, Russell-Smith 5755 & Lucas (BRI, DNA);
Bathurst Island, Murrow Point, 11°23’S, 130°14’E,
Jun 1988, Russell-Smith 5770 & Lucas (BRI, DNA);
10 km NW of mouth of Rosie Creek, 15°22’S,
136°06’E, Jan 1989, Russell-Smith 6764 & Lucas
(BRI, DNA); Port Bradshaw, 12°27’S, 136°42’E, Jul
1948, Specht 736A (AD, BRI, CANB). Queensland.
Cook District: S of Aurukun, 13°28’S, 141°37’E, Jul
1988, Dalliston CC415 (BRI); Newcastle Bay,
headland between Narau & Nanthau beaches, 10°47’S,
142°35’E, Jan 1990, Forster PIF6384 (BRI, QRS);
Lake Patricia, Weipa, 12°38’S, 141°49’E, Dec 1993,
Forster PIF14406 (BRI); Southern end of Esplanade,
Yorkeys Knob, Cairns, 16°49’S, 145°44’E, Jan 1987,
Lyons 17 (BRI); Archer River, 13°26’S, 142°56’E,
Jun 1989, Sankowsky 1002 et al. (BRI); Stanley Island,
14°09’S, 144°14’E, Aug 1979, Smyth [AQ412668]
(BRI). Burke District: Woodu, between Nyuldorg &
Thabugan Point, northern most coast of Mornington
Island, Sep 1981, Fosberg 620087 (BRI); Between
Tully & Massacre Inlets, Gulf of Carpentaria, 16°12’S,
138°10’E, Aug 1988, Hyland 13572 (QRS); Lawn
Hill N.P., 18°42’S, 138°29’E, Jan 1989, O’Keefe
[AQ454825] (BRI). North Kennedy District:
Horseshoe Bay, Magnetic Island, 19°07’S, 146°52’E,
Feb 1992, Bean 3932 (BRI); Emmett Creek, Bowling
Green Bay N.P, 19°27’S, 147°03’E, Jan 1993, Forster
PIF12741 & Bean (BRI, QRS).
Distribution and habitat : M. nesophilus is
widespread in tropical parts of Western
Australia, the Northern Territory and
Queensland (Map 7). Plants grow in
vinethickets and vineforests often near the
sea or sometimes inland for considerable
distances in refugia in gorges and gullies.
Phenology : Flowers and fruits throughout the
year.
Notes: A specimen of Mallotus nesophilus was
incorrectly identified as M. tiliifolius by Airy
Shaw (1981) resulting in the erroneous
recording of that species for Australia.
The name Echinus nesophilus requires
lectotypification as there are many original
syntypes. The best of these syntypes is the
one collected by Henne and this is selected as
Forster, Mallotus in Australia
477
Fig. 7. Mallotus nesophilus A. fruiting twig, x 1. B. inflorescence, x 2. C. male flower, x 12. D. female
flower, x 12. E & F. fruit, x 3. G. seed, x 6. A from Cowie 3139 (BRI); B from Forster 20899 (BRI); C
from O’Reilly 411 (BRI); D from Russell-Smith 5770 (BRI); E-G from Lyons 517 (BRI). Del. W. Smith.
478
Austrobaileya 5(3): 457-497 (1999)
lectotype of the name.
Mallotus nesophilus is quite variable in
terms of its leaf morphology and indumentum
density. Plants from windswept coastal
locations tend to have smaller leaves with
shorter and denser coverage of trichomes,
whereas plants from some inland localities may
have relatively few trichomes on the lower leaf
surface.
Conservation status : Widespread. Not
endangered or rare.
Etymology: The specific epithet is derived from
the Greek neso (island) and philus (loving) and
refers to many of the syntypes having been
collected from islands.
Uses: The fruit are edible (Kenneally et al. 1996).
8. Mallotus paniculatus (Lam.) Muell.Arg.,
Linnaea 34: 189 (1865); Croton
paniculatus Lam., Encycl. Meth., Bot. 2:
207 (1786). Type: Java, Commerson (holo:
P-JU 16579 n.v. [fiche at BRI]).
Mallotus cochinchinensis Lour., FI.
Cochinch. 635 (1790). T>pe: ‘Habitat
sepes, et hortos minus cultos
Cochinchinae, & Chinae’, Loureiro (holo:
BM n.v. [photo at BRI]).
Illustration: Christophel & Hyland (1993:109,
t. 47C).
Shrub or small tree to 6 m high; evergreen,
perennial, monoecious or often functionally
dioecious. Stems + rounded towards apices,
with dense, clear to ginger to silver stellate hairs
when young often appearing almost peltate,
becoming sparse with age. Stipules
acute-lanceolate, 0.5-1 mlong, 0.4-0.5 mm wide,
with dense ginger to silver ipeltate hairs.
Leaves alternate, not peltate, petiolate,
discolorous; petioles 30-180 mm long, 1.5-2
mm diameter, with dense, ginger to silver, stellate
hairs; basilaminar glands one per side of midrib
at lamina base, ellipsoid, 1-2.8 mm long, 0.6-
1.8 mm wide; lamina broadly ovate,
rhombic-ovate, 40-190 mm long, 22-120 mm
wide; venation palminerved, 3-5 lateral veins
from the lamina base, an additional 6-8 lateral
veins further up the midrib and with reticulate
interlateral veins; upper surface matt
dark-green, lateral veins just visible, interlateral
veins not visible, without granular inclusions,
with dense, ginger to silver stellate hairs,
glabrescent; lower surface silver-white, lateral
and interlateral venation well developed, with
dense, ginger to silver stellate hairs, yellow
sessile glands generally absent, indumentum
persistent; tip short or long acuminate; base
cuneate to truncate; margins generally entire,
weakly sinuate, or very weakly dentate with
poorly defined teeth. Inflorescences
paniculate, up to 300 mm long, with dense,
ginger to silver, stellate hairs; bracts lanceolate
to lanceolate-ovate, 1-3 mm long, 0.4-0.8 mm
wide, with dense, ginger to silver stellate hairs.
Male flowers 1-5 per bract; pedicels 3-5 mm
long, 0.5-0.6 mm diameter, with dense, ginger
to silver stellate hairs; calyx 3- or 4-lobed, lobes
lanceolate-ovate or obovate, 2.2-3 mm long,
1.5- 2.3 mm long, with dense, silver stellate hairs;
disk glands absent; stamens 44-56; filaments
free, filiform, 2.5-3.2 mm long, c. 0.1 mm
diameter, glabrous; anthers oblong, c. 0.3 mm
long and 0.4 mm wide, glandular cap absent.
Female flowers 1 per bract; pedicels 0.7-1.9 mm
long, 0.5-1 mm diameter, with dense, silver,
stellate hairs; calyx 4-lobed, lobes
lanceolate-ovate, 1.5-2.7 mm long, 1-1.7 mm
wide, with dense, silver, stellate hairs; ovary
3-locular, subglobose, 1.2-1.5 mm long, 1.8-2
mm diameter, with dense, stellate hairs, echinate
processes simple and up to 0.6 mm long; styles
3, 1.5-2 mm long, barely connate at base,
plumose, with dense peltate hairs on backs.
Fruits subglobose, 4-5 mm long, 5-6 mm
diameter, with sparse ginger to silver, stellate
hairs and echinate processes 3-4 mm long.
Seeds iglobose, 3-3.5 mm long, 3-3.2 mm wide,
2.5- 2.8 mm thick, tan. Fig. 8.
Selected additional specimens: Queensland. Cook
District: Mowbray River, Jan 1932, Brass 1961
(BRI); West Claudie River, Iron Range N.R, 12°44’S,
143°14’E, May 1992, Fell DGF2609 & Butcher (BRI,
DNA, QRS); Stoney Creek, Mission Beach - Tully
road, 17°55’S, 146°05’E, Jul 1989, Forster PIF5617
(BRI, DNA, MEL); Turpentine road, Little Cooper
Creek, Daintree Freehold Rainforest, 16°10’S,
145°24’E, Feb 1994, Forster PIF14724 (A, BRI,
MEL, QRS); Mew River, 1 km SW of Muddy Bay,
Cape York, 10°44’S, 142°32’E, Jun 1994, Forster
PIF15302 & Tucker (BRI); Copper Lode Falls Dam
site, on Freshwater Creek, c. 6 miles [10 km] S of
Cairns, 16°56’S, 145°46’E, Aug 1970, Gittins 2137
Forster, Mallotus in Australia
479
Fig. 8. Mallotus paniculatus . A. flowering twig, x 0.4. B. undersurface of leaf, x 0.4. C. base of undersurface
of leaf showing glands, x 0.8. D. inflorescence, x 1.5. E. female flower, x 12. F. male flower, x 6. G. fruit, x
3. H. part of dehisced fruit, x 6. I. seed, x 6. A from Jago 3744 (BRI); B-E from Forster 14323 (BRI); F-G
from Forster 14724 (BRI), H-I from Forster 5617 (BRI). Del. W. Smith.
480
Austrobaileya 5(3): 457-497 (1999)
(BRI); S.F.R. 310 Parish of Gadgarra, 17°30’S,
145°41’E, Nov 1984, Gray 3672 (QRS); T.R. 55
Whyanbeel, 16°20’S, 145°20’E, Hyland 7746 (BRI,
QRS); Between Lockerbie & Somerset, May 1981,
Hyland 11062 (QRS); R1073, Rooty L.A., 16°40’S,
145°30’E, Mar 1976, Hyland RFK3394 (BRI, CANB,
QRS); Wrights Creek, between Lakes Barrine &
Eacham, Apr 1953, Melville 3699 et al. (BRI); Etty
Bay, Dec 1941, White 11744 (BRI). North Kennedy
District: Dunk Island, Dec 1907, Banfield
[AQ203792] (BRI); Little Crystal Creek, E of Paluma,
Feb 1992, Bean 3923 (BRI); Wongaling Beach road,
Mission Beach, 17°53’S, 146°05’E, May 1989,
Bogenhuber 59 (BRI); “The Gorge Range”, Sword
Creek falls, 18 km WNW of Abergowrie, 18°27’S,
145°42’E, Mar 1988, Fell DGF734 (BRI); Kirrama
Range, 18.5 km from Kennedy, 18°12’S, 145°50’E,
Dec 1993, Forster PIF14316 (BRI, QRS); Tully River
valley, Cardstone road, 17°51’S, 145°43’E, Dec 1993,
Forster PIF14323 (A, BRI, MEL, QRS). South
Kennedy District: Dalrymple Heights & vicinity,
Jul-Sep 1947, Clemens [AQ330649] (BRI); Mt
Blackwood, Mar 1987, Thompson 68 (BRI).
Distribution and habitat : Mallotus
paniculatus is commonly found in Queensland
in the Cook (southern parts), North and South
Kennedy districts, with several disjunct
populations on Cape York Peninsula and
adjacent Torres Strait (Map 8). The species is
widespread in Asia and Malesia. Plants grow
on notophyll and mesophyll vineforest margins
on a variety of soils of volcanic origin.
Phenology : Flowers November to July; fruits
througout the year.
Notes: A specimen of this species from Prince
of Wales Island was incorrectly identified as
Mallotus tiliifolius by Airy Shaw (1981).
Conservation status: Common in the area of
occurrence. Not threatened.
Etymology: The specific epithet is derived from
Latin and probably pertains to the paniculate
inflorescence of this species.
Uses: None recorded. Probably useful as a
pioneer species in rainforest rehabilitation
projects.
9. Mallotus philippensis (Lam.) Muell.Arg.,
Linnaea 34: 196 (1865); Croton
philippense Lam., Encycl. Meth., Bot. 2:
206 (17 86)', Echinus philippensis (Lam.)
Baill., Adansonia 6: 314 (1866). Type:
Philippines, Sonnerat (holo: P-JU 16581
n.v. [fiche at BRI]).
Illustrations: Williams (1979:185,1987:199);
Brock (1988: 248); Floyd (1989:152); Hauser
(1992:102); Christophel& Hyland (1993:109, t.
47D).
Shrub or small tree to 10 m high; evergreen or
fleetingly deciduous, perennial, dioecious.
Stems + rounded towards apices, with dense,
ginger stellate hairs and red sessile glands,
glabrescent and lenticellate with age. Stipules
acuminate-lanceolate, 0.6-1 mm long, 0.3-0.8
mm wide, with dense, ginger stellate hairs.
Leaves alternate, not peltate, petiolate,
discolorous; petioles 15-80 mm long, 0.8-1 mm
diameter, with dense, clear to ginger stellate to
+peltate hairs and scattered red sessile glands;
basilaminar glands 1 per side of midrib towards
lamina base, spherical, 0.3-0.5 mm wide; lamina
elliptic, lanceolate-ovate or obovate, 15-200
mm long, 8-100 mm wide; palminerved,
comprising 2 prominent lateral veins from the
lamina base, 5-7 lateral veins further along the
midrib and reticulate interlateral veins; upper
surface glossy dark-green, lateral and
interlateral veins just visible, without granular
inclusions, with sparse clear stellate hairs when
young, glabrescent; lower surface grey-silver
to reddish-silver, lateral and interlateral
venation well developed, with dense clear
simple hairs overtopping dense clear peltate
scales and dense red sessile glands,
indumentum persistent; tip acute, short
acuminate or obtuse; base cuneate, rounded
or truncate; margins generally entire or weakly
sinuate; Inflorescences racemose or with 1 or 2
side branches, but not paniculate, up to 110
mm long, with dense, clear to ginger stellate
hairs and scattered red sessile glands; bracts
lanceolate-triangular, 0.5-1.2 mm long, 0.6-1 mm
wide, with dense, ginger stellate hairs and
scattered red sessile glands. Male flowers 1-3
per bract; pedicels 2-3.5 mm long, 0.3- 0.4 mm
diameter, with dense, clear stellate hairs and
scattered red sessile glands; calyx 3- or 4-lobed,
lobes lanceolate-ovate to obovate, 2.5-2.8 mm
long, 0.7-2.5 mm long, with dense, clear stellate
hairs and scattered, red sessile glands; disk
glands absent; stamens 20-28, free; filaments
filiform, 0.5-1.5 mm long, c. 0.1 mm diameter,
Forster, Mallotus in Australia
481
glabrous; anthers oblong, 0.5-0.8 mm long, 0.5-
0.7 mm wide, with a few orange-red sessile
terminal glands. Female flowers 1 per bract;
pedicels 0.4-2 mm long, 0.4-0.6 mm diameter,
with dense, ginger stellate hairs; calyx 4-lobed,
lobes lanceolate, 1.2-1.8 mm long, 0.5-0.6 mm
wide, with dense, ginger stellate hairs and
scattered red sessile glands; ovary 3-locular,
subglobose, 1-1.5 mm long, 1.2-1.8 mm
diameter, with dense, ginger stellate hairs and
scattered, red sessile glands, lacking echinate
processes; styles 3,1.8-3 mm long, connate at
base for 0.3-0.5 mm, plumose, with sparse
ginger stellate hairs and dense red sessile
glands on backs. Fruits depressed-globose, 4-
7.5 mm long, 7-12 mm diameter, always with
dense red sessile glands and occasionally with
yellow stellate hairs. Seeds globose-ovoid, 3-
5 mm long, 3-5 mm wide, 2.8-4.5 mm thick, black.
Red kamala, Orange kamala.
Selected additional specimens: Northern Territory.
Wagait Reserve, 13°12’S, 130°40’E, Jan 1973,
Dunlop 3106 (BRI, DNA); Source of Glasswater Creek,
Litchfield, 13°20’S, 130°33’E, Oct 1988, Russell-Smith
5990 & Lucas (BRI, DNA). Queensland. Cook
District: Mt Scatterbrain, Butchers Hill Station near
Lakeland Downs, 15°52’S, 144°53’E, Jan 1992, Forster
PIF9520 (BRI, DNA, K, L, MEL, QRS); Boat ramp
area, Rocky Point, Weipa, 12°37’S, 141°53’E, Nov
1989, O’Reilly 456 (BRI, QRS). North Kennedy
District: S.F. 387, 2 km SSW of dam wall on
Proserpine River, 20°23’S, 148°22’E, May 1991,
Forster PIF8316 & McDonald (BRI); Creek between
Frederick Peak & South Pinnacle, 19°23’S, 146°38’E,
Jan 1992, Forster PIF9467 & Bean (BRI, K, L, MEL,
QRS). South Kennedy District: Lindeman Island,
Coconut Bay, Nov 1985, Batianoff 3294 & Dalliston
(BRI); Dalrymple Heights & vicinity, Jul-Nov 1947,
Clemens [AQ198249] (BRI). Leichhardt District:
Carnarvon Gorge, Jan 1989, Morley 16 (BRI); Isla
Gorge, c. 28 km SW of Theodore, Aug 1973, Sharpe
623 & Blockings (BRI). Port Curtis District: Lower
reaches of Koolkoorum Creek, S.F. 121, 24°26’S,
151°13’E, Oct 1989, Forster PIF5868 et al. (BRI,
MEL, NSW); 25 km SW of Raglan, R146, Horrigan
Creek, 23°43’S, 150°48’E, Mar 1989, Gibson TOI490
(BRI); Mt Larcom Range, 6 km NW of Yarwun,
23°48’S, 151°06’E, Aug 1989, Gibson TOI805 (BRI).
Burnett District: Cania Gorge N.P., 24°42’S, 150°58’E,
Oct 1983, Henderson 2982 et al. (BRI). Wide Bay
District: Stony Creek, 4 km E of Didcot, 25°29’S,
151°54’E, Oct 1990, Forster PIF7529 (BRI, K, L,
QRS); Mt Glastonbury, S.F. 242 Glastonbury, 26°14’S,
152°27’E, Dec 1991, Forster PIF9297 & Tucker (A,
BRI, K, L, MEL, QRS). Moreton District: Currumbin
Creek, Jan 1970, Dunlop 1607 (BRI, CBG); Upper
Brookfield, Brisbane, Feb 1978, Jessup 54 (BRI). New
South Wales. Whian Whian road, 1.3 km from
junction of road to Whian Whian S.F., 28°39’S,
153°20’E, Dec 1986, Murray 78 et al. (BRI, NSW).
Distribution and habitat : Mallotus
philippensis has a wide distribution in Australia
occurring in the northern part of the Northern
Territory and in Cook, North Kennedy, South
Kennedy, Port Curtis, Leichhardt, Burnett, Wide
Bay and Moreton botanical districts in
Queensland and in north-east New South Wales
(Map 9). The species is also widespread in
Malesia and parts of Asia. Plants grow mainly
in microphyll to notophyll vineforests and
vinethickets, but are frequently found in gullies
or on ridges in open forest especially at rocky
sites with some fire protection.
Phenology : Flowers and fruits throughout the
year.
Notes: Mallotus philippensis is unique
amongst the Australian species of Mallotus in
having red sessile glands and the lower leaf
lamina with persistent, + stellate scales.
Conservation status: Mallotus philippensis is
a very common plant and is present in at least
28 conservation reserves in south-east
Queensland alone (Forster et al. 1991).
Etymology: The specific epithet refers to this
plant having been described from a collection
obtained in The Philippines.
Uses: The red covering on the fruits is used to
dye silk in India. The wood is suitable for tool
handles and building (Floyd 1989).
10. Mallotus polyadenos F.Muell., Fragm., 6:184
(1868). Type: Queensland. Cook District:
Sea View Range, 11 November 1864
[Dallachy s.n.] (lecto [here designated]:
MEL [MEL708712]).
Illustration: Christophel & Hyland (1993:109,
t. 47E).
Shrub or small tree to 10 m high; evergreen,
perennial, monoecious, but often functionally
dioecious. Stems ± flattened towards apices,
with sparse yellow to red sessile glands.
Stipules acute-lanceolate, 0.8-1 mm long, 0.5-
0.6 mm wide, with sparse yellow sessile glands.
Leaves opposite, not peltate, petiolate,
482
Austrobaileya 5(3): 457-497 (1999)
discolorous; petioles 3-47 mm long, 0.5-1 mm
diameter, with sparse to dense, yellow sessile
glands; basilaminar glands 1 per side of midrib
near lamina base, ellipsoid, 0.7-1 mm long, 0.5-
0.7 mm wide; lamina elliptic, oblanceolate or
obovate, 36-200 mm long, 15-90 mm wide;
penninerved, comprising 8-12 lateral veins per
side of midrib and reticulate interlateral veins;
upper surface glossy dark-green, lateral and
interlateral veins not visible, with sparse
included granular inclusions, glabrous; lower
surface pale green, lateral and interlateral
venation well developed, glabrous and with
dense, yellow sessile glands, occasionally also
with small clumps of simple hairs forming
domatia in vein angles; tip acute, short
acuminate or obtuse; base cordate to cuneate;
margins generally entire, but sometime weakly
sinuate. Inflorescences racemose, up to 150 mm
long, with scattered yellow to ginger stellate
hairs and sparse yellow sessile glands; bracts
triangular, c. 1 mm long, 0.6-0.8 mm wide, with
an occasional simple hair and sparse yellow
sessile glands. Male flowers 1—10 per bract;
pedicels 2-4.5 mm long, 0.5-0.7 mm diameter,
with dense, yellow stellate hairs; calyx 3 or
4-lobed, lobes oblanceolate to obovate, 3-3.5
mm long, 1.4-2.8 mm long, with scattered to
sparse, yellow sessile glands; disk glands
absent; stamens 38-70, free; filaments filiform,
1.5- 2.7 mm long, c. 0.1 mm diameter, glabrous;
anthers oblong, 0.6-0.8 mm long, 0.8-1 mm
wide, glandular cap absent. Female flowers 1
per bract; pedicels 1.8-12 mm long, 0.4-0.8 mm
diameter, with scattered, ginger stellate hairs
and sparse yellow sessile glands; calyx 4-lobed,
lobes lanceolate, 1.5-2.6 mm long, 0.6-1.2 mm
wide, with sparse yellow to red sessile glands;
ovary 3-locular, depressed-globose, 1-2.6 mm
long, 1.5-4 mm diameter, with dense, yellow
sessile glands, without echinate processes;
styles 3,1.8-3 mm long, barely connate at base
for 0.2-0.3 mm, plumose, with sparse yellow
sessile glands on backs. Fruits
depressed-globose, 5-6 mm long, 8-10 mm
diameter, with sparse, yellow sessile glands,
without echinate processes. Seeds
globose-ovoid, 3.3—4.5 mm long, 3-3.5 mm wide,
3.5- 4 mm thick, tan-brown. Fig. 9.
Selected additional specimens : Queensland. Cook
District: Lower reaches of Isabella Creek, NW of
Cooktown, 15°22’S, 145°00’E, Jul 1990, Bean 1999
(BRI); Maloney’s Springs, left branch, 12°27’S,
142°53’E, Jun 1989, Forster PIF5272 (BRI); Nesbit
River, 13°32’S, 143°32’E, Jun 1992, Forster
PIF10528 et al. (BRI, QRS); 13.5 km along
Goldsborough road, 17°14’S, 145°46’E, Jan 1993,
Forster PIF13090 & Bean (BRI, MEL, QRS); Wyvuri
Holding, 17°20’S, 145°58’E, Oct 1978, Gray 1046
(BRI, MEL, QRS); S.F.R. 1073, Buchan L.A., 16°46’S,
145°37’E, Jan 1979, Gray 1254 (BRI, MEL, QRS);
Normanby River, N of Kalpowar, 14°40’S, 144°10’E,
Oct 1970, Hyland 4860 (BRI, QRS); Claudie River,
12°45’S, 143°15’E, Oct 1972, Hyland 6458 (BRI,
QRS); Between Lockerbie & Somerset, 10°47’S,
142°30’E, Dec 1980, Hyland 10955 (QRS); Eliott
Falls, Jardine River, 11°09’S, 141°30’E, Oct 1989,
O’Reilly 542 (BRI); Wenlock River, southern bank at
Moreton Telegraph Station, 12°27’S, 142°38’E, Oct
1989, Neldner 2807 & Clarkson (BRI, MBA, QRS); 4
km S of the track to Mission River along the boundary
fence between Batavia Downs & Mission River,
12°35’S, 142°32’E, Nov 1989, Neldner 2856 &
Clarkson (BRI, DNA, MBA, QRS); 25 km ENE of
Weipa Mission, 12°41’S, 142°07’E, Dec 1974, Specht
W219 & Salt (BRI); Headwaters of Lankelly Creek
on western fall of Mcllwraith Range, 13°52’S,
143°20’E, Oct 1969, Webb & Tracey 9620A (BRI).
North Kennedy District: 18 km WSW of Abergowrie,
Sword Creek Falls N.P., Gorge Range, 18°27’S,
145°42’E, Mar 1988, Fell DGF739 (BRI); Emmett
Creek, Bowling Green Bay N.P., 19°27’S, 147°03’E,
Dec 1993, Forster PIF14306 (BRI, QRS); Tully Falls,
17°46’S, 145°33’E, Dec 1993, Forster PIF14334
(BRI, QRS); Impulse Creek, Conway Forest, 20°30’S,
148°50’E, Nov 1986, Perry [AQ431860] (BRI); c.
13 km WNW of Cardwell, 18°14’S, 145°54’E, Oct
1976, Thorsborne 295 & Thorsborne (BRI); Brandy
Creek road, c. 3.6 km E of Shute Harbour Road & 13
km NE of Proserpine, 20°21’S, 148°40’E, Nov 1985,
Sharpe 4052 & Perry (BRI).
Distribution and habitat : In Australia
Mallotus polyadenos is found in the Cook and
North Kennedy botanical districts (Map 2). The
species is also found in New Guinea. Plants
grow in semi-evergreen to evergreen notophyll
vineforests near permanent or seasonal
watercourses.
Phenology: Flowers and fruits throughout the
year.
Notes: There are numerous specimens at MEL
collected by Dallachy that may be syntypes of
this name. I have chosen a specimen
(MEL708712) that was collected prior to the
publication of the name and is copiously
annotated by Mueller.
Conservation status : Widespread and
Forster, Mallotus in Australia
483
|#U
Fig. 9. Mallotus polyadenos. A. fruiting twig, x 0.5. B. inflorescence, x 2. C. male flower, x 8. D. young
female flower, x 8. E. older female flower, x 8. F. & G fruit, x 3. H. seed, x 6. A, F-H from Forster 13090
(BRI); B-D. from Neldner 2856 (BRI); E from Halford Q735 (BRI). Del. W. Smith.
484
Austrobaileya 5(3): 457-497 (1999)
common. Not endangered or rare.
Etymology: The specific epithet is derived from
the Greek poly (many) and odenos (glands).
Uses: None recorded.
11. Mallotus repandus (Willd.) Muell.Arg.,
Linnaea 34: 197 (1865); Croton repandus
Willd., Neue Schrift. Naturf. Freunde
Berlin 4: 206 (1803). type: S India, Klein
(holo: B n.v. [destroyed]).
Scrambling woody liane up to 20 m long;
evergreen, perennial, monoecious. Stems ±
rounded towards apices, with dense, clear
stellate hairs and scattered yellow sessile
glands when young, glabrescent. Stipules
acute-lanceolate, 0.3-0.5 mm long, 0.2-0.3 mm
wide, with dense yellow stellate hairs. Leaves
alternate, not peltate, petiolate, discolorous;
petioles 10-82 mm long, 0.6-1 mm diameter, with
dense, yellow simple, biseriate and/or stellate
hairs; basilaminar glands 1 or 2 per side of midrib
near lamina base, ellipsoid, 0.3-0.4 mm long,
0.2-0.3 mm wide; lamina elliptic, broadly-ovate,
ovate, 22-120 mm long, 15-90 mm wide;
palminerved, comprising 2-4 lateral veins from
base, 3-5 lateral veins further up midrib and
reticulate interlateral veins; upper surface matt
dark-green, lateral and interlateral veins just
visible, without granular inclusions, glabrous,
with dense, clear stellate hairs when young,
becoming scattered with age; lower surface
pale green to green-yellow, lateral and
interlateral venation well developed, with
dense, clear stellate hairs and scattered to
sparse yellow sessile glands when young,
becoming scattered with age; tip acute, short
to long acuminate; base attenuate, weakly
cordate, cuneate, rounded, truncate; margins
sinuate to weakly dentate with up to 8 poorly
developed teeth to 2 mm long. Inflorescences
racemose or with 1 or 2 side branches, not
paniculate, up to 180 mm long, with dense, clear
stellate hairs; bracts lanceolate, c. 1 mm long
and 0.3 mm wide, with dense, clear stellate hairs.
Male flowers 1-10 per bract; pedicels 4-8 mm
long, 0.5-0.8 mm diameter, with dense, yellow
stellate hairs; calyx 3 or 4-lobed, lobes
lanceolate-ovate to obovate, 2.5-4 mm long,
1.3-3.8 mm long, with dense, yellow stellate
hairs and scattered yellow sessile glands; disk
glands absent; stamens 74-88, free; filaments
filiform, 2-2.5 mm long, c. 0.1 mm diameter,
glabrous; anthers oblong, 0.5-0.6 mm long, 0.5-
0.6 mm wide, glabrous, glandular cap absent.
Female flowers 1 per bract; pedicels 1-8 mm
long, 0.8-1 mm diameter, with dense, yellow
stellate hairs; calyx 4-lobed, lobes lanceolate,
1.2-2.2 mm long, 0.6-0.9 mm wide, with dense,
yellow stellate hairs; ovary 2-locular,
subglobose, 1-3.8 mm long, 1.8-4 mm diameter,
with dense, yellow stellate hairs, without
echinate processes; styles 2, 1.8-4 mm long,
connate at base for 0.5-0.8 mm, plumose, with
dense yellow stellate hairs and scattered yellow
sessile glands on backs. Fruits subglobose, 8-
9 mm long, 11-15 mm diameter, with dense,
yellow stellate hairs; without echinate
processes. Seeds ovoid, 5-5.5 mm long, 4.5-5
mm wide, 4.5-5 mm thick, brown. Fig. 10.
Selected additional specimens: Queensland.
Coconut Bay, Lizard Island, 14°40’S, 145°28’E, Jul
1990, Batianoff 12223 (BRI); Kamerunga, Cairns,
Cowley [AQ203989] (BRI); Claudie River, 12°45’S,
143°15’E, Oct 1972, Dockrill 547 (BRI, QRS); Lake
Euramo, Oct 1976, Dockrill 1302 (BRI, CANB, QRS);
15 km along Ellison Beach, Oct 1937, Flecker
N.Q.N.C. 3942 (QRS); Goldsborough road, 17°14’S,
145°46’E, Jan 1993, Forster PIF13091 & Bean (BRI,
MEL, QRS); Isabella Falls area, McKinnon Creek, 4
km W of Edmonton, 17°02’S, 145°43’E, Jan 1993,
Forster PIF13095 & Bean (BRI, MEL, QRS); Lamond
Hill, Iron Range, 12°43’S, 143°17’E, Jul 1993, Forster
PIF13581 et al. (BRI); Little Mulgrave River, 1 km
below Gillies Highway Crossing, 17°08’S, 145°44’E,
Sep 1989, Gray 5098 (QRS); Danbulla, c. 19 miles
[31.7 km] SW of Cairns, 17°09’S, 145°43’E, Jul 1966,
Hyland [AQ203990] (BRI); Scenic Reserve 440, Lake
Euramo, 17°10’S, 145°40’E, Dec 1971, Hyland 5735
(BRI, QRS); S.F.R. 310, Goldsborough L.A., 17°15’S,
145°45’E, Jan 1978, Hyland 9632 (QRS); Cairns, Oct
1896, Nugent 20 (BRI); Long Scrub, Bamaga, 1962,
Webb & Tracey 6936 (BRI); Galloways Creek, Bamaga,
1962, Webb & Tracey 7161 (BRI); Bloomfield River,
Webb & Tracey 7733 (BRI); Shipton’s Flat between
Rossville & Mt Finnegan, 15°47’S, 145°14’E, May
1969, Webb & Tracey 9042 (BRI). Port Curtis
District: S.F. 86, Eurimbula, 24°10’S, 151°50’E, Dec
1970, Webb & Tracey 10405 (BRI). Moreton District:
Mt Eerwah, c. 4 km W of Eumundi, 26°29’S,
152°55’E, Dec 1987, Sharpe 4632 (BRI); cult.
Coolum Beach (ex Mt Eerwah), Nov 1988, Sharpe
4750 (BRI).
Distribution and habitat: In Australia
Mallotus repandus occurs in the Cook, Port
Curtis and Moreton districts of Queensland
(Map 11). The southern populations are highly
Forster, Mallotus in Australia
485
Fig. 10. Mallotus repandus. A. twig, x 0.6. B. undersurface of leaf, x 0.6. D. female flower, x 4. E. male
flower, x 6. F. fruit, x 3. G. section of dehisced fruit, x 3. H. seed, x 3. A, F, G, H from Hyland 9632
(QRS); B & C from Forster 18211 (BRI); E from Gray 5098 (QRS). Del. W. Smith.
486
Austrobaileya 5(3): 457-497 (1999)
disjunct. The species is also widespread in
Malesia and Asia (Airy Shaw 1971, 1980c).
Plants grow in notophyll vineforest on volcanic
substrates.
Phenology: Fertile collections are rare;
however, flowering and fruiting probably
occurs throughout the year.
Notes: I have not been able to locate type
material of this species; however, there seems
little doubt as to the application of the name. A
neotype from Indian material should be selected
by a worker familiar with the genus in that area.
Airy Shaw (1981) noted that this species
had been found near Bowen and Proserpine,
but I have seen no specimens to confirm this.
Etymology: The specific epithet is derived from
Latin and refers to the sinuate leaf lamina
margins.
Uses: None recorded.
12. Mallotus resinosus (Blanco) Merr., Sp.
Blanco. 222 (1918); Adelia resinosa
Blanco, FI. Filip, ed. 2:562 (1845).Type:
Philippines. Luzon: Batangas Province,
Aug 1914, Merrill Species Blancoanae
485 (neo: US n.v.,jide Merrill (1918:222)).
Mallotus walkerae Hook.f., FI. Brit. India
5:437 (1887);M muricatus var. walkerae
(Hook.f) Pax & K.Hoffm. in Engl., Natur.
Pflanzenfam. 7:190 (1914). Type:Ceylon
[Sri Lanka], Walker (holo: K n.v. [photo
atBRI]).
Shrub or small tree to 5 m high; evergreen,
perennial, dioecious. Stems + rounded towards
apices, with sparse, clear simple hairs and
sparse yellow sessile glands when young,
glabrescent with age. Stipules lanceolate, 2.2-
4 mm long, 1.2-2 mm wide, with scattered, clear
simple hairs. Leaves opposite, not peltate,
petiolate, discolorous; petioles 1-15 mm long,
1.5-1.7 mm diameter, with sparse, clear simple
hairs and sparse, yellow sessile glands;
basilaminar glands 1 or 2 per side of midrib
towards lamina base, ellipsoid, 0.5-1.2 mm long,
0.5-0.6 mm wide; lamina elliptic to obovate, 30-
210 mm long, 15-110 mm wide; penninerved,
comprising 11-12 lateral veins per side of midrib
and reticulate interlateral veins; upper surface
glossy dark-green, lateral and interlateral veins
not visible, without granular inclusions,
glabrous, with scattered, yellow sessile glands;
lower surface pale green, lateral and interlateral
venation well developed, glabrous, with sparse
to dense yellow sessile glands; tip acute to
short acuminate; base attenuate to cuneate;
margins dentate with 8-14 teeth up to 3 mm
long. Inflorescences racemose, up to 50 mm
long, with sparse to dense, ginger simple,
biseriate or rarely stellate hairs and dense
yellow sessile glands; bracts triangular, 1.5-
2.2 mm long, 1-1.2 mm wide, with sparse, clear
simple hairs. Male flowers 1-3 per bract;
pedicels 3—4.5 mm long, c. 0.4 mm diameter, with
scattered to sparse, simple and/or biseriate hairs
and scattered yellow sessile glands; calyx 2, 3
or 4-lobed, lobes obovate, 2.5-3 mm long, 1.2-
2.4 mm long, with scattered, simple hairs and
scattered yellow sessile glands; disk glands
absent; stamens 26-48, free; filaments filif orm,
2-3 mm long, c. 0.2 mm diameter, glabrous;
anthers oblong, 0.5-0.6 mm long, 0.6-0.7 mm
wide, glabrous, glandular cap absent. Female
flowers 1 per bract; pedicels 1.5-5 mm long,
0.8-1 mm diameter, with sparse to dense, clear,
simple and/or biseriate hairs and dense yellow
sessile glands; calyx 4-lobed, lobes lanceolate,
2.8-3 mm long, 0.7-0.8 mm wide, with sparse
simple hairs; ovary 3-locular,
depressed-globose, c. 1.3 mm long, 1.8-2 mm
diameter, with scattered, yellow stellate hairs,
with dense, yellow sessile glands, with sparse
echinate processes 0.5-1 mm long; styles 3,
2.6-3 mm long, connate at base for 0.7-1 mm,
plumose, with scattered, yellow stellate hairs
and scattered to sparse, yellow sessile glands
on backs. Fruits depressed-globose, 5-7 mm
long, 10-12 mm diameter, with scattered, yellow
stellate hairs, with dense, yellow sessile glands
and dense echinate processes 1.5-2 mm long.
Seeds ovoid, c. 5 mm long, 4.5 mm wide, 4 mm
thick, tan-brown. Fig. 11.
Selected additional specimens: Queensland. Cook
District: Park Ranger Station, Claudie River, 12°36’S,
143°17’E, Fell DGF2089 (BRI); SE edge of Mt Cook,
N.P. 142, on Quarantine Bay side, 15°29’S, 145°16’E,
Feb 1992, Fell DGF2423 & Jensen (BRI); Mt Webb
N.P., 15°04’S, 145°07’E, Dec 1992, Fell DGF2792 &
Stanton (BRI, MEL, QRS), ditto, DGF2802 (BRI,
MBA, QRS); Near Ginger Mick’s Mine, 2 km S of
Fig. 11. Mallotus resinosus. A. fruiting twig, x 0.5. B. inflorescence with male flowers, x 1. C. male flower, x
8. D. female flower, x 6. E & F. fruit, x 2. A, E & F from Forster 9527 (BRI); B & C. from Forster 14426
(BRI); D from Hyland 12443 (BRI). Del. W. Smith.
Punsand Bay, 10°44’S, 142°28’E, Feb 1990, Forster
PIF6401 (BRI, DNA, QRS); Shiptons Flat, 10.5 km S
of the Fions Den Hotel, Helenvale, 15°47’S,
145°14’E, Jan 1992, Forster PIF9527 (A, BRI, DNA,
K, F, MEF, QRS); Round Mt, Embley Range, 13°33’S,
143°30’E, Jun 1992, Forster PIF10476 & Tucker
(BRI, QRS); 1 km SE of the Twin Forks, headwaters
of the Annan River, 15°49’S, 145°14’E, Jun 1992,
Forster PIF10740 et al. (BRI, F, MEF, QRS);
Shiptons Flat, 11.5 km from Fions Den Hotel, 15°47’S,
145°14’E, Dec 1993, Forster PIF14426 (A, BRI,
MEF, QRS); Mt Augustus, Moa Island, 10°10’S,
142°18’E, Feb 1989, Gray 5003 (QRS); Altanmoui,
14°35’S, 144°35’E, Jul 1972, Hyland 6348 (BRI,
QRS); Shiptons Flat on Tin Mine road, 15°45’S,
145°10’E, May 1969, Smith 14366 (BRI); Upper
Cameron Creek, NW of Cooktown, 15°22’S,
145°07’E, Jul 1976, Tracey 14168 (BRI); Mt Webb,
Starke Station, 15°03’S, 145°05’E, Sep 1974, Tracey
14407 (BRI); Mclvor River Xing, Cooktown - Starke
road, 15°07’S, 145°08’E, Jul 1976, Tracey 14428
(BRI); Dowlings Hill on Mt Amos road, S of Cooktown,
15°38’S, 145°18’E, Jun 1973, Webb & Tracey 11885
(BRI); Mt Stuckey area, inland from Starke Station,
488
Austrobaileya 5(3): 457-497 (1999)
14°56’S, 145°03’E, Sep 1974, Webb & Tracey 13807
(BRI); Lockerbie Scrub, 10°45’S, 142°30’E, Webb &
Tracey 13808 (BRI); Between Starke & Hopevale,
15°12’S, 145°08’E, Sep 1974, Webb & Tracey 13809
(BRI).
Distribution and habitat : Mallotus resinosus
occurs in the Cook district of Queensland from
Cape York south to the Annan River (Map 10)
and is also widespread in Malesia (Airy Shaw
1971,1976,1981). Plants grow in notophyll or
mesophyll semideciduous vineforest on
substrates derived from granite or basalt.
Phenology: Fertile collections are rare; plants
flower from December to February and fruit
several months later.
Notes: There is no extant type material for this
taxon and the representative specimen cited
by Merrill (1918) may be considered a
neotypification of the name (Balakrishnan &
Chakrabarty 1991). Several other names were
included in the synonymy of Mallotus
resinosus by Balakrishnan & Chakrabarty
(1991); however, I have not seen type material
for these so bibliographic data is not included
here. These authors considered that Mallotus
resinosus is a polymorphic species with three
varieties, with only the variety resinosus
occurring inAustralia.
In Australia Mallotus resinosus is
superficially similar both to Wetria
australiensis P.I.Forst. and Alchornea rugosa
(Lour.) Muell.Arg.; however the two taxa may
be easily distinguished by the alternate leaves,
bifid styles and smooth fruit of the former
(Forster 1994) and the foliage lacking sessile
yellow glands of the latter.
Conservation status: Widespread, not
endangered or rare.
Etymology: The specific name is derived from
Latin and refers to resin. The application of
this name remains obscure.
Uses: None recorded.
13. Mallotus surculosus P.I.Forst., sp. nov.
affinisM. floribundo (Blume) Muell.Arg.
a qua in habitu frutice deciduo surculoso
usque 3-5 mm alto, venis 8 vel 9 e basi
radiantibus, stylis breviter connatis (0.5-
1 mm) et partibus discretis brevioribus
(2.5-3 mm), staminis paucioribus (18-20),
et in fructu processis echinatis
brevioribus (1-2.2 mm) differt. Typus:
Queensland. Cook District: Shiptons
Flat, 9 km from Lions Den Hotel, 15°46’ S,
145°13’E, 10 Dec 1993, P.I. Forster
PIF14420 (holo: BRI; iso: A, MEL, QRS).
Mallotus sp. aff. mollissimus #693 RFK;
Hyland &Whiffin (1993).
Mallotus sp. (Claudie River P.I.Forster
PIF135580; Forster & Henderson (1997).
Illustration: Christophel & Hyland (1993:109,
t.47A)
Shrub to 5 m high, suckering profusely;
seasonally deciduous, perennial, dioecious.
Stems + rounded towards apices, with sparse
clear, simple or stellate hairs, glabrescent.
Stipules lanceolate, 2.2-5 mm long, 0.8-1.3 mm
wide, with sparse, clear stellate hairs. Feaves
alternate, peltate, petiolate, discolorous;
petioles 8-80 mm long, 1-1.3 mm diameter, with
dense clear, simple, biseriate and/or stellate hairs
and scattered yellow sessile glands;
basilaminar glands 2 or 3 per side of midrib
towards lamina base, ellipsoid to spherical, 0.7-
0.8 mm long, 0.5-0.8 mm wide; lamina
broadly-ovate to ovate, 20-130 mm long, 18-
120 mm wide; palminerved, comprising 8-9
veins from the lamina base, 8-9 lateral veins
per side of midrib and reticulate interlateral
veins; upper surface matt grey-green, lateral
veins barely visible, interlateral veins not
visible, without granular inclusions, with sparse
to dense, clear to ginger stellate hairs and
scattered yellow sessile glands when young,
becoming ± glabrescent with age; lower surface
silver-green, lateral venation and interlateral
venation well developed, with sparse to dense,
clear to ginger simple, biseriate and/or stellate
hairs and scattered to dense yellow sessile
glands, indumentum persistent; tip short to
long-acuminate; base rounded or truncate;
margins weakly dentate with 16-20 small teeth
to 1 mm long. Inflorescences racemose, up to
130 mm long, with sparse, clear simple, biseriate
and/or stellate hairs and scattered yellow
sessile glands; bracts triangular, 0.8-1.5 mm
long, 0.7-1.2 mm wide, with dense, clear stellate
Forster, Mallotus in Australia
489
hairs. Male flowers 1-5 per bract; pedicels 1-
2.5 mm long, c. 0.2 mm diameter, with dense
clear stellate hairs; calyx 3- or 4-lobed, lobes
lanceolate-ovate to obovate, 2-2.5 mm long,
1.3-1.6 mm long, with sparse to dense, clear
stellate hairs; disk glands absent; stamens 18-
20, free; filaments filiform, 1.3-1.8 mm long, c.
0.1 mm diameter, glabrous; anthers oblong, 0.7-
0.8 mm long, 0.7-0.8 mm wide, glabrous or with
an occasional simple hair, glandular cap absent.
Female flowers 1 per bract; pedicels 1.2-5.5 mm
long, 0.8-1 mm diameter, with dense, clear
stellate hairs; calyx 4-lobed, lobes lanceolate,
3.5^1 mm long, 1-1.5 mm wide, with dense, clear
stellate hairs; ovary 3-locular, subglobose, 1.8-
2 mm long, 2.2-3 mm diameter, with scattered
simple, biseriate and/or stellate hairs, scattered
yellow sessile glands and dense echinate
processes 1-1.2 mm long; styles 3(4), 2.5-3 mm
long, connate at base for 0.5-1 mm, plumose
with scattered simple hairs and scattered yellow
sessile glands on backs. Fruits subglobose,
4.5-6 mm long, 7-9 mm diameter, with scattered
simple, biseriate and/or stellate hairs, scattered
yellow sessile glands and echinate processes
1-2.2 mm long. Seeds globose-ovoid, 3.8-4 mm
long, 3-3.5 mm wide, 3.3-3.5 mm thick,
tan-brown. Fig. 12.
Specimens examined : Queensland. Cook District:
West Claudie River Scrub, 12°44’S, 143°14’E, Jul 1993,
Forster PIF13558 et al. (BRI); Massy Creek Crossing,
Silver Plains, 13°55’S, 143°30’E, Jul 1993, Forster
PIF13603 et al. (BRI, QRS); 3 km SSW of Rocky
River Crossing, Silver Plains, 13°50’S, 143°27’E, Jul
1993, Forster PIF13646 et al. (BRI, QRS); West
Claudie River, 12°45’S, 143°15’E, Jun 1972, Hyland
6188 (QRS); T.R. 14 Massy, 13°52’S, 143°25’E, Nov
1980, Hyland 10861 (QRS); Claudie River, 12°44’S,
143°14’E, Oct 1981, Hyland 11224 (QRS); Claudie
River, 12°43’S, 143°16’E, Jan 1982, Hyland 11505
(QRS); T.R. 176 Monkhouse, Annan River, 15°45’S,
145°13’E, Sep 1982, Hyland 11997 (QRS); ditto, Oct
1982, Hyland 12163 (QRS); T.R. 176, Shipton L.A.,
15°48’S, 145°14’E, Sep 1982, Hyland 12061 (QRS);
S.F.R. 176, Parish of Monkhouse, 15°47’S, 145°16’E,
Dec 1988, Hyland 13775 (BRI, QRS); Near Porn.
37V Parish of Monkhouse, 15°48’S, 145°14’E, Dec
1988, Hyland 13776 (QRS).
Distribution and habitat: Mallotus surculosus
is restricted to north-east Queensland from the
Claudie River in the north to Shipton’s Flat
south of Cooktown (Map 6). Plants grow on
alluvium or stony hillsides, always on the
margins of notophyll or mesophyll vineforest.
Plants sucker profusely and form dense
monospecific thickets.
Notes: Mallotus surculosus was first collected
by Hyland in 1972; however, fertile material was
not obtained until the late 1980’s. The species
is not mentioned by Airy Shaw (1981).
Although labelled as “sp. aff. mollissimus” by
Hyland & Whiffin (1993), Mallotus surculosus
appears to be most closely related to M.
floribundus (Blume) Muell.Arg. from New
Guinea. Mallotus surculosus differs from M.
floribundus in being a seasonally deciduous,
suckering shrub, 3-5 m high; having 8 or 9
veins radiating from the leaf lamina base; the
styles shortly connate (0.5-1 mm long) and the
free parts shorter (2.5-3 mm long); fewer
stamens (18-20); and shorter echinate
processes on the fruit (1-2.2 mm long). M.
floribundus is an evergreen, non-suckering
tree, 7-13 m high, usually growing on the edge
of freshwater swamps or streams and has 4-6
veins radiating from the leaf lamina base; the
styles long-connate (1.5-3 mm) with the free
parts longer (5-9 mm); more stamens (36-56);
and longer echinate processes on the fruit (3-
4 mm long).
Phenology: Flowers December to January;
fruits January to March. Plants flower when +
leafless. The fruit are shed before the foliage is
fully expanded.
Conservation status: Uncommon throughout
its known range. Present in Iron Range National
Park and Daintree National Park. Not considered
rare or threatened.
Etymology: The specific epithet is derived from
the Latin surculosus (suckering) and alludes
to the dense suckering habit of this species.
Uses: None recorded.
Excluded names and species
1. Mallotus tiliifolius (Blume) Muell.Arg.,
Linnaea 34: 190 (1865 fRottlera tiliifolia
Blume, Bidjr. 607 (1825). Type: Java, [ad
littora insularum Nusae Kambangae et
Javae], Blume s.n. (holo: BO).
Notes: Airy Shaw (1981) applied this name to
collections from Prince of Wales Island and
Trinity Beach near Cairns. The former is a
490
Austrobaileya 5(3): 457-497 (1999)
Fig. 12. Mallotus surculosus. A. undersurface of mature leaf, x 0.5. B & C. flowering twigs with immature
foliage, x 1.5. D. male flower, x 8. E. female flower, x 8. F. third of dehisced fruit showing stalked hairs, x
4. G. seed, x 8. H. internode showing stipule, x 2. A,B,D,E,H from Forster 14420 (BRI); C from Forster
16990 (BRI); F,G from Hyland 11505 (BRI). Del. W.Smith.
Forster, Mallotus in Australia
491
specimen of Mallotus paniculatus and the
latter is a specimen of M. nesophilus. Mallotus
tiliifolius does not occur in Australia.
I located a single sheet at BO that is
probably the type of R. tiliifolia. This sheet
bears a printed label that says “Java” and bears
the name “Mallotus tiliifolius Muell.Arg.” in
Blume’s handwriting. The specimen and label
have been remounted, so there is no
accompanying BO sheet number.
2. Mallotus derbyensis W.Fitzg., J. Roy. Soc.
W.Aust.3:165(1918).
Notes: This name was referred to the synonymy
of Grewia brevifloraBenth. (Tiliaceae) by Airy
Shaw (1981) and this remains unchanged (D.
Halford, pers. comm. 1993).
3. Mallotus oblongifolius (Miq.) Muell.Arg.,
Linnaea 34: 187 (1865); Rottlera
oblongifolia Miq., FI. Ind. Bat. 1(2: 396
(1859).
Notes: Airy Shaw (1976,1981) based his record
of this species for Australia on a sterile
specimen collected by Berthoud at the
Johnstone River. This specimen (MEL69850)
is Macaranga inamoena F.Muell.
Acknowledgements
W. Smith (BRI) provided the excellent figures.
Field collections were made over what now
seems a long time, with the assistance on
occasion of A.R. Bean, L.H. Bird, G. Kenning,
D. & I. Liddle, D. Orford, G. & N. Sankowsky,
RR. Sharpe, G. Smyrell and M.C. Tucker.
Translation of the diagnoses into Latin was
undertaken by L.A. Craven (CANB).
Resolution of typification for the name M.
polyadenos was made with the assistance of
J.H.Ross (MEL). Access to State Forests and
Timber Reserves in Queensland were facilitated
by permits issued by the Queensland Forest
Service. Photographs of type specimens at BM
and K were arranged by P.S. Short (MEL) while
Australian Botanical Liaison Officer at Kew
(U.K.). Assistance with the visit to BO was ably
provided by D.J. Liddle in February 1992. This
work was a preferred objective of the Australian
Biological Resources Study which funded the
project during 1992-1994.
References
Airy Shaw, H.K. (1966). Notes on Malaysian and other
Asiatic Euphorbiaceae. Kew Bulletin 20: 25-49.
Airy Shaw, H.K. (1971). The Euphorbiaceae of Siam.
Kew Bulletin 26: 191-363.
Airy Shaw, H.K. (1976). New or noteworthy Australian
Euphorbiaceae. Kew Bulletin 31: 341-398.
Airy Shaw, H.K. (1980a). New or noteworthy
Australian Euphorbiaceae - II. Muelleria 4:
207-241.
Airy Shaw, H.K. (1980b). An alphabetical check-list
of native Australian Euphorbiaceae (excluding
Phyllanthus, Euphorbia , and the Stenolobeae).
Muelleria 4: 243-245.
Airy Shaw, H.K. (1980c). The Euphorbiaceae of New
Guinea. Kew Bulletin Additional Series VIII.
London: Her Majesty’s Stationery Office.
Airy Shaw, H.K. (1981). A partial synopsis of the
Euphorbiaceae - Platylobeae of Australia
(excluding Phyllanthus, Euphorbia and
Calycopeplus ). Kew Bulletin 35: 577-700.
Bailey, F.M. (1891). Botany: Contributions to
Queensland flora. Botany Bulletin 2: 18.
Brisbane: Government Printer.
Baillon, H.E. (1866). Species Euphorbiacearum
Euphorbiacees Australiennes. Adansonia 6:
282-345.
Balakrishnan, N.P. & Chakrabarty, T. (1991).
Mallotus resinosus (Blanco) Merr.
(Euphorbiaceae) and its allies. Rheedea 1:
36-39.
Barlow, B.A. & Hyland, B.P.M. (1988). The origins of
the flora of Australia’s wet tropics. Proceedings
of the Ecological Society of Australia. 15: 1-17.
Bentham, G. (1873). Euphorbiaceae. In Flora
Australiensis 6: 41-153. London: L. Reeve &
Co.
Brock, J. (1988). Top End Native Plants. Darwin: J.
Brock.
Christophel, D.C. & Hyland, B.P.M. (1993). Leaf Atlas
of Australian Tropical Rain Forest Trees.
Melbourne: CSIRO Publications.
Floyd, A.G. (1989). Rainforest Trees of Mainland
South-eastern Australia. Melbourne/Sydney:
Inkata Press.
Forster, P.I. (1994). Wetria australiensis sp. nov.
(Euphorbiaceae), a new generic record for
Australia. Austrobaileya 4: 139-143.
492
Austrobaileya 5(3): 457-497 (1999)
Forster, P.I. & Henderson, R.J.F. (1997).
Euphorbiaceae. In R.J.F. Henderson (ed.),
Queensland Plants: Names and Distribution ,
pp. 69-76. Brisbane: Department of
Environment.
Forster, P.I., Bostock, P.D., Bird, L.H. & Bean, A.R.
(1991). Vineforest Plant Atlas for South-east
Queensland. Brisbane: Queensland Herbarium.
Geiseler, E.F. (1807). Crotonis Monographiam.
Halae: A. Grunerti.
Hauser, J. (1992). Fragments of Green. Bardon:
Rainforest Conservation Society Inc.
Hewson, H. (1988). Plant Indumentum. A Handbook
of Terminology. Australian Flora & Fauna
Series No. 9. Canberra: Australian Government
Publishing Service.
Hussin, K.H., Wahab, B.A. & Teh, C.P. (1996).
Comparative leaf anatomical studies of some
Mallotus Lour. (Euphorbiaceae) species.
Botanical Journal of the Linnean Society 122:
137-153.
Hyland, B.P.M. & Whiffin T. (1993). Australian
Tropical Rain Forest Trees: An Interactive
Identification System. Melbourne: CSIRO
Publications.
Kenneally, K.F., Edinger, D.C. & Willing, T. (1996).
Broome and Beyond. Plants and People of the
Dampier Peninsula, Kimberley, Western
Australia. Como: Dept, of Conservation &
Land Management.
Mabberley, D.J. (1989). The Plant Book. Cambridge:
Cambridge University Press.
Merrill, E.D. (1918). Species Blancoanae. Manila:
Bureau of Printing.
Mueller, F. (1858). Euphorbiaceae. Fragmenta
Phytographie Australiae 1: 31-33. Melbourne:
Government Printer.
Mueller, F. (1864). Euphorbiaceae. Fragmenta
Phytographie Australiae 4: 138-144.
Melbourne: Government Printer.
Mueller, J. (1865). Euphorbiaceae. Vorlaufige
Mittheilungen aus dem fur De Candolle’s
Prodromus bestimmten Manuscript ber diese
familie. Linnaea 34: 1-224.
Mueller, J. (1866). Euphorbiaceae. In A.L.L.P. de
Candolle (ed.), Prodromus Systematis Naturalis
Regni Vegetabilis 15(2): 189-1260. Paris:
Masson.
Webb, L.J. (1978). A general classification of Australian
rainforests. Australian Plants 9: 349-363.
Webb, L.J. & Tracey, J.G. (1981). Australian
rainforests: pattern and change. In A. Keast
(ed), Ecological Biogeography of Australia.
pp. 605-694. The Hague: W. Junk.
Webster, G.L. (1994). Synopsis of the genera and
suprageneric taxa of Euphorbiaceae. Annals of
the Missouri Botanical Garden 81: 33-144.
Williams, K.A.W. (1979). Native Plants of
Queensland. Vol. 1. Ipswich: K.A.W. Williams.
Williams, K.A.W. (1984). Native Plants of
Queensland. Vol. 2. Ispwich: K.A.W. Williams.
Williams, K.A.W. (1987). Native Plants of
Queensland. Vol. 3. Ipswich: K.A.W. Williams.
Forster, Mallotus in Australia
493
Map 2. Distribution of ★ Mallotus discolor , ▲ Mallotus polyadenos.
115 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155
Map 3. Distribution of ▲ Mallotus claoxyloides.
494
Austrobaileya 5(3): 457-497 (1999)
Map 4. Distribution of ▲ Mallotus ficifolius.
Map 5. Distribution of ▲ Mallotus mollissimus.
Forster, Mallotus in Australia
495
115 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155
115 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155
Map 6. Distribution of ▲ Mallotus dispersus, ★ Mallotus surculosus, # Mallotus megadontus.
Map 7. Distribution of ★ Mallotus nesophilus.
496
Austrobaileya 5(3): 457-497 (1999)
Map 8. Distribution of ★ Mallotus paniculatus.
Map 9. Distribution of ★ Mallotus philippensis.
Forster, Mallotus in Australia
497
Map 10. Distribution of ★ Mallotus resinosus.
Map 11. Distribution of ★ Mallotus repandus.
Ochrosperma obovatum (Myrtaceae), a new species from south-eastern
Queensland
A.R. Bean
Summary
Bean, A.R. (1999). Ochrosperma obovatum (Myrtaceae), a new species from south-eastern Queensland.
Austrobaileya 5(3): 499-501. A new species of Ochrosperma is described and illustrated, with notes
on habitat and conservation status. A revised key to the species of Ochrosperma is provided.
Keywords: Ochrosperma, Baeckea, Myrtaceae, taxonomy, key, Australian flora
A.R. Bean, C/- Queensland Herbarium, EPA, Brisbane Botanic Gardens Mt Coot-tha, Mt Coot-tha
Road, Toowong, Queensland 4066, Australia
Introduction
The genus Ochrosperma was established by
Trudgen (1987). Some of its species were
previously included under Baeckea L. It is
characterised by a 3-locular ovary with 2
collateral ovules per loculus, reniform arillate
seeds and few antesepalous stamens (generally
5, but sometimes up to 8).
Continuing botanical exploration in south¬
eastern Queensland has revealed a new species
of Ochrosperma , bringing the total number of
species to six. Ochrosperma has an unusual
phytogeography. O. lineare and O. citriodorum
occur in coastal heathland of southern
Queensland and northern New South Wales.
O. sulcatum occurs on a sandstone cliff-face
in the Northern Territory (Bean 1997). O.
adpressum and O. oligomerum grow in heath
or heathy woodland communities, the former
in central Queensland and the latter in central
New South Wales (Bean 1995). The new
species also grows in heathland in inland parts
of south-east Queensland. It forms a
geographical link between the coastal species
and the more inland O. adpressum.
Taxonomy
Ochrosperma obovatum A.R.Bean sp. nov.
affinis O. lineari autem foliis obovatis
usque oblanceolatis, 1-1.8 mm latis
Accepted for publication 29 March 1999
(linearibus, 0.5-1 mm latis in O. lineari ),
floribus 3.5-4.5 mm diam. (2.5-3.5 mm
diam.in O. lineari ), inflorescentibus 1-3-
floris (1- vel 2-floris in O. lineari ) differt.
Typus: Queensland. Burnett District:
State Forest 132, c. 6 km ESE of Brovinia,
south of Mundubbera, 9 November 1997,
A.R. Bean 12564 (holo: BRI (1 sheet +
spirit); iso: CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH).
Shrub 50-80 cm tall. Bark grey, scaly, persistent.
Branchlets grey, terete, eglandular or sparsely
glandular. Leaves overlapping, decussate;
laminae obovate to oblanceolate, straight,
plano-convex, 2.7-4.5 x 1.0-1.8 mm, margins
entire, apex obtuse; oil glands small, rather
obscure; petioles 0.4-0.7 mm long.
Inflorescences axillary, 1-3-flowered;
peduncles extremely short; pedicels 0.6-1.2 mm
long; bracteoles 2, persistent to anthesis,
broadly ovate, 0.7-0.8 x 0.3-0.6 mm, obtuse or
acute, cymbiform. Hypanthium broadly
campanulate, 1.5-1.8 mm long, 2.8-3.0 mm wide,
surface smooth or muriculate, without ribs.
Sepals lunate to semi-orbicular, translucent,
0.3-0.7 x 1.0-1.2 mm, with thickened midrib,
margins entire or denticulate, oil glands present.
Corolla white, 3.5^1.5 mm across; petals broadly
obovate to orbicular, 0.9-1.3 x 1.2-1.8 mm,
margins entire or minutely fimbriate, oil glands
present. Stamens 5 (-6), antesepalous;
filaments slightly flattened, 0.6-0.8 mm long;
anthers versatile, dorsifixed, c. 0.4 mm long,
dehiscing by longitudinal slits; connective
500
Austrobaileya 5(3): 499-501 (1999)
gland dark brown to black, globular, in diameter
about one-third the length of the anthers. Style
terete, very short at anthesis, but reaching c.
0.8 mm long after anthesis; stigma capitate.
Ovary 3-locular, ovules 2 per loculus, collateral.
Fruit broadly campanulate, 1.4-1.8 x 3.0-3.4 mm,
valves somewhat woody, conspicuous, not
spreading widely on dehiscence. Seeds turgid,
reniform, papillose, c. 1.5 mm long, pale yellow
in colour, with a small white aril overlying the
hilum. Fig. 1.
Additional specimens examined : Queensland.
Burnett District: S.F. 132, c. 6 km ESE of Brovinia,
Jun 1997, Bean 12044 (BRI, MEL, NSW). Leichhardt
District: just east of Planet Creek, “Planet Downs”,
E of Rolleston, Oct 1998, Bean 14219 (BRI).
Distribution and habitat : O. obovatum is
known from two populations about 250 km
apart. At the type locality, it occurs over an
area of about 5 hectares, in a treeless heathland
which has formed on a relictual Tertiary surface,
heavily lateritised. The most common
associated species are Acacia julifera Benth.
subsp. julifera, Triodia scariosa N.T.Burb.,
Babingtonia densifolia (Sm.) F.Muell.,
Hibbertia exutiacies N.A.Wakef. and
Melaleuca thymifolia Sm. The surface soil is
sandy. Nearby trees include Eucalyptus
tenuipes (Maiden & Blakely) Blakely &
C.T.White and E. watsoniana F.Muell. subsp.
watsoniana. At Planet Downs, it occurs in
heathland on sandstone pavement with
Leptospermum sericatum Lindl. and Dodonaea
spp. Altitude range is 320-360 metres.
Phenology: Poorly known; it probably flowers
in response to rainfall.
Affinities: Ochrosperma obovatum differs from
O. lineare by the obovate leaves 1-1.8 mm wide
(linear, 0.5-1 mm wide in O. lineare ), flowers
3.5-4.5 mm in diameter (2.5-3.5 mm diameter
for O. lineare ) and inflorescence often 3-
flowered (1- or 2- flowered in O. lineare )
O. obovatum differs from O. citriodorum
by the seeds c. 1.5 mm long (0.9-1.1 mm long
forO. citriodorum ), non-lemon scented leaves
(lemon scented for O. citriodorum ), and the 1-
3-flowered inflorescences (1- flowered for O.
citriodorum ).
Conservation status: The recommended status
is Vulnerable, using the IUCN Red List
Categories (criterion D). There are two known
populations. The type population comprises
250-500 plants. Part of the population lies within
State Forest 132, while part lies on adjacent
freehold or leasehold land. The only recent
disturbance has been fence and track
construction along the boundary of the State
Forest. The second population comprises
about 100 plants.
Etymology: The species epithet refers to the
obovate leaf shape possessed by the species.
This is in contrast to other Ochrosperma
species occurring in Queensland.
Key to the species of Ochrosperma
1. Leaves obovate or elliptical, 2-3 times longer than wide.2
Leaves linear to narrowly lanceolate, 5-12 times longer than wide.4
2. Leaves elliptical, 1.6-2.2 mm wide; petals 1.8-2.2 mm long. O. oligomerum
Leaves obovate, 0.8-1.8 mm wide; petals 0.8-1.3 mm long.3
3. Leaves lemon-scented; seeds 0.9-1.1 mm long. O. citriodorum
Leaves not lemon-scented; seeds c. 1.5 mm long. O.obovatum
4. Stamens 6-8 per flower; fruits 3.3-4.0 mm wide; leaves markedly 4-ranked. .. O. adpressum
Stamens 5 per flower; fruits 1.5-2.7 mm wide; leaves not markedly 4-ranked.4
5. Calyx lobes acuminate, rigid, 1.0-1.3 mm long. O. sulcatum
Calyx lobes obtuse, soft, 0.3-0.5 mm long. O. lineare
501
Bean, Ochrosperma obovatum
Bean, A.R. (1997). A new species of Thryptomene
Endl. and a new species of Ochrosperma
Trudgen (Myrtaceae) from the Northern
Territory, Australia. Austrobaileya 4(4): 647-
51 .
Trudgen, M.E. (1987). Ochrosperma, a new genus of
Myrtaceae (Leptospermeae, Baeckeinae) from
New South Wales and Queensland. Nuytsia 6:
9-17.
Fig 1. Ochrosperma obovatum. A. branchlet with
inflorescence x 5. B. flower x 10. C. leaf x 10. D.
fruit x 10. E. seed x 20, showing aril and minutely
tuberculate surface. A-B, Bean 12564; C-E, Bean
12044.
Acknowledgements
I am grateful for the support of Martin Ambrose
and Trevor Ritchie (Queensland Department
of Natural Resources). Will Smith (BRI)
provided the illustrations, and Les Pedley the
Latin diagnosis.
References
Bean, A.R. (1995). A new species and new combination
in Ochrosperma Trudgen (Myrtaceae).
Austrobaileya 4(3): 387-90.
A revision of Chrysopogon Trin. including Vetiveria Bory (Poaceae) in
Thailand and Malesia with notes on some other species from Africa and
Australia
J.F.Veldkamp
Summary
Veldkamp, J.F. (1999). A revision of Chrysopogon Trin. including Vetiveria Bory (Gramineae) in
Thailand and Malesia with notes on some other species from Africa and Australia. Austrobaileya
5(3): 503-533. Vetiveria Bory (Gramineae) is reduced to Chrysopogon Trin. resulting in 5 new
combinations and the validation of 1 in Capillipedium. In Thailand there are 11 species (1 new) of
Chrysopogon and in Malesia 13 species (3 new).
Keywords: Taxonomy, Poaceae, Chrysopogon, Vetiveria
J.F. Veldkamp Rijksherbarium/Hortus Botanicus, POB 9514, NL-2300 RA Leiden, The Netherlands;
email: veldkamp@nhn.leidenuniv.nl
Introduction
Traditionally, Chrysopogon Tri n. and Vetiveria
Bory have been regarded as distinct entities,
either as subgroups of Andropogon L., or as
related, but distinct genera. Yet, one finds
occasional remarks about the presence of
intermediary species. That Roberty (1960)
merged the two into Chrysopogonhas not been
followed or remarked upon by subsequent
authors, probably because of the general
aversion to his methodology and resulting
system. The close relationship between the two
genera was already observed by Hackel (1889:
542), who said that the two were hardly distinct,
as they are united by intermediary species, and
suggested that Chrysopogon might be derived
from Vetiveria (l.c., t. 2).
Keng (1939: 314) noted that ‘There is
such a close affinity between Rhaphis Lour,
(for Chrysopogon ) and AnatherumBeauv. (for
Vetiveria ) that the intermediate forms,
Anatherum fulvibarbe (Trin.) Keng and
Rhaphis elongatus (R. Br.) Chase var. filipes
(Benth.) Keng might be referred to either
genus’. He defined Chrysopogon arbitrarily as
having 1- or 2-jointed racemes and an acute to
pungent callus, but remarked again that ‘there
are all stages of reduction from multi-joined
Accepted for publication 1 April 1999
racemes and of elongation of the obtuse callus
in... ( Vetiveria )... to the 1-jointed racemes of 3
spikelets (‘triad’) and to a pungent callus as in
most species of ... ( Chrysopogon )’. Blake
(1944: 21) stated ‘There is nothing in the
structure of the spikelets to separate the
genera, but the facies of the two is rather
different’, and so kept them apart. What these
different facies are, is not explained.
Clayton & Renvoize (1986: 342) wrote:
‘Chrysopogon intergrades with Vetiveria via
C. sylvaticus, and the separation of these
genera is somewhat arbitrary, particularly in
Australia. It is marginally justified by the
convenience of treating the compact cluster of
species with triads as a single entity’ .And also,
‘Vetiveria ... pauciflora, with only 2 or 3
spikelet pairs per raceme, links ( Vetiveria ) to
Chrysopogon .’
Among the Australian (and some
Malesian) species included in Vetiveria by
Blake (1944; followed by Simon 1993) there are
some with well-developed inflorescences that
have both the single triad of spikelets (‘typical’
for Chrysopogon ) and the inflorescence
branch with several joints (‘typical’ for
Vetiveria ):
V. elongata (R. Br.) C.E. Hubb. has (l-)3-
6 pairs, V. filipes (Benth.) C.E. Hubb. (incl. V.
504
Austrobaileya 5(3): 503-533 (1999)
intermedia S.T. Blake) (1—)3—7, and V.
pauciflora S.T. Blake (1 or) 2 or 3.
On the other hand Blake accepted in
Chrysopogon C.fallax S.T. Blake as ‘1-jointed
or very rarely ... 2-jointed’, C. latifolius S.T.
Blake as ‘1-jointed or rarely 2-jointed’, and C.
sylvaticus C.E. Hubb. with ‘(well-developed)
racemes usually 2-, but frequently 1- or 3-
jointed’, exhibiting the same states as found in
his Vetiveria species.
A study of additional species fromAsia
and Africa showed a similar variability of the
number of joints. Other differentiating
characters sometimes mentioned are that
Vetiveria would have a glabrous callus [it is
usually at least setulose, even in V. zizanioides
(L.) Nash], and an enclosed to shortly exserted,
straight awn with a glabrous column. These
characters, as distinguishing attributes, break
down, too:
Chrysopogon argutus (Steud.) Trin. ex
Jackson, from Mauritius and Rodriguez, has
1-6 spikelet groups per branch, a pungent,
hairy callus, and a long-exserted more or less
straight awn with a puberulous column.
Chrysopogon celebicus Veldk., from
Celebes, has 4-7 spikelet groups, a rounded to
oblique, but obtuse callus with long hairs, a
well-developed straight to geniculate awn with
a puberulous column.
Chrysopogon elongatus (R. Br.) Benth.,
from Australia, has (1—)3—6 spikelet groups, an
oblique, pungent, hairy callus, and an enclosed
to exserted, straight awn with a glabrous
column.
Chrysopogon filipes (Benth.) Reeder
fromAustralia and New Guinea has 1-7 spikelet
groups, an oblique, pungent, hairy callus, and
an exserted, straight awn with a puberulous
column.
Chrysopogon fulvibarbis (Trin.) Veldk.
from W. Africa has up to 6 spikelet groups, an
oblique, pungent, hairy callus, and an exserted,
geniculate awn with a puberulous column.
Chrysopogon gryllus subsp.
echinulatus (Nees) Cope (1980) has 2 or 3, and
occasionally even 5 spikelet groups, while
subsp. gryllus has triads only. Cope (1982)
remarked that there is a gradual transition
between the two along the Himalayan belt with
an intermediary population in the Nilgiris in S.
India. Accepting the distinction between the
genera outlined above, the two subspecies
would have to be divided over both genera! It
may be noted that Roberty (1960) has this as a
variety of C. zizanioides ; as usual his taxonomy
is most remarkable. Both forms have an oblique,
pungent, hairy callus and an exserted,
geniculate awn with a puberulous column.
Chrysopogon intercedens Veldk. from
New Guinea has 2 or 3 spikelet groups, an
oblique, pungent, hairy callus, and an exserted,
straight awn with a puberulous column.
Chrysopogon lawsonii (Hook, f.) Veldk.
from India and Thailand has 2-8 spikelet
groups, an oblique, but rather obtuse distinctly
hairy callus, and an exserted, geniculate awn
with a puberulous column.
Chrysopogon micrantherus Veldk., from
New Guinea, has 1-3 spikelet groups, an
oblique, pungent, hairy callus, and an exserted,
geniculate awn with a puberulous column.
Chrysopogon nemoralis (Balansa)
Holttum, a very rare species with a disjunct
distribution in the Malay Peninsula, Vietnam,
and the Philippines, has 1-3 spikelet groups
per branch, an oblique, pungent, hairy callus,
and an exserted, straight awn with a
puberulous column.
Chrysopogon nodulibarbis (Steud.)
Henr. from S. India and Sri Lanka has up to 3
spikelet groups, an oblique, pungent, hairy
callus, and an exserted, geniculate awn with a
puberulous column. Bor (1960) used C.
zeylanicus (Steud.)Thw. for this, but the choice
between the equally old epithets had already
been made by Hackel (1889: 554).
Chrysopogon oliganthus Veldk. based
on V. pauciflora S.T. Blake fromAustralia has
1-3 spikelet groups per branch, an oblique,
pungent, hairy callus, and an exserted, straight
awn with a puberulous column.
Chrysopogon rigidus (B.K. Simon)
Veldk. from Australia has 3-5 spikelet groups
Veldkamp, Chrysopogon and Vetiveria
505
per branch, an oblique, pungent, hairy callus,
and an exserted, straight awn with a
puberulous column.
Chrysopogon setifolius Stapf from
Australia has 1-3 spikelet groups per branch,
an oblique, obtuse, hairy callus, and no awns.
Chrysopogon sylvaticus C.E. Hubb.
from Australia has 1-4 spikelet groups per
branch, an oblique, pungent, hairy callus, and
an exserted, geniculate awn with a puberulous
column.
So, there is a gradual transition from
Vetiveria to Chrysopogon, and it is not
possible to maintain Vetiveria for even its type
species, V. zizanioides, and its two very close
relatives, V. festucoides (Presl) Ohwi and V.
nigritana (Benth.) Stapf.
Celarier (1959) considered V. zizanioides
‘as the most primitive and possibly the
ancestral form’ of Chrysopogon because of the
transverse articulation of the several-noded
partial inflorescences with well-developed
pedicelled spikelets, and a short and obtuse,
glabrous to setulose callus. If correct, Vetiveria
would be the sister group of Chrysopogon, and
I tried to find a suitable outgroup for the two
using Watson & Dallwitz’s (1996) ‘Grass genera
of the world’ for DELTA with a modified version
of the identification program Intkey (vs. 3.18)
(see Dallwitz 1980; Dallwitz et al. 1993; Watson
et al. 1986). Sorghum Pers. appeared to be the
most similar (but not necessarily most closely
related!) taxon. This agrees with Clayton &
Renvoize’s (1986) suggestion that Sorghum and
especially Sorghum subgen. Parasorghum
(Snowden) Garber would be the closest
relative. However, the species of the latter have
hairy culm nodes which have, so far, not been
seen by me in any species of Chrysopogon or
Vetiveria. Ho (1993) depicted hairy nodes for a
species from Vietnam he called C. lawsonii, but
which otherwise seems very similar to C.
festucoides (Presl) Veldk.
Recently, a RAPDs study was made by
Adams et al. (1998) of the relationships primarily
between the cultivated races of V. zizanioides
with some species of Chrysopogon, Sorghum,
and Vetiveria added for comparison. The
results support the idea of a single genus, as at
least C.fulvus (Spreng.) Chiov. and C. gryllus
(L.) Trin. appear to be less similar to each other
than to the Vetiveria zizanioides cluster, while
V. elongata (R. Br.) C.E. Hubb. and V. filipes
(Benth.) C.E. Hubb. are very close to that
cluster.
Vetiveria zizanioides is of some
importance as a source of aromatic oils (‘vetiver
oil’ and ‘oil of vetiver roots’), and has lately
been widely proposed as a very promising soil-
binder (Nat. Res. Council 1993), so this name
doubtlessly will continue to be widely used
with the usual complaints about taxonomists
always changing names. Unfortunately, science
means progress, and progress means changes,
and no list of ‘Names in Current Use’, as
proposed by some, will or should stop that.
Pulle (1952) remarked that ‘nomenclatural
stability will only be reached when scientific
taxonomy has been murdered and buried’.
Proposing conservation of Vetiveria
over Chrysopogon seems doomed to fail, as a
far greater number of new combinations would
then be required, and the latter is already
conserved over three others.
Chrysopogon sometimes is divided into
informal groups based on the relative length of
the pedicel (distinctly less than half as long as
the sessile spikelet vs. more than half as long)
and whether it is setose or glabrous. The relative
length is in most cases a useful character, but
there are exceptions, as in C. oliganthus and
C. rigidus, where the length of the pedicel
ranges from very short to distinctly more than
half the length of the sessile spikelet in the
same inflorescence.
Chrysopogon borneensis Henr. and C.
tenuiculmis Henr. are very similar, differing for
instance by the presence of hairs on the pedicel,
but placement of them in different groups
would seem strange in view of their overall
similarity and provenance! In some cases, it
appears as if the anthers of the sessile spikelets
are staminodial, for instance in C. aciculatus
(Retz.) Trin. (sometimes) and inC. intercedens.
Two anthers in the sessile spikelet have been
seen in some florets of C. subtilis (Steud.) Miq.
and C. tadulingamii Sreekumar.
506
Taxonomy
ChrysopogonTrin., Fund.Agrost. (1820) 187,
nom. cons.; Phoenix Haller, Hist. Stirp.
Helv. 2 (1768) 202, nom. superfl., non L.
(1753); Pollinia Spreng., PL Min. Cogn.
Pug. 2 (1815) 10, nom. rej y Andropogon
subgen. Chrysopogon (Trin.) Hack.,
Mon.Androp. (1889) 547; Chalcoelytrum
Lunell, Am. Midi. Nat. 4 (1915) 212, nom.
superfl. Type: C. gryllus (L.)Trin. [Lecto,
fide Pfeiffer, Nomencl. Bot. 1 (1873) 745;
ICBN (1994) 185].
Rhaphis Lour., FI. Cochinch. (1790) 538,552,
nom. rej.; Chrysopogon sect. Rhaphis
(Lour.) Roberty, Boissiera 9 (1960) 282,
289. Type: R. trivialis Lour., nom. superfl.
[= Chrysopogon aciculatus (Retz.) Trin.]
Centrophorum Trin., Fund.Agrost. (1820)
106, t. 5, nom. rej.Type: C. chinense Trin.
[= Chrysopogon aciculatus (Retz.) Trin.]
Vetiveria Bory in Lemaire, Bull. Sc. Soc.
Philom. (1822) 43; Andropogon L. sect.
Vetiveria (Bory) Thouars ex Benth., J.
Linn. Soc. 19 (1881) 72; Andropogon L.
subgen. Vetiveria (Bory) Benth. ex Hack.,
Mon.Androp. (1889) 542; Chrysopogon
sect. Vetiveria (Bory) Roberty, Bull. Inst.
Frang. Afr. Noire 22 (January 1960) 106,
nom. inval.; Boissiera 9 (July 1960) 291.
Type: V. odoratissima Bory, nom. illeg. [=
Austrobaileya 5(3): 503-533 (1999)
Chrysopogon zizanioides (L.) Roberty].
Perennials, rarely annuals. Leaves mostly basal,
conduplicate to flat. Ligule a ciliolate rim.
Panicles terminal, espatheate, branches usually
simple, solitary to whorled; racemes 1-14-
jointed, fragile, joints and pedicels slender.
Spikelets paired, one sessile, one pedicelled,
heteromorphous. Sessile spikelets 2-flowered,
the lower floret epaleate, sterile, the upper
bisexual; lanceolate in outline, laterally
compressed. Callus usually pungent, oblique,
sometimes rounded, blunt, usually distinctly
bearded. Lower glume chartaceous to
coriaceous, dorsally convex, 5-7-nerved; upper
glume boatshaped, keeled, 3-5-nerved, apex
usually long-mucronate. Apex of upper lemma
rounded to bifid, usually awned, awn
(sub)apical, terminal or from a small sinus.
Lodicules glabrous. Stamens 3, rarely 2.
Pedicels free of the rhachis. Pedicelled spikelets
dorso-ventrally compressed, from reduced to
a single glume to 2-flowered, and sterile or male.
x = (5?) 10.
Distribution : c. 45 species in the Old World
tropics, with 1 in Cuba and Florida; 11 in
Thailand, 13 in Malesia of which 1 or 2 are
introduced.
The SE N American species suggests that the
genus may already have been in existence in
the early Tertiary as part of a boreotropical flora
[seeTiffney 1985].
Key to species of Chrysopogon in Thailand
1. Sessile spikelets callus rounded, obtuse to oblique, pungent,
usually less than 2.5 mm (sometimes longer in C.filipes, C. orientalis.
but then not acicular).2
Sessile spikelets callus more or less acicular, 3.6-6.4 mm long. -
Callus setose. Column glabrous. Pedicelled spikelets lower glume
glabrous. Common weed of lawns . 1 . C. aciculatus
2. Sessile spikelets callus rounded, laterally subglabrous to ciliate
at base, especially near the base of the pedicel. Awn enclosed to
exserted, straight, 0-5.25 mm long. Pedicelled spikelets lower
glume aculeate, especially on the nerves. - Racemes 6-14-jointed.
Column glabrous. Pedicel scaberulous.3
Sessile spikelets callus oblique, obtuse to pungent, callus setose.
Veldkamp, Chrysopogon and Vetiveria 507
Awn long-exserted, usually geniculate, 13-60 mm long. Pedicelled
spikelets lower glume glabrous to setulose. - Racemes 1-8-jointed.
Sessile spikelets upper glume apex mucronate, mucro 0.75-17 mm long.4
3. Sessile spikelets upper glume apex mucronate, mucro 0.2-1.5 mm
long. Second lemma awned, awn exserted, 2.5-5.25 mm long. -
Roots without oil. Wild species. 4. C. festucoides
Sessile spikelets upper glume apex muticous. Second lemma
muticous or briefly awned, awn usually enclosed, 0-1.95(-4.5)
mm long. - Roots with oil. Cultivated species . 16. C. zizanioides
4. Sessile spikelets callus hairs white. Pedicel glabrous, smooth
to apically setose. - Ligule 0.15-0.2 mm long. Leaf blades above
glabrous or with a few bristles, margins and midrib underneath
pectinately setulose. Panicle 9-30 by 1-3.5 cm, pale yellow to
purplish. Raceme peduncles 0.6-5 cm long. Pedicel more than
half as long as the sessile spikelet. Sessile spikelets
lower glume apex muticous to bidentate or mucronate.5
Sessile spikelets callus hairs golden. Pedicel setose on the edges. -
Awn geniculate with contorted column.6
5. Panicle lowermost longest branch 5-8 cm long. Sessile spikelets
lower glume glabrous or distally pilulose. Awn geniculate with
contorted column and straight arista. Pedicelled spikelets with
1 male floret. 8. C. lawsonii
Panicle lowermost longest branch 2-3.5 cm long. Sessile
spikelets lower glume aculeate, especially on the nerves, and
setulose. Awn straight. Pedicelled spikelets with 1 sterile floret
or reduced to 2 glumes. 10. C. nemoralis
6. Pedicel less than half as long as the sessile spikelet. Sessile spikelets
lower glume apex acute or bi-dentate. - Panicle 3-15 cm long.7
Pedicel slightly less to more than half as long as the sessile spikelet.
Sessile spikelets lower glume apex obtuse. - Panicle purplish, 7.5-20 cm
long. Upper glume of sessile spikelet without a dorsal tuft of hairs.
. 11. C. orientalis
7. Panicle purplish. Upper glume of sessile spikelet without a dorsal tuft
of hairs.9
Panicle pale yellow. Upper glume of sessile spikelet with a dorsal tuft
of hairs. - Ligule 0.2-0.5 mm long. Leaf blades above glabrous to
puberulous, margin at base pectinate. Panicle 1.5-3 cm wide, lowermost
longest branch 3-7 cm long. Raceme peduncles 2-6 cm long. Pedicel
hairs 3-4.9 mm long. 6. C. fulvus
8. Ligule 0.6-1.1 mm long. Leaf blades above puberulous, margin at base
pectinate. Panicle 4-6 cm wide, lowermost longest branch 6-9 cm
long. Raceme peduncles 5-8 cm long. Pedicel hairs 3.9-6 mm long
. 12. C. perlaxus
Ligule 0.2-0.4 mm long. Leaf blades above glabrous, margin
at base not pectinate. Panicle 1-2 cm wide, lowermost longest
branch 1-5 cm long. Raceme peduncles 1-3 cm long. Pedicel
hairs 1.2-2.1 mm long.
13. C. serrulatus
508
Austrobaileya 5(3): 503-533 (1999)
Key to Species of Chrysopogon in Malesia
1. Sessile spikelets callus rounded, or oblique and obtuse to pungent.2
Sessile spikelets callus more or less acicular. - Culms 0.15-0.5 m
tall. Panicle 4-10 by 1-3 cm, purplish. Sessile spikelets callus
setose. Pedicel glabrous, smooth to scaberulous. Common weed of
lawns.1. C. aciculatus
2. Sessile spikelets callus rounded or oblique, obtuse. - Perennials.
Panicle longest branch 3-12 cm long. Pedicel glabrous.3
Sessile spikelets callus oblique, pungent. - Sessile spikelets callus setose.5
3. Culms 1.5-2.5 m tall. Panicle 15-33 by 2.5-6 cm, purplish.
Sessile spikelets callus laterally ciliate at base, especially
near the base of the scaberulous pedicel.4
Culms 0.6-1 m tall. Panicle 7-12 by 0.6-2 cm, pale yellow.
Sessile spikelets callus setose. Pedicel glabrous, smooth. 3. C. celebicus
4. Sessile spikelets upper glume apex mucronate, mucro 0.2-1.5 mm
long. Second lemma awned, awn exserted, 2.5-5.25 mm long.
- Roots without oil. Wild species.4. C. festucoides
Sessile spikelets upper glume apex muticous. Second lemma
muticous or briefly awned, awn usually enclosed, 0-1.95(-4.5) mm
long. - Roots with oil. Cultivated species. 16. C. zizanioides
5. Pedicel at least apically setose. - Perennials. Panicle 3-15 cm long,
lowermost longest branch 1-6 cm long. Malay Peninsula, Sumatra,
Borneo, Philippines.6
Pedicel glabrous, smooth, or scaberulous. - Unknown from Sumatra, Borneo.9
6. Panicle lowermost branches whorled. Awn geniculate with contorted
column and straight arista. Sessile spikelets anthers 2-4.3 mm long.
Pedicel setose on the edges. - Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Borneo.7
Panicle lowermost branches solitary to paired. Awn straight. Anthers
1.4-1.7 mm long. Pedicel at most apically setose. - Panicle with many
spikelets, purplish. Malay Peninsula, Philippines (Panay). 13. C. nemoralis
7. Panicle with many spikelets, purplish. Sessile spikelets anthers
2.25-3.75 mm long. - Malay Peninsula, Sumatra.8
Panicle with few spikelets, pale yellow. Sessile spikelets anthers
2-2.2 mm long. - Sessile spikelets lower glume setulose, apex acute.
Borneo. 2. C. borneensis
8. Pedicel slightly less to more than half as long as the sessile spikelet. Awn
30-57.5 mm long, column hairs 0.2-0.9 mm long. - Callus 1-3.5 mm long,
hairs 1.7-2.85 mm long. Upper glume mucro 8-17 mm long . 11. C. orientalis
Pedicel much less than half as long as the sessile spikelet. Awn 18-30 mm
long, column hairs 0.1-0.15 mm long. - Callus 0.9-1.5 mm long, hairs
1.6-1.9 mm long. Upper glume mucro 6-10 mm long. 13. C. serrulatus
9. Perennials. Panicle lowermost longest branch 1.4-13.5 cm long.10
Annuals. Panicle lowermost longest branch 0.7-1 cm long. -
Culms 0.1-0.4 m tall. Panicle 1-4 cm long, with few spikelets.
Veldkamp, Chrysopogon and Vetiveria
509
Sessile spikelets 4.5-6 mm long (incl. callus), callus hairs golden,
lower glume apex obtuse. Sessile spikelets anthers 0.85-1.2(-l.65)
mm long. E. Java, Madura, Sumba, Luzon. 14. C. subtilis
10. Panicle 9-30 cm long, with many spikelets. Sessile spikelets
lower glume apex acute or bi-dentate, not mucronate. - Malay
Peninsula or New Guinea.11
Panicle 3-8 cm long, with few spikelets. Sessile spikelets
lower glume apex obtuse, or mucronate, or bi-dentate and mucronate. -
Sessile spikelets anthers 1.5-2.25 mm long. Lesser Sunda Isl
. 15. C. tenuiculmis
11. Panicle lowermost branches whorled, lowermost longest branch
4.8-13.5 cm long.-New Guinea.12
Panicle lowermost branches paired or solitary, lowermost
longest branch 2-3.5 cm long. - Culms 0.4-0.9 m tall. Sessile
spikelets 5.6-8.25 mm long (incl. callus), callus hairs golden.
Sessile spikelets anthers 1.4-1.7 mm long. Malay Peninsula,
Philippines (Panay). 10. C. nemoralis
12. Culms 1.6-2 m tall. Sessile spikelets 5.3-7.1 mm long (incl. callus),
callus hairs white. Sessile spikelets anthers 0.6-1.5 mm long.13
Culms 0.7-1.5 m tall. Sessile spikelets 8-10.6 mm long
(incl. callus), callus hairs golden. Sessile spikelets anthers
2.25-3.9 mm long. - Panicle lowermost longest branch 6-13.5 cm
long. Raceme peduncles 1.3-8 cm long, scaberulous. Awn straight,
10-35 mm long. Pedicel 3.75-8 mm long. 5. C. filipes
13. Panicle lowermost longest branch 7c. 4.8 cm long. Raceme
peduncles c. 3 cm long, smooth. Sessile spikelets 6.6-7.1
mm long (incl. callus), callus hairs 1.2-1.6 mm long.
Awn straight, 15-16 mm long. Sessile spikelets anthers
1.3-1.5 mm long. Pedicel 4.1^1.5 mm long. 7. C. intercedens
Panicle lowermost longest branch 6.5-7.5 cm long.
Raceme peduncles 4-4.5 cm long, scaberulous. Sessile
spikelets 5.3-6.3 mm long (incl. callus), callus hairs
1.8-3.6 mm long. Awn geniculate with contorted column
and straight arista, 5.2-14 mm long. Sessile spikelets anthers
0.6-1 mm long. Pedicel 2.25-3.4 mm long.9. C. micrantherus
1. Chrysopogon aciculatus (Retz.) Trin., Lund.
Agrost. (1820) 188;
Andropogon aciculatus Retz., Obs. 5 (1789)
22 ( ‘aciculatum ’); Rhaphis trivialis Lour.,
LI. Cochinch. (1790) 553, nom. superfl.;
Andropogon acicularis Willd., Sp. PI. ed.
4, 4 (1806) 906, orth. var. = Andropogon
aciculatus Willd.; Rhaphis acicularis
(Retz.) Desv., Opusc. (1831) 69, orth. var.
= Rhaphis aciculatus (Retz.) Desv.;
Chrysopogon trivialis Walker-Arnott &
Nees, Nov. Act. Nat. Cur. 19, Suppl. 1
(1841) 39, (1843) 171 (by inference,
reference to basionym not given, no
description), nom. superfl.; Chrysopogon
acicularis Duthie, Grass. N.W. Ind. (1883)
22, orth. var. = Chrysopogon aciculatus
(Retz.) Trin Rhaphis aciculatus (Retz.)
Honda, Bot. Mag. Tokyo 40 (1926) 103;
Rhaphis zizanioides var. aciculata (Retz.)
Roberty, Petite LI. Ouest-Afr. (1954) 403,
nom. inval. Lectotype: Koenig in Hb. Retz.
(holo: LD, K neg. 7082, photo in BRI; here
proposed).
510
Austrobaileya 5(3): 503-533 (1999)
[Kudirra-pullu Rheede, Hort. Malab. 12
(1693) 79 (‘97’), t. 43].
[Gramen aciculatum Rumph, Hb. Amb G.
(1750) 13, t.5, f,l]
Andropogon subulatus Presl, Rel. Haenk.
1 (1830) 341; Chrysopogon subulatus
(Presl) Trin. ex Steud., Nomencl. ed. 2,1
(1840) 93, 360. Type: Haenke s.n. (holo:
PR).
[Rhaphis javanica Nees in Hook., J. Bot.
Kew. 2 (1850) 99, nomen for Cuming 555
from the Philippines; the specimen in TCD
is labeled ‘ Chrysopogon javanicum’ by
Nees himself.]; Andropogon javanicus
Steud., Syn. 1 (1854) 396 (‘Java’).
Lectotype: Junghuhn s.n. (holo: P; iso:
L?; here proposed).
Chrysopogon aciculatus var. longifolius
Buse, PL Jungh. 3 (1854) 361. Type:
Junghuhn s.n. (holo: L no. 908.86-159).
Perennials. Culms 0.15-0.5 m tall. Ligule 0.1-
0.3 mm long. Leaf blades flat to conduplicate,
1.5-6(-23) cm by 3-7 mm, adaxially glabrous,
with margins spiny. Panicle 4-10 by 1-3 cm in
outline, with many branches and spikelets,
purplish; lowermost branches whorled (or
sometimes with one or a few separate branches
below the lowermost whorl), with longest
branch simple, 1.5-2.7 cm long. Raceme
peduncles 1.3-2 cm long, smooth, with a
terminal triad, and rarely with up to 4 spikelet
groups per branch (fide Roberty, 1954, 1960,
see note). Sessile spikelets 7.5-9 mm long (incl.
callus), callus more or less acicular, 3.6-6.4 mm
long, setose, with hairs 0.45-1.1 mm long,
golden. Lower glume smooth, setulose, with
apex acute to bi-dentate. Upper glume with
midrib distally setulose, without a dorsal fringe
of hairs, with apex mucronate, mucro (0.5-)l-
1.9 mm long. Second lemma awned, the awn
exserted, straight, 5.25-8 mm long, with column
glabrous. Anthers 3, (0.5-)0.8-1.25 mm long.
Pedicel 2.25-3.75 mm long, more than half as
long as the sessile spikelet, glabrous, smooth
to scaberulous upwards. Pedicelled spikelets
with 1 male floret rarely reduced to only 2
glumes, 4.9-7.1 mm long. Lower glume smooth,
setulose, muticous to mucronate, with mucro
0-1.05 mm long. Upper glume muticous, rarely
mucronate, with mucro 0-1.1 mm long. Anthers
1.5-2.7 mm long. 2n = 20.
Distribution, habitat and ecology : Tropical
Asia, Polynesia, throughout Malesia (but not
yet seen from Bali or Brunei), introduced
elsewhere. Said to be introduced in Malesia as
well, at least in the Philippines [Merrill, Sp.
Blanc. (1918) 62] but already known to
Rumphius from Ambon (end 17th century). Dry,
sunny localities, open grasslands, lawns,
beaches, along roads, in teak forest, etc.; at 0
to 1250(-2000) m altitude; resistant to trampling
and fire; vegetation-forming.
Uses: ‘Lawns, ground cover in erosion control,
may become a noxious weed because the
diaspores adhere to clothing and fur and may
penetrate the skin in man and cattle causing
itches and sores. Eaten by horses and cattle
when not in fruit but of low nutritional value.
Vernacular name: Love grass (E.) (because
the diaspores adhere to passing objects).
Notes: In former times this species was
regarded as belonging to a distinct genus
(.Rhaphis ) because of its very long callus, that
is obliquely attached to the top of the peduncle
of the raceme. Usually this species has only a
single terminal triad of spikelets on each panicle
branch but Roberty (1954: 403; 1960: 290)
reported the presence of up to 4 diads beneath
it. I have seen a few such specimens in Johor,
Kuala Lumpur, and Selangor, with a diad
underneath the triad of the lowermost branch
(for instance Veldkamp 8757, L). The anthers
of the sessile spikelet are distinctly smaller than
those of the pedicelled ones and occasionally
appear to be staminodial, rendering the floret
functionally female. The leaves of this species
are usually rather short, those of the culms
being reduced to small leaf blades. On young
shoots long leaves may occur which led to the
name C. aciculatus var. longifolius Buse for
such plants.
2. Chrysopogon borneensisHenr., Blumea 4
(1941) 534. Type: Endert521\ (holo: L;
iso: BO).
Perennials. Culms 0.25-0.5 m tall. Ligule c. 0.3 mm
Veldkamp, Chrysopogon and Vetiveria
511
long. Leaf blades conduplicate, 4-10 cm by 1.2-
3.5 mm, adaxially glabrous, with margins pilose
at base. Panicle 3-4 by c. 1.5 cm in outline, with
few branches and spikelets, pale yellow;
lowermost branches whorled, with longest
branch simple, c. 3 cm long. Raceme peduncles
c. 2.5 cm long, smooth and puberulous at base,
with a terminal triad. Sessile spikelets 6.35-6.5
mm long (incl. callus), callus oblique, pungent,
0.9-1.35 mm long, setose, with hairs 1.2-1.3 mm
long, golden. Lower glume smooth, setulose,
with apex acute. Upper glume with midrib
distally setulose, without a dorsal fringe of
hairs, with apex mucronate, with mucro 1-4.5
mm long. Second lemma awned, the awn
exserted, geniculate with contorted column and
straight arista, 11-20 mm long, with column
puberulous, with hairs c.c 0.1 mm long. Anthers
3, 2-2.2 mm long. Pedicel 2.25-3.5 mm long,
slightly less to more than half as long as the
sessile spikelet, setose on the edges, with hairs
1.8-1.9 mm long. Pedicelled spikelets with 1 male
floret, 4.65-5.25 mm long. Lower glume smooth,
setulose, mucronate, with mucro 0.4-3 mm long.
Upper glume muticous to mucronate, with
mucro 0-0.4 mm long. Anthers 1.8-2 mm long.
Distribution and habitat: E Borneo (Kutai).
Limestone rock in low, open forest; at 100 to
200 m altitude.
Notes: Chrysopogon borneensis is very similar
to C. tenuiculmis, differing from that, as far as
can be told from the only specimen seen, by
the following characters:
-. Lowermost longest branch of the panicle c. 3
cm long. Raceme peduncles c. 2.5 cm long.
Sessile spikelets with callus hairs 1.2-1.3 mm
long. Pedicelled spikelets with anthers 1.8-2
mm long. Pedicel setose on the edges.
. Chrysopogon borneensis
-. Lowermost longest branch of the panicle 1.4-
2.5 cm long. Raceme peduncles 0.8-1.5 cm long.
Sessile spikelets with callus hairs 1.9-2.55 mm
long. Pedicelled spikelets with anthers 2.1-2.8
mm long. Pedicel glabrous, smooth.
. Chrysopogon tenuiculmis
3. Chrysopogon celebicus Veldk., sp. nov.. A
Chrysopogon is speciebus asiaticis in
culmis 0.6-1 m altis, paniculis 7-12 cm
longis 0.6-2 cm latis pallide flavidis,
spiculae sessilis callo rotundato ad
oblique obtuso 0.6-0.75 mm longo pilis
albis, glumae superioris mucrone 0.45-
1.85 mm longo, lemmatis secundi arista
3.75-9 mm longa, spiculis pedicellatis
1.95-4.5 mm longis differt. Typus: Meijer
9189 (holo: L; iso: A, BO, KY, MO, US).
Perennials. Culms 0.6-1 m tall. Ligule 0.15-0.5
mm long. Leaf blades conduplicate, 16.5-85 cm
by 4-12 mm, adaxially glabrous to sparsely
pilose. Panicle axillary and terminal, 7-12 by
0.6-2 cm in outline, with many branches and
spikelets, pale yellow; lowermost branches
solitary to whorled, with longest branch simple
to branched at base, branch 3-5.7 cm long.
Raceme peduncles 1.5-2 cm long, scaberulous,
with 4-7 spikelet groups per branch, joints 2.7-
7.5 mm long, glabrous to distally setulose.
Sessile spikelets 4-4.85 mm long (incl. callus),
callus rounded to oblique, obtuse, 0.6-0.75 mm
long, setose, with hairs 1.5-3.5 mm long, white.
Lower glume spinulose, distally pilulose to
setulose, with apex acute to minutely bi-
dentate, with mucro 0-0.15 mm long. Upper
glume with midrib distally setulose, without a
dorsal fringe of hairs, with apex mucronate, with
mucro 0.45-1.85 mm long. Second lemma awned,
the awn exserted, straight to geniculate with
contorted column and straight arista, 3.75-9
mm long, with column glabrous to puberulous,
with hairs 0-0.05 mm long. Anthers 3, 1.35-
2.15 mm long. Pedicel 2.4-4.1 mm long, more
than half as long as the sessile spikelet,
glabrous, smooth. Pedicelled spikelets with 1
male floret or reduced to only 2 glumes, 1.95-
4.5 mm long. Lower glume smooth, distally
setulose, muticous. Upper glume muticous.
Anthers 3.15-3.75 mm long.
Distribution , habitat and ecology : Celebes
(Palu and G. Tambusisi). Grassy hills on sandy
soil, along stream, locally in groups; at 0 to 300
m altitude.
Notes: By the 4-7 spikelet groups and the
rounded to slightly oblique callus of the sessile
spikelet it is most similar to the species formerly
included in Vetiveria s.s., but it has the long
callus hairs, long, geniculate awn, and
puberulous column of a Chrysopogon s.s.
species.lt is similar to C. lawsonii and C.
512
Austrobaileya 5(3): 503-533 (1999)
nemoralis, but differs as follows:
Sessile spikelets upper glume mucro 0.45-
1.85 mm long. Sessile spikelets second lemma
awn 3.75-9 mm long. Pedicelled spikelets 1.95-
4.5 mm long. Chrysopogon celebicus
-. Sessile spikelets upper glume mucro 3.75-
12.7 mm long. Sessile spikelets second lemma
awn 18-29 mm long. Pedicelled spikelets 6-7.8
mm long. Chrysopogon lawsonii
-. Spikelet groups 4-7 per branch. Sessile
spikelets 4-4.85 mm long (incl. callus), callus
rounded to oblique, obtuse, 0.6-0.75 mm long.
Awn 3.75-9 mm long ....Chrysopogon celebicus
-. Spikelet groups 1-3 per branch. Sessile
spikelets 5.6-8.25 mm long (incl. callus), callus
oblique, pungent, 1.2-1.7 mm long. Awn 13-22
mm long. Chrysopogon nemoralis
4. Chrysopogon festucoides (Presl) Veldk.,
comb, nov.; Andropogon festucoides
Presl, Rel. Haenk. 1 (1830) 340; Vetiveria
festucoides (Presl) Ohwi, Bull. Tokyo Sc.
Mus. 18 (1947) 4. Type: Haenke s.n. (holo:
PR; iso: W no. 257377, neg. 1220; s.n.,
neg. 1221).
Andropogon anias Llanos, Fragm. PI. Filip.
(1851) 29. Type: not extant. Neotype:
Merrill Sp. Blanc. (J.K. Santos ) 389 (holo:
US; iso: A, BM, BO, K, L, MO, NSW, NY,
P, here designated), probably the same
as BS 22238 (J.K. Santos ) (K, L) which
was collected on the same date in the
same place and so seems a double-
numbered gathering.
Andropogon muricatus var. aristatus Buse
in De Vriese, PI. Ind. Bat. Or. (1856) 104.
Type: Kleinhoff s.n. in Hb. Reinwardt
(holo: L no. 903.342-379).
[Andropogon squarrosus auct. non L.f.]
[Andropogon squarrosus var. nigritanus
auct. non Hack.]
[Andropogon zizanioides auct. non Urban.]
[Chrysopogon zizanioides var. nigritanus
auct. non Roberty.]
Vetiveria lawsonii auct. non Blatter &
McCann (See note).]
[Vetiveria nigritana auct. non Stapf.]
Perennials. Culms 1.5-2.5 m tall. Ligule 0.45-
1.3 mm long. Leaf blades conduplicate, 17-74
cm by 4-13 mm, adaxially glabrous to pilose in
the lower part. Panicle 15-27 by 3.5-6 cm in
outline, with many branches and spikelets,
purplish; lowermost branches whorled, with
longest branch simple, 6-9.5 cm long. Raceme
peduncles 0.6-3.5 cm long, scaberulous, with
8-13 spikelet groups per branch, joints 4.1-9.2
mm long, glabrous to setulose. Sessile spikelets
4.1-5.4 mm long (incl. callus), callus rounded,
0.75-1.1 mm long, laterally ciliate at base,
especially near the base of the pedicel, with
hairs 0.4-1.5 mm long, white to golden. Lower
glume spinulose, aculeate, especially on the
nerves and setulose, with apex acute. Upper
glume aculeate, especially on the midrib and
midrib distally setulose, without a dorsal fringe
of hairs, with apex mucronate, with mucro 0.2-
1.5 mm long. Second lemma awned, the awn
exserted, straight, 2.5-5.25 mm long, with
column glabrous. Anthers 3,1.5-2.1 mm long.
Pedicel 2.25-3.15 mm long, more than half as
long as the sessile spikelet, scaberulous.
Pedicelled spikelets with 1 male or sterile floret,
3.75-5.25 mm long. Lower glume scaberulous,
aculeate, especially on the nerves, muticous.
Upper glume muticous. Anthers 1.5-2.2 mm
long.
Distribution and habitat: India (Assam),
Upper Burma (Myitkyina), Thailand (Central:
Ang Thong; Bangkok; Chaimat, Manorom), S.
Laos, Vietnam (Dae Lac, ? Dongthap, see note),
Malesia [Sumatra, E. Coast, Tomah Rajah, Java
(Jakarta; Kangean Isl.); Philippines (Luzon:
Pampanga, NuevaEcija Provinces)]. Level land,
rice fields on humid to swampy soil,
Miscanthus grassland, locally dominant; at 0
to 500 m altitude.
Uses: None recorded; the roots are odourless
[Merrill, Sp. Blanc. (1918) 61-62; Enum. Philip.
FI. PL 1 (1923) 44]. Very unpalatable to stock
(Hacker 1559).
Notes: Chrysopogon festucoides is
morphologically very close to C. zizanioides.
Veldkamp, Chrysopogon and Vetiveria
513
differing mainly from it by the mucronate upper
glume of the sessile spikelet and the exserted
awn. The collection from Upper Assam by
Jenkins in Hb. Hooker (K) belongs to this
species. Belcher 855 (A, US) is the only record
for Upper Burma. Four collections of this
species from Central Thailand have been seen
in K: Kerr 7852, Bangkok, 19669, Chaimat,
Manorom, and Sorensen et al. 2105,71 km N of
Bangkok. From this region, there is also Put
2593, Ang Thong, which has the long anthers
of C. nigritana, but which, because of the
provenance, is included here. At least part of
A. Camus’ V. zizanioides var. genuina from S.
Laos (Thorel s.n., Lu Khou; P) also belongs
here.
It might be that the plant from Vietnam
(Dongthap) depicted by Ho [Cayco Vietnam 3/
2 (1993) 879 as V lawsonii (Hook, f.) Blatter &
McCann] belongs here. I have seen a collection
from Dae Lac Prov. (M’Drak, Hacker 1559, L;
BRI, n.v.), it has glabrous nodes.
Chrysopogon nigritanus is very similar
and has been confused with it. The two differ
mainly in:
-. Sessile spikelets anthers 1.5-2.1 mm long, of
the pedicelled spikelets 1.5-2.1 mm long. SE
Asia. Chrysopogonfestucoides
-. Sessile spikelets anthers 2.5-2.85 mm long,
of the pedicelled spikelets 2.5-3 mm long.
Africa. Chrysopogon nigritanus
5. Chrysopogon filipes (Benth.) Reeder, J. Am.
Arb. 29 (1948) 360; Chrysopogon
elongatus var. filipes Benth., FI. Austr. 7
(1878) 539; Andropogon elongatus var.
filipes Hack., Mon. Androp. (1889) 565;
Vetiveria filipes C.E. Hubb., Kew
Bull.(1934) 444; Rhaphis elongatus var.
filipes Keng, Sinensia 10 (1939) 314, nom.
inval. Lectotype: Mitchell s.n. (holo: K,
holo, photo in BRI; iso: MEL; here
proposed).
Chrysopogon filipes var. arundinaceus
Reeder, J. Arn. Arb. 29 (1948) 360;
Vetiveria filipes var. arundinacea Jansen,
ActaBot. Neerl. 2 (1953) 386. Type: Brass
8460 (holo: A; iso: BRI, L, US).
Perennials. Culms 0.7-1.5 m tall. Ligule 0.2-0.75
mm long. Leaf blades conduplicate, 20-67 cm
by 3-8 mm, adaxially glabrous to pilose in the
lower part. Panicle 15-30 by 3-6 cm in outline,
with many branches and spikelets, purplish;
lowermost branches whorled, with longest
branch simple, 6-13.5 cm long. Raceme
peduncles 1.3-8 cm long, scaberulous, with (1-
)3-7 spikelet groups per branch, joints 5—16(—
20) mm long. Sessile spikelets 8-10.6 mm long
(incl. callus), callus oblique, pungent, 2-4 mm
long, setose, with hairs 0.75-2.25 mm long,
golden. Lower glume spinulose, aculeate,
especially on the nerves and setulose, with apex
bi-dentate, with mucro 0-0.7 mm long. Upper
glume aculeate, especially on the midrib and
midrib distally setulose, without a dorsal fringe
of hairs, with apex mucronate, with mucro 1.5-
6 mm long. Second lemma awned, the awn
exserted, straight, 10-35 mm long, with column
puberulous, with hairs 0.1-0.15 mm long.
Anthers 3, (1.9-)2.25-3.9 mm long. Pedicel 3.75-
8 mm long, more than half as long as the sessile
spikelet, glabrous, smooth to scaberulous.
Pedicelled spikelets with 1 male floret or reduced
to only 1 glume, 1.1-8.6 mm long. Lower glume
smooth, setulose, muticous. Upper glume
muticous. Anthers (1.9-)2.25-3.9 mm long.
Distribution, habitat and ecology : Australia
(N. Territory to N.S. Wales), Malesia (Papua
New Guinea: Western Province). Savannah
(Eucalypt) forest on alluvial flat of creek, wet
gully in savanna grassland, locally common;
at 0 to 30 m altitude.
Vernacular name : Australian vetiver (E.).
Uses: Readily eaten by stock.
Notes: Reeder (and Jansen) distinguished a var.
arundinacea. Now that more material is
available, this falls within the range of variability
of the Australian forms and hence is not worth
recognizing formally.
Most similar to C. filipes are C. oliganthus and
C. sylvaticus, also from Australia, which may
be distinguished as follows:
-. Raceme peduncles scaberulous. Sessile
spikelets 8-10.6 mm long (incl. callus), lower
glume aculeate, especially on the nerves and
514
Austrobaileya 5(3): 503-533 (1999)
setulose, upper glume mucro 1.5-6 mm long,
anthers 2.25-3.9 mm long. Chrysopogonfilipes
-. Raceme peduncles smooth. Sessile spikelets
4.5-7.65 mm long (incl. callus), lower glume
glabrous to distally pilulose, upper glume
mucro 0-0.4 mm long, anthers 1.05-1.2 mm long.
. Chrysopogon oliganthus
-. Sessile spikelets 8-10.6 mm long (incl. callus),
lower glume aculeate, especially on the nerves
and setulose, the awn straight. Pedicelled
spikelets lower glume smooth.
. Chrysopogonfilipes
-. Sessile spikelets 6-7.5 mm long (incl. callus),
lower glume glabrous to distally pilulose, the
awn geniculate with contorted column and
straight arista. Pedicelled spikelets lower glume
scaberulous. Chrysopogon sylvaticus
For the differences with C. micrantherus, see
there.
6. Chiysopogon fulvus (Spreng.) Chiov., FI.
Somala 1 (1929) 327; Pollinia fulva
Spreng., PL Min. Cog. Pug. 2 (1815) 10,
comb, incorr.; Andropogon sprengelii
Kunth, Rev. Gram. 1 (1829) 166, non A.
fulvus Spreng. (1815). Type: ‘Bengal’(Hb.
Trinius 337.01, LE, left satchel, iso, IDC
microfiche BT-16/1).
Chrysopogon montanus Trin. in Spreng.,
Neue Entd. 2 (1821) 93; Andropogon
monticola Schult. & Schult.f., Mant. 3
(1827) 665, non A. montanum Roxb.
(1820); Chrysopogon monticola (Schult.
& Schult.f.) Haines, Ind. For. 40 (1914)
495, nom. superfl.; Andropogon
monticola var. genuinus Hack., Mon.
Androp. (1889) 558, nom. inval.;
Chrysopogon fulvus subvar. montanus
(Trin.) Roberty, Boissiera 9 (1960) 283,
287, nom. inval. Type: Koenig s.n. ex Hb.
Banks in Hb. Jacquin (holo: W; iso: BM;
Hb. Trinius 337.01, upper right satchel
and left hand drawing, LE, iso, IDC
microfiche BT-16/1).
Perennials. Culms 0.2-1.2 m tall. Ligule 0.2-0.5
mm long. Leaf blades flat, 15-30 cm by 2-3(-9)
mm, adaxially glabrous to puberulous, with the
margin pectinate in the lower part. Panicle 4-
11 (-15) by 1.5-3 cm in outline, with many
branches and spikelets, pale yellow; lowermost
branches whorled, with longest branch simple,
3-7 cm long. Raceme peduncles 2-6 cm long,
puberulous, with a terminal triad, rarely with 2
spikelet groups per branch, joints 1-2 mm long,
setose. Sessile spikelets 3.5-6.5(-8) mm long
(incl. callus), callus oblique, pungent, 0.75-1.5
mm long, setose, with hairs 1.5-1.9 mm long,
golden. Lower glume smooth, distally pilulose,
with apex acute. Upper glume with midrib
distally setulose, with a dorsal fringe of hairs,
with apex mucronate, with mucro 6-20 mm long.
Second lemma awned, the awn exserted,
geniculate with contorted column and straight
arista, 12^-0 mm long, with column puberulous,
with hairs 0.2-0.4 mm long. Anthers 3, 2-4.5
mm long. Pedicel 1-2.5 mm long, much less than
half as long as the sessile spikelet, setose on
the edges, with hairs 3-4.9 mm long. Pedicelled
spikelets with 1 male floret, 2.5-8 mm long.
Lower glume smooth, puberulous, muticous to
mucronate, with mucro 0-7 mm long. Upper
glume muticous. Anthers 3.15-4.5 mm long. 2n
= 20,80.
Distribution, habitat and ecology : Sri Lanka,
S India to NW (Tak) and SW Thailand
(Kanchanaburi). Roadsides, grasslands, open
dry deciduous forest, locally vegetation¬
forming; at 0 to 300 m altitude.
Uses: Fodder and hay, used in soil erosion
control.
Notes: I do not think that Chrysopogon
montanus is homotypic with Pollinia fulva even
though material of both is present on the same
sheet in the Trinius herbarium. In the original
publication no reference was made to P. fulva,
and the specimen was said to be in Jacquin’s
herbarium, not Sprengel’s. I think the specimens
came together after 1821 when Trinius realized
they were conspecific: in Acta Acad. Imp. Sc.
Petersb. VI, 2 (1832) 318 (top!) P. fulva is cited
as a synonym of C. montanus. It should of
course have been the other way around.
C. fulvus is most similar to C. orientalis
and C. serrulatus. It can be distinguished from
C. orientalis as follows:
Veldkamp, Chrysopogon and Vetiveria
515
Panicle pale yellow. Sessile spikelets upper
glume with a dorsal tuft of hairs. Pedicel much
less than half as long as the sessile spikelet.
. Chrysopogonfulvus
-. Panicle purplish. Sessile spikelets upper glume
without a dorsal tuft of hairs. Pedicel slightly
less to more than half as long as the sessile
spikelet. Chrysopogon orientalis
It can be distinguished from C. serrulatus as
follows:
-. Panicle pale yellow. Sessile spikelets upper
glume with a dorsal tuft of hairs, column hairs
0.2-0.4 mm long. Pedicel hairs 3-4.9 mm long.
. Chrysopogon fulvus
-. Panicle purplish. Sessile spikelets upper glume
without a dorsal tuft of hairs, column hairs 0.1-
0.15 mm long. Pedicel hairs 1.2-2.1 mm long.
. Chrysopogon serrulatus
7. Chrysopogon intercedens Veldk., sp. nov. A
Chrysopogonis speciebus asiaticis
paniculae ramulis infimis verticillatis, ramo
longissimo c. 4.8 cm longo, racemi
pedunculo c. 3 cm longo laevi, spiculis
sessilibus 6.6-7.1 mm longis (callus incl.),
calli pilis albis, gluma inferiore aculeata
ad setulosa, arista 15-16 mm longa,
columna puberula pilis c. 0.2 mm longis,
spiculis pedicellatis 5.4-6.4 mm longis
differt. Chrysopogone oligantho
proximus, qui in calli pilis aureis, spiculae
sessilis glumae superioris mucrone fere
absenti (0-0.4 mm longo) antheribus
brevioribus (1.05-1.2 mm longis) differt.
Typus: NGF 49350 ( Henty & Foreman)
(holo: L; iso: LAE, n.v.).
Perennials. Culms c. 1.8 m tall. Ligule c. 0.4 mm
long. Leaf blades conduplicate, 60 cm or more
by 5-6 mm, adaxially glabrous to pilose. Panicle
c. 19 by 2 cm in outline, with many branches
and spikelets, purplish; lowermost branches
whorled, with longest branch simple, c. 4.8 cm
long. Raceme peduncles c. 3 cm long, smooth,
with 2 or 3 spikelet groups per branch, joints
5.6-12 mm long, setulose. Sessile spikelets 6.6-
7.1 mm long (incl. callus), callus oblique,
pungent, 1.5-1.7 mm long, setose, with hairs
1.2-1.6 mm long, white. Lower glume spinulose,
aculeate, especially on the nerves and setulose,
with apex acute to minutely bidentate. Upper
glume with midrib distally setulose, without a
dorsal fringe of hairs, with apex mucronate, with
mucro 1.6-3 mm long. Second lemma awned,
the awn exserted, straight, 15-16 mm long, with
column puberulous, with hairs c. 0.2 mm long.
Anthers 3,1.3-1.5 mm long (immature?). Pedicel
4.1-4.5 mm long, more than half as long as the
sessile spikelet, glabrous, smooth to slightly
scaberulous. Pedicelled spikelets with 1 male
to sterile floret, 5.4-6.4 mm long. Lower glume
smooth, setulose, muticous. Upper glume
muticous. Anthers c. 2.85 mm long.
Distribution and habitat : Papua New Guinea
(Western Province). Savanna woodland; at c.
15 m altitude.
Notes: This species seems morphologically
intermediate between C. oliganthus and C.
filipes. It appears to be sympatric with the latter
and might be a hybrid, were it not that the first
is not yet known from New Guinea. This might
explain the possibly staminodial nature of the
anthers of the sessile spikelet, which coupled
to a reduced fertility of the sessile spikelets,
where anthers appear to be absent in some of
these, would make fertilization difficult.
Chrysopogon intercedens is most similar to C.
oliganthus, but can be distinguished as
follows:
-. Sessile spikelets callus hairs white, upper
glume mucro 1.6-3 mm long, anthers 1.3-1.5
mm long. Chrysopogon intercedens
-. Sessile spikelets callus hairs yellow, upper
glume mucro 0-0.4 mm long, anthers 1.05-1.2
mm long. Chrysopogon oliganthus
8. Chrysopogon lawsonii (Hook.f.) Veldk., comb,
nov.; [ Chrysopogon lawsonii (Hook.f.)
Roberty, Boissiera 9 (1960) 290 (cited as
‘nomen superfluum’, hence invalid).]
Andropogon Hook.f., FI. Br. Ind.
7 (1896) 187 (‘lawsoni’). Vetiveria
lawsonii (Hook.f.) Blatter & McCann, J.
Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 32 (1928) 409. Type:
Lawson 28 (holo: K).
Perennials. Culms 0.45-1.7 m tall. Ligule 0.15-
0.3 mm long. Leaf blades flat to conduplicate,
516
Austrobaileya 5(3): 503-533 (1999)
5-23 (—45) cm by 3-5 mm, adaxially glabrous, or
with a few bristles, abaxially with midrib and
margins pectinately setulose. Panicle 10-30 by
1- 3 cm in outline, with many branches and
spikelets, pale yellow to pale reddish; lowermost
branches whorled to solitary, with longest
branch simple to branched, 5-8 cm long.
Raceme peduncles 1.5-5 cm long, smooth to
slightly scaberulous, with 2-8 spikelet groups
per branch, joints 1.75-7.5 mm long, glabrous.
Sessile spikelets 4-6.2 mm long (incl. callus),
callus oblique, obtuse, (0.5-) 1.05-1.5 mm long,
setose, with hairs 0.8-1.5 mm long, white. Lower
glume spinulose, glabrous and distally
pilulose, with apex acute to minutely bi-dentate.
Upper glume with midrib distally setulose,
without a dorsal fringe of hairs, with apex
mucronate, with mucro 3.75-12.7 mm long.
Second lemma awned, the awn exserted,
geniculate with contorted column and straight
arista, (14-)18-29 mm long, with column
puberulous, with hairs 0.1 mm long. Anthers 3,
2- 3.25 mm long. Pedicel (3-)3.7-4.1 mm long,
more than half as long as the sessile spikelet,
glabrous, smooth. Pedicelled spikelets with 1
male floret, 6-7.8 mm long. Lower glume smooth,
setulose, usually mucronate sometimes
muticous, with mucro (0-)2-6 mm long. Upper
glume muticous to mucronate, mucro 0-1.5 mm
long. Anthers 2-3.7 mm long. 2n = 20 (36?).
Distribution, habitat and ecology: S India (S
Maharashtra, S Karnataka, NW Andhra
Pradesh, Tamil Nadu: Nilgiris), Thailand (N:
Chiangmai, Doi Inthanon). Note the disjunction.
Moist soil, banks of waterways, sandy
localities, locally abundant; at 550 to 1200 m
altitude.
Uses: Cattle are said to eat the leaves, but
avoiding the flowering culms.
Notes: This species is morphologically
intermediate between Chrysopogon and
Vetiveria in that its sessile spikelet has the
oblique hairy callus and puberulous columns
as in the former, and the racemes with 2-8
groups of spikelets as in the latter. The single
Thai collection seen by me (Phengklai &
Smitinand 6085, K) is indistinguishable from
the Indian material I have seen, except for its
shorter awns (14-17 vs. 18-29 mm long) and
pedicels (3-3.75 vs. 3.7-4.1 mm long). Ho
[Cayco Vietnam 3/2 (1993) 879] recorded and
depicted a species under this name for Vietnam.
However, the plate appears to be of C.
festucoides Presl, except that the nodes and
leaf throat are depicted as pilose, something I
have not observed in any species of
Chrysopogon so far.
9. Chrysopogon micrantherus Veldk., sp. nov.
A Chrysopogonis omnibus speciebus
asiaticis culmis 1.65-2 m vel ultra altis,
foliis 50-100 cmlongis, paniculis 19-27
cm longis purpurascentibus, racemi
pedunculo 4-4.5 cm longo scaberulo,
spiculis sessilibus 5.3-6.3 mm longis, callo
obliquo pungenti incluso, pilis 1.8-3.6
mm longis albis, gluma inferiore setulosa,
glumae superioris mucrone 0.4-3.45 mm
longo, lemmatis secundi arista geniculata
columna contorta puberula, subula
stricta, antheris 0.6-1 mm longis, pedicello
2.25-3.4 mm longo, spiculis pedicellatis
setulosis differt. Typus: Brass 8579 (L,
holo;A, BRI, US).
[Chrysopogon elongatus auct. non Benth.]
[Rhaphis elongatus auct. non Chase.]
[Vetiveria elongata auct. non C.E. Hubb.]
[Vetiveria filipes auct. non C.E. Hubb.]
Perennials. Culms 1.65-2 m tall or more. Ligule
0.2-0.45 mm long. Leaf blades conduplicate,
50-100 cm by 3.5-11 mm, adaxially glabrous to
pilose. Panicle 19-27 by 2-4.5 cm in outline,
with many branches and spikelets, purplish;
lowermost branches whorled, with longest
branch simple, sometimes branched, 6.5-7.5 cm
long. Raceme peduncles 4-4.5 cm long,
scaberulous, with (1 or) 2 or 3 spikelet groups
per branch, joints 4.9-8 mm long, glabrous.
Sessile spikelets 5.3-6.3 mm long (incl. callus),
callus oblique, pungent, 1.2-2.25 mm long,
setose, with hairs 1.8-3.6 mm long, white. Lower
glume spinulose to smooth, setulose, with apex
acute to minutely bi-dentate, with mucro 0-0.25
mm long. Upper glume with midrib distally
setulose, without a dorsal fringe of hairs, with
apex mucronate, with mucro 0.4-1.8(-3.45) mm
long. Second lemma awned, the awn exserted,
Veldkamp, Chrysopogon and Vetiveria
517
geniculate with contorted column and straight
arista, 5.25-14 mm long, with column
puberulous, with hairs c. 0.1 mm long. Anthers
3, 0.6-1 mm long. Pedicel 2.25-3.4 mm long,
more than half as long as the sessile spikelet,
glabrous, smooth. Pedicelled spikelets with 1
male or sterile floret, 5.7-7.85 mm long. Lower
glume smooth, setulose, muticous. Upper
glume muticous. Anthers 2.8-4.05 mm long (if
present).
Distribution, habitat and ecology: Papua New
Guinea (Western Province). Heavy wet soil
behind mangrove, along swamp margins; at low
altitude. Locally vegetation-forming.
Notes: The epithet refers to the small anthers
of the sessile spikelets.
Chrysopogon filipes seems most similar to C.
micrantherus but can be distinguished as
follows:
-. Culms 0.7-1.5 m tall. Sessile spikelets 8-10.6
mm long (incl. callus), callus hairs golden, the
awn straight, anthers 2.25-3.9 mm long. Pedicel
3.75-8 mm long. Chrysopogon filipes
-. Culms 1.65-2, or more m tall. Sessile spikelets
5.3-6.3 mm long (incl. callus), callus hairs white,
the awn geniculate with contorted column and
straight arista, anthers 0.6-1 mm long. Pedicel
2.25-3.4 mm long.... Chrysopogon micrantherus
10. Chrysopogon nemoralis (Balansa) Holtt.,
Gard. Bull. Singapore 11 (1947) 297;
Andropogon nemoralis Balansa in Morot,
J. Bot. 4 (1890) 113; Vetiveria nemoralis
(Balansa)A. Camus, FI. Gen. I.-C. 7 (1922)
329. Type: Balansa s.n. (holo: Lno. 908.83-
373; iso: P).
Andropogon gryllus var. philippinensis
Merr., Philip. J. Sc., Bot. 14 (1919) 368.
Chrysopogon philippinensis (Merr.)
Henr., Blumea 4 (1941) 532; Type: BS
30964 ( Ramos & Edano) (holo: PNH, lost;
iso: BO, K, L).
NB. BS 30964 (Ramos & Edano) is the
correct citation as used in Flora
Malesiana literature, an alternative
sometimes found is Ramos & Edano BS
30964. Ramos & Edano [BS 30964] is
certainly wrong. Eve had a long
discussion about this with Ben Stone
when he was devising the format for the
Flora of the Philippines Inventory Report.
[Chrysopogon gryllus auct. non Trim]
[Vetiveria lawsonii auct. non Blatter &
McCann]
Perennials. Culms 0.4-0.9 m tall. Ligule 0.2-0.4
mm long. Leaf blades flat to conduplicate, 6-30
cm by 2.25-8 mm, adaxially glabrous. Panicle
9-15 by 1-2.5 cm in outline, with many branches
and spikelets, pale yellow to purplish;
lowermost branches solitary to paired, upwards
a few together in whorls, with longest branch
simple to branched at base, 2-3.5 cm long.
Raceme peduncles 0.6-1.5 cm long, smooth to
scaberulous, with 1-3 spikelet groups per
branch, joints 4.5-10 mm long, glabrous to
distally setulose. Sessile spikelets 5.6-8.25 mm
long (incl. callus), callus oblique, pungent, 1.2-
1.7 mm long, setose, with hairs 1.1-1.75 mm
long, golden. Lower glume spinulose to
smooth, setulose to aculeate, especially on the
nerves, with apex acute to bidentate and
mucronate, with mucro 0-0.8 mm long. Upper
glume with midrib distally setulose, without a
dorsal fringe of hairs, with apex mucronate, with
mucro 0.75-5.25 mm long. Second lemma awned,
the awn exserted, straight, 13-22 mm long, with
column puberulous, with hairs 0.05-0.1 mm
long. Anthers 3,1.4-1.7 mm long. Pedicel 2.25-
6.4 mm long, more than half as long as the sessile
spikelet, glabrous, smooth to apically setose,
hairs 0-0.7 mm long. 1-pedicelled spikelet with
1 sterile floret, or reduced to only 2 glumes,
3.2-6 mm long. Lower glume smooth, distally
setulose, muticous to mucronate, with mucro
0.7-0.9 mm long. Upper glume muticous.
Distribution, habitat and ecology: ? Thailand
(see note) to Indo-China, Malesia (Malay Pen:
Pahang, SungeiTahan;Trengganu, Kemaman;
Philippines: Panay). Note the disjunctions.
Among river boulders; at up to c. 180 m altitude.
Apparently very rare and local everywhere.
Notes: Chinapan et al. and several other
authors [Abstr. Int. Conf. to commemorate the
50th anniversary...of...the King of Thailand
(1996) e.g. pp. 24,27,32,43,142] suggest that
518
Austrobaileya 5(3): 503-533 (1999)
C. nemoralis might be useful for hedges
against erosion, similar to the use of C.
zizanioides. These authors state that the
species would be wide-spread in Thailand. It is
therefore curious to note that there are no Thai
collections of C. nemoralis in A, AAU, BKF,
BM, BO, C, L, MO, NY, P, SINQ SINU and US
while it is not mentioned in the lists of Thai
grasses by Bor (1962,1965). The Thai vernacular
names (‘fek deng’, ‘fek kao\ ‘ya fak’) refer to
tall, robust, clumped grasses, so that several
species perhaps not even belonging to
Chrysopogon are possibly grown under this
scientific name. The only specimen seen
identified as C. nemoralis, said to be of the
Ratchaburi race, was of C. zizanioides.
Chrysopogon nemoralis is apparently
very rare and local; I have only seen 6
collections: the type of its name and Eberhardt
2216 [P, K (neg. 5002)], both from Vietnam, 3
collections from the Malay Peninsula, and the
type of C. philippinensis from Panay. The
Pahang material seen in SING {Ridley 2137, SF
20825) differs slightly from the Vietnamese, with
the Kemaman collection [SF 25846 ( Corner );
also in SING] being somewhat morphologically
intermediate.
joints (mm)
callus (mm)
Vietnam
7.5-10
1 . 2 - 1.5
Malay Pen
(Pahang)
4.3-6.75
1.9-2.25
mucro of the upper
glume of the sessile
spikelet (mm) 0.75-1.65 2.6-5.25
pedicelled spikelet
with 1 sterile fl. 2 glumes only
The Philippines material is also slightly
different:
Vietnam Philippines
sessile spikelets 5.6-7.5 7.5-8.25 mm long
callus 1.2-1.5 1.6-1.7 mm long
pedicel hairs absent present, 0.2-0.7 mm
long
11. Chrysopogon orientalis (Desv.) A. Camus,
Fl. Gen. I.-C. 5 (1925) 332; [Andropogon
gryllus auct. non L.: Rottler, Neue Schr.
Ges. Naturf. Fr. Berlin 4 (1803) 207; Willd.,
Sp. PI. ed. 4, 4, 2 (1806) 69, pro specim.
Ind. Or.]; Rhaphis orientalis Desv.,
Opusc. (1831) 69.; Chrysopogon
verticillatus var. orientalis (Desv.)
Roberty, Boissiera 9 (1960) 283, 285.
nom.inval. Type: Klein 392 in Hb.
Willdenow 18636 (sheet 4) (holo: B, IDC
microfiche 7440).
Andropogon breviaristatus Steud., Syn. 1
(1854) 396 {‘breviaristaus’), 436;
Andropogon aristulatus Hochst. ex
Hack., Mon. Androp. (1889) 556, nomen
superfl. Type: Hohenacker 1285 (holo: P;
iso: L).
Andropogon wightianus Nees ex Steud.,
Syn. 1 (1854) 395; Chrysopogon
wightianus (Nees ex Steud.) [Nees ex
Wight, Cat. (1834) 98, nomen] Thw.,
Enum. PI. Zeyl. (1864) 366. Lectotype: Hb.
Wight 1676 (‘1675’ in Roberty; holo: P;
iso: K, LE (Hb. Trin. 339.1 as Wight 355 ex
Hb. Kunth, IDC microfiche BT-16/1; here
proposed).
Chrysopogon sinensis Rendle, J. Lin. Soc.
Bot. 36 (1904) 368 - Lectotype: Sampson
in Hb. Hance 3453 (holo: BM; iso: US),
here designated.
Chrysopogon collinus Ridl., J. Str. Br. Roy.
As. Soc. 82 (1920) 203. T>pe: SF 649
{Hanijf) (holo: SING; iso: K).
Perennials. Culms 0.65-1.1 mtall. Ligule 0.2-
0.75 mm long. Leaf blades flat to conduplicate,
3-33 cm by 2-6 mm, adaxially glabrous to
puberulous. Panicle 7.5-20 by 1-3 cm in
outline, with many branches and spikelets,
purplish; lowermost branches solitary to
whorled, with longest branch simple, 3.5-6 cm
long. Raceme peduncles 2.3-4.5 cm long,
smooth to puberulous, with a terminal triad.
Sessile spikelets 6.15-10.3 mm long (incl. callus),
callus oblique, pungent, 1-4.3 mm long, setose,
with hairs 1.7-2.85 mm long, golden. Lower
glume smooth, glabrous or distally pilulose,
with apex obtuse, rarely bi-dentate and bi-
Veldkamp, Chrysopogon and Vetiveria
519
mucronate, with mucro 0-9 mm long. Upper
glume with midrib distally setulose, without a
dorsal fringe of hairs, with apex mucronate, with
mucro 8-17 mm long. Second lemma awned,
the awn exserted, geniculate with contorted
column and straight arista, 30-60 mm long, with
column puberulous, with hairs 0.2-0.9 mm long.
Anthers 3,2.6-3.75 mm long. Pedicel 2.25-4(-
5) mm long, slightly less than half as to more
than half as long as the sessile spikelet, setose
on the edges, with hairs 1-4.3 mm long.
Pedicelled spikelets with 1 male floret to reduced
to only 2 glumes, 5.6-8.5 mm long. Lower glume
smooth, glabrous to puberulous, rarely
muticous to mucronate, with mucro (0-)5.6-15
mm long. Upper glume muticous to mucronate,
with mucro 0-6.75 mm long. Anthers 3.15—3.75(—
4.1) mm long. 2n = 20.
Distribution, habitat and ecology: Sri Lanka,
S India (Tamil Nadu), Burma to S China (Hainan,
Fujian), Thailand (NE: SakonNakhon; Central:
(Bangkok); E: Nakhon Ratchasima; SW:
Kanchanaburi, Phetchaburi, Ratchaburi,
Prachuap Khiri Khan; Peninsular: Nakhon Si
Thammarat, Narathiwat, Phuket, Satun,
Songkhla, Trang; SE: Chon Buri); Malesia
(Malay Pen.: Kelantan, Langkawi, Pahang,
Trengganu; Sumatra: Padang). Meadows and
roads on limestone and coastal sandy areas,
open deciduous forest, trampling and fire
resistant; at low altitude.
Uses: Grazed by cattle; recommended for very
poor soil.
Notes: Gilliland [Rev. FI. Mai. 3 (1971) 237] has
included C. collinus in C. fulvus (Spreng.)
Chiov., but the isotype of that name in K (from
Setul, now S Thailand) clearly belongs here.
For the differences between C. orientalis and
C. fulvus see under C. fulvus. Occasionally the
lower glume of the sessile spikelet has a bi-
aristate apex, for instance in Kerr 10721 (BK,
fide C. Hambananda msc) and Niyomdham &
Ueachirakan 1926 (L) from Thailand. These
are also occasionally present in C. tenuiculmis.
12. Chrysopogon perlaxus Bor, Dansk Bot. Ark.
23 (1965) 157. type: Larsen 8015 (holo: K;
iso: C).
Perennials. Culms more than 1.15m tall. Ligule
0.6-1.1 mm long. Leaf blades flat, 13.5-25 cm
by 4-8 mm, adaxially puberulous, with margins
pectinate in lower part. Panicle 11-15 by 4-6
cm in outline, with many branches and spikelets,
purplish; lowermost branches whorled, with
longest branch simple, 6-9 cm long. Raceme
peduncles 5-8 cm long, smooth to
scaberulous, with a terminal triad. Sessile
spikelets 7-8.25 mm long (incl. callus), callus
oblique, pungent, c. 1.5 mm long, setose, with
hairs 1.5-2.25 mm long, golden. Lower glume
smooth, glabrous, with apex acute or minutely
bi-dentate. Upper glume with midrib distally
setulose, with a dorsal fringe of hairs, with apex
mucronate, with mucro 6.5-10.5 mm long.
Second lemma awned, the awn exserted,
geniculate with contorted column and straight
arista, 30-33 mm long, with column puberulous,
0.2-0.35 mm long. (Anthers n.v.). Pedicel 2.6-3
mm long, less than half as long as the sessile
spikelet, setose on the edges, with hairs 3.9-6
mm long. Pedicelled spikelets with 1 sterile to 1
male floret, 7.1-7.95 mm long. Lower glume
smooth, glabrous to distally setulose, muticous
to mucronate, with mucro 0-8 mm long. Upper
glume muticous. Anthers c. 4.1 mm long.
Distribution and ecology: SE Thailand
(Prachinburi: Cholburi). Dry hill; at c. 75 m
altitude.
Notes: Chrysopogon perlaxus is very similar
to C. fulvus (Spreng.) Chiov., especially
because of the peculiar tuft of hairs on the back
of the upper glume of the sessile spikelet. They
may be distinguished as follows:
-. Ligule 0.2-0.5 mm long. Panicle 1.5-3 cm wide,
pale yellow, raceme peduncles puberulous.
Sessile spikelets lower glume distally pilulose.
Pedicel 1-2.5 mm long Chrysopogon fulvus
-. Ligule 0.6-1.1 mm long. Panicle 4-6 cm wide,
purplish, raceme peduncles smooth to
scaberulous. Sessile spikelets lower glume
glabrous. Pedicel 2.6-3 mm long.
. Chrysopogon perlaxus
13. Chrysopogon serrulatus Trim, Mem. Acad.
Sc. St. Petersb. VI, 2 (1832) 318; Icon.
Gram. 3 (1835) t. 331 \Andropogon trinii
520
Austrobaileya 5(3): 503-533 (1999)
Steud., Syn. 1 (1854) 395, non A.
serrulatum Link (1827); Chrysopogon
trinii (Steud.) Watson in Atkins, Gaz.
N.W. Prov. India 10 (1882) 392, nom.
superfl. (NB Watson cited also C.
serrulatus and therefore should have
used that combination); Andropogon
trinii var. genuinus Hack., Mon. Androp.
(1889) 558, nom. inval.; Andropogon
monticola var. trinii (Steud.) Hook.f., FI.
Br. Ind. 7 (1896) 193; Chrysopogon
montanus var. serrulatus (Trin.) Stapf, FI.
Trop. Afr. 9 (1917) 160, nom. superfl.;
Chrysopogon fulvus subvar. serrulatus
(Trin.) Roberty, Boissiera 9 (1960) 284,
287. nom.inval. Type: Wallich (= 8791:
‘Nepal, Ao 182F) in Hb. Trinius 338.01
(holo: LE, IDC microfiche BT-16/1, Kneg.
14023; iso: K, IDC microfiche 7394).
[Chrysopogon fulvus auct. non Chiov.]
Perennials. Culms 0.3-1 m tall. Ligule 0.2-0.4
mm long. Leaf blades flat to conduplicate, 17-
30 cm by 2.25-5 mm, adaxially glabrous, throat
pilose. Panicle 3-12 by 1-2 cm in outline, with
many branches and spikelets, purplish;
lowermost branches whorled, with longest
branch simple to branched, 1-5 cm long.
Raceme peduncles 1-3 cm long, smooth to
puberulous, with a terminal triad. Sessile
spikelets 5-8.5 mm long (incl. callus), callus
oblique, pungent, 0.9-1.5 mm long, setose, with
hairs 1.6-1.9 mm long, golden. Lower glume
smooth, glabrous to distally pilulose, with apex
acute. Upper glume with midrib distally
setulose, without a dorsal fringe of hairs, with
apex mucronate, with mucro 6-10 mm long.
Second lemma awned, the awn exserted,
geniculate with contorted column and straight
arista, 18-30(-35) mm long, with column
puberulous, with hairs 0.1-0.15 mm long.
Anthers 3,2.25-2.85 mm long. Pedicel 1.9-2.6
mm long, less than half as long as the sessile
spikelet, setose on the edges, with hairs 1.25-
2.1 mm long. Pedicelled spikelets with 1 male
floret, (3-)5-8 mm long. Lower glume
scaberulous to smooth, glabrous to setulose,
mucronate, with mucro (1.5—)3.5—10 mm long.
Upper glume muticous to mucronate, with
mucro 0-6 mm long. Anthers 2.25-3.5 mm long.
2n = 20,40,80.
Distribution, habitat and ecology: Rather
disjunct: S Africa, Madagascar, Afghanistan
and N India to Burma, Sri Lanka, S Thailand
[Satun (‘Setul’); Trang], Malesia (Malay Pen.:
Pahang, Tokong Burong Isl., between P. Tioman
and the mainland; S Sumatra, near Lahat).
Cultivated in Manila at least between 1951 and
1955. Open, rocky slopes, or in guano of birds
nesting among its tussocks (about the only
vegetation on T. Burong Isl.); at 0 to 600 m
altitude.
Uses: Considered to be good fodder before
flowering (when the awned spikelets, that may
be harmful to snout and eyes are still absent);
soil binder.
Vernacular name: Golden beard grass (E.).
Notes: Chrysopogon serrulatus is very similar
to C. orientalis and is perhaps only a form of
that species; see the general key and under C.
fulvus for differences. The latter species differs
mainly by the curious tuft of fulvous hairs on
the back of the upper glume of the sessile
spikelet. This taxon is only found in the area
between Sri Lanka and Thailand. The Malesian
material of C. serrulatus has large spikelets and
lacks the tuft of hairs on the back of the upper
glume of the sessile spikelet, and therefore, if
the two taxa are to be kept separate, seems
better placed in C. serrulatus.
14. Chrysopogon subtilis (Steud.) Miq., FI. Ind.
Bat. 3 (1857) 492; Andropogon subtilis
Steud. [inZoll., Syst.Verz. (1854) 59, nom.
nud.] Syn. 1 (1854) 396. Type: Zollinger
2815 (holo: P).
Annuals. Culms 0.1-0.4 m tall. Ligule 0.15-0.4
mm long. Leaf blades flat to conduplicate, 1.2-
7 cm by 0.7-2.6 mm, adaxially glabrous to
sparsely pilose, with margins pectinate. Panicle
1^1 by c. lcm in outline, with few branches and
spikelets, pale yellow; lowermost branches
solitary to paired, with longest branch simple,
0.7-1 cm long. Raceme peduncles 0.4-0.6 cm
long, smooth to scaberulous, with a terminal
triad. Sessile spikelets 4.5-6 mm long (incl.
callus), callus oblique, pungent, 1.5-2.25 mm
long, setose, with hairs 1.1-1.95 mm long,
golden (bleaching to whitish). Lower glume
smooth, distally tuberculate and setulose (not
Veldkamp, Chrysopogon and Vetiveria
521
tuberculate in Sumba), with apex obtuse. Upper
glume with midrib distally setulose, without a
dorsal fringe of hairs, with apex mucronate, with
mucro (5.6-)6.75-l 1.25 mm long. Second lemma
awned, the awn exserted (terminal, no lobes of
lemma at base!), geniculate with contorted
column and straight arista, 24-36 mm long, with
column puberulous, with hairs 0.05-0.15 mm
long. Anthers 2 or 3, 0.85-1.2 mm long (up to
1.65 mm in Sumba). Pedicel 1.85-3.5 mm long,
more than half as long as the sessile spikelet,
glabrous, smooth. Pedicelled spikelets in
Sumba with 1 male floret, elsewhere reduced to
only 2 glumes, (2.6—)3—4.5 mm long (up to 6 mm
in Sumba). Lower glume smooth, distally
puberulous, muticous to mucronate, with
mucro 0-1.65 mm long. Upper glume muticous.
Anthers c. 2.25 mm long (in Sumba).
Distribution, habitat and ecology: Malesia (E
Java: Besuki, Pasuruan; Madura; Lesser Sunda
Isl.: Sumba; Philippines: Luzon, Batangas
Province, Nasugbu Bay). A distribution
reminiscent of that of Sclerachne punctata R.
Br., which is found in Java, Madura, and Luzon,
and of Diectomis fastigiata (SW.) Beauv in
Malesia: E Java and the Philippines (Busuanga
Isl., Hermana Mayor Isl., Luzon, and Palawan).
Very dry areas with a pronounced dry season,
stony, barren places, roads, sea shores, open
teak forest, savannas, locally abundant; up to
300 m altitude.
Notes: This species and C. tenuiculmis are
morphologically quite similar and quite distinct
from other SE Asian and Australian species,
with the present species most advanced. Both
have a peculiar sessile spikelet with an abruptly
contracted apex of the gibbose lower glume,
which in some cases may become 2-awned (as
in the type of C. tenuiculmis). Such awns have
also been seen in C. orientalis, q.v. The Sumba
specimens examined have well-developed, male
pedicelled spikelets with large anthers. In this,
the taxon is even more similar to C. tenuiculmis.
-. Annuals. Lowermost longest branch of the
panicle 0.7-1 cm long. Raceme peduncles 0.4-
0.6 cm long. Callus hairs 1.1-1.95 mm long. Awn
24-36 mm long. Sessile spikelets anthers 0.85-
1.2 mm long. Chrysopogon subtilis
-. Perennials. Lowermost longest branch of the
panicle 1.4-2.5 cm long. Raceme peduncles 0.8-
1.5 cm long. Callus hairs 1.9-2.55 mm long. Awn
14-25 mm long. Sessile spikelets anthers 1.5-
2.25 mm long. Chrysopogon tenuiculmis
15. Chrysopogon tenuiculmis Henr., Blumea 4
(1941) 532. Type: Iboet 151 (holo: L; iso:
BO, K).
[Chrysopogon gryllus auct. non Trim]
Perennials. Culms 0.3-0.6(-l) m tall. Ligule 0.2-
0.6 mm long. Leaf blades flat to conduplicate,
5-13(-22) cm by (1.2-)2-3(-9) mm, adaxially
glabrous to pilose. Panicle (3-)5-8 by 1—2.5(—
3.5) cm in outline, with few branches and
spikelets, pale yellow to purplish; lowermost
branches solitary to whorled, with longest
branch simple, 1.4-2.5 cm long. Raceme
peduncles 0.8-1.5 cm long, scaberulous, with
a terminal triad. Sessile spikelets (4.1-)5.25-6(-
6.5) mm long (incl. callus), callus oblique,
pungent, (0.75-) 1.5-2 mm long, setose, with
hairs 1.9-2.55 mm long, golden. Lower glume
spinulose to smooth, distally tuberculate and
setulose, with apex obtuse, or mucronate, or
bi-dentate and mucronate, with mucro 0-3 mm
long. Upper glume with midrib distally setulose,
without a dorsal fringe of hairs, with apex
mucronate, with mucro (2.6-)4-8.6 mm long.
Second lemma awned, the awn exserted,
geniculate with contorted column and straight
arista, 14-25(-28) mm long, with column
puberulous, with hairs 0.15 mm long. Anthers
3, 1.5-2.25 mm long. Pedicel (2.1-)2.6-4 mm
long, more than half as long as the sessile
spikelet, glabrous, smooth. Pedicelled spikelets
with 1 male floret, (4.5-)5.25-7(-8.25) mm long.
Lower glume scaberulous to smooth, setulose
to distally puberulous, muticous to mucronate,
with mucro 0-4.5 mm long. Upper glume
muticous to mucronate, with mucro 0-0.45 mm
long. Anthers 2.1-2.8 mm long. 2n = ?
Distribution, habitat and ecology: Lesser
Sunda Isl. (Sumba, Llores, Lombok, Roti,
Timor?, Wetar). Dry, barren soil, Eucalypt forest
behind shore, locally dominant in pastures up
to 1400 m altitude.
Notes: Henrard (1941) erroneously reported
that the upper glume of the sessile spikelet of
this species would be muticous. De Castro
522
Austrobaileya 5(3): 503-533 (1999)
[Garcia de Orta 12 (1964) 52] mentioned C.
gryllus for Timor ( Gomes da Silva s.n., COI,
n.v.), but this probably refers to C. tenuiculmis.
See under C. subtilis for the close similarity
with C. tenuiculmis. Chrysopogon serrulatus
is morphologically somewhat similar, but may
be distinguished as follows:
Panicle with many branches and spikelets.
Sessile spikelets lower glume glabrous to
distally pilulose. Pedicel less than half as long
as the sessile spikelet, setose on the edges.
. Chrysopogon serrulatus
-. Panicle with few branches and spikelets.
Sessile spikelets lower glume distally
tuberculate to setulose. Pedicel more than half
as long as the sessile spikelet, glabrous, smooth
. Chrysopogon tenuiculmis
16. Chrysopogon zizanioides (L.) Roberty, Bull.
Inst. Framj. Afr. Noire 22 (January 1960)
106; Boissiera 9 (July 1960) 291, isonym;
Phalaris zizanioides L., Mant. 2 (1771)
183; Sorghum zizanioides (L.) Kuntze,
Rev. Gen. PL 2 (1891) 791; Andropogon
zizanioides (L.) Urban, Symb. Antill. 4
(1903) 79; Vetiveria zizanioides (L.) Nash
in Small, FI. SE U.S. (1903) 67; Holcus
zizanioides (L.) Kuntze ex Stuckert, Ann.
Mus. Nac. Buenos Aires 11 (1904) 48;
Anatherum zizanioides (L.) Hitchc. &
Chase, Contr. U.S. Nat. Hb. 18 (1917) 285;
Vetiveria zizanioides var. genuina A.
Camus, Bull. Mus. Nat. Hist. Nat. Paris 25
(1919) 673, nom.inval.; Rhaphis
zizanioides (L.) Roberty, Petite FI. Ouest-
Afr. (1954) 403, nom.inval. Type: Koenig
in Hb. Linn. 78.12 (holo: LINN, IDC
microfiche).
Andropogon muricatus Retz., Obs. Bot. 3
(1783) 43; Anatherum muricatum (Retz.)
Beaux. Agrost. (1812) 128
(‘mucronatum ’), 150, t. 22, f. 10; Vetiveria
muricata (Retz.) Griseb., LI. Br. W. Ind.
(1864) 560; Chamaeraphis muricata
(Retz.) Merr., Enum. Phil. LI. PI. 1 (1923)
75 pro comb, corrected in 1925 p. 459 to
C. squarrosa (L.f.) Merr.,. Type: Koenig
in Hb. Retz. (holo: LD, fragm. in K).
Andropogon nardus Blanco, LI. Filip. (1837)
39. Type: not extant; Neotype: MerrillSp.
Blanc. 355 (holo: US; iso: A, BM, BO, K,
L, MO, NSW, NY, P) here designated.
Vetiveria zizanioides var. tonkinensis A.
Camus, Buh. Mus. Nat. Hist. Nat. 25 (1919)
674. Lectotype: Anon. 73 ‘Prairie deYen
Phu, Hanoi, 2 Aout 1907’ (holo: P; here
proposed).
[Andropogon squarrosus auct. non L.f.]
(See note).
[Andropogon squarrosus var. genuinus
auct. non Hack.]
[Vetiveria nemoralis auct. non A. Camus]
[Vetiveria odorata auct. non Virey.]
[Vetiveria odoratissima auct. non Bory.]
Perennials. Culms 1.5-2.5 m tall. Ligule 0.3-0.75
mm long. Leaf blades conduplicate, 23-94 cm
by 2.5-7 mm wide, adaxially pilose in the lower
part. Panicle 20-33 by 2.5-6 cm in outline, with
many branches and spikelets, purplish;
lowermost branches whorled, with longest
branch simple, 5.5-12 cm long. Raceme
peduncles 1-4 cm long, smooth to
scaberulous, with 6-14 spikelet groups per
branch, joints 3.75-6.75 mm long, glabrous to
setulose. Sessile spikelets 3.75-6 mm long (incl.
callus), callus rounded, 0.6-0.8 mm long,
laterally ciliate at base, especially near the base
of the pedicel, with hairs 0.1-1.35 mm long,
white. Lower glume spinulose, aculeate,
especially on the nerves and setulose, with apex
acute. Upper glume aculeate, especially on the
midrib and midrib distally setulose, without a
dorsal fringe of hairs, with apex muticous.
Second lemma muticous to mucronate, the awn
usually enclosed, straight, 0-1.95(-4.5) mm
long, with column glabrous. Anthers 3, 1.65-
2.25 mm long. Pedicel 2.25-4.3 mm long, more
than half as long as the sessile spikelet,
scaberulous. Pedicelled spikelets with 1 male
floret, 2.85-4.6 mm long. Lower glume
scaberulous, aculeate, especially on the nerves,
muticous. Upper glume muticous. Anthers
1.65-2 mm long. 2n = 20.
Distribution, habitat and ecology: Said (Nat.
Res. Council 1993) to have come originally from
Veldkamp, Chrysopogon and Vetiveria
523
India, now distributed world-wide, and much
more common and wide-spread than suggested
by herbarium material: Thailand, Malay Pen.,
Singapore, Sumatra ( Benecke 276, sin. loc.; L),
Java, Madura, Kangean Isl., Borneo
(Kalimantan; Sabah), Philippines, Lesser Sunda
Isl. (Sawu: Proppe s.n., L), New Guinea (Chimbu
Province). Low damp sites, swamps, bogs, but
persists when planted on a multitude of soils
for perhaps centuries; at 0 to 1500 m altitude
(probably higher, for cultivated in Chimbu,
Papua New Guinea).
Uses: The roots provide the vetiver oil used in
perfumes and cosmetics. The fragrance
resembles that of sandalwood and is long-
lingering; used as a base in the more heavy
oriental perfumes; in Malaya they are used in
curries; roots used for weaving fragrant mats,
fans, hats, etc. See the extensive discussion
by Chadha [Wealth of India 10 (1976) 451].
Young leaves eaten by cattle, older ones eaten
by carp. Used for thatching. The species is
regarded as an eminent soilbinder with great
potential in erosion control (Nat. Res. Council,
1993, where a large amount of information on
many aspects of the species is given) and has
been introduced as such all over the world in
tropical to Mediterranean climates. However,
in W. Sumatra, Central and West Java, the
(illegal) harvesting of the roots resulted in a
series of trenches across the landscape which
subsequently eroded. This became such a
problem that a number of provinces passed laws
prohibiting the growing of the grass H. Siwon,
Padang (pers.com.). A weak infusion or a paste
of the roots is used as a febrifuge, a powder in
bilious complaints. See also De Guzman & Oyen
[PROSEA 19 (1998) 167-172, illus.].
Vernacular name: Khas-khas, Vetiver (E.), akar
wangi (Mai.).
Notes: The epithet ‘squarrosa’ has been applied
to this species based on Andropogon
squarrosus L.f. [Suppl. PI. (1781) 433], which is
a dubious name possibly typified by Koenig in
Hb. Linn. 1211-7, which is Pseudoraphis
spinescens (R. Br.) Vickery [see Bor, Grasses
(1960)354].
There are two forms of C. zizanioides: a
wild, flowering and seeding one thought to
have originated in N India with shallow roots
that contain the highly laevorotatory ‘Vetiver
oil’, and a widely-cultivated, usually non-
flowering and sterile one thought to origin from
5 India with deep roots that contain the
dextrorotatry ‘Oil of Vetiver roots’. Ramanujam
6 Kumar [Ind. J. Gen. & PL Br. 24 (1964) 144]
have suggested that two species are involved,
but indicate that there are ‘not any gross
morphological character’ to differentiate
between them. The characters they listed can
only be seen in entire, living clumps, and are of
little use in identifying herbarium material.
These are not to be equated with C.festucoides
and C. zizanioides, as the first, as far I have
seen, occurs in India inAssam only, and is said
to contain no oil. Kumar [Science & Culture 29
(1963) 152] reported a clone in which nearly all
pedicelled spikelets had perfect florets.For the
probable misapplication of ‘V. nemoralis’ in
Thailand for forms of this species, see under
C. festucoides.
Non-Asian Species
17. Chrysopogon argutus(Steud.) Trin. ex B.D.
Jackson, Ind. Kew. 1 (1893) 124, 530; 2
(1895) 704 (isonym); [ Chrysopogon
argutus Steud., Nomencl., ed. 2,1 (1840)
360, based on Rhaphis arguta Nees in
hb. Berol.: nomen]; Andropogon argutus
Nees ex Steud., Syn. 1 (1854) 391;
Vetiveria arguta C.E. Hubb., Kew Bull.
(1939) 654. Type: Hb. Nees (holo: B, lost,
fide H. Scholz, in litt.)
Andropogon squarrosus var.
chrysopogonoides Hack., Mon. Androp.
6 (1889) 544; Vetiveria zizanioides var.
chrysopogonoides A. Camus, Bull. Mus.
Nat. Hist. Nat. Paris 25 (1919) 674. Type:
Bojer s.n. (holo: W; iso: K).
Distribution and Habitat: Mauritius,
Rodriguez, river banks.
Notes: The combination used above apparently
has escaped bibliographers. For some reason
Jackson gave Trinius ex Steud. as the author
of the combination, the wrong reference (p. 360,
must be 391), where Steudel has Andropogon
(!) argutus Nees (!), and Australia (perhaps
because Hackel l.c. 564 suggested that) as the
524
Austrobaileya 5(3): 503-533 (1999)
provenance. Still, the combination must be
regarded as valid and correct.
18. Chrysopogon benthamianus Henr., Blumea
4 (1941) 532 [ Holcus gryllus auct. non
R.Br.: R. Br., Prod. 1 (1810) 199, pro descr.
& specim.; Chrysopogon gryllus auct.
non Trin.: Benth., FI. Austr. 7 (1878) 537].
Lectotype: R. Brown 6189 (holo: BM,
photo in BRI, photocopy in K; here
proposed).
Chrysopogon fallax S.T. Blake, Univ.
Queensl. Papers, Dept. Biology 2 (1944)
9, nom. superfl. Type: S.T. Blake 8108
(holo: BRI no. 8033; iso: K, NSW).
Notes: The combination proposed by Henrard
was the realization of a chance remark by
Hubbard (1938) thatBentham (1878) (and others
before and after him) had misidentified
Australian specimens of an undescribed
species with Chrysopogon gryllus (L.) Trin.
Henrard based himself on Bentham’s
description and apparently for that reason
called the species C. benthamianus Henr.
Significant are his earlier statements (on C.
gryllus)’. “The 5 subspecies of Hackel are at
present accepted as distinct species” and he
then enumerates C. gryllus s.s., C. echinulatus,
C. pallidus, C. glabratus Trin., and C.
calcaratus (Hack.) Henr. Then, “According to
Hubbard, Bentham’s Chrysopogon gryllus is a
distinct species” and “the species which
Bentham named C. Gryllus represents an
undescribed species, while C. Gryllus var.
pallidus (R.Br.) Benth. is also quite distinct.
Bentham’s Chrysopogon Gryllus , being
described, we can give it another name
Chrysopogon Benthamianus. nom. nov.”,
followed by a full and direct reference to
Bentham (1878).
It is therefore obvious that Henrard
excluded the reference to Andropogon gryllus
L. and its type, and all combinations based on
it and intended to rename the Australian taxon
previously and erroneously called C. gryllus
by Bentham and H. gryllus by R. Brown.
Although Henrard said the species was
described by Bentham in 1878, technically this
is incorrect, for it was not in Latin, as required
in 1941. However, indirectly he does refer to a
Latin description, for Bentham cites the one
given by R. Brown. It is therefore to be
considered an ‘error in bibliographic citation
(Art. 33.3, see Ex. 6,7)’. That Henrard called it a
‘nom. nov. ’ is also an error to be corrected under
Art. 33.4, see Ex. 9. It seems to me that the
obvious type is the R. Brown collection on
which the validating description was based.
Some have suggested that it is part of the
Bentham reference, and that all references given
by Bentham are syntypes, so that Brown 6189
is a lectotype. To please those I have called it a
lectotype above.
Because of the poor communications of
those war times this species was described
again independently by S.T. Blake (1944) as C.
fallax. Vickery (1961) accepted Blake’s species
and regarded C. benthamianus as superfluous
because a) Bentham would have described C.
gryllus proper, b) his specimens would be a
mixture of C. fallax and C. pallidus, and c)
Henrard did not appoint a type.
As to the first, there is no Article that
makes a name illegitimate because its
description is faulty or does not even apply.
As to the second, Bentham recognized
a variety pallidus next to his C. gryllus, and
Henrard clearly excluded that (see above). In
Vickery’s time, a name based on discordant
elements was a reason for its rejection, but as
this is clearly against the type method, that
Article (then 70) has been deleted from the Code
since and cannot be invoked. There is no
indication that Bentham’s specimens would be
such a mixture of two species, anyway. And
even if it was, a lectotypification (also
proscribed by the then Art. 70) according to
Henrard’s intentions could be made.
As to the third, for the name of a new
taxon the appointment of a type was not
required until 1958 (Art. 37.1).
Regarding Brown’s descriptions, it is
known that his ‘species were ... described as
collected in Australia itself,... written out in the
homeward voyage’ (Hooker, 1890; cited by
Stearn, 1960, p. xxv). This was apparently also
the case in the present situation for he
specifically mentioned that the lowermost leaf
Veldkamp, Chrysopogon and Vetiveria
525
sheaths are subsericeous. This is so in the
Australian species, but not in C. gryllus from
Europe. Blake, too, remarked that Brown’s name
referred to C. fallax ‘as to the description and
specimens’ (l.c.,p. 13; emphasis mine).
As Blake stated that he included all that
was cited, C. fallax is superfluous because it
also included all the elements referred to by
Henrard [Art. 52.1, and 52.2 (a)]. Blake, because
he was unaware of Henrard’s action correctly
appointed a type (Blake 8108) for C. fallax, so
this name, although superfluous, remains
heterotypic from C. benthamianus under Art.
7.5.
19. Chrysopogon elongatus (R. Br.) Benth., FI.
Austr. 7 (1878) 538 \Holcus elongatus R.
Br., Prodr. 1 (1810) 200; Sorghum
elongatum (R. Br.) Beauv., Agrost. (1812)
131,164, 11 Andropogon elongatus (R.
Br.) Spreng., Syst. Yeg. 1 (1825) 287;
Rhaphis elongatus (R. Br.) Chase, Contr.
U.S. Nat. Hb. 24 (1925) 205; Vetiveria
elongata (R. Br.) Stapf ex C.E. Hubb., Kew
Bull. (1934) 444. type: R. Brown 6193
[holo: BM, photo in BRI, K; iso: BRI; K,
photo in BRI; MEL, photo in BRI].
Distribution and habitat: Australia (Northern
Territory to Queensland). Sea shores, dunes,
mangrove, edge of marsh, moist Melaleuca
stands.
Uses: Grazed by cattle.
Notes: The anthers of the sessile spikelet
appear to be staminodial.This species was
erroneously reported for Papua New Guinea
by Reeder [J. Arn. Arb. 29 (1948) 360]. The
material belongs to C. micrantherus Veldk. The
two species may be distinguished as follows:
-. Panicle 28-30 cm long, pale yellow. Callus
hairs 3.75-5.6 mm long. Column glabrous. Awn
exserted to enclosed, straight to geniculate with
contorted column and straight arista, 1.9-6.5(-
8.25) mm long. Pedicelled spikelets 6.75-9.75
mm long. Chrysopogon elongatus
-. Panicle 19-27 cm long, purplish. Callus hairs
1.8-3.6 mm long. Column puberulous. Awn
exserted, geniculate with contorted column and
straight arista, 5.25-14 mm long. Pedicelled
spikelets 5.7-7.85 mm long.
. Chrysopogon micrantherus
20. Chrysopogon fulvibarbis (Trin.) Veldk.,
comb, nov.; Andropogon fulvibarbis Trin.,
Mem. Acad. Sc. St. Petersb. VI, 2 (1832)
287; Vetiveria fulvibarbis (Trin.) Stapf,
FI. Trop. Afr. 9 (1919) 158; Anatherum
fulvibarbe (Trin.) Keng, Sinensia 10
(1939) 314; Rhaphis zizanioides subvar.
fulvibarbis (Trin.) Roberty, Petite FI.
Ouest-Afr. (1954) 403, nom.inval.;
Chrysopogon zizanioides wax. fulvibarbis
(Trin.) Roberty, Boissiera 9 (1960) 291.
nom.ival. type: Sabine ‘Accra 19’ in Hb.
Trinius 0207.1 (holo: LE, IDC microfiche
BT-16/1).
Distribution and habitat: W Africa (S Mali,
Ghana to Cameroon). Flood plains and
savannas; at up to 300 m altitude.
Notes: Oil has been reported for the roots
[Burkill, Useful PL W. Trop. Afr. 2 (1994) 376].
The inflorescence branches have up to 6
spikelet groups, the callus is oblique, pungent,
c. 1.6 mm long, and hairy, the up to 20 mm long
awn is geniculate with a contorted puberulous
column, making this an intermediate taxon
between Chrysopogon and Vetiveria.
21. Chrysopogon gryllus (L.) Trin., Fund.
Agrost. (1822) 188; Andropogon gryllus
L., Cent. PI. 2 (1756) 332 ■ Holcus gryllus
(L.) R. Br., Prodr. 1 (1810) 199 pro comb.;
Pollinia gryllus (L.) Spreng., PL Pugill. 2
(1815) 10, comb, incorr. type: Seguier s.n.
in Hb. Linn. 1211.2 (holo: LINN, IDC
microfiche).
Notes: This species has been recorded for the
Malesian area, based on misidentifications
found in the literature:
It was noted for the Philippines (Luzon,
Panay) by F.-Vill. [Nov. App. (1882) 316], which
was possibly based on specimens of C.
nemoralis [cf. Merrill, Enum. Philip. FI. Pl. 3
(1923) 45], or C. subtilis, or something else
altogether. It has been mentioned by De Castro
[Garcia de Orta 12 (1964) 52] for Timor, but the
species concerned is likely to have been C.
526
Austrobaileya 5(3): 503-533 (1999)
tenuiculmis Henr.,q.v. It has been recorded for
Papua New Guinea (Central Province, Boku)
by F.M. Bailey [Queensl.Agric. J. 23 (1909) 220;
Ms. Schlenker s.n., n.v., not found in BRI, so
perhaps not of a Chrysopogon (or Vetiveria )
species]. It is not known to me what this may
be, no Chrysopogon taxon is presently known
from the Central Province of Papua New Guinea
(other than C. aciculatus, of course).
22. Chrysopogon gryllus subsp. echinulatus
(Nees ex Steud.) Cope, Kew Bull. 35 (1980)
701, map 1; FI. Pakistan 143 (1982) 301;
[Rhaphis echinulata Nees in Royle, Ill.
Bot. Him. (1840) 417, nomen];
Andropogon echinulatus Nees ex Steud.,
Syn. 1 (1854) 397; Chrysopogon
echinulatus (Nees ex Steud.) Wats, in
Atk., Gaz. NW Ind. 10 (1882) 392;
Andropogon gryllus L. subsp.
echinulatus (Nees ex Steud.) Hack., Mon.
Androp. (1889) 552. Type: Royle 226 (holo:
LIV).
Notes: See introduction. Rhaphis echinulata
Nees in Royle (1840) was not validly published,
so the epithet with a different authorship (‘Nees
ex Steud.’) dates from 1854. Cope’s combination
is to be regarded as a bibliographic error to be
corrected (Art. 33.3) and is valid.
23. Chrysopogon nigritanus (Benth.) Veldk.,
comb, nov.; Andropogon nigritanus
Benth. in Hook., FI. Niger (1849) 573;
Andropogon squarrosus var. nigritanus
(Benth.) Hack., Mon. Androp. (1889) 544;
Vetiveria nigritana (Benth.) Stapf, FI.
Trop. Afr. 9 (1917) 157; Vetiveria
zizanioides var. nigritana (Benth.) A.
Camus, Bull. Mus. Nat. Hist. Nat. Paris 25
(1919) 674; Rhaphis zizanioides var.
nigritana (Benth.) Roberty, Petite FI.
Ouest-Afr. (1954) 403, nom.inval.;
Chrysopogon zizanioides var. nigritanus
(Benth.) Roberty, Bull. Inst. Frang. Afr.
Noire 22 (January 1960) 106; Boissiera 9
(July 1960) 291, isonym. Type: Vogel s.n.
(holo: K).
Distribution, habitat and ecology: Tropical
Africa; said to have been introduced elsewhere.
Stream sides, swampy flood plains and other
seasonally flooded places, somewhat salt-
resistant, 0-100 m in Africa.
Uses: Roots varyingly aromatic, probably
according to edaphic conditions. Locally
grown inAfrica for its oil [Burkill, Useful PI. W.
Trop. Afr. 2 (1994) 375]. Young shoots eaten by
cattle, older ones used for thatching and straw,
said to repel termites. Sometimes grown as an
ornamental inAfrica. Good soil binder.
Notes: Very similar to C.festucoides, q.v. This
species has been reported for Sri Lanka
[Clayton & Renvoize, FI. Trop. E.Afr. Gram. 3
(1982) 739; but was not mentioned by
Dassanayake et al., Rev. Handbook FI. Ceylon
8 (1995) and earlier floras], Thailand, Malaysia,
Philippines, but all these records are probably
based on misidentified specimens of C.
festucoides or C. zizanioides. For instance the
specimens from Cambodia labeled as V.
zizanioides var. nigritana by A. Camus in P
are C. zizanioides s.s.
Because C. zizanioides is known to be
cultivated in Africa, and since the differences
with C. nigritana are so slight, they may easily
be confused, and the uses attributed to C.
nigritanus may well pertain to C. zizanioides.
Chrysopogon nigritanus is a wild species
which may be expected to seed freely; use of
the species for soil binding is to be discouraged,
as it will escape and become a pest.
Chrysopogon nigritanus within the C.
zizanioides- complex is most similar to C.
festucoides. For the differentials see under the
latter species.
As Hackel (1889) cited var. aristatus
Buse (now C. festucoides) with a query when
he proposed var. nigritanus, the latter
combination is therefore legitimate.
24. Chrysopogon oliganthus Veldk., nom. nov.;
Vetiveria pauciflora S.T. Blake, Univ.
Queensl. Pap. 2 (1944) 20, non
Chrysopogon pauciflorusV asey (1883).
Type: S.T. Blake 8639 (holo: BRI).
Distribution, habitat and ecology: Australia
(W Australia, N Territory, Queensland). Locally
vegetation forming in sandy river bed, edges
Veldkamp, Chrysopogon and Vetiveria
of swamps and creeks, in shallow water.
25. Chrysopogon rigidus (B.K. Simon) Veldk.,
comb, nov.; Vetiveria rigida B.K. Simon,
Austrobaileya 3 (1989) 95,1.10. Type: J.R.
Clarkson 4419 (holo: BRI, holo, fragm. in
L; iso: CANB, K, MBA, QRS).
Distribution and ecology : Australia
(Queensland, Cook District). Near waterhole in
Corymbia confertiflora woodland.
Note: No taste to the roots (pers obs.)
Excluded names:
26. Chrysopogon fuscus (Presl) Trin. ex Steud.,
Nomencl., ed. 2, 1 (1840) 91, 360;
Andropogon fuscus Presl, Rel. Haenk. 1
(1830) 342; Sorghumfuscum (Presl) Miq.,
FI. Ind. Bat. 3 (1857) 503. type: Haenke
s.n. (holo: PR; iso: Hb. Trinius 211.03, LE,
microfiche IDC BT-16/1)..
This is Sorghum nitidum (Vahl) Pers.
27. Chrysopogon leucotrichus A. Camus, J.
Agric.Trop. &Bot.Appl. 11 (1955)200.
type: Schmid2A6\ (holo: P).
= Capillipedium leucotrichum (A. Camus)
Schmid ex Veldk., comb. nov.
This combination was not validly published
by Schmid [TAgron. Trop. 13 (1958) 206]
because there was no full and direct reference
to the basionym as required by Art. 33.2.
28. Chrysopogon strictus (Nees) Jackson, Ind.
Kew. 1 (1893) 95; 2 (1895) 704, both
nom.inval., in synon.; Rhaphis stricta
Nees in Hook., J. Bot. KewMisc. 2 (1850)
99; Andropogon leptanthus Steud., Syn.
1 (1854) 391, non Andropogon strictus
Host. (1802). type: Cuming 1400 (holo:
CGE; iso: L, P).
This is Bothriochloa bladhii (Retz.) S.T. Blake
This combination was not accepted by Jackson,
as it is printed in italics and is equated with
Andropogon intermedius, a synonym of B.
bladhii.
527
29. Chrysopogon villosulus (Steud.) Watson
in Atkins, Gaz. NWProv. India 10 (1882)
392; Vidal [Phan. Cuming. Philip. (1885)
29, 158, nomen] Revis. PL Vase. Filip.
(1886) 291, isonym; Andropogon
villosulus Nees ex Steud., Syn. 1 (1854)
397. Syntypes: Royle 93 (LIV, P), Royle
282 (LIV, photo in BRI; P).
This is Capillipedium parviflorum (R. Br.)
Stapf.
References
Adams, R.P., M. Zong, Y. Turuspekov, M.R. Dafforn
& J.F. Veldkamp. (1998). DNA fingerprints
reveal clonal nature of Vetiveria zizanioides
(L.) Nash, Gramineae, and sources of potential
new germplasm. Molecular Ecology 7: 813-
818.
Bentham, G. (1878). Flora Australiensis 7: 537. Reeve
& Co. London.
Blake, S.T. (1944). Monographic studies in the
Australian Andropogoneae, Part I, including
revisions of the genera Bothriochloa,
Capillipedium, Chrysopogon, Vetiveria and
Spathia. Univ. Queensl. Pap. 2: 4-24.
Bor, N.L. (1960). The grasses of Burma, Ceylon, India and
Pakistan, p. 119. Pergamon Press. Oxford, etc.
Celarier, R.P. (1959). Cytotaxonomy of the
Andropogoneae. IV. Subtribe Sorgheae.
Cytologia 24: 297.
Clayton, W.D. (1972). The awned genera of the
Andropogoneae. Studies in the Gramineae:
XXXI. Kew Bulletin 27: 457-474.
Clayton, W.D. & S.A. Renvoize. (1986). Genera
graminum, p. 342. Her Majesty’s Stationer
Office. London.
Cope, T.A. (1980). New combinations in Asiatic grasses.
Kew Bulletin 35: 701-702, map 1.
Cope, T.A. (1982). Flora of Pakistan 143: 299-306.
Department of Botany, University of Karachi.
Karachi.
Dallwitz, M.J. (1980). A general system for coding
taxonomic descriptions. Taxon 29: 41-46.
Dallwitz, M.J., T.A. Paine, & E.J. Zurcher. (1993).
User’s guide to the DELTA system: a general
system for processing taxonomic descriptions,
ed 4. CSIRO. Canberra.
528
Austrobaileya 5(3): 503-533 (1999)
Hackel, E. (1889). Andropogoneae, in DC.,
Monographiae phanerogamarum 6: 542-565,
t. 2. G. Masson. Paris.
Ho, P.-H. (1993). Cayco Vietnam 3/2: 879, fig. Private
publication. Montreal.
Hooker, J.D. (1890). Eulogium on Robert Brown.
Proc. Linn. Soc. London 1887-1888: 5-67.
Hubbard, C.E. (1938). Chrysopogon sylvaticus C.E.
Hubbard. In Hook., Icon. PL: t. 3365, 1-3.
Jacques-Felix, H. (1962). Les Graminees d’Afrique
tropicale. 1. Institut de Recherches
Agronomiques Tropicale Bulletin Scientifique
8, pp. 105, 290-292, t. 227, 228.
Keng, Y.-L. (1939). The gross morphology of
Andropogoneae. Sinensia 10: 273-343.
Nat. Res. Council. (1993). Vetiver grass, a thin green
line against erosion. National Academy Press.
Washington DC.
Pulle, A.A. (1952). Compendium. 3d Edition, pp. 78-
79. Oosthoek. Utrecht.
Roberty, G. (1954). Petite Flore de I’Ouest-Africain,
p. 403. ORSTOM. Paris.
Roberty, G. (1960). Monographic systematique des
Andropogonees du globe. Boissiera 9: 1-455.
Simon, B.K. (1993). A key to Australian grasses. 2nd
Edition, p. 175. Queensland Department of
Primary Industries. Brisbane.
Stearn, W.T. (1960). An introduction to Robert
Brown’s “Prodromus Florae Novae Hollandiae”,
in J. Cramer & H.K. Swann. Hist. Nat. Class. 6.
Prodromus Florae Novae Hollandiae (facsim.
ed.): xxv, xxviii.
Tiffney, B.H. (1985). The Eocene North Atlantic land
bridge: its importance in Tertiary and modern
phytogeography of the northern hemisphere.
J. Am. Arb. 66: 243-273.
Vickery, J.W. (1961). Gramineae. Contr. N.S.W. Nat.
Hb., FI. Ser. 19/1: 34-35.
Watson, F. & M.J. Dallwitz. (1996). Grass Genera of
the World: descriptions, illustrations,
identification, and information retrieval ;
including synonyms, morphology, anatomy,
physiology, phytochemistry, cytology,
classification, pathogens, world and local
distribution, and references (a program for MS-
DOS and Windows, vs. 4 December, 1996).
Watson, F., M.J. Dallwitz, & C.R. Johnston. (1986).
Grass genera of the world: 728 detailed
descriptions from an automated database.
Australian Journal of Botany 34: 223-230.
Acknowledgements
This study is based mainly on material present
in Leiden (L). Some was seen during visits to
A, BO, BRI, K, MO, NSW, NY, P, SINQ SINU,
U, US and WAG. The curators and keepers of
TCD and W are gratefully acknowledged for
additional loans. Mr. B.K. Simon (BRI) sent
material of C. rigidus. Dr. R.J. Soreng (US) kindly
provided photocopies of specimens in the
Trinius herbarium (LE), microfiches of which
were later also seen in K and L. Dr. E.A. Widjaja
(BO) graciously gave me a list of the BO
holdings. Dr. H. Scholz (B) checked the
holdings of B; it may be noted that all the pre-
WWII Andropogoneae were lost there. Last,
but not least, Mr. M.R. Dafforn (Washington
D.C.) is thanked, for he initiated this study
through an innocent question about the
identity of V. nemoralis. His continuing interest
in all matters concerning Vetiveria and the
hospitality enjoyed during a visit to US was
highly appreciated.
The compilation and subsequent
analysis of the data was greatly aided by the
use of the DELTA (Dallwitz, 1980; Watson et
al., 1986) and affiliated MS-DOS programs:
TAXASOFT (by E.J. Gouda, Utrecht) for the
general management of the data, INTKEY (L.
Watson & M. Dallwitz, vs. 3.14, 1998) for
various analyses, comparisons, and diagnoses,
and DEDIT and KCONI (R.J. Pankhurst, vs.
1995, 1992, resp.) for the construction of the
keys.
Index to names
The numbers refer to the taxa enumerated
above. Names in running text only above have
not be indexed.
Anatherumfulvibarbe (Trin.) Keng, 20
Anatherum muricatum (Retz.) Beauv., 16
Anatherum zizanioides (L.) Hitchc. & Chase, 16
Andropogon aciculatus Retz., 1
Andropogon anias Llanos, 4
Andropogon argutus Nees ex Steud., 17
Andropogon aristulatus (Steud.) Hochst. ex Hack., 11
Veldkamp, Chrysopogon and Vetiveria
Andropogon breviaristatus Steud., 11
Andropogon echinulatus Nees ex Steud., 22
Andropogon elongatus (R. Br.) Spreng., 19
Andropogon elongatus var .filipes (Benth.) Keng,5
Andropogon festucoides Presl, 4
Andropogon fulvibarbis Trin., 20
Andropogon fuscus Presl, 6
Andropogon gryllus L., 21
Andropogon gryllus auct. non L., 11
Andropogon gryllus subsp. echinulatus (Steud.)
Hack., 22
Andropogon gryllus var. philippinensis Merr., 10
Andropogon javanicus (Nees) Steud., 1
Andropogon lawsonii Hook.f., 8
Andropogon leptanthus Steud., 28
Andropogon monticola Schult. & J.H. Schult., 6
Andropogon monticola var. genuinus Hack., 6
Andropogon monticola var. trinii (Steud.) Hook.f.,
13
Andropogon muricatus Retz., 16
Andropogon muricatus var. aristatus Buse, 4
Andropogon nardus Blanco, 16
Andropogon nemoralis Balansa, 10
Andropogon nigritanus Benth., 23
Andropogon sprengelii Kunth, 6
Andropogon squarrosus auct. non L.f., 4, 16
Andropogon squarrosus var. chrysopogonoides
Hack., 17
Andropogon squarrosus var. genuinus auct. non
Hack., 16
Andropogon squarrosus var. nigritanus (Benth.)
Hack., 23
529
Andropogon squarrosus var. nigritanus auct. non
Hack., 4
Andropogon strictus Host., 28
Andropogon subtilis Steud., 14
Andropogon subulatus Presl, 1
Andropogon trinii Steud., 13
Andropogon trinii var. genuinus Hack., 13
Andropogon villosulus Nees ex Steud., 29
Andropogon wightianus Nees ex Steud., 11
Andropogon zizanioides (L.) Urban, 16
Andropogon zizanioides auct. non Urban, 4
Bothriochloa bladhii (Retz.) S.T. Blake, 28
Capillipedium leucotrichum (A. Camus) Schmid, 27
Capillipedium parviflorum (R. Br.) Stapf, 29
Chamaeraphis muricata (Retz.) Merr., 16
Chamaeraphis squarrosa (Retz.) Merr., 16
Chrysopogon aciculatus (Retz.) Trin., 1
Chrysopogon aciculatus var. longifolius Buse, 1
Chrysopogon argutus (Steud.) Trin. ex Jackson, 17
Chrysopogon benthamianus Henr., 18
Chrysopogon borneensis Henr., 2
Chrysopogon celebicus Veldk., 3
Chrysopogon collinus Ridl., 11
Chrysopogon echinulatus (Steud.) Wats., 18, 22
Chrysopogon elongatus (R. Br.) Benth., 19
Chrysopogon elongatus auct. non Benth.,9
Chrysopogon elongatus (R. Br.) var. filipes Benth., 5
Chrysopogon fallax S.T. Blake, 18
Chrysopogon festucoides (Presl) Veldk., 4, 8, 24
Chrysopogon filipes (Benth.) Reeder, 5, 9
530
Chrysopogon filipes var. arundinaceus Reeder, 5
Chrysopogon fulvibarbis (Trin.) Veldk., 20
Chrysopogon fulvus (Spreng.) Chiov., 6, 11
Chrysopogon fulvus auct. non Chiov., 13
Chrysopogon fulvus subvar. montanus (Trin.)
Roberty, 6
Chrysopogon fulvus subvar. serrulatus (Trin.)
Roberty, 13
Chrysopogon fuscus (Presl) Trin. ex Steud., 26
Chrysopogon gryllus (L.) Trin., 21
Chrysopogon gryllus auct. non Trin., 10, 15, 18
Chrysopogon gryllus subsp. echinulatus (Steud.)
Cope, 22
Chrysopogon intercedens Veldk., 7
Chrysopogon lawsonii (Hook.f.) Veldk., 3, 8
Chrysopogon leucotrichus A. Camus, 27
Chrysopogon micrantherus Veldk., 9, 19
Chrysopogon montanus Trin., 6
Chrysopogon montanus var. serrulatus (Trin.) Stapf,
13
Chrysopogon monticola (Schult. & J.H. Schult.)
Haines, 6
Chrysopogon nemoralis (Balansa) Holtt., 3, 10
Chrysopogon nigritanus (Benth.) Veldk., 4, 23
Chrysopogon oliganthus Veldk., 5, 7, 24
Chrysopogon orientalis (Desv.) A. Camus, 6, 11, 13
Chrysopogon perlaxus Bor, 12
Chrysopogon philippinensis (Merr.) Henr., 10
Chrysopogon rigidus (B.K. Simon) Veldk., 25
Chrysopogon serrulatus Trin., 6, 13, 15
Chrysopogon sinensis Rendle, 11
Chrysopogon strictus (Nees) Jackson, 28
Austrobaileya 5(3): 503-533 (1999)
Chrysopogon subtilis (Steud.) Miq., 14
Chrysopogon subulatus (Presl) Trin. ex Steud., 1
Chrysopogon tenuiculmis Henr., 2, 11, 14, 15
Chrysopogon trinii (Steud.) Watson, 13
Chrysopogon trivialis (Lour.) Walker-Arnott &
Nees, 1
Chrysopogon verticillatus var. orientalis (Desv.)
Roberty, 11
Chrysopogon villosulus (Steud.) Watson, 29
Chrysopogon wightianus (Steud.) Thw., 11
Chrysopogon zizanioides (L.) Roberty, 4, 16, 10
Chrysopogon zizanioides var. fulvibarbis (Trin.)
Roberty, 20
Chrysopogon zizanioides var. nigritanus (Benth.)
Roberty, 23
Chrysopogon zizanioides var. nigritanus auct. non
Roberty, 4
Gramen aciculatum Rumph, 1
Holcus elongatus R. Br., 19
Holcus gryllus (L.) R. Br., 21
Holcus gryllus auct. non R.Br., 18
Holcus zizanioides (L.) O. Kuntze ex Stuckert, 16
Kudirra-pullu Rheede, 1
Phalaris zizanioides L., 16
Polliniafulva Spreng., 6
Pollinia gryllus (L.) Spreng., 21
Rhaphis aciculatus (Retz.) Desv., 1
Rhaphis echinulata Nees, 22
Rhaphis elongatus (R. Br.) Chase, 19
Rhaphis elongatus auct. non Chase, 9
Rhaphis elongatus var. filipes (Benth.) Keng, 5
Rhaphis javanica Nees, 1
531
Veldkamp, Chrysopogon and Vetiveria
Rhaphis orientalis Desv., 11
Rhaphis stricta Nees, 28
Rhaphis trivialis Lour., 1
Rhaphis zizanioides (L.) Roberty, 16
Rhaphis zizanioides var. aciculata (Retz.) Roberty, 1
Rhaphis zizanioides war. nigritana (Benth.) Roberty,
23
Rhaphis zizanioides subvar. fulvibarbis (Trin.)
Roberty, 20
Sorghum elongatum (R. Br.) Beauv., 19
Sorghum fuscum (Presl) Miq., 26
Sorghum nitidum (Vahl) Pers., 26
Sorghum zizanioides (L.) Kuntze, 16
Vetiveria arguta (Steud.) C.E. Hubb., 17
Vetiveria elongata (R. Br.) Stapf ex C.E. Hubb., 19
Vetiveria elongata auct. non C.E. Hubb.,9
Vetiveria festucoides (Presl) Ohwi, 4
Vetiveria filipes (Benth.) C.E. Hubb., 5
Vetiveria filipes auct. non C.E. Hubb.,9
Vetiveria filipes var. arundinacea (Reeder) Jansen, 5
Vetiveria fulvibarbis (Trin.) Stapf, 20
Vetiveria lawsonii (Hook.f.) Blatter & McCann, 8
Vetiveria lawsonii auct. non Blatter & McCann, 4,
10
Vetiveria muricata (Retz.) Griseb., 16
Vetiveria nemoralis (Balansa) A. Camus, 10
Vetiveria nemoralis auct. non A. Camus, 16
Vetiveria nigritana (Benth.) Stapf, 23
Vetiveria nigritana auct. non Stapf, 4
Vetiveria odorata auct. non Virey, 16
Vetiveria odoratissima auct. non Bory, 16
Vetiveriapauciflora S.T. Blake, 24
Vetiveria rigida B.K. Simon, 25
Vetiveria zizanioides (L.) Nash, 16
Vetiveria zizanioides var. chrysopogonoides (Hack.)
A. Camus, 17
Vetiveria zizanioides var. genuina A. Camus, 4, 16
Vetiveria zizanioides var. nigritana (Benth.) A.
Camus, 23
Vetiveria zizanioides war. tonkinensis A. Camus, 16
Index to specimens
Identifications between brackets are for
material not yet seen, but for which the
identification seemed fairly certain.
aci = Chrysopogon aciculatus (Retz.) Trin.
bor = Chrysopogon borneensis Henr.
cel = Chrysopogon celebicus Veldk.
fes = Chrysopogon festucoides (Presl) Veldk.
fil = Chrysopogon filipes (Benth.) Reeder
ful = Chrysopogon fulvus (Spreng.) Chiov.
int = Chrysopogon intercedens Veldk.
law = Chrysopogon lawsonii (Hook.f.) Veldk.
mic = Chrysopogon micrantherus Veldk.
nem = Chrysopogon nemoralis (Balansa) Holtt.
ori = Chrysopogon orientalis (Desv.) A. Camus
per = Chrysopogon perlaxus Bor
ser = Chrysopogon serrulatus Trin.
sub = Chrysopogon subtilis (Steud.) Miq.
ten = Chrysopogon tenuiculmis Henr.
ziz = Chrysopogon zizanioides (L.) Roberty
(T) = type collection
Abbe et al. 9226; ori; Adj. Veearts Gorontalo 36:
aci; Adm.s.o. Doekoewringin 34: aci; Aet 807: aci;
532
Austrobaileya 5(3): 503-533 (1999)
Afriastini 1840: aci;Alston 14606: (fes); Anang400:
aci; 585: aci.
Backer 09/06/1927: (sub); 7: (fes); 51: aci; 89: (ziz);
2056: aci; 2563: aci; 4095: aci; 5144: aci; 5289: aci;
6408: aci; 6976: aci; 10054: aci; 10568: aci; 11112:
aci; 11248: aci; 11948: aci; 12269: aci; 12977: sub;
13232: aci; 13975: aci; 13996: aci; 16914: aci; 17125:
aci; 17271: aci; 17432: aci; 17786: aci; 18476: aci;
19222: aci; 19919: aci; 20428: (sub); 20593: ziz;
21266: sub; 21949: aci; 23033: aci; 23415: aci;
23510: fes; 23511: (fes); 23886: aci; 24064: aci;
24337: sub; 24625: sub; 26709: (ziz); 26974: aci;
27114: aci; 27683: (fes); 27698: ziz; 27760: (fes);
27775: (fes); 30016: ziz; 30055: sub; 30338: aci;
30750: sub; 30761: sub; 32511: fes; 33386: aci;
33387: aci; 35102: (fes); 36550: sub; 37270: ziz;
Bakhuizen v.d. Brink 56: aci; 5753: aci; Barber 366:
aci; bb (Ostwald 84) 9024: aci; Beguin 21: aci; 29:
aci; 53: aci; 84: aci; 118: aci; 659: aci; K 3: aci;
Belcher 859: fes; Benecke 276: ziz; Beumee 130:
aci; 877: aci; 2652: aci; van Beusekom et al. 3816:
ori; BF 801 (Borden): aci; Bloembergen 3071: aci;
3753: ten; Bor S-49: aci; Borden 801: aci; Bradley
48: aci; 49: ori; Brass 6045: mic; 6283: mic; 6426:
aci; 8460 (T): fil; 8579 (T): mic; 22084: aci; 28156:
aci; Brinkman 124: aci; Broekhuijsen 14: aci; Brooke
9816: aci; BS 4186 (Curran): aci; 7860 (Ramos):
aci; 8749 (McGregor): aci; 11542 (Robinson): aci;
15751 (Clemens): fes; 18873 (McGregor): aci;
22238 (Santos): fes; 30964 (Ramos & Edano) (T):
nem; 80771 (Ramos): ziz; Bunnemeijer70: aci; 690:
aci; 1227: aci; 1325: aci; 1405: aci; 1640: aci; 2492:
aci; 3718: aci; 5595: aci; 7215: aci; 8251: aci; 11025:
aci; Burcham 136: aci; Burkill & Shah 2514: ser;
3224: ser; 3227: ser; Burn-Murdoch 323: ori;
Buwalda 2699: aci; 3359: aci; 4499: aci; 5800: aci;
7868: aci; 7885: ziz.
Carr 11033: aci; Chantaranothai & Parnell 90/742:
ori; Charoenphol et al. 4070: ori; 5036: ser; Civiel
Gezaghebber 1: (ten); Civielgezaghebber van Sawoe
13/09/1918: (ten); ClasonA29: sub; Clemens 3051:
ori; 4456: ziz; 18205: ziz; 18221: aci; Coert 1816:
aci; Coifs 204: aci; Copeland 549: aci; Cruttwell 98:
aci; 139: aci; Cuming 555: aci; Curtis 1799: aci; 1819:
ziz.
Darbyshire 660: aci; 1155: aci; Deguchi et al. 6257:
aci; DeKalb Russell 24 Aug 943: aci; DeVore &
Hoover 225: aci; Dissing 2508: aci; 2672: aci;
Djamhari 420: aci; Docters van Leeuwen 00/00/1909:
aci.
Edeling 3/1863: fes; Elbert 976: ten; Elmer 16732:
aci; Endert 5271 (T): bor; 5392: (bor); Everaarts
365: aci; Eyma 1765: aci.
Fairchild & Dorsett 21 Feb 1926: aci; Floto 7311:
aci; Forbes 392: aci; Forman & Blewett 829: aci;
Forster 11: aci; Franck 6: (aci); 147: aci; FrijlinkOO/
00/1915: aci.
Geerts-Romer 4: (sub); Gezagh. M. & Z. Manggerai
12: aci; Gilliland Jun 1958: ori; 5137: ziz; 5159: aci;
5263: aci; 5288: ori; Gilmour 9: aci; Gouv. Veearts
20: aci; Grimes 1023: aci; Groenhart94: aci.
de Haan 1725: aci; de Haas 6: aci; Hacker 1559: fes;
Hallier 24/04/1893: aci; 616-a: aci; 616-b: aci;
Harmsen 7: aci; Haviland 1934: aci; 1934: aci;
Heckman 107: aci; 108: aci; Heyne 773: (ziz); den;
Hitchcock 18086: aci; Hoed 249: aci; Hoekstra 5:
sub; 18: sub; Holttum 21/04/1931: aci; 22/10/1946:
ziz; Hoogland 3247: aci; Hose 65: ziz; Hosseus 160:
ful; Huitema 73: aci; Hullett Jan 1894: aci; 30 Mar
1886: aci; Hume 8871: aci.
Iboet 151 (T): ten; Idenburg 5: aci.
Jacobson 741: aci; Janaki-Ammal 7: aci; Jensen 62:
aci; Johnson Jul 1961: ori; de Jong 2: (ziz); 18:
(ziz); 20: aci.
Kassim 1752: aci; Kaudern 118: aci; Keng et al. 60:
aci; KEP79210 (Wyatt-Smith): ori; Kern7235: aci;
Kerr 842: aci; 2007: ziz; 4103: ziz; 3787: aci; 7852:
fes; 8464: ziz; 9161: ziz; 9336: ziz; 10721: ori;
13182: ?ori; 13434: ori; 13496: ziz; 14697: ori;
17571: ziz; 19580: ziz; 19636: ziz; 19669: fes;
19768: ori; Kerriage 16: ten; Kjellberg 3715: aci;
Klein 3: ori; Knaap 00/03/1926: aci; Kneucker 796
(Merrill & Ramos): ziz; 798 (Merrill): aci; Kooper
502-c: (fes); Koorders 15238: aci; 17235: aci; 17236:
aci; 26088: aci; 27758: aci; 34568: aci; 35283: aci;
35505: aci; Kooy 446: ten; Kostermans 22034: ten;
Kostermans & Wirawan 383: sub; Kuntze 4186:
aci; 5300: aci.
Lack & Grimes 1817: cel; LAE 59075 (Isles & Vinas):
aci; Lakshmahara 245: ziz; Lamson Scribner 11: aci;
12: ziz; Landbur. Ress. Djokja & Ond. Kedoe 9: aci;
Landbwl. Ress. Besoeki 10: aci; Larsen 8015 (T):
per; 8137: ori; 8301: ori; Larsen et al. 1113: ziz;
1283: ori; 41023: ori; Lazarides 7404; ori; 7420: ful;
Leefmans 00/04/1924: aci; 23/04/1924: aci; Ledesma
15/31 May 1913: aci; 7173: ziz; 7213: ziz; Lim 3:
aci; Loher 1762: fes/ziz; 1805: aci; 1877: aci; 7173:
Veldkamp, Chrysopogon and Vetiveria
533
ziz; Lorzing 96: aci; 3032: aci; 3436: aci; 4413: aci;
4966: aci; 6281: aci; 6614: aci; 7628: aci; 7767: aci;
8794: aci; 9217: aci; 9806: aci; 11094: aci; 13029:
aci; 13591: aci.
Maliwanag 244: aci; Marcan 1645: ori; 2242: ori;
2280: ziz; Maxwell 85-265: ori; 86-1024: ori; 90-
938: aci; 90-1181: aci; 92-692: ori; McDonald &
Sunaryo 4432: aci; McGregor 46: (mic); Mearns
179: aci; Mehra 52: aci; 92: aci; Meijer & Muchtar
11415: aci; Merrill 15: aci; 42: aci; 272: aci; 367: aci;
546: aci; 4231: fes; 4240: ziz; Phil. PI. 118: ziz; Sp.
Blanc. 355 (T): ziz; (J. Santos) 389 (T): fes; 546:
aci; Meijer 9189 (T): cel; Monod de Froideville 919:
aci; 1013: (ziz); 1457: ten; 1496: (ten); 1826: aci;
2011: (ten); 2021: (sub); 2071: (sub); Motley 1295:
aci; Mousset 183: aci; Murata et al. T-16441: aci.
Nagamasu 3854: aci; Nanakorn 1254: ori; Nanta 12:
aci; Nauen 8 Jul 1941: aci; Nedi 383: aci; Nedi &
Idjan 64: aci; NGF 3636 (Fryar): aci; 9847 (Henty):
ziz; 33561 (Ridsdale): fil; 35177 (Millar & Dockrill):
aci; 35269 (Millar): aci; 48552 (Millar): aci; 49350
(Henty & Foreman) (T): int; 49680 (Henty): mic;
49705 (Henty): fil; Niyomdham & Sriboonma 1630:
aci; Niyomdham & Ueachirakan 1926: ori;
Nooteboom 5331: aci.
Ohwi 11/03/1944: aci; Ottolander 402: aci.
Pengklai & Smitinand 1140: ori; Petelot 245: ziz;
Phengklai & Smitinand 6085: law; Phil. PI. 118: ziz;
575: aci; Pitlo 38: aci; Pleyte 911: aci; PNH 2965
(Convocar): aci; 32944 (Sulit): ziz; 40256 (Edano):
sub; Poore 513: ziz; Popta 00159/40: ziz;
Posthumus 1885: aci; 2298: aci; 2625: aci; 2669:
aci; Powell 478: aci; Proefst. Javasuikerindustrie
60: aci; Dj. 10: aci; Pulsford 5: aci; Put 2576: ziz;
2593: fes; 4103: ziz; 4104: ziz; 4233: ori.
Rahmat si Toroes 261: aci; Ramos 1617: aci; 1833:
aci; 1948: aci; Rao et al 95: aci; Rappard 237: sub;
Reeder 812: aci; Rensch 102: aci; 235: (ten);
Resident Timor 5: aci; 9: aci; Ridley 5-1890: ori;
11-10-1890: aci; C. 1896: ziz; 14/2/1917: ori; 3: ori;
2137: nem; van Rijckevorsel 5: aci; Robinson 12/
1916: ori; PL Rumph. Amb. 45: aci; 6408: ser;
Rodway 2569: aci; Roesil 589: aci; 723: aci; 901:
aci; Rostados 2-1904: (aci); van Royen 4933: aci;
Ryves KS95/079: ori.
Sands 615: aci; Santos 4002: ziz; 4003: ziz; 4187:
aci; 4899: aci; 4953: aci; 5137: ser; 6243: aci; 6311:
ser; de la Saviniere 83: aci; Sawyer 144: aci; 163: aci;
Schiffner 35: ziz; 1500: aci; Schmutz 5444: ten;
5756: ten; Schodde & Craven 4593: aci; Seidenfaden
2219: (aci); SF 649 (Haniff) (T): ser; 2958 (Haniff
& Nur): ori; 4634 (Burkill): aci; 6236: ziz; 11527
(Machado): (aci); 12512 (Burkill & Haniff), p.p.:
aci; 12742 (Burkill & Haniff): aci; 15175 (Holttum):
ori; 20476 (Henderson): aci; 20825 (Holttum): nem;
24600 (Holttum): aci; 25803 (Corner): ori; 25805
(Corner): aci; 25846 (Corner): nem; 29058
(Henderson): ori; 29784 (Corner): ser; 29905
(Corner): ori; 33257 (Spare): aci; 37840 (Holttum):
ori; 38104 (Corner): ziz; 39060 (Sinclair): ziz; 39810
(Sinclair & Kiah): ori; Simpson & Forman 89/125:
aci; van Slooten 2435: sub; E. Smith 932: aci; Sinclair
5364: aci; 7530: ori; Sirirugsa 842: aci; Smith H.M.
210: ori; Smitinand 5044: fes; 5932: ziz; 6078: ziz;
Smitinand & Hambananda 8477: ori; Soares 701:
(aci); 730: (aci); Sohns 00/00/1920: aci; Sprensen et
al. 1964:2060: aci; (aci); 2105: ?fes; 3700: aci; 5768:
ziz; Squires 886: aci; 809: ziz; van Steenis 584: aci;
1037: aci; 3127: aci; 6733: aci; 18652: (aci);
Suvathubandhu 25: aci.
Tandom 4934: aci; Teysmann 5947: (ten); Tsang
29315: aci.
Ultee 3: aci; 17: aci; Uway et al. PTU. 22: aci.
Vanoverbergh 2808: aci; 3791: ziz; Veearts Sibolga
5: aci; van der Veen 60: (ten); Veldkamp 8757: aci;
Verboom 24: ser; Verdcourt 5206: aci; Verheijen
2456: ten; 2801: ten; Versteegh 83: aci; Vesterdal
85: ori; 457: ziz; Vidal 1962: aci; de Vogel 3048: aci;
Volkens 117: (aci); deVoogd 2658: (ten).
Walsh 19: aci; Weber 1047; aci; Whitford 385: aci;
Whyte 5/1974: ori; Williams 94: aci; 2840: aci;
Winckel 122: aci; 596: aci; 1016: aci; Winkler, Hubert
2931: aci; Wiriadinata 414: ten; Wong P.W. 4 Aug
1959: aci; Worthington 12376: aci; Wray 765: aci.
Yapp 359: ori.
Zollinger 54: aci; 2815 (T): sub.
The Hygrocybeae (Fungi, Basidiomycota,Agaricales, Hygrophoraceae) of the
Lane Cove Bushland Park, New South Wales
A. M. Young
Summary
Young, A.M. (1999). Austrobaileya 5(3): 535-564. The Australian species of tribe Hygrocybeae
within the Lane Cove Bushland Park of Sydney, New South Wales are discussed and two genera are
recorded: Hygrocybe (Fr.) Kummer; and Camarophyllopsis Herink. Eighteen taxa are included, with
three new species and a new variety described: Hygrocybe austropratensis, H. lanecovensis,
Camarophyllopsis kearneyi and Hygrocybe anomala var. ianthinomarginata. The data for a fifth
undescribed taxon is included to facilitate its identification and the collection of sufficient material
for a holotype. Photographic material indicates that at least another three taxa may be present in
the area. Camarophyllus lilacinus (Cleland & Cheel) is transferred to Hygrocybe (Fr.) Kummer under
the new n a me Hygrocybe cheelii nom. nov. The relationship of Hygrocybe graminicolor (Horak)
May & Wood with Gliophorus pallidus Horak and Hygrocybe batesii A. M. Young is discussed and
both Gliophorus pallidus and Hygrocybe batesii are reduced to synonymy with Hygrocybe graminicolor.
Keys, descriptions and line drawings are provided to facilitate identification.
Key words: Hygrophoraceae, Hygrocybeae, Hygrocybe, Camarophyllopsis , Hygrocybe austropratensis,
H. cheelii, H. lanecovensis, H. anomala var. ianthinomarginata, Camarophyllopsis kearneyi.
A. M. Young, cl- Queensland Herbarium, EPA, Brisbane Botanic Gardens Mt Coot-tha, Mt Coot-tha
Road, Toowong, Queensland, 4066, Australia. Mail address: Bee Cottage, Langton Rd, Blackbutt, Qld
4306, Australia, email: tyoung@bigpond.com
The Lane Cove Bushland Park
The initial paper on the Australian
Hygrophoraceae Lotsy (Young and Wood
1997) defined 57 taxa. Ongoing field work
during the 1998 season has added considerable
information about this agaric family for south
eastern Australia. The Gore Creek gully of the
Lane Cove Bushland Park - 5.7 km north west
of the centre of Sydney, New South Wales -
was found to have at least 18 taxa belonging to
tribe Hygrocybeae Kuhner within a very small
and roughly rectangular area approximately 150
metres long and 50 metres wide. Photographic
records indicate that there may be as many as
20 to 25 taxa belonging to family
Hygrophoraceae at the location. The Gore Creek
site is unusual for the Sydney region in that it
remains one of the few places where both sides
of a gully have been preserved from housing
development with consequent retention of the
closed canopy that appears to be essential for
the preservation of the forest Hygrophoraceae.
The presence of so many taxa in such a small
Accepted for publication 20 April 1999
area suggests that although the locality is
heavily impacted by human passage, the soils
seem to have remained relatively pollutant free.
Gore Creek is a natural, permanent waterway
which runs directly into Sydney Harbour. The
aspect of the creek is mostly north-south so
that the site is shielded from afternoon sun
intensity and receives less sunlight than the
surroundings during winter.
The collection site is within an often
steep sided gully drained by Gore Creek but
the gully bottom has flat areas built up of sandy
soils classified as ‘Hawkesbury landscape
soils’ after the sandstone substrates from which
they are primarily derived, although the creek
does receive some drainage from richer shale
soils found in its upper reaches or sometimes
on the gully sides. The gully soils are usually
greater than 50 cm deep and are naturally low
in fertility (Chapman and Murphy 1989). The
‘softness’ of these alluvial soils coupled with
the often heavy rainfall of the area means that
considerable erosion can take place if
interference (whether natural or human
536
Austrobaileya 5(3): 535-564 (1999)
induced) with the vegetation of the creek banks
takes place. Where the creek runs through
these soft alluvial soils, steep banks (1-2 metres
high) can occur naturally.
The vegetation structure of the Gore
Creek gully site is that of a gallery warm-
temperate rainforest (Williams, Harden and
McDonald 1984) centred on the creek with
enclosing and protective myrtaceous
woodlands/forests situated on the gully walls.
Gallery warm-temperate rainforests are
extremely specialised: they form narrow bands
of closed canopy forest with central creeks in a
‘tunnel-like core’ and are usually found on poor
soils. They have a much reduced epiphyte
content and generally, as here, contain only a
small number of canopy tree species (3-15).
They are not the equivalent of sub-tropical
rainforests which contain many more canopy
tree species (10-60), have extensive epiphytic
floras, are found on rich soils and are not tied
to creek margins. These gallery rainforests are
also found in the plateau of the Hornsby-
Hawkesbury area directly north of Sydney and
they are often situated within the deep gullies
that run down from that sandstone plateau.
They exist first, because the sites are protected
from the very dry conditions of the plateau
summit and second, because the gully soils
are nutrient enriched by water run-off. This
second condition is of critical importance
because the Hawkesbury sandstone, which
forms much of the substrate for this region, is
extremely lacking in nutrients.
The dominant vegetation in the
Hygrocybeae site is a closed forest of ‘lilly pilly ’
Acmena smithii (Poir.) Merrill & Perry, ‘grey
myrtle’ Backhousia myrtifolia Hook. f. & Harv.,
‘cheese tree’ Glochidion ferdinandi (Mull.
Arg.) F. M. Bailey and ‘sweet pittosporum’
Pittosporum undulatum Vent. Coachwood,
Ceratopetalum apetalum D. Don is also
present (Armitage and Klaphake 1996). Under
the closed canopy, a lower layer of ferns is
distributed randomly beside the creek and on
its steep banks. The tree species listed above
form the core of the gully vegetation and are
primarily responsible for inducing the extremely
favourable humid microclimate upon which the
fungi depend, however these trees in turn are
dependent, at least partially, upon the presence
of the open sclerophyll forest which lines the
gully sides and which acts as a ‘buffer zone’.
Both sides of the gully are covered in eucalypt
open woodland and forest growing on the
sandstone or shale soils and producing a dense
layer of litter. The dominant species on these
slopes belong to the Myrtaceae and include
‘blackbutt’ Eucalyptuspilularis Sm., ‘Sydney
red gum’ Angophora costata (Gaertn.) Britten
and ‘turpentine’ Syncarpia glomulifera (Sm.)
Niedenzu (Armitage and Klaphake 1996).
Considerable light reaches the woodland or
forest floor on the gully sides.
The more or less coastal climate of the
region is humid and temperate. No records are
kept specifically for the park area, however full
weather details are maintained for the Riverview
Observatory 2 kilometres west of the park site.
These records are considered to be directly
applicable to the park and they show an average
annual rainfall of 1137 mm. The rainfall for the
months of May, June and July average 106,118
and 87 mm respectively while no month of the
year has an average rainfall of less than 63 mm.
Minimum and maximum temperatures for these
months are: May 9.7,19.5; June 7.5,17.0; July
6.1, 16.6 degrees Celsius. From observations
concerning the climatic requirements of the
Hygrophoraceae within Australia, the weather
conditions and the associated microclimate of
the gulley are most favourable for these fungi
and at least partially account for the species
diversity of the Hygrophoraceae at this site.
Materials and Methods
For most taxa, a number of collections from the
Lane Cove Bushland Park are held, however
since these mostly duplicate previously known
information, only a representative sample of
two or three exemplar collections is listed here.
On occasion, material from outside the Lane
Cove Bushland Park is cited where this addition
provides an important extension of a taxon’s
geographical range, where no material is held
for taxa that are definitely known to occur on
the Gore Creek site, or where the listing was
considered essential for purposes of taxonomic
revision.
For all material collected by the author,
colours of the fresh basidiomes were referenced
Young, A.M., The Hygrocybeae of Lane Cove Bushland Park, New South Wales
537
to Kornerup and Wanscher (1981). Colour
references are missing for other collections.
Material was preserved by air drying. Habitat
details are supplied for the taxon as generally
known (Young and Wood 1997) with specific
reference to the Lane Cove Bushland Park
occurrence where necessary. Holotype material
for the newly described taxa is deposited at the
Orange Agricultural Institute Herbarium (DAR),
Orange, New South Wales.
All light microscopy was completed on
an Olympus CX40 microscope with drawing
tube attachment and calibrated with an Olympus
1 mm slide. Hand sections of dried material gave
best results and these were re-constituted in
ammoniated Congo red. Pileipellis transverse
sections were always taken radially in order to
examine both the centre and marginal surfaces.
Illustrations are provided for the new taxa
and for those species which are either not
covered by relevant illustrations in Young and
Wood (1997) or which require additional
diagrams as a result of new information. Where
present, the habit sketch and transverse
section show basidiome dimensions and
lamellae attachment; both are referenced to a 1
cm scale bar. For the microscopic drawings, the
pileal, hymenophoral tramal or stipital structures
are not shown here unless they are
exceptionally unusual because they usually
conform to standard forms (see Young and
Wood 1997). For each illustrated specimen, 20
spores and 10 basidia were selected at random,
drawn and measured. Cystidia were drawn if
present. A10 pm scale bar is placed beside each
drawing of a microcharacter.
The derived measurement ‘Q’ is defined
as the quotient of the mean length divided by
the mean width for the relevant spore or basidial
measurements. The range of Q for each taxon
is derived from the combined results of all
collections. In practice it has been found that
the values of the spore mean for most
collections will not vary more than +0.5 pm from
the values given here; the mean Q for the spores
seems to vary by a lesser amount and most
collections seem to be within a value +0.3 from
that given here. The values for the basidial
length and width means and mean Q’s should
be applied similarly.
The previous paper by Young and Wood
(1997) used a derived parameter ‘R’ which was
defined as the quotient of the mean basidial
length and the mean spore length of the taxon.
This parameter has been discarded. Further
studies have shown that the results for R vary
so much between collections that a reasonably
stable reference value cannot be established
for any one taxon. The large variations are due
to the fact that relatively minor alterations in
mean spore length produce quite large changes
in the derived quotient.
Herbaria
Herbaria which made material available for this
study (or at which material is deposited) are:
UNSW: School of Biological Sciences,
University of New South Wales, Kensington,
NSW, Australia.
DAR: Orange Agricultural Institute Herbarium,
Orange, NSW, Australia.
PDD: Herbarium PDD, Manaaki Whenua
Landcare Research, Auckland, New Zealand.
AD: State Herbarium, SA, Australia.
Comments
The taxa listed or newly described in this paper
represent a large percentage of the species
present, however it is known that more than
the eighteen taxa presented here, do occur at
the site. Photographic records exist of a grey
taxon with a ‘tricholomatoid’ appearance but
with very thick and distant lamellae; supporting
information suggests that this taxon will be
allocated to genus Hygrocybe. There is also a
bright yellow, dry taxon with deeply decurrent
lamellae which may belong to the
Hygrophoraceae. The ‘coachwood collections’
belonging to genus Camarophyllopsis were
considered sufficiently close at this stage to
warrant their placement with the new taxon
described from fern banks beside the central
creek, however further work may show the
coachwood material does represent a separate
species. Other taxa are likely to appear given
sufficient time for further collections at the site:
for example, a photographic slide exists of a
fungus found at Gore Creek which is likely to
538
Austrobaileya 5(3): 535-564 (1999)
be Hygrocybe miniata (Fr.: Fr.) Kummer, a
species that is reasonably common in the
Sydney region.
One of the most spectacular species in
the Gore Creek area is Hygrocybe
graminicolor. This forms troops in the litter of
the eucalypt woodland or forest and is quite
common. An interesting aspect of its
occurrence is that it often appears in the deep
litter just below a sandstone ‘overhang’. These
overhangs are sandstone outcrops on the gully
walls where water drips or spills over
(sometimes in miniature waterfalls) during
heavy rain. The overhang concentrates rain run¬
off so that the litter below is kept very moist
during the mycelial growth season. These ‘drip
areas’ also occur in the Blue Mountains
National Park and they were deliberately sought
when collecting Hygrophoraceae as experience
showed that the associated litter zone usually
provided much richer fruiting s of any fungal
species present in the area.
The poor sandy soils of the park seem to
be ideal for the growth of the Hygrophoraceae.
Troops of the various red taxa are frequently
found on the sheltered sites near the creek and
also in moss crevices along the walls of the
creek banks. The species Camarophyllopsis
kearneyi Young grows along the creek banks
but so far has only been collected from the
bare soil between clumps of fern and under a
dense layer of their fronds.
Fruiting appears to begin about mid May
and then continues until mid July with a few
basidiomes appearing in August if conditions
remain perfect. This fruiting of the
Hygrophoraceae is now thought to be more or
less consistent throughout the south eastern
coastal area of Australia from the Sydney region
to Tasmania: the collection data for 1998
suggests that when the Hygrophoraceae are
fruiting in Tasmania, the same taxa will also be
fruiting in Victoria and New South Wales.
Generally, basidiomes of the Hygrophoraceae
appear later in the season than do many other
agarics and then continue to be produced until
either heavy frost or lack of rain bring the
season to an end. Exactly what triggers the start
of fruiting is still not certain.
It is also interesting to compare the
occurrence of the Hygrophoraceae of the Gore
Creek site with the occurrence of similar or the
same taxa in Tasmania and elsewhere in eastern
Australia. Collecting during 1998 in various
forest areas of Tasmania demonstrated that the
Hygrophoraceae in that state occur almost
exclusively in the beech forests {Nothofagus
cunninghamii (Hook, f.) Oerst. }and particularly
in the deep moss beds that are found on those
forest floors. Open forest was ignored as
previous experience had shown that few
Hygrophoraceae, if any, occurred in those
areas. In Victoria and New South Wales,
basidiomes were found abundantly in soil and
litter in moist eucalypt forests or subtropical or
warm temperate rainforests. The type locality
of the Queensland taxon, Hygrocybe iropus
Young, is a dry sclerophyll woodland on a very
exposed and open bluff in the Bunya
Mountains. The microhabitats of the various
Gore Creek taxa are comparable with elsewhere
in southern Australia in that various species
are found on bare soil or amongst short moss
in the gallery rainforest, but other species {for
example Hygrocybe virginea (Wulfen.: Fr.)
Orton & Watling} will mostly or always be
found in the eucalypt litter areas of the gully
walls.
The Gore Creek site collections have
assisted enormously in developing better
species concepts for some of the taxa published
in the first paper on the Australian
Hygrophoraceae (Young and Wood 1997). This
first paper was largely produced from herbarium
material assisted by associated field notes and
photographic material because the drought
conditions largely dominating Australia during
that paper’s development were not conducive
to field work on the Hygrophoraceae. Many
species of the Hygrophoraceae have a wide
range of colours and other macrocharacters and
some are now known to have basidiomes that
change colours as they mature. It is now
recognised that one of the published taxa,
Hygrocybe batesii, was described from good
collections made of the species Hygrocybe
graminicolor when it was exhibiting colour
characters at one end of its range of variations
and this paper corrects that error. Conversely,
other taxa (eg. Hygrocybe aurantipes A. M.
Young, A.M., The Hygrocybeae of Lane Cove Bushland Park, New South Wales
539
Young) have been shown to be remarkably
stable in colour and in both macro- and micro¬
characters so that the description has required
little, if any, additional information.
Taxonomy
Family Hygrophoraceae Lotsy Vortr. Bot.
Stammesg. 1:706 (1907).
Basidiome small to medium sized, stipitate.
Pileus conical, convex, umbilicate or
infundibuliform; sometimes perforate; surface
dry, moist, viscid or glutinous and may be
smooth to squamulose or fibrillose. Lamellae
generally thick, waxy, and distant; free or
adnexed to decurrent. Stipe central, often brittle,
with similar surface moisture or structures to
pileus. Universal veil generally absent. Context
soft, frequently thin, waxy and translucent.
Spore print white, cream, pale violaceous or
magenta. Spores small to large, smooth rarely
nodulose or echinulate, subglobose to ovoid,
ellipsoid or cylindrical, sometimes constricted,
hyaline or rarely with dark contents, inamyloid
rarely amyloid. Basidia often long and narrow.
Cheilocystidia sometimes present,
pleurocystidia rare. Hymenophoral trama
regular, irregular or bilateral. Pileipellis a cutis
or trichoderm (sometimes gelatinised or
glutinous) or rarely a hymeniderm.
Development gymnocarpic, occasionally
hemiangiocarpic. Terrestrial rarely lignicolous,
mycorrhizal or saprophytic. Type: Hygrophorus
Fr .
Key to the THbes of Hygrophoraceae
1 . Lamellae with regular to irregular trama, never divergent. Hygrocybeae Klihner
Lamellae with divergent trama. Hygrophoreae P. Henn. (not considered further.)
Tribe Hygrocybeae Klihner, Bull. mens. Soc. linn. Lyon48: 621 (1979).
Hymenophoral trama regular to irregular; not forming ectomycorrhizae.
Type: Hygrocybe (Fr.) Kummer.
Key to the Genera of Hygrocybeae
1. Pileipellis composed of hyphae forming a cutis,
ixocutis, trichoderm or ixotrichoderm of non-inflated,
hyphal elements. Hygrocybe
Pileipellis an hymeniderm but sometimes approaching
an epithelium and then composed of inflated elements. Camarophyllopsis
1. Hygrocybe (Schaeff.: Fr.) Kummer, Ftihr. Pilzk.:
26 (1871); Hygrocybe Fr., Syst. Myc. 1:
101 (1821); Camarophyllus Fr., Syst. Myc.
1:98 (1821); Camarophyllus (Fr.) Kummer,
Ftihr. Pilzk.: 2 (1871). Type: Agaricus
conicus Schaeff., Fungi Bavariae 4: 2
(1774).
Basidiome fleshy, often watery or waxy in
texture, collybioid, mycenoid or omphaloid,
generally small to medium sized but
occasionally large; variously coloured, often
bright red, orange, yellow, green and lilac or
combinations of these colours; pileus opaque
or hygrophanous, striate or not, dry to
glutinous, smooth to squamulose or fibrillose;
lamellae usually sub-distant to distant, free to
adnate or decurrent, thick to very thick and
with waxy appearance when fresh; velar
structures absent; stipe dry to glutinous,
smooth to squamulose or fibrillose; spore print
white, cream coloured, pale magenta or pale
lilac. Spores hyaline, smooth or rarely spinose,
non-amyloid (for known Australian taxa);
basidia sometimes long (25-70pm), Q: 2.5-10.0,
540
Austrobaileya 5(3): 535-564 (1999)
2-and 4-spored forms frequent; cheilocystidia
present in some species either as true or
pseudo-cystidia; pleurocystidia rare and then
as pseudo-pleurocystidia; lamellae trama
regular, subregular to irregular, tramal elements
from very long (> 1000 jam) to very short (< 30
jam); clamp connections usually present;
pileipellis a cutis, ixocutis, trichoderm or
ixotrichoderm. Development gymnocarpic and
stipitocarpic.
Habitat and Distribution: Solitary to
gregarious, terrestrial rarely on wood and then
only if extremely rotten; substrates include soil,
humus, moss; grasslands to forest and
saprophytic. Cosmopolitan from subarctic or
subantarctic to tropics and alpine regions.
Key to the Subgenera of Hygrocybe
1. Hymenophoral trama irregular, composed of short (20-150jam)
interwoven hyphal elements; basidiome often with subdued
colours (white, brown, lilac-grey) but may be orange,apricot
or bright lilac; lamellae arcuate to decurrent; clamps frequent
throughout the basidiome, occasionally rare in the hymenophoral
trama. subgen. Cuphophyllus Key 1
Hymenophoral trama regular to subregular (if subregular, then
basidiome brightly coloured) and composed of parallel hyphal
elements which are either ‘long tubular’ or chains of short elements;
basidiome often very brightly coloured (red, orange, yellow, green, lilac);
lamellae variously attached;clamps usually frequent throughout the
basidiome or at least at the bases of the basidia.2
2. Hymenophoral trama very regular, composed of very long (1000-
3000 pm), aseptate, tubular elements with tapered ends; lamellae
free, ascending or narrowly adnate; tissues may blacken on bruising;
basidia usually short (mean length 30-40 (-45) pm); except for the
aseptate hymenophoral trama, clamps usually present throughout the
basidiome, rarely absent in some taxa with 2-spored
basidia. subgen. Hygrocybe (Key 2)
Hymenophoral trama regular to subregular, composed of parallel
chains of short, sometimes inflated hyphal elements (usually 20-
400 pm); lamellae adnate to decurrent; tissues never blackening
on bruising; basidia sometimes long (40-60 pm); clamps either
present throughout the basidiome present only at the bases of the basidia.3
3. Clamps present throughout the basidiome and of medallion form
or not; pileus never splitting radially so that the split occurs
along the medial section of a lamella.subgen. Pseudohygrocybe (Key 3)
Clamps absent throughout the basidiome except at the bases
of the basidia and then frequently of medallion form; pilei
tending to split radially along the medial line of at least
some lamellae so that the half lamellae remain joined at the
lamellae margins and also attached to the pileus at the edges
of the radial split.subgen. Humidicutis (Key 4)
Key 1: Species of Subgenus Cuphophyllus
1. Pileus white to slightly greyish, sometimes with brownish centre. 5. H. virginea
Pileus mauve to lilac, pinkish lilac, lilac brown, orange,
orange brown or apricot orange.2
Young, A.M., The Hygrocybeae of Lane Cove Bushland Park, New South Wales
541
2. Pileus mauve, pinkish mauve, lilac or lilac brown. 3
Pileus orange, orange brown, or apricot orange.4
3. Pileus bright pinkish mauve or lilac, never hygrophanous;
stipe yellow at the base. 3. H.cheelii
Pileus pale lilac to lilac grey, usually rather hygrophanous
and drying pallid buff with lilac tints; stipe never yellow at
the base. 4. H. reesiae
4. Pileus apricot orange; basidiomes slender and thin fleshed;
always smooth; lamellae interveined; spores 5-6 x 4-5 pm. 1. H. aurantiopallens
Pileus yellow orange to light orange brown; basidiomes stout;
at first with whitish furfuraceous coating over much of the surface
and often with residues at the margins; lamellae without interveins;
spores 6-8.5 x 5-7 pm. 2. H. austropratensis
Key 2: Species of H. subgen. Hygrocybe
1. One species known in the area: pileus conical, often red or
yellow; all tissues rapidly blackening on bruising and exuding
a pale, watery yellow fluid if cut; pileal and stipe surfaces
covered in abundant, blackish fibrils.6. H. astatogala
Key 3: Species of//, subgen. Pseudohygrocybe
1. Pileipellis a dry cutis or trichoderm (rarely a very weak
ixocutis demonstrated only by microscopic examination of
gelatinisation of surface hyphae).2
Pileipellis a well developed ixocutis or ixotrichoderm (while
in some mature basidiomes the viscidity may not be apparent,
the nature of the ixocutis is always clearly apparent in juvenile
basidiomes and can be restored in dry adult basidiomes by applying
a small drop of distilled water). 6
2. Pileipellis a trichoderm at least at the centre and appearing
finely velvety or tomentose as the pileus matures and dries;
pileus and stipe deep red to orange, lamellae cream coloured
to pale yellow.9. H. cantharellus
Pileus a cutis (rarely a very weak ixocutis demonstrated
microscopically), pileus, stipe and lamellae variously coloured.3
3. Lamellae pale to very pale lilac; pileus light orange brown and
often with pallid lilac margins; spinose spores found occasionally
at random amongst the normal spores. 7. H. anomala
Lamellae white or a shade of yellow; pileus olive brown or red,
stipe red or yellow; spinose spores never present. 4
4. Pileus olive brown; stipe bright yellow or yellow orange. 8. H. aurantipes
Pileus and stipe bright red.5
5. Pileus brilliant red with yellow, striate margins; lamellae deeply
decurrent and bright yellow; most spores strongly constricted.17. H. sp. LC1
Pileus red but without the yellow, striate margins; lamellae adnate,
adnate with a decurrent tooth or arcuate and white to pallid yellow
542 Austrobaileya 5(3): 535-564 (1999)
or cream coloured with faint brownish tints; constrictions present in
only a few spores. 13. H. kula
6. Basidiomes completely bright chrome yellow . 10. H. chromolimonea
Basidiomes not completely bright chrome yellow.7
7. Pileusred.8
Pileus green, yellow green or a shade of brown.9
8. Lamellae deeply decurrent and pure white becoming pale
yellow with age; stipe red. 14. H. lanecovensis
Lamellae broadly adnate with at most a decurrent tooth, creamy
yellow to pinkish yellow; stipe clear yellow to yellow orange. 11. H. erythrocala
9. Cheilocystidia absent and lamellae margins without a gluten
thread;lamellae usually adnate or with a decurrent tooth; spore
mean length 7.5-8.5 jam. 15. H. stevensoniae
Cheilocystidia present and embedded in a gluten thread; lamellae
always arcuate to deeply decurrent; spore mean length 6.0-7.0 pm.. 12. H. graminicolor
Key 4: Species ofH. subgen. Humidicutis
1. One species known in the area; basidiomes wholly lilac; pileus
conical to umbonate, usually splitting radially with the splits
severing the lamellae along the medial trama; clamps absent
throughout the basidiome except at the bases of the basidia. 16. H. lewellinae
CamarophyllopsisHerink, ActaMus. Horti Bot.
Boh. Bor. 1: 61 (1958). Type:
Camarophyllopsis schulzeri (Bres.)
Herink.
Basidiome thin to fleshy, small, dull coloured
in grey to ochre or brown; pileus convex to
umbilicate, dry and often hygrophanous;
lamellae distant, broadly adnate to arcuate or
decurrent; universal veil absent; stipe dry, often
with small dots, pruinose punctate or fibrillose;
spore print white. Spores hyaline, smooth,
non-amyloid, subglobose to broadly ellipsoid,
small (up to 7 pm long); basidia narrowly
clavate, 20-70x4.5-8.5 pm, Q: 4.5-10.0, mostly
4-spored; cystidia absent or inconspicuous;
hymenophoral trama regular to subregular and
composed of short elements up to 170 pm long;
pileipellis an hymeniderm; clamp connections
present or absent; development
monovelangiocarpic and stipiticarpic.
Habitat and distribution : Solitary to
subgregarious, terrestrial in forests or open
sites, apparently saprophytic. Mostly in
temperate NorthAmerica, Asia and Europe, but
also known from subtropical South America and
Asia.
1. One species known in the area; basidiomes inconspicuous,
brownish grey, with fibrils on the stipe; pileipellis composed
of globose elements and giving the pileal surface a micaceous
effect under a hand lens; lamellae whitish or greyish white and
adnate to arcuate; in troops on soil under low ferns. 18. C. kearneyi
Field Key to the Hygrocybeae of Lane Cove
Park
These ‘artificial’ keys use macro-characters 0 r can be readily determined with a xlO hand
which are either easily seen with the naked eye i en s. They have been constructed so that those
Young, A.M., The Hygrocybeae of Lane Cove Bushland Park, New South Wales
543
taxa which tend to lose their viscidity as group of distinctly glutinous taxa and the group
maturation proceeds are included in both the of completely dry taxa.
Key to the Groups
1. Pileus viscid or glutinous.Key 1
Pileus dry.2
2. Basidiomes (at least in part) brightly coloured: red, orange, yellow, lilac.Key 2
Basidiomes dull coloured (brown, grey, black) or white.Key 3
Key 1 - Pileus Viscid or Glutinous
1. Basidiome wholly bright chrome yellow. 10. H. chromolimonea
Basidiome green, brown or red.2
2. Pileus brilliant red/crimson.3
Pileus green or greenish brown, yellow brown or brown.4
3. Lamellae white becoming yellowish with age, deeply decurrent;
stipe red.14. H. lanecovensis
Lamellae cream yellow, usually with pink tints, adnate with at most
a decurrent tooth; stipe yellow or yellow-orange.11. H. erythrocala
4. Lamellae margins never with sticky, glutinous thread (use a x 10
hand lens).15. H. stevensoniae
Lamellae margins always with a sticky, glutinous, often greyish
thread (use a xlO hand lens). 12. H. graminicolor
Key 2 - Pileus Dry, Basidiomes Brightly Coloured (at least in part)
1. Basidiomes either with more or less strong lilac or mauve
colouration generally over the whole fruiting body or with
the lamellae only delicately but distinctly lilac tinted or with
both lamellae and the pileus margins lilac tinted.2
Basidiomes completely lacking in lilac or mauve colours or tints.5
2. Delicate lilac tints present either only on the lamellae or on both
the lamellae and the pileus margins, pileus orange brown. 7. H. anomala
Lilac or mauve colouration found generally over the entire
fruiting body, the basidiome is often very intensely coloured.3
3. Pileus conical to umbonate and frequently splitting radially
along the medial section of the lamellae; lamellae free, adnexed
or narrowly adnate.16. H. lewellinae
Pileus convex and may become umbilicate, not splitting radially;
lamellae decurrent. 4
4. Basidiomes an intense pinkish mauve or lilac; stem base
distinctly yellow; pileus finely velvety under axlO hand lens.3. H. cheelii
Basidiomes pale to intense lilac but without the pink tints; stem
base never yellow; pileus smooth under a xlO lens. 4. H. reesiae
5. Pileus dark olive brown becoming paler with age and often
544 Austrobaileya 5(3): 535-564 (1999)
showing yellow, greenish or orange tints; stipe bright yellow
to yellow orange. 8. H. aurantipes
Basidiomes not with the above pileus and stipe colour combination.6
6. Pileus bright orange to orange brown .7
Pileus red, or red bruising black.10
7. Basidiomes wholly apricot orange, the lamellae may be a slightly
paler shade . 1. H. aurantiopallens
Basidiomes not wholly apricot orange; lamellae cream coloured
or yellowish; if pale orange brown then fruiting bodies stout
and with deeply decurrent lamellae.8
8. Stipe thick (4-5 mm); pileus orange brown; both pileus and
stipe with a white, furfuraceous layer when immature and which
is lost as the fruiting body expands . 2. H. austropratensis
Stipe slender (1-3 mm), pileus orange; basidiomes without the white
furfuraceous layer on both pileus and stipe when immature.9
9. Pileus finely velvety tomentose at least at the centre (use a xlO hand
lens); lamellae deeply decurrent, at first white then becoming a shade
of yellow; stipe red with yellow base.9. H. cantharellus
Pileus smooth; lamellae arcuate decurrent and yellowish brown or buff;
delicate lilac tints are usually present on the lamellae; stipe orange. 7. H. anomala
10. Lamellae ascending to broadly adnate with at most a decurrent tooth.11
Lamellae strongly decurrent.13
11. Pileus conical with abundant black fibrils; all tissues bruising black. 6 . H. astatogala
Pileus convex without black fibrils; no tissues bruising black.12
12. Lamellae at first white, then becoming pallid yellow with age;
stipe red. 13. H. kula
Lamellae cream coloured from the start and then with pinkish tints;
stipe yellow or yellow orange.11. H. erythrocala
13. Pileus finely velvety tomentose, at least at the centre (use xlO
hand lens); lamellae at first pale cream coloured then more or less
yellow; basidiomes always with a slender stipe that is much longer
(at least 2-3 times) than the pileus diameter.9. H. cantharellus
Pileus smooth; lamellae white or bright yellow; stipe not as above.14
14. Pileus with yellow, striate margins; lamellae always deeply
decurrent and bright yellow.17. H. sp. LC1
Pileus without yellow, striate margins; lamellae pure white to
cream coloured .14. H. lanecovensis
Key 3 - Pileus Dry, Basidiomes Dull Coloured (Brown, Grey, Black) or White
1. Pileus conical, black or deep grey with adpressed, black fibrils;
a pale yellow or clear fluid often weeps from the cut tissues. 6 . H. astatogala
Pileus convex or convex and umbilicate, not black or deep grey
with adpressed black fibrils; never with pale yellow or clear fluid
weeping from cut tissues.2
Young, A.M., The Hygrocybeae of Lane Cove Bushland Park, New South Wales 545
2. Pileus white, usually hygrophanous and striate; stipe white. 5. H. virginea
Pileus distinctly brown to orange brown; stipe brown.3
3. Stipe 4-5 mm thick, basidiomes robust; pileus dull orange brown
and usually covered with a white furfuraceous layer when immature
but which is lost as the fungus matures. 2. H. austropratensis
Stipe 1-3 mm thick, basidiomes delicate; pileus orange brown or
grey brown but never covered with a white furfuraceous layer
when juvenile.4
4. Stipe with small, adpressed brown fibrils; pileus hemispherical,
pallid brown and appearing finely micaceous under ax 10 hand
lens; lamellae white to greyish white. 18. Camarophyllopsis kearneyi
Stipe without small, adpressed brown fibrils; pileus convex, orange
to orange brown, with fine lilac margins at least in juvenile stages
and not appearing finely micaceous under axlO hand lens; lamellae
lilac tinted. 7. H. anomala
Subgen. Cuphophyllus Donk, Beih. Nova.
Hedwigia5: 45 (1962). Type: Agaricus
pratensis Pers.: Fr. [= Camarophyllus
pratensis (Pers.: Fr.) Kummer.]
Hymenophoral trama irregular; basidiome dull
coloured or rarely with bright colours in
apricots, pinks or lilac to mauve; lamellae mostly
decurrent; cystidia mostly absent; clamps
frequent throughout the basidiome.
1. Hygrocybe aurantiopallens (Horak) A. M.
Young, Aust. Syst. Bot. 10: 921 (1997);
Camarophyllus aurantiopallens Horak,
Beih. NovaHedwigia43:122 (1973). Type:
New Zealand. Lake Rotoiti, 29 April 1968,
E. Horak [PDD 27088](holo: PDD).
Misappl.: Hygrophorus aurantius Murrill
sensu G. Stevenson, Kew Bull. 16(3): 382 (1963).
Illustration : Fuhrer & Robinson (1992), p 38;
Young & Wood (1997), p922.
Pileus (6-) 10-20 mm, convex (occasionally
slightly umbonate), expanding to plano¬
convex; smooth, dry, apricot yellow to light
orange (near 4A5), usually darker at the centre,
all parts fading with age; red tints completely
absent; a little pellucid striate if moist,
especially towards the margins; margins usually
slightly crenulate, especially when young.
Lamellae adnate arcuate to usually
subdecurrent; occasionally anastomosing; not
especially thick, widely spaced to distant, very
frequently connected by veins on the
undersurface of the pileus; pallid apricot or
pileus tinted, margins concolorous. Stipe 17-
44 x 1.5-3.5 mm, cylindrical but often tapers
towards the base, smooth, dry, hollow, pale
apricot yellow to similar to pileus but paler at
the base to near white.
Spores (3.5-)4.0-6.5 x 3.5-4.5(-5.0) pm,
mean5.2x4.2pm, Q: 1.0-1.6, mean Q: 1.2-1.3,
mostly subglobose but occasionally
sublacrymoid, smooth, hyaline, non-amyloid.
Basidia 30-41 (^12.5) x 4.5-7(-8) pm, mean 34x
6 pm, Q: 4.4-7.5, mean Q: 5.7, 4-spored
(occasional 2-spored forms exist), clamped,
sometimes with medallion clamps. Cystidia
absent. Hymenophoral trama subregular to
irregular, composed of hyaline, thin-walled,
septate, semi-inflated, at least partially
interwoven hyphae 20-90 (-120)x 3-12 (-15)
pm, frequently constricted at the septa and
often with medallion clamps. Pileipellis a cutis,
(often some hyphae partially gelatinise to give
the appearance of an ixocutis, but fresh material
is not viscid), cuticular hyphae 1-3 pm diameter,
clamped, forming a repent layer 20^-0 pm deep
overlying a subpellicular layer of hyaline,
clamped, inflated cells 40-80 x 6-12 pm,
cuticular pigment plasmatic and also as
granules on the hyphal walls. Stipitipellis a
cutis of hyaline, thin-walled, inflated, clamped
hyphae 2-4 pm, sometimes overlain with a loose
layer of extensively branched, thin-walled,
clamped hyphae 3-8 pm; subpellis an array of
546
Austrobaileya 5(3): 535-564 (1999)
inflated, thin-walled, hyaline, clamped, parallel
elements 6-11 pm.
Habitat: Gregarious on soil in rainforest.
Specimens examined : New South Wales. Lane
Cove Bushland Park, 13 June 1998, Young 2107 (BRI);
20 June 1998, R. & E. Kearney in Young 2171 (DAR).
Remarks : The characteristics of the Lane Cove
collections are all extremely si mil ar to those of
previously published descriptions of this
species and records show that it appears in
both June and July. Fuhrer and Robinson (1992)
stated that the New Zealand species
Hygrocybe apricosa Horak ( [=Camarophyllus
apricosa sensu Fuhrer & Robinson) occurred
in Tasmania and provided a photograph (p38)
considered to be this taxon. So far, no
Tasmanian or Australian mainland collections
of similar material have proven to be this New
Zealand taxon which is readily distinguished
from Hygrocybe aurantiopallens as
Hygrocybe apricosa has small, ellipsoid spores
(3-5 x 2.5-4 pm).
2. Hygrocybe austropratensis A. M. Young,
sp. nov. Pileus 14-30 mm, convexus
denique plano-convexus vel irregularis,
aurantiaco-brunneus, pilei juniores cum
stratum album furfuraceum. Lamellae
decurrentes, aurantiaco-bubalinus
pallens. Stipes 20-45 x 47 mm, cremeo-
bubalinus pallens, cylindricus, siccus,
laevis, stipes juniores cum stratum album
furfuraceum. Sporae 6.0-8.3(-9.0) x 5.0-
7.3 pm, Q: 1.1-1.4, lato-ellipsoideae usque
subglobosae, hyalinae, inamyloideae.
Basidia 53-69 x 6-8 pm, (2-)4-spora,
fibulata. Cystidia nulla. Trama
hymenophoralis irregularis, fibulata.
Epicutis pilei cutem formans. Gregaria vel
caespitosa in humo sylvestris. Typus: New
South Wales. Lane Cove Bushland Park.
33°49’S 151°10’E, 7 June 1998, R. & E.
Kearney. [DAR 73916] (holo: DAR; iso:
BRI).
Pileus 14-30 mm, orange to light orange brown
(near 4A8), convex or a little irregularly convex
expanding to plano-convex and then somewhat
irregular to repand, dry; at first coated with a
white, furfuraceous layer which is
progressively lost as the pileus matures;
margins at first involute and may be slightly
striate and often with whitish fragments on them
similar to the pileal surface. Lamellae decurrent
and sometimes apparently forking at the
extreme margins on old pilei, no veins noted
Fig. 1 . Hygrocybe austropratensis. A. Habit (bar =
10 mm); B. basidia; C. spores (bar =10 pm).
Holotype DAR 73916.
between lamellae on the pileus undersurface,
pale orange buff (4A4) and margins
concolorous and even. Stipe 20-45 x 4-7 mm,
very pale creamy brown (near 4A3), solid, dry,
cylindrical but often bulbous at the base,
smooth or usually coated with the white
furfuraceous layer which slowly disappears on
aging.
Spores 6-8.3(-9)x 5-7.3 pm, mean 7.5 x 6.3 pm,
Q: 1.1-1.4, mean Q: 1.2, subglobose to very
Young, A.M., The Hygrocybeae of Lane Cove Bushland Park, New South Wales
547
broadly ellipsoid, smooth, hyaline. Basidia 53-
69 x 6-8 pm, mean 62x 6.8 pm, Q: 6.6-10.2(-
12.6), mean Q: 9.2, 2- or 4-spored, clamped.
Cystidia none. Hymenophoral trama irregular
composed of hyaline, strongly interwoven,
branched, clamped, cylindrical hyphae 2.5-7
pm diameter. Pileipellis a cutis of repent but
extensively interwoven hyphae 3-6 pm
diameter - in juvenile pilei the whitish layer is
represented by an evanescent coating of
delicate hyphae similar to the mature pileus’
hyphae which disintegrate and disappear. Stipe
a cutis of hyaline, thin walled, cylindrical,
clamped hyphae 1.5-5 pm diameter. Fig. 1.
Habitat : Gregarious or caespitose on soil
amongst eucalypt litter in woodland.
Remarks : This species seems quite close to
Hygrocybe pratensis (Pers.: Fr.) Murrill. The
spores and basidia of H. austropratensis are
larger than the usual range of European material
(5.5-6.5 x 4-5 pm for spores and 40-55 x 5- 6
pm for basidia). Other variations include the
often bulbous base which is lacking in
European material, the much paler stipe and
the brown colourations rather than the orange
hues of H. pratensis. The white furfuraceous
coating present abundantly in juvenile
Australian material is absent from the European
species.
Etymology : a southern hemisphere fungus
(Latin, australis, south or southern) resembling
the European Hygrocybe pratensis (Pers.: Fr.)
Murrill
3. Hygrocybe cheelii A. M. Young, nom. nov.;
Cantharellus lilacinus Cleland & Cheel,
Trans. & Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Australia43:
271 (1919); Camarophyllus lilacinus
(Cleland & Cheel) Horak, New Zealand J.
Bot. 28: 203 (1990); non Hygrocybe
lilacina (C. Laest. ex P. Karst.) M. Moser,
Die Rohrlinge und Blatterpilze
(Agaricales) 3 edit., 64 (1967). Type: New
South Wales. Gladesville. 17 June 1916.
(holo:AD, n.v.).
Illustration: Willis (1963), plate 9, 1 as
Cantharellus lilacinus.
Pileus 15-25 mm, bright pinkish mauve or lilac
(15B5), convex, dry, smooth but finely velvety
under a xlO lens, margins at first involute,
sometimes a little crenulate or slightly plicate
when immature, always with a fine white zone
about 1 mm wide at the pileus margins. Flesh
Fig. 2. Hygrocybe cheelii. A. Habit (bar =10 mm);
B. basidia; C. spores (bar = 10 pm). Y2118.
thick, white and with lilac tints in the pileus,
may discolour slightly to yellowish brown in
the tissues at the stipe base. Lamellae deeply
decurrent sometimes arcuate, mauve lilac
(15B3-15C3) and often with paler margins,
distant, thick, sometimes forking especially
towards the pileus margins. Stipe 30-50 x 7-
9(-12) mm, pinkish mauve or lilac and
concolorous with the pileus but yellow (3A3)
548
Austrobaileya 5(3): 535-564 (1999)
towards the stipe base, dry, fibrillose, solid,
cylindrical superiorly but usually inflated
towards the base.
Spores 6.7-8.7 x 4.7-6.3 pm, mean 7.8x
5.5 pm, Q: 1.1-1.9, mean Q: 1.4, subgloboseto
ellipsoid, hyaline, smooth. Basidia 47-70 x
(6-)7-9pm, mean 59x7.7 pm, Q: 6.3-10.0, mean
Q: 7.7,4-spored but with some 2-spored basidia
often scattered amongst the rest, clamped.
Cystidia absent. Hymenophoral trama irregular
and composed of interwoven, hyaline,
cylindrical or sometimes a little inflated,
branched hyphae 2-6 pm diameter, clamps
abundant. Pileipellis a loose cutis (often
approaching a trichoderm) of cylindrical, non-
inflated, interwoven, branched hyphae 2.5-4.0
pm diameter often with short sections of
hyphae projecting above the surface of the
remainder and then with rounded, obtuse
apices, pigment granules often present, clamps
abundant. Stipitipellis a loose cutis of parallel
and interwoven hyphae 1.5-5.0 pm diameter,
clamps abundant, pigment granules usually
visible on outermost hyphae. Fig. 2.
Habitat : Gregarious to caespitose on soil
amongst leaf litter in wet or dry sclerophyll
forest.
Specimen examined : New South Wales. Sheldon
Forest Park. 34°44’ 151°07’E., 14 June 1998, F. Taeker
in Young 2118 (BRI).
Remarks : This taxon regularly appears in the
Lane Cove Bushland Park and cannot be
confused with any other species as no other
Australian taxon has its intense and almost
artificial colouration. Confirmatory
photographic material is held for Lane Cove
Park but no herbarium material. The description
has been taken from typical material collected
at a Sydney site approximately 10 kilometres
distance. Originally placed in genus
Cantharellus by Cleland and Cheel, there is
no doubt that it is a valid member of the
Hygrophoraceae as the lamellae are
characteristic of the Agaricales not the pseudo¬
lamellae developed from hymenial folds that
characterise the Cantharellaceae. The general
morphology and the very irregular
hymenophoral trama place this taxon in
subgenus Cuphophyllus. This particular
collection is of interest as amongst the normal
spores were a small number of larger, smooth,
ellipsoid spores measuring about 11x8 pm.
These larger spores do not appear to be
contaminants and they may be derived from
the occasional 2-spored basidia.
Etymology : after Edwin Cheel, botanical
assistant at the Botanic Gardens, Sydney, New
South Wales.
4. Hygrocybe reesiaeA. M. Young, Aust. Syst.
Bot. 10: 923 (1997). type: New South
Wales. Lane Cove Bushland Park, 17 June
1990, R. Kearney & B. Rees [UNSW 90/
205](holo: UNSW).
Illustration : Young & Wood (1997), p924.
Pileus 10-20 mm, convex but depressed at the
centre to almost umbilicate when mature,
smooth, dry, margins even and not splitting,
pale lilac to lilac grey (near 16B3) but fading to
buff when old (4B4-4A3). Lamellae deeply
decurrent, distant, thick, 1 or 2 sets lamellulae,
deep lilac to near violet (16B6), margins
concolorous. Stipe 16-30 x 3-4 mm, dry,
smooth, cylindrical, pallid lilac (16A3) but darker
superiorly becoming buff (4B4 4A3), hollow.
Spores (6-)6.5-9.0(-9.7) x 4.5-6.8 pm, mean 7.7
x 5.8 pm, Q: 1.1-1.5, mean Q: 1.3-1.4, very
broadly elliptical to almost subglobose,
apiculus prominent, smooth, hyaline, non¬
amyloid, thin-walled. Basidia 50-60x (5.5-) 6.5
-9.5 pm, mean 56x7.7 pm, Q: 5.9-9.2, mean Q:
7.4, 4-spored, clamped and often approaching
medallion clamps or medallion clamps present.
Cystidia absent. Hymenophoral trama
subregular to interwoven, composed of hyaline,
thin-walled, occasionally branching elements,
20-60 x 3-7 (-10) pm, only slightly constricted
at the septa, but with abundant clamps some
with medallion form, usually more irregular
towards the margins. Pileipellis a cutis
composed of an up to 10 pm thick layer of very
narrow, hyaline, clamped hyphae (some
medallion clamps), 2-3 pm diameter with the
hyphal ends rounded, overlying a subparallel
to interwoven subpellis of more inflated hyphae
2-9 pm diameter, frequently septate and
clamped at all septa, frequently branching.
Stipitipellis a cutis of hyaline, thin-walled,
Young, A.M., The Hygrocybeae of Lane Cove Bushland Park, New South Wales
549
clamped hyphae, 2-4 pm diameter, medallion
clamps present.
Habitat : Gregarious on soil in woodland; often
found in forests, frequently amongst moss.
Specimens examined : New South Wales. Lane
Cove Bushland Park, 33°49’S 151°10’E. 7 June 1998,
R. & E. Kearney in Young 2074 (BRI); in Young 2079
(DAR).
Remarks’. Hygrocybe reesiae is very
widespread in the Sydney and Blue Mountains
region of New South Wales and also occurs
commonly in Tasmania. Its lilac colouration is
generally quite distinct when the basidiomes
contain their normal moisture, however the
colours tend to pale to a lilac tinted buff when
the basidiome surfaces dry out. The species
often occurs in small troops.
5. Hygrocybe virginea (Wulfen: Fr.) Orton &
Watling, Notes R. B. G. Edinb. 29: 132
(1969); Agaricus virgineus Wulfen, in
Jacq., Misc. austr. 2: 104 (1781); A.
virgineus Wulfen: Fr., Syst. mycol. 1: 100
( 1821); Hygrophorus virgineus (Wulfen:
Fr.) Fr., Epicr.: 327 (1838); Camarophyllus
virgineus (Wulfen: Fr.) Kummer, Fiihr.
Pilzk.: 117 (1871); Type: none designated.
Agaricus niveus Scop., FI. earn., Ed.2, 2:
430 (1772); A. virgineus, var. niveus
(Scop.) Fr., Syst. mycol. 1: 100 (1821);
Hygrophorus niveus (Scop.) Fr., Epicr.:
327 (1838); Camarophyllus niveus
(Scop.) Wunsche, Pilze: 115 (1877). Type:
none designated.
Illustrations : Cleland (1934) Plate III as
Hygrophorus niveus (Scop.) Fr.; Boertmann
(1995), 49; Young &Wood (1997), p929.
Pileus 19 35 mm, expanded convex becoming
more or less plane and then usually umbilicate,
smooth, dry, pure white becoming dull cream-
coloured when old and often with cream-
coloured tints at the very centre, when young
appearing water soaked and pellucid striate for
at least half the diameter of the pileus. Famellae
usually strongly decurrent, thick, distant, one
set of lamellulae present, pure white or slightly
tinted cream-colour with age, margins
concolorous, some intervening is present
between the lamellae when old. Stipe 30-50 x
2-5 mm, pure white to slightly tinted cream-
colour with age, more or less cylindrical near
the lamellae but tapering towards the base, dry,
smooth.
Spores (6.5-)7.0-l 1.0 x 4.0-6.6 pm, mean
7.5 x 5 pm, Q: 1.3-2.0, mean Q: 1.6, smooth,
hyaline, non-amyloid, oblong to ellipsoid.
Basidia 35-68(-80)x 5-7 (8.5) pm, mean 51 x 7,
Q: 5.3-10, mean Q: 7.2, (2-)4-spored, clamped.
Cystidia absent. Hymenophoral trama irregular,
interwoven, composed of a mixture of hyaline,
thin-walled, normal and inflated hyphae 36-110
x 3-20 pm, clamps present. Pileipellis a cutis of
repent hyphae, 1-2 pm diameter, clamped, thin-
walled, hyaline and slightly gelatinised.
Stipitipellis a cutis of hyaline, thin-walled,
clamped hyphae 2-4 pm.
Habitat : gregarious on soil amongst litter or
moss in rainforest or open woodland.
Specimens examined : New South Wales. Lane Cove
Bushland Park, 33°49’S 151°10’E. 13 June 1998, A.
M. Young, {Young 2104 in BRI); 20 June 1998, R. &
E. Kearney, {Young 2174 in DAR).
Remarks: This species occurs in troops in the
moister eucalypt litter areas close to the central
core of the rainforest. The pure white, more or
less dry basidiomes with their deeply decurrent
lamellae make them very easy to distinguish.
The only Australian taxon with which H.
virginea may be confused is H. rodwayi
(Massee) A. M. Young which is readily
separated by its marked cream colouration and
small, subglobose spores (5.0-7.0x4.5-5.5 pm).
Cleland (1934) recorded Hygrophorus niveus
(Scop.) Fr. from the Blue Mountains (NSW),
however material of his collection has not been
located. Other Cleland collections of H. niveus
have proven to be H. rodwayi which seems to
be the most common of the two white taxa. The
photograph supposedly of Camarophyllus
niveus by Fuhrer and Robinson (1992) p39 is
incorrect and appears to be an excellent
photograph of the white form of Hygrophorus
involutus G. Stevenson. (The nomenclatural
priority of Hygrocybe virginea over Hygrocybe
nivea is covered by Arnolds 1986, page 157.)
Subgen. Hygrocybe. Type: Hygrocybe conica
(Schaeff: Fr.) Kummer.
550
Austrobaileya 5(3): 535-564 (1999)
Hymenophoral trama strictly regular, composed
of very long (500-3000 pm), tubular, aseptate
elements with tapered ends; basidiome
frequently vividly coloured (red, orange,
yellow); pileus often conical; lamellae free,
adnexed or narrowly adnate; cystidia
sometimes present; clamps generally present
throughout the basidiome.
6. Hygrocybe astatogala (Heim) Heinemann;
Bertrandia astatogala (Heim) Heim, Rev.
Mycol. 31: 155 (1966); Hygrocybe
astatogala (Heim) Heinemann, Bull. Jard.
Bot. Etat 33: 436 (1963). Type:
Madagascar, (holo: R n.v.)
Illustrations: Fuhrer & Robinson (1992), p38;
Young & Wood (1997), p 933.
Pileus 13-30(-60) mm, at first elongated ellipsoid
with margins adpressed to the stem, then
rapidly expanding to conical but with the
margins remaining more or less incurved, finally
broadly conical with obtuse apex; immature
colour very variable: red (10B8), orange (5A8)
or yellow (3A7) (or mixtures of these colours
and sometimes with greenish tints), often
overlain with sooty black, eventually more or
less black with only a few tints remaining of
the previous colours; surface dry, smooth, and
covered with radially adpressed, black fibrils;
margins even to ragged and often paler than
the pileal surface; frequently splitting radially.
Pileal flesh very thin, similar to or slightly darker
than the pileal cuticle colour directly above;
stem flesh usually yellow (2A6). Lamellae
adnate-ascending to more or less free, yellow
(3A6) to orange (5A8) especially near the
margins but darker near the pileus tissues,
thick, usually well-spaced, waxy in appearance;
margins entire, concolorous. Stipe (40-)60-85
x 3-4 mm, dry, cylindrical but often tapering
apically, may be slightly fissured longitudinally
and a little twisted, hollow, very pale yellow
(3 A3) to orange (4A5), may have red tints, white
at the base; more or less covered with black
fibrils. Odour none, taste mild. All tissues exude
a clear to yellow tinted aqueous fluid when cut
and rapidly turn black on exposure to air.
Spores 7.5-10.0 x 6.0-8.5 pm, mean 8.7 x
6.8 pm, Q: 1.0-1.6, meanasQ: 1.3, very broadly
ovoid or ellipsoid but mostly subglobose, with
prominent apiculus, hyaline, thin-walled,
non-amyloid, often with dark, contents. Basidia
33-42 x 7-11 pm, mean 37x 9 pm, Q: 3.1-4.7,
mean Q: 4.0, (l-,2-,3-) 4-spored, clamped.
Cheilocystidia 46-130 x 15-35 pm, inflated,
hyaline, thin-walled, globose, pyriform or
clavate, clamped, conspicuous and densely
crowded along the lamellae margins.
Pleurocystidia absent. Hymenophoral trama
regular, composed of thin-walled, tubular,
parallel, aseptate hyphae 2-22 x 1000-2000
(-3000) pm; the hyphal ends tapering to obtuse
or rounded apices, often sinuous, and
frequently with dark contents; lactifers (6-14
pm) intermixed. Pileipellis a cutis of cylindrical,
thin-walled, clamped hyphae 5-18(-24) pm
diameter with lactiferous hyphae 6-14 pm
intermixed; fibrillose hyphae present with dark
contents 4-12 pm diameter. Caulocystidia
absent. Stipitipellis a fibrillose cutis of parallel,
thin-walled, clamped hyphae, 3-8 pm often with
dark plasmatic contents.
Habitat : Solitary or in small groups on soil
amongst forest leaf litter; often in very sheltered
and moist locations.
Specimens examined : New South Wales. Bola
Creek-Royal NP, 15 June 1998, F. Taeker, (Young
2119 in DAR); Mt. Wilson, 17 June 1998, A. M.
Young , (Young 2143 in BRI).
Remarks: Photographs from the Gore Creek site
have been conclusively identified as this taxon
which is reported to appear regularly each
season. No material is held. The red then
blackening, conical pileus with numerous
adpressed black fibrils is unmistakable, and it
is only a matter of time before the taxon is re¬
collected. The species occurs widely in the
Sydney and Blue Mountains district. Cleland
collections of this species were misidentified as
Hygrophorus conica Fr. but an unmistakeable
watercolour of this taxon was made by Miss
Clarke from a May 1915 Cleland collection from
Neutral Bay. The known Australian range
extends from south eastern Queensland to
Tasmania.
Subgen. Pseudohygrocybe M. Bon., Doc.
Mycol. 24: 42 (1976). Type: Hygrocybe
coccinea (Schaeff.: Fr.) Kummer.
Young, A.M., The Hygrocybeae of Lane Cove Bushland Park, New South Wales
551
Hymenophoral trama regular, subregular to
slightly irregular, composed of short, cylindrical
to inflated elements 20-300 pm long (rarely up
to 700 pm); basidiome variously coloured often
brightly (red, orange, yellow, green, lilac); pileus
conical, convex or umbilicate; lamellae narrowly
adnate to decurrent; cystidia sometimes
present as cheilocystidia, rarely as
pseudo-pleurocystidia; clamps generally
present throughout the basidiome.
7. Hygrocybe anomala A. M. Young, Aust. Syst.
Bot. 10: 919 (1997). type: New South
Wales. Blackheath. 23 June 1983, A. E.
Wood, UNSW 83/991 (holo: UNSW).
1. Pileus viscid; without lilac tints on pileus or lamellae. var. anomala
Pileus dry; lilac tints present on either or both pileus and lamellae
.var. ianthinomarginata
Hygrocybe anomala var. anomala
H. anomala var. anomala has not been
recorded from the Lane Cove Bushland Park.
Hygrocybe anomala var. ianthinomarginata, A.
M. Young var. nov. Differt a H. anomala
pilei marginata lilacina vel ianthina,
lamellae lilacinae, epicute pilei et stipes
cutem formans nunquam ixocutem. typus:
New South Wales. Lane Cove Bushland
Park. 33°49’S 151°10’E. 13 June 1998, R.
& E. Kearney & A. M. Young. [DAR
73918] (holo: DAR).
Pileus 8-18 mm, convex to expanded convex or
sometimes slightly umbonate, orange brown
(5B4-4A3) or buff (4A3-4B4) and almost
always with a darker, reddish centre ‘dot’ (7A8)
especially as the pileus matures, smooth, dry,
finely scaly under a xlO lens, striate, margins
strongly crenulate and tinted lavender/lilac/
violet (12A2-14A2). Lamellae decurrent, pale
lilac (12A2-14A2) sometimes deeper lavender/
violet 16A3-16A4) and occasionally with
pinkish tints, margins even and concolorous,
thick, distant, veins present on the pileus
undersurface. Stipe 20-40 x 1.5-2.5 mm, red,
reddish orange or orange (5A7, 7A8-8A8),
smooth to finely fibrillose, dry, hollow,
cylindrical.
Spores (6.0-)6.7-8.7(-10.0)x 4.0-5.7(-6.0)
pm, mean 7.7x4.5 pm, Q: 1.4-2.2, mean Q: 1.7,
smooth, hyaline, ovoid or ellipsoid to
cylindrical and at least some cylindrical spores
medially constricted. Spinose spores scattered
frequently, occasionally or sometimes
infrequently amongst the normal spores and
having similar overall dimensions and Q’s to
those of normal spores, outline frequently
polygonal with the spines emerging from the
angles of the polygon, spines conical, apices
obtuse and 0.5-2.5 pm in height. Basidia 33-
57 x 6-8 pm, mean 44 x 7 pm, Q: 5.0-8.0, mean Q:
6.1, 4-spored, clamped. Cystidia absent.
Hymenophoral trama regular to subregular, in
the upper 2 /3rds of the lamella composed of
parallel chains of cylindrical, hyaline, thin
walled elements 10-45 x 4-1 lpm but then
becoming irregular and the lower l h of the
lamellae near the margins composed of
subglobose to polyhedral, hyaline, thin walled
elements 4-12 pm diameter, clamps present but
sometimes rare. Pileipellis a cutis composed of
repent, hyaline, thin walled cylindrical hyphae
2-5 pm diameter, clamps present. Stipitipellis a
cutis of repent, thin walled, hyaline, cylindrical
septate hyphae 1-4 pm diameter, clamps
occasional. Fig. 3.
Habitat: Gregarious or caespitose on soil
amongst litter, occasionally may occur in small
troops.
Remarks: Hygrocybe anomala was described
from a collection which represented one of the
basidiome variations produced by this mutable
taxon. Further collections indicate that the
viscid characters of stipe and pileus may or
may not be present. The Fane Cove Bushland
Park collections do not appear to have any
viscidity of either pileus or stipe, however the
viscid nature of both structures is clearly
recorded in photographs for both the holotype
of var. anomala and the accompanying
552
Austrobaileya 5(3): 535-564 (1999)
collection of UNSW 83/988A. In addition, re¬
examination of the holotype (UNSW 83/991) of
var. anomala, with emphasis on the juvenile
basidiomes, has clearly demonstrated the
agglutinated/gelatinised nature of the surface
hyphae of the pileus together with numbers of
spores that adhere very firmly to the surface
hyphae even after gentle warmth is applied to
mounted preparations of the pileipellis. There
is now no doubt that var. anomala has an
ixocutis even though it may apparently be
absent in mature basidiomes due to local
climatic conditions. The new variety does not
appear ever to produce an ixocutis on either
pileus or stipe.
Pinkish tints only were recorded for the
lamellae of var. anomala and neither of the
Blackheath collections show a lilac/violet
margin to the pileus. Collections of var.
ianthinomarginata made from various
locations in the Sydney and Blue Mountains
region during the 1998 collecting season show
that the lilac tints of the lamellae are generally
very distinctive when the basidiomes are
young but then may fade a little as the
basidiome matures.
The colours of the pileus and stipe in
both varieties are inconstant. Depending upon
the collection, the pileus varies from warm
orange to pallid yellow orange while the
central, reddish brown ‘dot’ may or may not be
prominent. The stipe colour is also variable and
may range from pallid orange yellow to strongly
orange red or almost pure red.
Re-examination of the var. anomala
holotype collection demonstrated conclusively
that the material has a sub-regular tramal
structure with interwoven hyphae at higher
magnification (x400), however at lower
magnification (xlOO) the trama appears more or
less regular. The trama’s structure also varies
depending upon where it is examined: near the
lamellae margins, it is usually more irregular, at
the midpoint between margin and pileus it is
usually sub-regular, while near the pileus, it is
generally regular. There seems little doubt that
H. anomala was incorrectly placed in subgenus
Fig. 3. Hygrocybe anomala var. ianthinomarginata. A. Habit (bar =10 mm)
D. spinose spores (bar = 10 gm). Holotype DAR 73918.
Young, A.M., The Hygrocybeae of Lane Cove Bushland Park, New South Wales
553
Cuphophyllus in the previous paper of Young
and Wood (1997) and should be transferred to
sub-genus Pseudohygrocybe.
Hygrocybe anomala is very wide spread
with collections of both varieties also known
from Tasmania. It seems to be unique amongst
the Australian species with its spinose spores
scattered amongst the normal spores.
Examination of a number of collections has
shown that in any one collection, the number
of spinose spores present may vary from very
common to sparse. Re-examination of the
holotype of var. anomala and the
accompanying Blackheath material (UNSW 83/
988A) has revealed abundant ‘polygonal’,
spinose spores in both collections. It is difficult
to account for their omission from the original
description, however no spinose spores were
known to occur in any Australian species of
this genus at that time. Even if the spinose
spores had been sighted, they would have been
disregarded as contaminants. The spores are
sometimes difficult to find and can be
overlooked, however they have been found to
be present in all collections believed to be this
taxon, including the material obtained from
further field work in the Blue Mountains of New
South Wales during 1998. Usually, the
‘polygonal’ outline of the spores (typically with
the spines emerging from the corners) is quite
distinctive under the microscope but these
spinose spores also appear to have a slightly
different refractive index to the normal spores
and they frequently take up the mounting stain
more intensely than the normal spores.
Experience has shown that they are best
searched for in areas of a lamella squash that
have not been thoroughly spread apart because
they seem to adhere more strongly to the
hymenial layer. They are shed from the basidia
like normal spores as they can be found on the
stipe surface and very occasionally on the
pileus surface, obviously been distributed by
wind currents.
Etymology: Greek, ianthinus, violet or lilac,
referring to the lilac margins of the pileus.
8. Hygrocybe aurantipes A. M. Young, Aust.
Syst. Bot. 10 , 954 (1997).Type: New South
Wales. Lane Cove Bushland Park, 33°49’S
151°10’E, 17 June 1990, R. Kearney &B.
Rees [UNSW 90/208](holo: UNSW).
Illustration: Young &Wood (1997), p955.
Pileus 20-40 mm, conical becoming expanded
conical and finally more or less plane somet ime s
with the margins reflexed, smooth, dry; not
radially fibrillose; at first dark olivaceous brown
(4F8-5F8) then rapidly with greenish yellow
tints as the pileus expands and often with
orange tints when old; margins not splitting, a
little pellucid striate and usually lighter in
colour when young. Lamellae narrowly adnate
to adnate with slight decurrent tooth, distant,
thick, extensively connected by veins across
the pileus’ undersurface and these may reach
up to halfway across the lamellae face, 1 set
lamellulae, yellowish cream to buff-cream or
yellowish orange (3A4-3B4), margins
concolorous. Stipe 30-60 x 3.5-7.0 mm,
cylindrical but often flattened, the stipe base
may be either inflated or slightly tapered,
smooth, dry, pale yellow-orange (4A6,5A6-6A6)
but sometimes with apricot pink tints, usually
more pallid superiorly, base concolorous but
may be white or more yellowish, hollow.
Spores (7.0-)7.3-10.0x (4.3-)4.5-6.0pm,
mean 8.3 x 5.1 pm, Q: 1.4-1.9, mean Q: 1.6,
broadly oblong to ellipsoid, occasionally a little
constricted, smooth, hyaline, non-amyloid.
Basidia (46-)51-71 x 7-10pm, mean 56x 8.5 pm,
Q: 5.0-9.0, mean Q: 7.0, (2-)4-spored, clamped.
Cystidia absent. Hymenophoral trama regular,
composed of short, inflated, often tapering
elements 25-120(-150)x 4-30 pm, interspersed
with occasional branching hyphae 4-10 pm
diameter, clamps present and sometimes
approaching medallion clamps, lactifers present
as highly refractive, tortuous, hyaline,
thin-walled hyphae 3-7 pm. Pileipellis a cutis
composed of hyaline, thin-walled, clamped
hyphae 1-3 pm diameter overlying a subpellis
of inflated, clamped, fusiform to cylindrical
elements 30-150 x 4-20(-30) pm, lactifers
present in the subpellicular layer as highly
refractive, thin-walled, hyphae 3-7 pm and with
slightly brownish contents. Stipitipellis a cutis
of clamped, hyaline, thin-walled hyphae 1-3
pm diameter, overlying cylindrical, septate,
rarely clamped hyphae up to 8 pm diameter.
554
Austrobaileya 5(3): 535-564 (1999)
Habitat and distribution: Gregarious on soil
in woodland or rainforest; abundant in the Blue
Mountains, New South Wales.
Specimens examined : New South Wales. Mt.
Wilson, 17 June 1998, A. M. Young (Young 2145 in
DAR); Lane Cove Bushland Park, 33°49’S 151°10’E
12 August 1998, R. & E. Kearney (Young 2157 in
BRI).
Remarks: The species is quite distinctive with
its olive brown pilei and very contrasting bright
yellow-orange stipe and lamellae.
9. Hygrocybe cantharellus (Schwein.) Murrill,
(asHydrocybe), Mycologia3:196 (1911);
Agaricus cantharellus Schwein., Schr.
Nat. Ges. Leipzig 1: 88 (1822);
Hygrophorus cantharellus (Schwein.) Fr.,
Epicr.: 329 (1838). Type: none designated.
Illustrations : Boertmann, D (1995): 111; Young
& Wood (1997), p962.
Pileus (9-) 10-22 mm, hemispherical to convex
or plano-convex, occasionally slightly
depressed at the centre, margins almost always
distinctly crenulate, surface dry and smooth
except for the centre where the pileus is usually
slightly to distinctly scurfy or finely fibrillose,
dull to brilliant red (7B5/7C6) fading to lighter
shades of red or orange (5B5) with age and
often more or less yellowish at the margins,
may appear very slightly striate when moist.
Lamellae usually very distant, thick, off-white
or pale cream coloured (2A2) becoming yellow
(3A5), margins concolorous and even, very
broadly adnate with decurrent tooth or arcuate
or more commonly deeply decurrent. Stipe 20-
45 x 1-2.5 mm, cylindrical or occasionally
slightly flattened, smooth, dry, brilliant red
(10A8) often yellowish at the extreme base.
Spores (7.0-) 8.0-11.0(-11.5)x (4.0-)5.0-
7.0(-9.0)pm, mean 9.3 x 6.3 pm, Q (1.2—)1.4—2.1,
mean Q: 1.4, ellipsoid, oblong or occasionally
phaseoliform, smooth, hyaline, non-amyloid.
Basidia 36-61 x 7-11 pm, mean 45 x 9 pm, Q:
3.3-8.5, mean Q: 5.2, mostly 4-spored but
occasionally 2-spored, clamped and narrowly
clavate in some collections but broadly clavate
in others. Cystidia absent. Hymenophoral trama
regular, composed of clamped, parallel to
slightly interwoven hyphae which are often
inflated and constricted at the septa, 24-90 x
3-20 pm. Pileipellis a cutis of clamped hyphae
(4-)6-12 pm, constricted at most septa with a
trichoderm at the centre. Stipitipellis a cutis of
thin-walled, hyaline, clamped hyphae 1-3 pm
overlying similar but broader hyphae 5-12 pm.
Habitat and distribution: Gregarious and
common on soil amongst moss and litter in
forests, especially beside creek banks in eastern
Australia.
Specimen examined : New South Wales. Lane Cove
Bushland Park, 33°49’S 151°10’E. 12 September
1998, R. & E. Kearney (Young 2194 in BRI).
Remarks: The distinguishing characteristics of
this taxon are the dry, red pileus and stipe, the
finely velvety surface of the pileus (at least at
its centre) and the yellowish, decurrent lamellae.
A basidiome always has an ‘elongated, tent-
peg’ shape with narrow diameter pileus and long
stipe.
10. Hygrocybe chromolimonea (G. Stevenson)
May & Wood, Mycotaxon 54: 147-150
(1995); Hygrophorus chromolimoneus G.
Stevenson, Kew Bull. 16: 383 (1962),
Gliophorus chromolimoneus (G.
Stevenson) Horak, Beih. Nova Hedwigia
43: 167 (1973). Type: New Zealand. Lake
Rotoiti, 16 May 1956, E. B. Kidson,
[Stevenson 1088 in K](holo: K).
Illustrations: Fuhrer and Robinson (1992): 41;
Young & Wood (1997), p964.
Pileus 7-20 mm, convex with centre depressed
and becoming plane but remaining somewhat
umbilicate, smooth, viscid to glutinous, bright
chrome yellow (all shades from 1A8-3A8)
fading with age, a little translucent striate;
margins crenulate. Lamellae arcuate or
decurrent, thin, spaced, 1 set of lamellulae, light
chrome yellow becoming pale lemon yellow
(1A4-2A4), margins usually slightly greyish
due to the presence of a glutinous thread. Stipe
30-35 x 2-3 mm, equal or tapering downwards,
smooth, viscid to glutinous, chrome yellow
(similar to pileus) becoming paler with age.
Spores (6.3-)7.0-9.0(-l 1.0) x4.0-6.0(-6.7)
pm, mean 7.7 x 4.8 pm, Q: (1.2-)1.4-1.8,meanQ:
1.6, oblong to elliptical, smooth, hyaline,
thin-walled, non-amyloid. Basidia (31-)36-46
Young, A.M., The Hygrocybeae of Lane Cove Bushland Park, New South Wales
555
(-50) x (6-)6.5-9(-10.5)pm, mean 39x 7.5 jam,
Q: 4.0-6.5, mean Q: 5.5, 4-spored, clamped.
Cheilocystidia gelatinised, embedded in a
thread of clear gluten, abundant and
occasionally interspersed with basidia, hyaline,
thin-walled, clavate and often sinuous, clamped
at their bases, 30-50 x 3-8 pm. Pleurocystidia
absent. Hymenophoral trama regular and
composed of parallel and inflated elements,
hyaline, thin-walled, varying from more or less
cylindrical to sub-globular, frequently clamped,
30-90 x 12-55 pm. Pileipellis an ixotrichoderm
of septate hyphae, 3-6 pm diameter, clamped,
hyphae usually aerial but may be firmly
adpressed to the pileus on maturity, strongly
gelatinised and difficult to discern; the
ixotrichoderm overlying a subpellicle of hyaline,
thin-walled, clamped, inflated more or less
cylindrical cells, 50-200 x 16-25 pm. Stipitipellis
an ixocutis of clamped, hyaline, cylindrical
hyphae 2-3 pm, subpellicle of parallel, hyaline,
clamped, thin-walled hyphae 5-12 pm.
Habitat and distribution : Gregarious on soil
in forest, but apparently rare at the Lane Cove
site. The species also occurs in Tasmania.
Specimens examined : New South Wales. Lane Cove
Bushland Park, 33°49’S 151°10’E. 13 June 1998, A.
M. Young (Young 2113 in DAR); 12 July 1998, R. &
E. Kearney (Young 2160 in BRI).
Remarks : The viscid and wholly bright yellow
basidiomes are very distinctive. The greyish,
glutinous edge on each lamella is easily seen
with ax 10 hand lens.
11. Hygrocybe erythrocala A. M. Young, Aust.
Syst. Bot. 10: 970 (1997). Type: New South
Wales. Mt. Wilson, 27 March 1993,A. E.
Wood[UNSW 93/7] (holo: UNSW).
Illustration : Young & Wood (1997), p971.
Pileus 14-35 mm, conical becoming broadly
obtuse conical or sub-umbonate, at first viscid
but usually very quickly drying and then
appearing shiny as if varnished (see notes
below), smooth, light crimson (10A8) to orange
(near 6A8) but paling with age and margins
more yellow-orange (5 A7), pellucid striate from
the margins up to one third of the pileus
diameter. Lamellae broadly adnate with a very
small decurrent tooth, thick, spaced, cream then
pinkish cream or with orange tints (4A5-4A4),
margins concolorous and even. Stipe 20-30 x
2-3.5 mm, equal, firm, smooth, dry or a little
sticky, yellowish or yellowish orange (4A5-
4A4) inferiorly and flushed pink (6A4) near the
lamellae.
Spores (6.3-)6.7-9.0(-9.5) x (3.3-)3.7-
4.7(-5.0) pm, mean 7.3 x 4.1 pm, Q: 1.4-2.0
(-2.5), mean Q: 1.8, oblong to ellipsoid or sub-
lacrymoid, sometimes medially constricted,
hyaline, thin-walled, non-amyloid. Basidia
(35-)38^46(-50)x 5-8(-10)pm, mean 42 x 6 pm,
Q: (4.1-)5.9-8.2, mean Q: 6.9,4-spored, rarely
2-spored, clamped. Cystidia absent.
Hymenophoral trama regular, composed of
thin-walled, hyaline elements, some of which
are inflated and sub-fusoid while others are
more or less cylindrical 22-90(-100)x 6-18 pm,
clamps present and may be medallion form
especially with the inflated sub-fusiform
elements, lactifers present as highly refractive,
thin-walled, hyaline, tortuous hyphae 2-5 pm.
Pileipellis an ixocutis of repent, clamped,
hyaline hyphae 3-12 pm but with erect elements
up to 60 pm high sometimes with inflated
terminal elements, lactifers present as hyaline,
thin-walled, highly refractive hyphae 4-6 pm,
overlying a subpellicular trama of more or less
elliptical to sub-fusoid, hyaline, thin-walled,
clamped cells 20-60x 10-40 pm. Stipitipellis a
cutis to ixocutis of repent, hyaline, clamped,
thin-walled hyphae 2-6 pm.
Habitat and distribution : Gregarious on soil
in rainforest. The species is widespread in the
Sydney and Blue Mountains district of New
South Wales.
Specimens examined: New South Wales. Lane Cove
Bushland Park, 33°49’S 151°10’E. 7 June 1998, R. &
E. Kearney (Young 2072 in BRI); 13 June 1998, A. M.
Young (Young 2108 in DAR).
Remarks: The viscidity of H. erythrocala is
very variable. Young basidiomes are distinctly
viscid on the pileus and to a much lesser degree
(or even dry) on the stipe in humid conditions,
but this character is quickly lost during dry
weather or even as the basidiomes mature.
When dry, the pilei become opaque and the
striations disappear. The colour of the pileus
also varies: some collections are bright red but
others are orange.
556 Austrobaileya 5(3): 535-564 (1999)
Fig. 4. Hygrocybe graminicolor. Typical cheilocystidial endings from:
A. Gliophorus graminicolor holotype PDD 27096 B. Gliophorus pallida holotype PDD 27090; C.
Typical Australian Hygrocybe graminicolor Y2150, Y2170; D. Typical Australian Hygrocybe pallida
Y2070, Y2186; E. Hygrocybe batesii holotype UNSW 84/522 (bars = 10 pm).
12. Hygrocybe graminicolor (Horak) May &
Wood, Mycotaxon 54: 147-150 (1995);
Gliophorus graminicolor Horak, Beih.
NovaHedwigia43:176 (1973). Type: New
Zealand. Ngahere, 21 March 1968, E.
Horak , [PDD 27096](holo: PDD).
Hygrocybe batesii A. M. Young, Aust. Syst.
Bot. i0: 956 (1997). Type: Australia. New
SouthWales.Monga State Forest, 16 May
1984, A. E. Wood Sc N. B. Gartrell [UNSW
84/522] (holo: UNSW).
Gliophorus pallidus Horak, Beih. Nova
Hedwigia 43: 164 (1973). Type: New
Zealand. Auckland, 27 June 1968, E.
Horak [PDD 27090](holo: PDD).
Misapplied: Hygrocybe pallida (Horak) A. M.
Young, in Young & Wood, Aust. Syst. Bot. 10:
992 (1997) (nom. illeg. Art. 53.1); non:
Hygrocybe pallida (A. H. Smith) Singer, Beih.
zur Sydowia 7: 7(1973). Hygrophorus viridis
sensu Young (1986).
Young, A.M., The Hygrocybeae of Lane Cove Bushland Park, New South Wales
557
Illustrations: Fuhrer and Robinson (1992): 40;
Young & Wood (1997), p975 and p958 as H.
batesii.
Pileus 11-30 mm, convex becoming umbilicate
or plane and depressed at the centre, may
become irregularly repand or slightly
infundibuliform, smooth, pellucid striate, viscid
to glutinous; polychromatic: at first deep, dull
green (30E8-28E8) fading with pileus expansion
to brown (4B5) but usually darker at the centre
(5C8), finally light brown (5C6); or brown (4B5)
from the start and becoming lighter (5C6) with
maturity and sometimes with orange tints; or
deep grass-green (21F8-9) but darker at the
centre and retaining this colour throughout the
life of the basidiome or fading with age; rain
wash may denude old specimens of the green
pigments and the pileus then presents a pallid
pink appearance. Lamellae broadly adnate with
a decurrent tooth to distinctly arcuate or sub¬
decurrent or deeply decurrent, thick, distant,
white to tinted green (30B4), often the lamellae
colour is lost with maturity and they are then
white with the faintest of green tints, margins
slightly grey-green and with a fine glutinous
thread along the edge. Stipe 16-40(-60) x 1.5-
4.0 mm, polychromatic with the same
colourations as the pileus although the green
tints seem to remain longer on the stipe and
may often be found at the base which remains
yellowish green, or sometimes with slight
yellowish tints at the base which is always
paler, viscid to glutinous, cylindrical, hollow,
smooth.
Spores (5.0-)5.3-8.0(-8.5)x 3.5-5.0pm,
mean 6.5 x 4.1 jam, Q: 1.3-2.0, mean Q: 1.6,
ellipsoid, oblong or amygdaliform, rarely very
slightly constricted, hyaline, smooth,
non-amyloid. Basidia (25-)3CMl(-53)x 5-7 pm,
mean 38x5.5 pm, Q: (4.4-)5.3-8.0(-9.0), mean
Q: 6.5, (2-)4-spored, clavate, clamped at the base
and with medallion clamps occasional to
frequent. Cheilocystidia densely crowded on
lamellae margins and composed of thin-walled,
hyaline hyphae, 1.0-5.0 pm diameter and up to
90 pm high, septate, clamped, branching and
rounded at the tips, simple to carunculated or
finely branched at the tips or contorted and
often sinuous, embedded in a gluten layer
along the lamella margin. Pleurocystidia none.
Hymenophoral trama regular, composed of
hyaline, inflated, thin-walled, clamped cells 26-
70x 4-25 pm. Pileipellis an ixotrichoderm of fine,
thin-walled, hyaline, clamped hyphae 2.0-4.0
pm diameter, branching, rounded at the tips and
embedded in a layer of gluten up to 130 pm
thick, subpellicle of shorter, clamped cells 20-
60 x 4-12 pm. Stipitipellis an ixotrichoderm
similar in structure to the pileus with hyphal
caulocystidia identical in size and shape to
cheilocystidia. Fig. 4.
Habitat and distribution : Solitary to
gregarious in 2’s or 3’s or caespitose or in troops
on soil amongst litter in rainforest or eucalypt
forest; also amongst moss in cool temperate
forests of Tasmania.
Specimen examined : New South Wales. Lane Cove
Bushland Park, 33°49’S 151°10’E, 20 June 1998, R.
& E. Kearney (Young 2170 in BRI).
Remarks: In the Sydney region, H.
graminicolor occurs frequently in the litter
accumulation areas below overhanging rock
shelves where the water run-off from rain is
concentrated. Dried material loses its green
colour and becomes brick-pink.
H. graminicolor is now known to be
polychromatic and the taxon previously
accepted as H. batesii is now confirmed as one
of the extreme colour variants of this very
variable taxon. The problems resolved here
amply illustrate the difficulties of describing
new taxa from herbarium material, even when
good collections exist and excellent field
descriptions are held. The polychromatic
nature of Hygrocybe graminicolor was
brought to the author’s attention by Mr. Alan
Mills of the University of Tasmania and has
now been confirmed from extensive collections
in both Tasmania and New South Wales.
Basidiomes with all possible colours or colour
mixtures from grass green to orange brown can
be seen in these troops which numerous
observations strongly suggest are derived from
a single mycelium in each case.
The species Gliophorus pallidus Horak
was illegitimately transferred to the genus
Hygrocybe by Young in Young and Wood
(1997) as Hygrocybe pallida. Two Australian
558
Austrobaileya 5(3): 535-564 (1999)
collections, UNSW 86/234 and UNSW 92/207
were cited as belonging to this New Zealand
taxon. Re-examination of the field descriptions
and the macro- and micro-data held for these
collections has conclusively determined that
both are representative of the very pale brown
form of Hygrocybe graminicolor. The field
notes for each collection clearly state that there
is a green tint at the base of the stipe and this,
with the remainder of the data allows of no
doubt as to the above re-determination.
Examination of the holotype of Gliophorus
pallidus has shown that its spore and basidial
measurements, the macro- and micro-structures
and particularly the cheilocystidial structure
are typical of the species Hygrocybe
graminicolor. (See Figure 4.). The watercolour
by Marie Taylor (1970) stated by Horak (1990)
to be identical to Gliophorus pallidus is also
typical of the light brown end of the colour
range for Hygrocybe graminicolor. There is
little doubt that Gliophorus pallidus was
erected on a similar basis as for Hygrocybe
batesii and that Gliophorus pallidus represents
the brown end of the colour range of
Hygrocybe graminicolor in New Zealand.
13. Hygrocybe kula Grgurinovic, Larger Fungi
of SouthAustralia: 336 (1997). Type: New
South Wales. Royal National Park, 15 July
1916,7. B. Cleland [AD 5716](holo:AD).
Illustration : Young & Wood (1997), p980.
Pileus 7-30 mm, convex then becoming rather
flattened and occasionally centrally depressed;
dry; smooth or often mealy; brilliant crimson,
(near 8A8 10A8); margins crenulate (especially
when young) to even, not cracking, may be
yellow tinted. Lamellae broadly adnate with a
slight decurrent tooth; veins often present on
the upper lamellae surfaces and on the pileus
undersurface, thick, widely spaced, pure white
becoming cream coloured (3A2 4A2)with age,
margins concolorous. Stipe 11-35 x 2-3 mm;
more or less cylindrical although occasionally
with a tendency to become flattened and
frequently is sinuous; firm; smooth; dry; at first
brilliant crimson, but paling with age and may
become pinkish cream; the base has a tendency
to become yellow tinted and this may spread
upwards. Odour none, taste mild.
Spores 6.5-10.0x (3.5-)4.0-7.0pm, mean
8.4 x 5.4pm, Q: 1.3-1.9, mean Q: 1.6, oblong to
ellipsoid and occasionally slightly constricted
medially, apiculus prominent 1-2 pm. Basidia
27-40 x 6-9 pm, mean 36 x 6 pm, Q: 4.5-7.6,
mean Q: 5.6, narrowly clavate, 2- or 4-spored,
clamped. Cystidia absent. Hymenophoral trama
regular, composed of cylindrical, clamped, and
occasionally inflated elements 25-60(-100) x
2-10 pm; lactifers present as highly refractive,
tortuous and sometimes branching, clamped
hyphae 2-4 pm. Pileipellis a cutis of clamped
hyphae, 3-5 pm diameter; lactifers occasionally
present and similar to those in the
hymenophoral trama. Stipitipellis a cutis of
hyaline, thin-walled, clamped hyphae 3-5 pm.
Habitat and distribution: On soil in rainforest
or at least in very sheltered locations;
gregarious to caespitose. Recorded from South
Australia, New South Wales and Queensland.
Specimen examined : New South Wales. Lane Cove
Bushland Park, 33°49’S 151°10’E, 7 June 1998, R. &
E. Kearney , (Young 2078 in BRI).
Remarks: This species resembles H. miniata
(Fr.: Fr.) Kummer which differs by having
yellow-pink lamellae and a pileipellis that is a
trichoderm. A second bright red taxon with
white lamellae is Hygrocybe lanecovensis
which can be distinguished by its deeply
decurrent lamellae and distinctly viscid pileus
and stipe both of which remain viscid at least
until the basidiome is half expanded.
14. Hygrocybe lanecovensis A. M. Young, sp.
nov. Pileus 10-23 mm, scarlatinus,
convexus, viscidus diende viscidulus vel
siccus, glaber, ad marginem crenulatus et
flavus. Lamellae decurrentes, albae,
diende flavidus, ad marginem concolores.
Stipes 25-50 x 2-5 mm, scarlatinus,
viscidus diende viscidulus vel siccus,
cylindricus, glaber. Sporae (6.0-)6.7- 8.0
x 3.7-5.0(-5.3) pm, Q: 1.4—1.9, ovoideae
vel ellipsoideae, aliquot subconstrictae.
Basidia 32-47 x (7-)8-10.5 pm, Q: 4.0-
6.2, (2-)4-spora, fibulata. Cystidia nulla.
Trama hymenophoralis regularis, fibulata.
Epicutis pilei ixocutem formans. Gregaria
vel caespitosa in humo sylvestri. Type:
New South Wales. Lane Cove Bushland
Young, A.M., The Hygrocybeae of Lane Cove Bushland Park, New South Wales
559
Park. 33°49’S 151°10’E,R. &E. Kearney
&A. M. Young [DAR 73917](holo: DAR).
Pileus 10-23 mm, brilliant scarlet (10A8 but
brighter in hue), convex, viscid but soon
becoming almost dry and only faintly sticky at
maturity, smooth, margins crenulate and very
Fig. 5. Hygrocybe lanecovensis. A. Habit (bar = 10
mm); B. basidia; C. spores (bar = 10 pin).
Holotype DAR 73917.
finely edged with yellow. Lamellae pure white
at first and remaining so until at least half
matured, then faintly yellow tinted (4A2)
especially when old, deeply decurrent, margins
even and concolorous. Stipe 25-50 x 2-5mm,
brilliant scarlet (10A8 but brighter in hue),
viscid and tending to remain somewhat viscid
until about half matured and then becoming
sticky at most, smooth, cylindrical or tapered
downwards, pith filled.
Spores (6.0-)6.7-8.0x 3.7-5.0(-5.3) pm,
mean 6.9 x 4.2 pm, Q: 1.4-1.9, mean Q: 1.7, ovoid,
long ellipsoid or sub-cylindrical and then often
a little constricted, smooth, hyaline, non¬
amyloid. Basidia 32-47 x (7-)8-10.5 pm, mean
40 x 8.6 pm, Q: 4.0-6.2, mean Q: 4.6, 2- or 4-
spored basidia present in more or less equal
numbers and apparently without differences
in either basidial sizes or spore sizes, clamped.
Cystidia absent. Hymenophoral trama regular
and composed of chains of hyaline, thin walled,
cylindrical or inflated ellipsoid to subglobose
elements 17-58 x 3-20pm, clamps present. The
tramal elements become increasingly
subglobose to globose towards the lamellae
margins. Pileipellis a loose ixocutis of repent to
slightly interwoven hyaline, thin walled,
cylindrical, septate hyphae 1.5-7.5 pm diameter,
clamps present. Stipitipellis an ixocutis of
repent, septate, hyaline, thin walled, cylindrical
hyphae 1.5-7.5 pm diameter, clamps present.
Fig. 5.
Habitat : Gregarious, caespitose or in troops
on sandy soil amongst leaf litter in wet
sclerophyll forest or rainforest.
Specimen examined : New South Wales. Lane Cove
Bushland Park, 33°49’S 151°10’E, 23 August 1998,
R. & E. Kearney (Young 2191 in BRI).
Remarks : The only other taxon that approaches
this species is Hygrocybe kula which has a
dry pileus and stipe and adnate rather than the
deeply decurrent lamellae present in this taxon.
Its spectacular colouration with pure white and
decurrent lamellae coupled with the brilliant red
pileus and stipe make it extremely distinctive.
The ixocutis is quite distinct when the species
is first emerging and the stipe is so viscid/
slippery as to make the basidiomes difficult to
gather. The viscidity vanishes quite quickly
from the pileus but is retained for a longer period
on the stipe. Some collections seem to have
the yellowish tint appear earlier in the
development of the basidiome but the colour
is always quite pale. It is very widespread and
plentiful at the holotype locality.
Etymology : from Lane Cove Bushland Park,
the holotype locality.
560
Austrobaileya 5(3): 535-564 (1999)
15. Hygrocybe stevensoniae May & Wood,
Mycotaxon 54: 147-150 (1995);
Hygrophorus viridis G. Stevenson, Kew
Bull. 16(3): 383 (1963); Gliophorus viridis
(G. Stevenson) Horak, Beih. Nova
Hedwigia43:173 (1973); non Hygrocybe
viridis Capelari & Maziero, Mycotaxon
33: 192 (1988). Type: New Zealand. Levin,
26 June 1948, G. Stevenson [Stevenson
338inK](holo: K).
Misapplied : Hygrophorus psittacinus sensu
Cleland and Cheel (1919) and Willis (1963);
Hygrocybe psittacina sensu Shepherd and
Totterdell (1988).
Illustrations : Fuhrer and Robinson (1992), p.
41; Young &Wood (1997), p998.
Pileus 10-30(-35) mm, convex to conico-convex
expanding to more or less plane in older
basidiomes, occasionally with the pileus centre
a little depressed, smooth, viscid to glutinous,
apple-green to dark green (27C8-27D8) and
always darker at the centre, usually yellowish
at the margins, pellucid striate in light and dark
green for at least half of the pileal radius and
often completely, margins even or slightly
crenulate. Lamellae adnate with decurrent tooth
or arcuate, distant, thick, white with greenish
tints to more or less pallid green, margins
concolorous, even and without glutinous
thread. Stipe 30-40 x 1-3.5 mm, cylindrical to
flattened, smooth, viscid to glutinous, green,
sometime yellowish at the base.
Spores 6.0-8.0(-10.5)x (3.3-)4.0-5.3(-6.0)
pm, mean 7.1 x4.4 pm, Q: 1.4—1.9(-2.1), mean: Q
1.6, oblong to ellipsoid, smooth, non-amyloid.
Basidia 30^15 x (5-)6-9 pm, mean 38x7 pm, Q:
(3.5—)5.1—7.3, mean Q: 6.0,4-spored, clamped
at the base. Cystidia absent. Hymenophoral
trama regular, composed of inflated, hyaline,
thin-walled, cylindrical to ellipsoid or
subglobose elements, 14-57 x 4.5-15.5 pm,
clamps present. Pileipellis an ixotrichoderm with
septate, clamped hyphae 2-5 pm in diameter
embedded in a layer of gluten 100-150pm thick,
apices usually clavate. Stipitipellis an
ixotrichoderm similar to the pileipellis but
without the inflated subpellicular layer.
Habitat and distribution : Gregarious on soil
in rainforest or sclerophyll forest amongst litter
and usually on soil. Recorded from New South
Wales, Tasmania and New Zealand.
Specimens examined: New South Wales. Lane Cove
Bushland Park, 33°49’S 151°10’E. 7 June 1998, R. &
E. Kearney (Young 2076 in DAR); 13 June 1998, A.
M Young (Young 2112 in BRI).
Remarks: Of the two viscid, green taxa found
in the Lane Cove Bushland Park, H.
stevensoniae appears to be the least common
taxon and is readily distinguished from H.
graminicolor because H. stevensoniae lacks
cheilocystidia embedded in a marginal gluten
thread.
Subgen. Humidicutis Singer, Sydowia 2: 28
(1948). Type: Hygrophorus marginatus
Peck.
Hymenophoral trama regular, composed of
short, cylindrical to inflated (often moniliform)
elements 20-300pm long; basidiome variously
coloured white, pink, dull orange, yellow, or
lilac; pileus usually conical becoming
umbonate or plane and frequently splitting
radially; lamellae narrowly adnate, adnexed or
more or less free; cystidia absent; clamps
absent throughout the basidiome except at the
bases of the basidia and then frequently of
medallion form.
16. Hygrocybe lewellinae (Kalchbrenner) A. M.
Young, Aust. Syst. Bot. 10: 1011 (1997);
Hygrophorus lewellinae Kalchbrenner,
Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 7: 105 (1882).
Type: Victoria. Western Port, 14 June 1880,
M. M. R. Lewellin, [MEL, RB Mss
All](holo: MEL)
Illustrations: Cole, Fuhrer and Holland (1978),
plate 3; Young & Wood (1997), pl012.
Pileus 30-65 mm, conical becoming umbonate
to almost plane, dry, smooth but innately
radially fibrillose, wholly lilac (15B4-16A3)
except for the umbo which is usually rather
more greyish or greyish brown, whole surface
fading with age, often splitting radially at the
margins. Flesh very thin, pallid lilac but very
dark lilac just under the pileal cuticle. Lamellae
narrowly adnate or commonly adnexed to more
or less free, if adnate then often breaking free
Young, A.M., The Hygrocybeae of Lane Cove Bushland Park, New South Wales
561
of the stipe as the pileus expands, pallid lilac,
moderately thick, widely spaced and margins
concolorous. Stipe 50-70 x 4-8 mm, smooth,
dry, hollow, equal but occasionally tapering,
pale lilac but sometimes slightly yellowish (4A4)
at the extreme base, stipe flesh lilac.
Spores 7.0-11.5 x 4.5-6.0pm, mean 8.0 x
5.0 jam, Q: 1.3-2.3, mean Q: 1.6; shape variable,
subglobose to ovoid or amygdaliform,
occasionally almost rectangular, smooth,
hyaline, thin-walled, non-amyloid. Basidia
32-41x 8-10 jam, mean 35 x 9 jam, Q: 2.9-5.1,
mean Q: 4.1, 2- or 4-spored, medallion clamps
frequent. Cystidia absent. Hymenophoral trama
regular, composed of short, parallel, hyaline,
thin-walled, septate hyphae and a mixture of
cylindrical to inflated hyphae, 26-80x 5-20 jam,
clamps absent or very rare; lactifers present as
highly refractive, thin-walled, hyaline, straight
to highly contorted and branching hyphae 3-8
jam. Pileipellis a cutis, 40-50 jam thick,
composed of thin-walled, septate, hyaline,
repent hyphae 4-6 pm diameter with occasional
free ends above the surface, clamps absent or
very rare, overlaying a subpellicle of inflated,
hyaline, thin-walled, ovoid to subfusoid
(occasionally subglobose) cells 45-100 x 20-
40 pm, clamps absent or very rare; lactifers
present similar to those in the hymenophoral
trama. Stipitipellis a cutis of hyaline, thin-walled,
septate hyphae 2-4 pm, clamps absent.
Habitat and distribution : Solitary or
gregarious on soil amongst leaf litter or amongst
moss in forests; co mm on in Tasmania and and
also recorded from Victoria and New South
Wales.
Specimen examined : New South Wales. Lane Cove
Bushland Park, 33°49’S 151°10’E, 13.vi.1998, A. M.
Young, (Young 2102 in BRI).
Remarks: The radial splitting of the pileus
which also involves medial splitting of the
underlying lamella remains an unusual character
shared by this group of taxa which includes
the pure white Hygrocybe mavis (G Stevenson)
Horak and the pink Hygrocybe rosella Horak.
Almost all radial splits of the pileal surface occur
directly above the medial section of a lamella
immediately below and as the split occurs
(commencing at the pileus margin) the lamella
is ‘torn apart’ radially along the middle of its
hymenophoral trama to give two half lamellae
‘membranes’ - each ‘membrane’ composed of a
hymenial layer of basidia, the subhymenial layer
and half of the hymenophoral trama. These half
lamella ‘membranes’ remain attached to the
pileus along their radial lengths and at the
original lamella’s margin so that an observer
looking down through a radial split from above
cannot see through the opening, but instead
sees a ‘V’ shaped surface formed by the interior
faces of the two ‘membranes’ of the lamella still
attached to the pileus and at the lamella
margins.
17. Hygrocybe sp. LC1
Pileus 8-20 mm, convex to parabolic becoming
broadly convex or occasionally subconical,
brilliant scarlet, dry (but may be a very weak
ixocutis - see pileipellis description), smooth
or very finely and innately fibrillose, margins
yellow and striate. Lamellae strongly decurrent,
bright yellow, margins even and concolorous,
veins present on pileus undersurface and on
the upper faces of the lamellae. Stipe 30-50 x
1.5-2.5 mm, brilliant scarlet but yellowish
towards the base, cylindrical, dry, smooth or
innately finely fibrillose.
Spores (6.0-)7.3- 9.7(-12.0) x (3.3-)4.0-
4.7 pm, mean 8.4x4. Ip m, Q: 1.5-2.2(-3.0), mean
Q: 2.0, ellipsoid, ovoid, obovoid, cylindrical or
sometimes lacrymoid, hyaline, thin walled, a
majority very strongly constricted. Basidia 34
-51 x6-8(-10)pm, mean 40 x 8 m, Q: 4.2-6.7,
mean Q: 5.0, 2- or 4-spored, clamps present.
Cystidia absent. Hymenophoral trama regular
and composed of chains of ellipsoid or
cylindrical elements that are hyaline, thin walled
17-56 x 4-16 pm, clamps present. Pileipellis a
cutis or weak ixocutis composed of repent to
slightly interwoven hyphal elements that are
thin walled, hyaline 2.5-10.0 pm diameter,
clamps present. The pileipellis hyphae may
exhibit gelatinisation, lactifers are present in
the subcuticular layers as translucent,
sometimes contorted hyphae 3-1 lpm diameter.
Stipitipellis a cutis of repent, hyaline, thin
walled, septate, cylindrical hyphae 2.5-4.0 pm
diameter, clamps infrequent to occasional.
Fig. 6.
562
Austrobaileya 5(3): 535-564 (1999)
Fig. 6. Hygrocybe sp. LC1. A. Habit (bar = 10 mm); B. basidia; C. spores (bar = 10 pm). Y2188.
Habitat : Gregarious to subcaespitose on soil
and litter, often in 2’s and 3’s.
Specimen examined: New South Wales. Lane Cove
Bushland Park, 33°49’S 151°10’E, 16 August 1998,
R. & E. Kearney , (Young 2188 in BRI).
Remarks : Very small collections of a remarkably
beautiful Hygrocybe are held for what is
believed to be a new species in the genus.
Insufficient material is held to permit the full
description of a new taxon. The taxon has
extremely constricted spores which approach
those of Hygrocybe constrictospora Arnolds.
CamarophyllopsisHerink, ActaMus. Horti Bot.
Boh. Bor. 1:61 (1958). Type: C. schulzeri
(Bres.) Herink.
Subgen. Hodophilus (R. Heim) Bon, Doc.
Mycol. 26: 20 (1996). Type: Hodophilus
foetens (Phill.) R. Heim.
Pileus never trichodermal and always a
hymeniderm.
18. CamarophyllopsiskearneyiA. M. Young,
sp. nov. Pileus 5-11 mm latus,
hemisphaericus deinde convexus, glaber,
siccus, pallido-brunneus, ad marginem
cremeus vel albidus, crenulatus. Lamellae
adnatae vel dente decurrente vel arcuatae,
albidae, distantes, ad marginem
concolorae. Stipes 15-27 x 1.5-2.5 mm,
siccus, pallido-brunneus, fibrillosus,
cylindricus. Sporae (4.0-)4.3-5.7 x 4.0
5.3(-5.7) pm, Q: 1.0-1.2(-l.3),
subglobosae usque globosae, hyalinae,
inamyloideae. Basidia 44-62x 5.6-8.9pm,
Q: 6.2-8.6, 4-spora, defibulata.
Cheilocystidia 18-44 x 3-7 pm, hyalina,
cylindricata, sinuosa, defibulata.
Pleurocystidia nulla. Trama
hymenophoralis regularis, haud fibulata.
Epicutis pilei epithelium formans. Gregaria
vel caespitosa in humo sylvestri. lypus:
New South Wales. Lane Cove Bushland
Park. 33°49’S 151°10’E. 13 June 1998, R. &
E. Kearney [DAR73919](holo: DAR).
Pileus 5-11mm, at first often nearly spheroid
then becoming hemispherical or deeply convex;
smooth but finely micaceous under a x8 lens;
dry; pallid brown (5C4) with darker centre;
margins crenulate and paler to near white. Flesh
very thin and concolorous with pileus surface.
Lamellae adnate or with decurrent tooth or
arcuate; distant; white to greyish white;
margins concolorous and even. Stipe 15-27 x
1.5-2.5mm; pale brown (5C2); dry; surface finely
fibrillose with brownish, scattered fibrils,
cylindrical, solid.
Spores (4.0-)4.3-5.7 x 4.0-5.3(-5.7) pm,
mean 4.9 x 4.6 pm; Q: 1.0—1.2(—1.3); meanQ:
1.1; subspherical to spherical; hyaline, smooth.
Young, A.M., The Hygrocybeae of Lane Cove Bushland Park, New South Wales
563
Basidia 44-62 x 5.6-8.9 pm, mean 49x 6.6 pm; 44 x 3-7 jam, hyaline, often sinuous, clavate or
Q: 6.2-8.6, meanQ: 7.4; 4-spored occasionally usually more or less cylindrical and capitate
2-spored; without clamps. Cheilocystidia 18-
Fig. 7. Camarophyllopsis kearneyi. A. Habit (bar =
cheilocystidia (bar =10 pm). Holotype DAR 73919
with a pyriform to subglobose apex; septate at
the base; clamps absent. Hymenophoral trama
regular composed of hyaline, tubular, septate
elements 28-56(-90) x 2-8 jam, clamps absent;
lactifers not found. Pileipellis an epithelium
composed of a layer of globose to pyriform
cells 13-23 pan diameter, clamps absent.
Stipitipellis a cutis of hyaline, thin walled,
septate, tubular elements 4- 8 pm diameter,
clamps absent. Caulocystidia scattered or
gregarious, similar to the cheilocystidia but
usually more contorted 33-67 x 2-8 pm. Fig. 7.
Habitat : Gregarious/caespitose on sandy soil
under ferns beside creek in gallery warm-
temperate rainforest.
Remarks : This taxon approaches the European
species Camarophyllopsis phaeophylla
(Romag.) Arnolds, but that taxon has no
cheilocystidia, an irregular hymenophoral trama
10 mm); B. basidia; C. spores, D. pileipellis; E.
and a stipe without the brownish fibrils present
in C. kearneyi. The species is quite common
under ferns on the bank of Gore Creek but its
tiny size and subdued colours render it easily
overlooked. There may possibly be a second
species of Camarophyllopsis at the Gore Creek
site. Collections of material readily identified
as the genus Camarophyllopsis have been
found caespitose on sandy soils under
coachwood ( Ceratopetallum apetalum). Dried
material and descriptions so far have been
inconclusive and the coachwood collections
may just be a variety of C. kearneyi. Collections
of a similar taxon are also known from Mt.
Wilson in the Blue Mountains - there appears
to be only a minor difference in the attachment
of the lamellae which seem to be a little more
deeply decurrent. Only a very small amount of
the Mt Wilson material is held and these results
are therefore inconclusive other than the high
probability of an extended distribution for the
564
Austrobaileya 5(3): 535-564 (1999)
Gore Creek species.
Etymology: After Professor Ray Kearney,
Associate Professor of the Department of
Infectious Diseases, University of Sydney, New
South Wales.
Acknowledgments
The following people are thanked for their
generous assistance during the preparation of
this paper: Dr Bettye Rees of the University of
New South Wales who provided help during
the collection of material; Mr J. B. Williams of
Armidale for assistance with forest definitions
and structures; Dr Tom May of the Royal
Botanic Gardens, Melbourne for assistance
with nomenclature and proofreading; Dr Eric
McKenzie of Herbarium PDD, Auckland, New
Zealand for assistance in obtaining holotype
material; Mr Alan Mills of the University of
Tasmania for advice on species concepts; Miss
Susan Butler of the Lane Cove Council for her
References
Armitage, V. & Klaphake, V. (1996). Plant Communities
of Lane Cove. Lane Cove Council, NSW.
Unpublished.
Arnolds, E. (1986). Notes on Hygrophoraceae - VIII.
Taxonomic and nomenclatural notes on some
taxa of Hygrocybe. Persoonia 13(2): 137-160.
Boertmann, D. (1995). Fungi of Northern Europe. 1 -
The genus Hygrocybe. The Danish Mycological
Society, Copenhagen.
Chapman, G. A. & Murphy, C. L. (1989). Soil Landscapes
of the Sydney 1:100 000 Sheet. Soil
Conservation Service of NSW, Sydney, NSW
Cleland, J. B. (1934). Toadstools and Mushrooms
and Other Larger Fungi of South Australia.
South Australian Government Printer, Adelaide,
SA.
Cole, M., Fuhrer, B. & Holland, A. (1978). A Field
Guide to the Common Genera Gilled Fungi in
Australia. Inkata Press, Melbourne, Vic.
Fuhrer, B. & Robinson, R. (1992). Rainforest Fungi of
Tasmania and South-East Australia. CSIRO:
Melbourne, Vic.
Grgurinovic, C. A. (1997). Larger Fungi of South
Australia. Botanic Gardens of Adelaide and State
Herbarium, Adelaide, SA.
very enthusiastic help in obtaining ecological
data and for proof reading relevant parts of the
paper; Mr Laurie Jessup of the Queensland
Herbarium, for his very considerable help in
drafting and formatting the paper and Dr David
Boertmann of the National Environmental
Research Institute, Denmark for advice on
several aspects of the Hygrophoraceae. Very
special thanks are offered to Professor Ray
Kearney of the Department of Infectious
Diseases, The University of Sydney and his
wife Mrs Elma Kearney both of whom either
collected or assisted with the collection of these
fungi, photographed the Gore Creek/Lane Cove
Bushland Park taxa very extensively and
assisted with proof reading; their work forms
the foundation of the material for this paper.
This investigation was completed under a grant
provided by the Australian Biological
Resources Study for research into the species
of the Hygrophoraceae of South Eastern
Australia.
Kornerup, A. & W anscher, J. H. (1981). Taschenlexikon
der Farben. Muster-Schmidt Verlag: Gottingen.
Shepherd, C. J. & Totterdell, C. J. (1988) Mushrooms
and Toadstools of Australia. Inkata Press,
Melbourne, Vic.
Stevenson, G. (1963). The Agaricales of New Zealand
IV-Hygrophoraceae. Kew Bulletin 16, 373-384.
Taylor, Marie (1970) Mushrooms and Toadstools in
New Zealand. A. H. & A. W. Reed, Auckland.
Williams, J. B., Harden, G. J. & McDonald, W. J. F.
(1984). Trees & Shrubs in Rainforests of New
South Wales & Southern Queensland. Botany
Department, University of New England,
Armidale, NSW.
Willis, J. H. (1963). Victorian Toadstools and
Mushrooms. Field Naturalists Club of Victoria,
Melbourne.
Young, A. M. (as Tony Young) (1986). Common
Australian Fungi. Reprint of 1st. ed. New South
Wales University Press, Kensington, NSW.
Young, A. M. & Wood, A. E. (1997). Studies on the
Hygrophoraceae (Fungi, Homobasidiomycetes,
Agaricales) of Australia. Australian Systematic
Botany 10(6), 911-1030.
A new species and a new combination in Rutidosis (Gnaphalieae:
Angianthinae: Asteraceae).
A.E. Holland
Summary
Holland, A.E. (1999) A new species and a new combination in Rutidosis (Gnaphalieae; Asteraceae).
Austrobaileya 5(3): 565-572. A new species, Rutidosis glandulosa A.E.Holland, is described and
illustrated with details on habitat and conservation status. A new combination, R. helichrysoides
subsp. acutiglumis (Philipson) A.E.Holland, is made with notes on the variation and distribution of
R. helichrysoides. A key to the species of Rutidosis is given.
Keywords: Rutidosis, Rutidosis glandulosa, Rutidosis helichrysoides subsp. acutiglumis, Rutidosis
helichrysoides subsp. helichrysoides.
Ailsa E. Holland, Queensland Herbarium, Brisbane Botanic Gardens Mt Coot-tha, Mt Coot-tha Road,
Toowong Qld 4066, Australia, email: Ailsa.Holland@env.qld.gov.au
1. Rutidosis glandulosa A.E.Holland, sp. nov.
Species affinis R. murchisonii, a plantis
dense glandulosis pilosis, bracteis
involucratibus ciliatis ad apicem, pappi
squamis linearibus, longioribus (1.5-2.5
mm longis), angustioribus (c. 0.2 mm latis)
differt. Typus: Queensland. Leichardt
District: Blackdown tableland, c. 32 km
SE of Blackwater, campsite on Mimosa
Ck, Apr 1971, R.J.Henderson 628,
S.B.Andrews & P. Sharpe (holo: BRI;
iso:CANB, MEL).
Rutisosis sp. (Blackdown Tableland K.A.
Williams 79082), Schedule (Jan. 1998) of
the Queensland Nature Conservation Act
1992, p. 10; R.J. Henderson, Queensland
Plants, Names & Distribution, p. 32
(1997).
Erect or ascending herb with a woody base.
Stems often branched from base, 13-30 cm long,
densely glandular hairy; hairs variable in length,
very short (2-celled) to longer (several cells, 2-
celled at apex). Leaves sessile, linear to
narrowly obovate, 9-70 mm long, 1.5-5 mm
wide, acute and apiculate at apex; margins entire
and usually recurved; both surfaces densely
glandular hairy, green, with 1 vein. Peduncles
Accepted for publication 1 April 1999
2-7cm long, distantly scaly, densely glandular
hairy. Capitula hemispherical, 9-21 mm diam.,
with several rows of involucral bracts and 30-
70 florets. Outer involucral bracts sessile, ovate,
1.5-7 mm long, 2-4 mm wide, acute and ciliate
at apex with cilia up to 0.5 mm long; lamina
scarious, smooth, golden brown; lower part
glandular, with an obovate stereome c. 1 mm
long and wide, with a narrow margin. Inner
bracts similar, lanceolate to linear, 5-8 mm, long,
1-2 mm wide; lower part claw-like, with
stereome 2-3 mm long, 1-1.5 mm wide. Florets
iequalling the involucral bracts, mainly
bisexual with a few female outer florets. Corolla
4-5.5 mm long, yellow, glabrous; lower part of
tube narrow, upper part slightly wider, 1.5-2
mm long, 0.7-1 mm wide; lobes 5, triangular,
0.7-1.2 mm long. Anthers c. 1.5 mm long; apex
narrowly triangular, c. 0.2 mm long, tails absent.
Style arms truncate, 0.5-1 mm long (-1.5 mm
long in female florets), papillose at apex.
Cypselas obovoid, truncate at apex, 1-1.4 mm
long, 0.5-0.7 mm wide, dark brown, glabrous,
shiny; the surface covered with large
translucent 2-celled papillae; vascular strands
2. Pappus scales 8-11, linear, 1.5-2.5 mm long,
c. 0.2 mm wide, tapered to a fine point at apex,
ciliate with long hairs, shiny, white. Fig. 1.
Specimens examined: Queensland. Leichardt
District: Gwambagwine, Ruined Castle Ck catchment,
Sep 1995, Forster PIF17825 et al. (BRI); Blackdown
566
Austrobaileya 5(3): 565-572 (1999)
Fig. 1 . Rutidosis glandulosa: A. flowering stem x 1. B. leaf gland x 40. C. involucral bract x 10. D. apex of
involucral bract x 30. E. style arms x 40. F. anther apices x 40. G. floret with cypsela and pappus scales x 15.
H. pappus scale x 40. I. cypsela x 40. (from R.J.F.Henderson 628, BRI).
Holland, Rutidosis
567
Tableland, c. 32 km SE of Blackwater, campsite on
Mimosa Ck, Apr 1971, Henderson 628 et al. (BRI,
CANB, MEL); Blackdown Tableland, May 1981,
Pearson 189 (BRI); Blackdown tableland near Mimosa
Ck, Sep 1979, Williams 79082 (BRI). Darling Downs
District: Barakula, Nov 1979, Hando 120 (BRI);
Barakula State forest near Chinchilla, Feb 1986,
Robinson 860196 et al. (BRI); Thulimbah, without
date, Schindler s.n. (BRI).
Distribution and habitat: This species has
been collected from four disjunct localities in
Queensland,viz: Blackdown Tableland,
Gwambagwine, Barakula State Forest (near
Chinchilla), and Thulimbah near Stanthorpe
(probably no longer extant at this locality). It
occurs on sandy or gravelly well drained soil
in grassy open Eucalyptus woodland. Map. 1.
Conservation status: Rutidosis glandulosa is
presently listed as Rare in the 1998 Schedule of
the Queensland Nature Conservation Act 1992.
The population at Barakula comprised fewer
than 50 plants at the time of collection, growing
alongside a forestry track. The Thulimbah
population ( Schindler s.n.) has not been
relocated. The populations at Gwambagwine
and Blackdown Tableland consist of several
hundred plants (RI.Forster, pers. comm., 1998).
Note: This species most closely resembles R.
murchisonii but differs mainly in the dense
vestiture of glandular hairs; woolly hairs are
absent. It is also distinguished by the involucral
bracts which are ciliate at the apex and by the
pappus scales which are linear, 1.5-2.5 mm long
and c. 0.2 mm wide. R. murchisonii has woolly
hairs at least on the lower surface of the leaf,
and lacks glandular hairs. The involucral bracts
are entire, and the pappus scales are obovate,
1-1.5 mm long and more than 0.2 mm wide.
This new species occurs further west than R.
murchisonii, it’s present distribution
overlapping that of R. murchisonii between
Roma and Chinchilla (see Map 1).
2. Rutidosis helichrysoides DC., Prodr. 6:159
(1838). Type: New South Wales."In
Novae-Hollandiae Molle's-Plains prope
Lachlan flumen julio flor. ligit", A.
Cunningham (holo:G-DC; iso: K [photo
at BRI]).
R. auricoma F.Muell., Linnaea25:408 (1853).
Type: ‘ ‘Ad margines rivulorum exsiccantium
lapidosos montium prope Cudnaka”, n.v.,
fide Bentham, Fl.Aust. 3:594 (1866).
Erect herb 25-60 cm tall with a woody base.
Stems branched, densely to sparsely white
woolly hairy. Leaves mostly cauline, alternate,
sessile, linear to oblong or oblanceolate (lowest
ones obovate), 0.6-9.0 cm long, 2-20 mm wide;
apex acute or obtuse, often apiculate; margins
recurved or flat; lamina sparsely to densely
white woolly hairy on both surfaces, denser
below, 1-veined, lowest leaves often 3-veined.
Peduncles 0.5-7 (-15) cm long, sparsely to
densely white woolly hairy, distantly scaly.
Capitula broadly hemispherical, 6-20 mm diam.,
with several rows of involucral bracts and 50-
200 florets. Outer involucral bracts sessile,
ovate to lanceolate, 4-7 mm long, 0.4-2.2 mm
wide, acute at apex, entire or with cilia up to 0.6
mm long; lamina strongly or slightly
transversely wrinkled or flat, scarious,
translucent, golden or pale brown; lower part,
with a flat obovate stereome 0.5-2.0 mm long,
0.3-1.2 mm wide, glandular, with or without a
narrow margin. Inner bracts similar, lanceolate
to linear, 5-7 mm long, 0.3-2 mm wide, narrowly
tapered to a long point at apex; lower part claw¬
like with stereome 1-3 mm long, 0.3-0.7 mm
wide. Florets equal to or longer than the
involucral bracts, all bisexual. Corolla 3-4 mm
long, bright yellow or golden, glabrous; lower
part of tube narrow; upper part of tube dilated,
1-1.5 mm long, c. 0.7 mm wide; lobes 5,
triangular, 0.7- 1.0 mm long. Anthers 1.1-1.3
mm long; apex ovate c. 0.2 mm long; tails
absent. Style arms truncate, 0.2-0.6 mm long,
papillose at apex. Cypselas narrowly obovoid,
obliquely truncate at apex, 0.6-1.3 mm long,
0.3-0.5 mm wide, light or dark brown, glabrous,
shiny, the surface covered with large 2-celled
papillae; vascular strands 2. Pappus scales 5-
12, obovate to spathulate, 0.8-1.4 mm long, 3-
6 mm wide, rounded or truncate at apex, entire,
shiny, white or cream.
Variation in Rutidosis helichrysoides
W.R.Philipson (1937) distinguished his
species, Rutidosis acutiglumis from R.
helichrysoides DC. by “the numerous narrow
outer involucral bracts and the lanceolate and
568
paleaceous apices of the inner bracts. In R.
helichrysoides the bracts are ovate with a ciliate
margin and are golden brown.” An
\ a
8o
S... ^
1 Port Curtis 7
□
Leichhardt
’(3.. S
°
( nan
J Burnett
Jr
Wide n 'A
□ V
Roma*
Maranoa
_ S
CD
□ "\
..•Chinchilla
/ Bay [y(
"'U.
□
□
Darling
Downs
^Brisbane,
r ‘ w
Moreton 7
df
s-.-. i
Map 1 . Distribution of O R. glandulosa, and
□ R. murchisonii.
investigation into the variation of involucral
bract characters showed that size, shape,
margin, colour and wrinkling of the lamina are
variable across the entire range of these taxa
(see Fig. 2).
Bract widths (of widest bracts) were measured for
Austrobaileya 5(3): 565-572 (1999)
60 specimens from across Australia (see Fig. 3).
Two groupings occur, corresponding to the two
taxa described as subspecies below. Many of
the Queensland specimens have narrow, entire,
pale bracts with little or no wrinkling (R.
helichrysoides subsp. acutiglumis ), while
those further south have variously wide to
narrow bracts, different degrees of wrinkling
and short or long cilia (R. helichrysoides subsp.
helichrysoides ). Intermediates occur in the
Gregory South District of Queensland and in
north-eastern South Australia at Coongie and
in the Northern Territory. These intermediates
have narrow involucral bracts (0.5-0.8 mm wide)
with a wrinkled lamina and marginal cilia to 0.3
mm long. eg. D.E.Boyland 182, Henderson &
Boy land H2114, Halford 2678A, Williams 8054,
Jackson 1991 and O’Malley 169. A few
specimens from the Northern Territory have
bracts as wide as the southern specimens (1.0-
1.4 mm wide), but with a smooth entire lamina
eg. Barrit 21 and Nielson 428.
Specimens from the southern part of South
Australia have dense inflorescences with
smaller capitula on shorter peduncles, often
crowded together. This form is not recognised
as a distinct taxon here. The name R.
panniculataE.¥nlze\ (FeddesRep. 15(1918),
Type: Central Australia, 1903, Basedow 20) may
be associated with this part or the variation
but I have been unable to locate the type
material to confirm this.
Two subspecies are recognised:
Involucral bracts usually 0.8-1.5 mm wide, brown to golden yellow,
strongly horizonatally wrinkled, with cilia usually more than
0.2 mm long. R. helichrysoides subsp. helichrysoides
Involucral bracts 0.2-0.8 mm wide, pale brown, smooth or very
slightly horizontally wrinkled, entire or with short cilia less
than 0.2 mm long. R. helichrysoides subsp. acutiglumis
Rutidosis helichrysoides subsp. helichrysoides
Capitula with involucral bracts usually 0.8-1.5
mm wide; lamina transversely wrinkled, brown
or golden yellow, with cilia up to 0.6 mm long.
Selected specimens : Western Australia. Carnegie
Stn, ENE of Meekatharra, July 1967, Beard 4811
(PERTH); Near E end of Schwenin Mural Ct, July
1974, George 12098 (CANB); Near Rudall R„ May
1971, George 10681 (CANB, PERTH); 67 miles [107
km] E of Warburton, July 1963, George 4734
(PERTH); 35 miles [56 km] SE of Windulda,
Warburton Rd, Aug 1962, George 4023 (PERTH); 4
miles [6.4 km] W of Mt Tietkens, northern Gibson
Desert, July 1967, George 8962 (PERTH); Mt
Malcolm, July 1899, Fitzgerald s.n. (PERTH); Mt
Windell Rd corridor, 8 km NW of Mt Winded, Mar
Holland, Rutidosis
569
1992, van Leeuwen 1114 (PERTH); 10 km W of
Juna Downs HS, Jan 1989, Mitchell 1707 (PERTH);
28 miles [44.8 km] SE of Gordon Downs Stn, July
1949, Perry & Lazarides 2489 (AD, BRI, PERTH);
Jigalong Depot, May 1947, Royce 1533 (PERTH); E
of Warburton Mission on road from Kalgoolie to Ayers
Rock, May 1959, Vollprecht 43 (PERTH); Newman,
July 1980, Walker 4 (PERTH); Rudall R. area, Aug
1971, Wilson 10568 (PERTH). Northern Territory.
Atcherie Ck crossing by Ammaroo-Ilkedra Rd, c. 3.7
km by road N of Honeymoon Bore, Aug 1978, Barker
2802 (AD); Kulgera, Nov 1955, Burbidge & Alsray
4584 (AD, CANB); 0.7 km E of the Sandover Hwy
on the Plenty Hwy, Sep 1982, Chinnock 5538 (AD);
66 miles [105.6 km] NW Willowra HS, Dec 1965,
Chippendale 4812 (AD, CANB, DNA); 1 mile [1.6
km] E No. 6 Bore, Manner's Ck, Oct 1955,
Chippendale 1789 (AD); ); 19 miles [30.4 km] SE
Bottom Bore, Hale R., Jan 1966, Chippendale 4939
(AD, CANB, DNA); Mulga Park Stn, Apr 1974,
Henshall 182 (AD); Peterman Ranges Area, Apr 1972,
Latz 2405 (DNA); Goose R., McLaren Ck Stn, Sep
1983, Latz 9812 (DNA); 20 miles [32 km] SW of
Lucy Ck Stn, Sep 1956, Lazarides 5906 (CANB); 11.5
miles [18.4 km] SE of Alice Springs Township, Aug
1956, Lazarides 5713 (AD, CANB); Charley Ck c.
60 miles [96 km] NW of Stuart Highway along
Yuendumu Rd, Sep 1968, Maconochie 595 (AD); 90
miles [144 km] W Stuart Hwy, Yuendumu Rd, July
1968, Must 301 (AD); 20 miles [32 km] N of Aileron,
June 1962, Nelson 428 (AD, BRI); Phillip Ck, c. 46
km N of Tennant Ck, July 1968, Orchard 909 (AD);
By west base of Ayers Rock, c. 350 km SW of Alice
Springs, Aug 1957, Schodde 404, (AD, CANB). South
Australia. 7.5 km N of Screechowl Ck, 12 km SW of
Alberrie Ck Rd, Finnis Springs Stn, Aug 1990, Badman
4303 (BRI); Wimbrinna Dam, Gregory Ck, Stuart Ck
Stn, Aug 1989, Badman 3548 (AD); Kingoonya-Mt
Eba, East West Railway C’mm’th Hill, Apr 1917,
Basedow 33 (NSW); Eyre Basin, Arckaringa, July
1989, Bates 19167 (BRI); Coongie sandhills, Oct
1986, Conrick 1953 (AD); Mt Carmeena, c. 25 km
WSW of Everard Park HS, Sep 1963, Eichler 17511
(AD); Koodnanaie Ck, Birdsville Ck, Sep 1960, Filson
3310 (AD); 104 miles [166.5 km] S of Birdsville, 47
miles [75.6 km] N of Mirra Mitta Bore, Sep 1979,
Grandison 161 (AD); *Warburton R., near New
Kalamurina Stn, Mar 1972, Jackson 1991 (AD); Near
Warburton R., c. 11 km SW of New Lalamurina, Aug
1975, Jessop 2022 (AD); Mt Lyndhurst, Sep 1998,
Koch 135 (NSW, PERTH); 32 km NE of Innamincka,
Aug 1968, Kuchel 2558 (AD); *Coongie Lakes, NW
branch of Coopers Ck, Jan 1987, O'Malley 169 (AD);
15 km SW of Dickina Hill, Pandie Pandie Stn, May
1987, Reid 814 (AD); Lagoon Waterhole, Quadrat
MC6I Lake Eyre, Sep 1988, Robinson 919 (BRI);
Everard Range, Sep 1968, Spooner 154A (AD); Lake
Gairdner area, near Kingoonya, Sep 1967, Spooner
201 (AD); W of Dalhousie Springs complex. Red
Mulga Ck 6.4 miles [10.4 km] W of Witchery Mound,
Sep 1974, Symon, 9382 (AD); 18 miles [28.8 km] S
of Mt Hopeless outstation, Aug 1968, Symon 5938
(AD); 45 km NNW of Innamincka along track on
sandy plain, Aug 1975, Weber 4705 (AD);
Watchiepandrinie Ck, 15.5 km W of Innamincka,
May 1976, Williams 8132 (AD). Queensland.
Warrego District: 20 miles [32 km] E of Cunnamulla,
Sep 1963, Phillips s.n. (BRI). New South Wales.
North Mandelman Paddock, Fowlers Gap near Broken
Hill, Oct 1975, Jacobs 2208 (NSW); Calindary Stn,
Apr 1967, Libke 24570 (CANB); Environs of Cobar,
Nov 1969, McBarron 18485 (NSW); New Clunie, c.
27 km W of Louth, Apr 1967, Moore 4967 (NSW);
Pelora c. 60 km NW of Loath, Oct 1989, Moore
7951 (NSW); Gemanna, Oct 1988, Moore 8921 (BRI,
NSW); 1.5 km NE Wonga, May 1972, Pickard &
Benson 1840a (NSW); Mt Wood Hills, Sturt N.P.,
Sep 1989, Reilly 05/JR (NSW); Peery, NE of White
Cliffs, Mar 1975, Stanley 1632 (NSW). Tasmania.
Mt Brown, 32 km NE Hobart, May 1898, Tate s.n.
(AD).
* These specimens have some intermediate
characteristics (see discussion on variation).
Distribution and habitat : R. helichrysoides
subsp. helichrysoides is found throughout
inland Australia, in all mainland states across
17 degrees of latitude, in a wide variety of
habitats (Fig. 2).
Phenology : Flowers throughout the year
depending on rainfall.
Rutidosis helichrysoides subsp. acutiglumis
(W.R.Philipson) A.E.Holland, comb. nov.
R. acutiglumis Philipson, J. Bot. 76: 316
(1937). Typus: Queensland. Leichhardt
district: Marathon Station, West of
Hughenden, Hubbard 7772 (holo: K,
photo: BRI).
Capitula with involucral bracts less than 0.8 mm
wide, flat or slightly wrinkled, pale brown, entire
or with very short cilia less than 0.2 mm long.
Selected Specimens: Northern Territory: 40 miles
[64 km] NNW of Creswell Stn, July 1948, Perry 1684
(AD, BRI, CANB). Queensland. Gregory North
District: 89 km N of Bedourie towards Boulia, July
1990, Milson JM28 (BRI); 4 km NE Corfield, Apr
1986, Neldner & Stanley 2394 (BRI); Site H75, c. 27
km E of Cluny, Sep 1978, Purdie 1450 (AD, BRI).
Gregory South District: 58 km E of Monkira, Sep
1989, Cowan & Bushell 102 (BRI); Betoota Rd., 50
miles (80 km) Rosebeth Stn, June 1972, Johnson S.N.
(BRI); Dig Tree, Nappa Merry Stn, Coopers Ck, Mar
1990, Sandercoe 4031 (BRI). South Kennedy
District: 2 km N of Natal Downs, May 1991, Neldner
& Thompson 3122 (BRI); Mitchell District: E of
Jericho, Apr 935, Blake 10233 (BRI); 5.5 km from
Jundah towards Stonehenge, Sep 1989, Wilson &
Pickering 380 (BRI).
570 Austrobaileya 5(3): 565-572 (1999)
Fig. 2. Variation in involucral bract characters over the geographical range of R. helichrysoides ,
# R. helichrysoides subsp. helichrysoides, ▲ R. helichrysoides subsp. acutiglumis.
Holland, Rutidosis
571
Involucral bract widths of Rutidosis helichrysoides
□ frequency
12.00
10.00
=2 8.00
3
® 6.00
o
-g 4.00
cd
o.
I 2.00
d
0.00
involucral bract width clases (mm)
subsp. acutiglumis subsp. helichrysoides
OO^-lOCDI^-COOP-^csJCO^I-LOCD f'-
ddd ^
Fig. 3. Involucral bract widths for 60 specimens of R. helichrysoides. The widest bract for each capitulum
was measured.
Distribution and habitat : R. helichrysoides
subsp. acutiglumis occurs in western Qld and
in the north-eastern part of the Northern
Territory, in open forest or grassland, in fine
sand or clay soil. (Fig. 2)
Phenology : Flowers mainly during the cooler
months (May to October) depending on
rainfall.
Note: R. acutiglumis Philipson is here
recombined as a subspecies of R.
helichrysoides based on the variation of
involucral bract characters across the
geographical range of the species (see
discussion on variation and figs. 2 & 3).
Key to the species of Rutidosis in Australia
1. Peduncle scales present; style arms short and truncate; leaves
usually linear or narrowly lanceolate to oblanceolate, the margins
recurved, revolute or sometimes flat.2
Peduncle scales absent; style arms long and tapered to a point;
leaves usually elliptic or obovate, with flat or wavy margins.7
2. Pappus scales entire, obovate, broadly truncate at apex more than
3 mm wide. R. helichrysoides
Pappus scales ciliate or irregular, rounded, acute or tapered
at apex, less than 3 mm wide.3
3. Leaves 1-5 mm wide; corolla 3-5.5 mm long; mostly SE Qld.4
Leaves less than 2.5 mm wide; corolla 5-7 mm long; NSW only.5
572 Austrobaileya 5(3): 565-572 (1999)
4. Plants densely glandular hairy, woolly hairs absent. R. glandulosa
Plants woolly hairy or nearly glabrous, glandular hairs absent. R. murchisonii
5. Stems leafy, more than 15 cm high; pappus scales 2-3 mm long, with
fimbriate to plumose hairs . R. leptorhynchoides
Leaves mostly tufted at base; stems usually less than 15 cm high;
pappus scales less than 2 mm long, ciliate with short hairs.6
6. Stems glabrous; pappus scales rounded at apex; receptacle 1.8-3 mm diam. . .. R. leiolepis
Stems cottony hairy; pappus scales acute at apex; receptacle more
than 3 mm diam. R. heterogama
7. Pappus scales obovate, nearly truncate at apex; capitula 14-24 mm
diam.; florets white or cream, 4-6 mm long; outer involucral bracts with
a distinct dark brown patch at base. R. leucantha
Pappus scales linear, acute; capitula 4-16 mm diam.; florets yellow,
4-4.5 mm long; outer involucral bracts more uniformly coloured.8
8. Leaves 1.2-4.5 cm long, margins usually flat; capitula 8-16 mm diam.,
with more than 30 florets; outer involucral bracts woolly hairy.. R. lanata
Leaves 0.7-2.8 cm long, margins wavy or crisped; capitula 4-10 mm diam.,
with less than 22 florets; outer involucral bracts glandular, not woolly hairy . R. crispata
Note : Acomis is distinguished from Rutidosis by the lack of a pappus.
Acknowledgements
Thanks to Will Smith for the illustrations, to
Peter Bostock for the map and Latin diagnosis,
and to the directors of Australian Herbaria for
the loan of material.
Peperomia hunteriana (Piperaceae), a new species from the 6 Wet Tropics’ of
north-eastern Queensland
Paul I. Forster
Summary
Forster, Paul I. (1999). Peperomia hunteriana (Piperaceae), a new species from the ‘Wet Tropics’
of north-eastern Queensland. Austrobaileya 5(3): 573-575. Peperomia hunteriana is described and
illustrated. Information is provided on its distribution and habitat. A conservation status of Rare is
recommended. A key to the native and naturalised species of Peperomia in mainland Australia is
appended.
Keywords: Peperomia hunteriana , Piperaceae, Queensland
Paul I. Forster, Queensland Herbarium, EPA, Brisbane Botanic Gardens Mt Coot-tha, Mt Coot-tha
Road, Toowong, Queensland 4066, Australia
Introduction
An account of the five species of Peperomia
that occur on the Australian mainland has been
previously provided (Forster 1993), as well as
additional notes onE bellendenkerensis Domin
(Bostock & Forster 1995).
John Hunter of Coffs Harbour
subsequently brought to my attention an
anomalous population of Peperomia that he
had collected in December 1994 on Mt Bartle
Frere in the ‘Wet Tropics’ of north Queensland.
Re-examination of herbarium material at BRI and
QRS revealed two additional collections of the
same entity including a much earlier collection
by Len Brass in 1932. Both of these collections
had been originally identified as P. leptostachya
Hook. & Arn., this name being now considered
a synonym of P. blanda (Jacq.) Knuth (Forster
1993). Examination of plants in the field
followed by cultivation of both this entity and
the other Australian taxa under uniform
conditions has revealed that yet another
species is present. This species is formally
described and illustrated here as a precursor to
my account of the genus in ‘Flora of Australia’
Volume 2.
Peperomia hunteriana P.I.Forst. sp. nov., a
Peperomiae enervi C.DC. et F.Muell.,
caulibus et foliis dense pilosis
Accepted for publication 28 June 1999
trichomatibus 0.4-0.8 mm longis (in ilia
glabris vel minute hispidis), pedunculis
spicarum florentium in vivo tenuioribus
(0.5-0.8 mm diametro adversum 1-1.5
mm), idemque sparse pilosis (in ilia glabra)
et bracteis floralibus fere ovario duplo
longioribus (adversum longitudinem circa
eandem), differt. Type: Queensland. Cook
District: Wooroonooran National Park,
Mt Bartle Frere, 25 October 1997,
P.I.Forster, RJensen & R.BoothPWlllll
(holo: BRI; iso: MEL, QRS).
Erect, succulent herb to 10 cm high; foliage
densely hairy. Leaves usually in a whorl of 3,
occasionally 4-whorled; lamina obovate to
orbicular, to 15 mm long, 10 mm wide, secondary
venation obscure; base cuneate to rounded;
apex notched, obtuse or rounded. Spike
terminal, solitary or with up to 5 branches, to 5
cm long; peduncle 5-12 mm long; fertile axes
0.5-4.5 cm long. Flowers slightly sunken into
axis, spaced 1-1.5 mm apart; bracts rounded,
0.4-0.5 mmlong, 0.4-0.5 mm wide. Anthers c.
0.4 mm long, 0.3 mm wide. Ovary rounded, 0.2-
0.3 mm long, 0.2-0.3 mm diam. Dmpes not seen.
Fig. 1.
Additional specimens examined. Queensland. Cook
District: Slopes of Mt Demi, Feb 1932, Brass 2084
(BRI); Black Mtn, Daintree Natl. Park, May 1998,
Forster PIF22960 et al. (BRI, QRS); Bartle Frere,
Dec 1994, Hunter JH1621 (BRI); Mt Lewis forestry
road, Mar 1999, Jago 5144 (BRI); Summit area of
Mt Lewis, Sep 1977, Powell 783 & Armstrong (BRI).
574
Distribution and habitat: P. hunteriana is
endemic to the ‘Wet Tropics’ of north-eastern
Queensland and has been collected from four
localities. Plants grow as lithophytes on
exposed granite outcrops adjacent to, or within
simple, microphyll to notophyll vineforest at
altitudes between 1100-1520 m.
Notes: This species appears nearest to P
enervis but is immediately distinguishable by
the copious indumentum on the foliage
comprising trichomes 0.4-0.8 mm long (versus
glabrous or minutely hispid), the thinner
peduncles of the flowering spike in live material
1 Leaves alternate.
Leaves opposite or whorled.
2 Leaves
Leaves
3 Leaves in whorls of 4 .
Leaves opposite or in a whorl of 3.
4 Leaves opposite.
Leaves usually in a whorl of 3 .
5 Stems and leaves with dense trichomes.
Stems and leaves glabrous or minutely hispid
Austrobaileya 5(3): 573-575 (1999)
(0.5-0.8 mm diameter versus 1-1.5 mm) that are
also sparsely hairy (versus glabrous) and the
floral bracts that are nearly twice the length of
the ovary (versus about the same length). The
leaf lamina also tends to be more obovate in P.
hunteriana as opposed to the largely oblong
ones encountered in P. enervis. These
differences are maintained when plants are
cultivated under similar conditions.
The native and naturalised species of
Peperomia in mainland Australia may be
distinguished with the following key. Species
authorship may be found in Forster (1993).
.2
.3
. P. bellendenkerensis
.P.pellucida
. P. tetraphylla
.4
. P.blanda
.5
. P. hunteriana
. P. enervis
3-nerved at base, foliage with scattered trichomes
5-nerved at base, foliage glabrous.
Conservation status: Peperomia hunteriana
is an inconspicuous species and poorly
collected. It is probably not infrequent at higher
altitudes in the ‘Wet Tropics’; however, further
survey work is necessary to confirm this.
Etymology: Named for John Hunter of Coffs
Harbour, N.S.W. who discovered this species
during a vegetation survey of Mt Bartle Frere
and vicinity for the Queensland Herbarium and
brought it to my attention.
Acknowledgements
J.Hunter provided material ofR hunteriana and
information on plants in habitat. P.D.Bostock
provided the Latin translation of the diagnosis.
R.Russell (QPWS) organised helicopter access
to remote areas of the Daintree National Park.
Assistance with fieldwork on Mt Bartle Frere
and Black Mountain was provided by R.Booth,
J.Hunter, R.Jago and R.Jensen. The artwork
was executed by W.Smith (BRI).
References
Bostock, P.D. & Forster, P.I. (1995). Distribution,
habitat and conservation status of Peperomia
bellendenkerensis (Piperaceae), a rare endemic
from the ‘Wet Tropics’ of north-eastern
Queensland. Austrobaileya 4: 449-450.
Forster, P.I. (1993). A taxonomic revision of the genus
Peperomia Ruiz. & Pav. (Piperaceae) in
mainland Australia. Austrobaileya 4: 93-104.
Forster, Peperomia hunteriana
575
Fig. 1. Peperomia hunteriana. A. habit of flowering stem x 3.5. B. close up of inflorescence with several
flowers x 24. From live material of the clonotype. Del. W. Smith.
Note
Typification and application of the name Macrozamia macleayi Miq.
(Zamiaceae)
An account of Macrozamia has been recently
provided by Hill (1998). Unfortunately some
names have not been adequately typified in
that account and one of these, Macrozamia
macleayi Miq., is addressed in this note. The
name M. macleayi is currently included in the
synonymy ofM miquelii by Johnson (1959) and
Hill (1998), although neither author saw type
material. Typification of M. macleayi is
important as it potentially becomes the correct
name for the taxon known as M. miquelii
(F.Muell.) A.DC. if conservation of this name
with a conserved type is unsuccessful (Forster
1999).
The name M. macleayi Miq. was based
on a type collected from Moreton Bay by
Macleay (quoted in Miquel (June 1868),
reprinted (Oct 1868) as “Nascitur in Nova
Hollandia orientali, in regione fl. Moreton, ubi
probabiliter detexit Mac Leay”). Two species
of Macrozamia, namely M. miquelii and M.
lucida L.A.S.Johnson are present in this
region, hence it is essential that application of
the name M. macleayi is resolved. Miquel’s
collections are housed at Utrecht (U) and a loan
request produced a number of sheets of
pressed Macrozamia fronds. There would
appear to be only one likely specimen for type
of M. macleayi, namely the sheet U028258 with
the scant label data of “Moreton Bay”, no date
and no collector. This specimen, labelled asM.
macleayi in Miquel’s hand, comprises a single
pressed frond typical of immature M. miquelii
(.sensu Hill 1998) as found at Mt Glorious near
Brisbane (probably equivalent to “Moreton
Bay” of the 1860’s). Other specimens from
Utrecht that are also labelled as M. macleayi
are obviously from cultivated plants (e.g.
U028255, V.Houtte No. 14, Oct [18]68).
Macrozamia macleayi Miq., Arch. Neerl. Sci.
Exact. Nat. 3(5): 250 (post 16 June 1868)
& Miq., Adansonia 9: 69 (22 Oct 1868).
Type: [Queensland. Moreton District:]
Moreton Bay, s.coll., s.dat. (holo:
U028258!).
Acknowledgements
Thanks to P.D.Bostock for comments on the
manuscript and to the Herbarium, State
University of Utrecht for loan of specimens.
References
Forster, P.I. (1999). Proposal to conserve the name
Encephalartos miquelii (Zamiaceae) with a
conserved type. Taxon 48: 569-570.
Hill, K.D. (1998). Cycadophyta. In P.McCarthy (ed.),
Flora of Australia 48: 597-661. Melbourne:
CSIRO Publishing.
Johnson, L.A.S. (1959). The families of cycads and
the Zamiaceae of Australia. Proceedings of
the Linnean Society of New South Wales 84: 64-
117.
Miquel, F.A.W. (June 1868). Nouveaux materiaux
pour servira la connaissance des Cycadees.
Archives Neerlandaises des Sciences Exactes et
Naturelles 3(5): 193-254.
Miquel, F.A.W. (October 1868) Nouveaux materiaux
pour servir a la connaissance des Cycadees.
Adansonia 9: 29-73.
Paul I. Forster
Queensland Herbarium, EPA, Brisbane Botanic Gardens Mt Coot-tha, Mt Coot-tha Road,Toowong,
Queensland 4066, Australia
577
Note
In defence of Chrysopogon fallax S.T.Blake (Poaceae)
In another contribution in this issue of
Austrobaileya, Dr Veldkamp (Veldkamp 1999)
has treated Chrysopogon fallax S.T.Blake
(1944) as an illegitimate synonym of
C. benthamianus Henrard (1941). In addition,
Dr Clayton (Clayton 1999 and ongoing) uses
the name C. benthamianus rather than C.
fallax in his World Grasses Database on the
world wide web. I consider C. benthamianus
Henrard is not validly published and without
standing under the International Code of
Botanical Nomenclature (ICBN)(Greuter et al.,
1994) whereas C. fallax is validly published,
legitimate and correct for the species concerned
under the ICBN.
Neither Brown (1810) nor Bentham (1878)
intended publishing nor did publish a name
distinct from Andropogon gryllus L. for a
species of Poaceae. Both were enlarging their
concept of Linnaeus’s species Andropogon
gryllus , under the generic names Holcus
[Brown] or Chrysopogon [Bentham], to include
Australian material they considered belonged
in that species. That is, to both Brown and
Bentham, Linnaeus’s name applied not only to
his species but also to the Australian material
they included in it. As well, Bentham accepted
that Linnaeus’s species also included, as a
variety, material that Brown had included in
Holcus pallidus, Roemer and Schultes (1817)
later included under Pollinia pallida and
Kunth (1829) included under Andropogon
pallidus. Bentham considered this species (as
Chrysopogon gryllus (L.) Trin.) to be “widely
spread over the tropical and warmer temperate
regions of the Old World”.
The type of the name Chrysopogon
gryllus (L.) Trin. as used by Bentham, and the
name Holcus gryllus (L.) R.Br. is the same as
the type of Andropogon gryllus L., Cent. II PI.
33 (1756) (ICBN, Art. 7.4). Specimens cited by
Bentham under Chrysopogon gryllus (L.) Trin.
in 1878 have no bearing on typification of the
nam t Andropogon gryllus L.
Hubbard (1938) and Henrard (loc. cit.),
who apparently based his opinion mainly on
Hubbard’s published statements but also on
others by Hackel (1889) and Pilger (1940), and
also Blake (loc. cit.) all accepted that the taxon
Bentham described under the name
Chrysopogon gryllus did not include the type
of Linnaeus’s name Andropogon gryllus (and
consequently of Holcus gryllus (L.) R.Br.), or
the type of Holcus pallidus R.Br. They, in fact,
accepted that Linnaeus’s name with reference
and Brown’s two names with references, did
not apply to Bentham’s taxon.
In naming the taxon described by
Bentham under Chrysopogon gryllus, Henrard
(loc. cit.) stated that he treated only the part
covered by Bentham’s description as
C. benthamianus. (“Bentham’s Chrysopogon
Gryllus, being described, we can give it another
name: Chrysopogon Benthamianus Henr. nom.
nov. See Bentham FI. Australiensis Vol. VII
(1878) p.537.”).
Note should be taken here that Henrard
was not providing a new name in the usual
botanical sense of the words ‘nom. nov.’ to
replace a previously validly published but
illegitimate or potentially illegitimate name, but
was providing a name to go with a previously
published English description of a particular
taxon he recognised. ICBN, Art. 33 is not,
therefore, applicable in this situation, but Art. 36
of the Code is.
Two queries arise when considering the
name Chrysopogon benthamianus : is the name
validly published and, if so, what is its type?
Henrard did not provide a Latin
description with his name for this taxon, so to
meet the requirements for valid publication of
579
580
this name in 1941, under Art.36.1 of the ICBN,
he had, as an alternative, to provide a reference
to a previously and effectively published Latin
description or diagnosis. Henrard did refer to
‘BenthamFl.Australiensis Vol. VII (1878) p. 537.’
when proposing C. benthamianus but Bentham
did not provide a Latin description or diagnosis
there. Thus, since Henrard did not provide the
mandatory Latin description or diagnosis or
reference to such, his name C. benthamianus
is not validly published and without standing
under the ICBN.
Though not supplying a Latin description
or diagnosis in 1878, Bentham did provide
references to a number of previously and
effectively published Latin descriptions
relating to what are now considered more than
one distinct species. It has been past practice
to accept the current wording of Art. 36.1 to
allow for indirect reference to a Latin
description to satisfy the requirements of this
Article but in those cases, the Latin description
usually has been taken as one referring to the
taxon concerned.
Henrard implied, by omission and the
acceptance of Chrysopogon gryllus (L.) Trin.
(page 531) and Chrysopogon pallidus (R.Br.)
Trin. (page 531) as distinct species, that he
accepted that none of the names with
references cited by Bentham applied to the
taxon he named Chrysopogon benthamianus.
Thus, material associated with those previously
published names is irrelevant to validation of
Henrard’s name.
For the suggestion that reference to
Bentham, who quoted as a synonym of
Chrysopogon gryllus Brown’s name Holcus
gryllus (L.) R.Br. and its place of publication,
validated Henrard’s Chrysopogon
benthamianus to be plausible, Henrard would
have to have specifically included the reference
to Brown’s validation of Holcus gryllus , then
excluded the reference to Linnaeus’s
Andropogon gryllus, and hence its type which
is also type of Brown’s Holcus gryllus (ICBN,
Art.52.1&2). Henrard did not do that.
Perhaps it could be argued that Art.36.1
of the ICBN should be interpreted to mean that
a Latin description or diagnosis of any taxon
Austrobaileya 5(3): 581-583 (1999)
related to Bentham’s account, even if of a quite
different species such as Andropogon gryllus
L. or Holcus pallidus R.Br., is effective in
validating Chrysopogon benthamianus. This
seems quite nonsensical and is not what is
intended by Article 36.1 of the ICBN.
Because of the foregoing, I continue to
consider Henrard’s name Chrysopogon
benthamianus not validly published and hence
without standing under ICBN (Art.6.6). There
is, therefore, no need to consider what is/may
be a type specimen for this name.
On the other hand, Blake (loc. cit.) took
all the correct steps to validate his
Chrysopogon fallax. He gave a Latin
description of the taxon, nominated a holotype
for his name, cited the location of the holotype
and discussed how the species differed from
Chrysopogon gryllus (L.) Trin. In doing the
last, he effectively excluded the type of
Andropogon gryllus L., and thus Holcus
gryllus (L.) R.Br. and Chrysopogon gryllus (L.)
Trin., from his concept of C. fallax. He
excluded Brown’s type of Holcus pallidus from
the species by accepting Chrysopogon
pallidus (R.Br.) Trin. ex Steud. as a species
distinct from Chrysopogon fallax (Blake loc.
cit., p. 14).
In his discussion of Chrysopogon fallax,
Blake listed a large number of references by
many authors which he stated related “wholly
or in part to this species”. There, he cited what
he believed was applicable to C. fallax under
the botanical name that the author used in each
of those references, i.e. Holcus gryllus (L.)
R.Br., Chrysopogon gryllus (L.) Trin.,
Andropogon gryllus L., Chrysopogon gryllus
subsip.pallidus (R.Br.) Domin or Chrysopogon
gryllus subvar. pilosus Domin. For some of
these references, he specified the part of it he
considered pertinent. Though this was not the
case with Bentham’s reference to Chrysopogon
gryllus, Blake did state that only the description
in, and specimens associated with, Brown’s
account of Holcus gryllus related to
Chrysopogon fallax. Because of the way Blake
treated these names elsewhere in his paper,
none of the species names in these references
can be considered to have been included by
Blake as a synonym of Chrysopogon fallax
thereby rendering it illegitimate.
Henderson, Chrysopogon fallax
581
For these reasons, I consider Blake’s name
Chrysopogon fallax to be both validly
published and legitimate. I also believe it to be
the correct name for the plant concerned.
Acknowledgments
I wish to thank both Bryan Simon and Les
Pedley for their critical comments on earlier
versions of this note.
References
Bentham, G. (1878). FI. Australiensis 7: 536-539.
Blake, S.T. (1944). Univ. Qld Papers, Dept. Biol. 2(3):
9-14.
Brown, R. (1810). Prodr. FI. Nov. Holl. 199.
Clayton, W.D. (1999 and ongoing). World Grasses
Database, http://www.rbgkew.org.uk/herbarium/
gramineae/wrlgr.htm
Greuter, W., Barrie, F.R., Burdet, H.M., Chaloner, W.G.,
Demoulin, V., Hawksworth, D.L., Jorgensen,
P.M., Nicolson, D.H., Silva, P.C., Trehane, P. and
McNeill, J. (1994). International Code of
Botanical Nomenclature (Tokyo Code).
Regnum Vegetabile 131.
Hackel, E. (1889). Andropogoneae in De Candolle, A.
& C. Monographiae phanerogamarum 6: 552.
Henrard, J. (1941). Blumea 4(3): 531-535.
Hubbard, C.E. (1938). Hooker’s leones Plantarum
34: t3365.
Kunth, C.S. (1829). Rev. Gram.l: 165.
Pilger, R. (1940). Die Natiirl. Pflanzenfamilien 14e:
152.
Roemer, J.J. & Schultes, J.A. (1817). Syst. veg. 2: 828.
Veldkamp, J.F. (1999). Austrobaileya 5(3): 503-533.
Rodney J.F. Henderson
Queensland Herbarium, EPA, Brisbane Botanic Gardens Mt Coot-tha, Mt Coot-tha Road,Toowong,
Queensland 4066,Australia
Note
Steinchisma hians (Elliott) Nash, the correct name for Fasciculochloa
sparshottiorum B.K.Simon & C.M.Weiller
When the grass Fasciculochloa
sparshottiorum was described (Simon &
Wheeler, 1995), isotypes were distributed to
many Australian and international herbaria
listed under the protologue description. The
specimen sent to the herbarium of the Missouri
Botanical Gardens (MO) was recently examined
by its Curator of Grasses, Dr Gerrit Davidse,
who provided me with his observations of the
specimen.
“The genus and species you described
as Fasciculochloa sparshottiorum immediately
seemed familiar to me and upon a closer look
under the dissecting microscope, seemed
exactly like the widespread American
Steinchisma hians (Panicum hians). I notice
that in your paper you did not compare your
material to this species, but they must surely
be the same. They also grow in the same kind
of habitat, judging by the photo in your paper.
I would not be surprised that this may a recent
introduction. Is that a possibility?”
I was able to confirm Dr Davidse’s
conclusions regarding this taxon from a
comparison with three specimens of this
species from the New World in BRI (S.M. Tracy
s.n from Starkville, Missouri; R.L. Crockett
6871 from Jefferson County, Texas (ex US); T.B.
Ryves 69 from Freer, Texas).
An isotype was also sent on loan in 1998
to the Instituto de Botanica Darwinion, San
Isidro, Argentina for examination by Dr
Fernando Zuloaga and colleagues, as part of
an ongoing cladistic study of the grass tribe
Paniceae (Zuloaga, Morrone and Giussani
1998). This author and colleagues had
undertaken a cladistic study of the genus
Steinchisma in early 1997, published in 1998
(Zuloaga, Morrone, Vega & Giussani 1998).
Although they suspected that Fasciculochloa
was similar, or identical, to Steinchisma
(Zuloaga, pers. com.) at the time they had not
seen the type of Fasciculochloa
sparshottiorum, and thus did not formally place
Fasciculochloa in synonymy under
Steinchisma. The most recent cladistic
analysis of the Paniceae (Zuloaga, Morrone and
Giussani in press), indicates clearly that
Fasciculochloa and Steinchisma are the same
taxon.
Steinchisma hians is widespread in the
New World, occurring in the southern and
eastern United States (Hitchcock & Chase 1951,
as Panicum hians) and in Mexico, Central
America, Colombia, Brazil, Bolivia, Paraguay,
Uruguay and Argentina (Fig 6 in Zuloaga,
Morrone, Vega & Giussani 1998). It generally
grows in wet habitats. There is a good
illustration of it in Fig. 8 of the 1998 paper of
Zuloaga et al.
Steinchisma hians is the type of
Steinchisma, published in 1830 by Rafinesque.
Taxonomically the genus has had rather a
chequered history of being placed in Panicum,
as a section or subgenus of Panicum (Zuloaga
1987) or as a genus in its own right (Brown
1977, Clayton & Renvoize 1986,Renvoize 1998,
Zuloaga, Morrone, Vega & Giussani 1998).
Currently it is recognised as a distinct genus
on cladistic evidence (Zuloaga, Morrone, Vega
& Giussani 1998). The synapomorphies by
which members of the genus are recognised
include the leaf blade characters of the number
of chlorenchyma cells (5-7) between the
vascular bundles and the presence of
chloroplasts in the parenchyma sheath.
Distinguishing morphological characters are
“the expanded lower palea and the presence of
verrucose papillae all over the upper
anthoecium” although the latter “do not show
as apomorphic characters in the cladistic
analysis because these characters are also
present in a related genus, PlagianthaF
(Zuloaga, pers. com.).
583
584
The date and point of entry of this New
World grass species to Australia is of interest,
in view of the fact that it has not been reported
before on this continent. There is a possibility
that it could date back to the days of World
War 2, as there was a large contingent of
American troops encamped near the area of
collection at that time. However, the fact that it
has not become more widespread since then
may point to a more recent arrival in Australia.
In support of this hypothesis is the
circumstance of its presence in South Africa.
It has been reported as occuring in that country
in the last decade (Gibbs Russell et al 1990, as
Panicum hians ), but it is not recorded in a
previous account of South African grasses
(Chippindall 1955).
Acknowledgments
I thank Gerrit Davidse for drawing my attention
to this matter, and to Fernando Zuloaga and
Rod Henderson for reviewing the manuscript
and suggesting changes to it.
References
Brown, W.V. (1977). The Kranz Syndrome and its
Subtypes in Grass Systematics. Memoirs of the
Torrey Botanical Club 23: 1-97.
Chippindall, Lucy K.A. (1955). A guide to the
identificaiton of grasses in South Africa. In
MEREDITH, D. Grasses and Pastures of South
Africa. Central News Agency: Cape Town.
Clayton, W.D. & Renvoize, S.A. (1986). Genera
Graminum. Kew Bulletin Additional Series 13:
275.
Gibbs Russell, G.E., Watson, L., Koekemoer, M.,
Smook, L., Barker, N.P., Anderson, H.M. &
Dallwitz, M.J. (1990). Grasses of Southern
Africa. Memoirs of the Botanical Survey of
South Africa 58.
Austrobaileya 5(3): 585-586 (1999)
Hitchcock, A.S., rev Agnes Chase (1950). Manual of
the Grasses of the United States. United States
Government Printing Office, Washington.
Rafinesque, M. (1830). Graminees. In N.C. SERINGE,
Bulletin botanique ou collection de notices
originales et d’extrait des ouvrages botaniques,
pp 220-221. Geneva.
Renvoize, S.A. (1998). Gramineas de Bolivia , 412.
Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew.
Simon, Bryan K., & Wheeler, Carolyn M. (1995).
Fasciculochloa, a new grass genus (Poaceae:
Paniceae) from south-eastern Queensland.
Austrobaileya 4: 369-379.
Zuloaga, Fernando O. (1987). Systematics of New
World Species of Panicum (Poaceae:Paniceae).
Pp 287-306 in T.R.SODERSTROM, K.W.
HILU, C.S. CAMPBELL & M.E.BARKWORTH
(eds) Grass Systematics and Evolution.
Smithsonian Institution Press, Washington,
D.C.
Zuloaga, Fernando O., Morrone, Osvaldo, Vega,
Andrea S, and Giussani, L i l t an a M. (1998).
Revision y analisis cladistico de Steinchisma
(Poaceae: Panicoideae: Paniceae). Annals of
the Missouri Botanical Garden
85:631-656.
Zuloaga, F. O., Morrone, O. & Giussani, L. M. (1998).
A cladistic analysis of the tribe Paniceae.
Abstracts, Second International Conference on
the Comparative Biology of the
Monocotyledons and Third International
Symposium on Grass Systematics and
Evolution. University of New South Wales,
Sydney.
Zuloaga, F. O., Morrone, O. & Giussani, L. M. (in
press). A cladistic analysis of the tribe Paniceae.
Bryan K. Simon,
Queensland Herbarium, EPA, Brisbane Botanic Gardens Mt Coot-tha, Mt. Coot-tha Road, Toowong,
Queensland 4066,Australia
Review
B.P.M. Hyland, T. Whiffin, D.C. Christophel, B. Gray, R.W. Elick and A.J. Ford
(1999). Australian Tropical Rain Forest Trees and Shrubs. An interactive plant
identification system for trees and shrubs. CD-ROM and 95-page manual. CSIRO
Publishing. Price $130. ISBN 0 643 06047 2.
This publication is a further, major advance
upon the landmark computer-based
identification system published by Bernie
Hyland and Trevor Whiffin in 1993. That
publication was reviewed for this journal by
Carolyn Hohnen (Hohnen 1994), who traced
the development of this system from the
original card key of 1971, which covered the
more common rainforest trees of the Wet
Tropics between Townsville and Cooktown.
The 1993 publication included 1056 tree species
across all of tropical Australia, north of 19°S.
One of the major drawbacks to its use
was the exclusion of small trees and shrubs
less than 6 m high and/or 10 cm diameter at
breast height. Collection of suitable material,
ie. from canopy and sub-canopy trees can be a
very difficult and slow procedure; moreover, at
a particular location many canopy species may
be represented only by juveniles. This has
limited its value for field studies. These
restrictions have been removed by the present
publication which has included rainforest
shrubs and sub-shrubs, making a total of 1733
species.
The other major improvement to the
system is the inclusion of distribution maps
and images for each species. The maps display
point locations for herbarium specimens held
at the Australian National Herbarium, Atherton
(QRS) and the Northern Territory Herbarium,
Darwin (DNA) and are more informative than a
generalised range. Apart from incorporating
the x-ray leaf images from Volume 2 of the 1993
publication, there are also photographs of
flowers of most species and where available,
the wonderful fruit and flower paintings by
William Cooper. Importantly, these images are
also linked with vouchered herbarium
specimens.
The system requires a computer with a 486 or
Pentium processor and Microsoft Windows 3.1
or later. It also needs at least 8 megabytes of
RAM (16 mb for Windows 95) and approx. 10
mb of hard disk space (images are left on the
CD-ROM) or 1 mb if the program is run entirely
from the CD-ROM. I found it ran quite
satisfactorily, with minimal delays, on a Pentium
90 machine.
The key is straightforward to use, with
individual screens for each of the major groups
of characters, viz. habit, bark, leaf, flower, fruit,
seedling, family and geographic range.
Separate screens list the (decreasing) subsets
of possibilities and the set of characters scored
for the specimen. This latter feature has been
added since the 1993 version, and is a great
help in further checking of identifications.
Images and maps are accessed via the
list of possibilities. There is also access to a
detailed description of each species and a list
of the key characters for each species, which
is particularly valuable for checking against the
characters scored for the specimen being
identified.
The key comprises 17 bark characters (48
states or features), 27 leaf characters (106
features), 40 flower characters (166 features),
16 fruit characters (64 features) and 34 seedling
characters (86 features). Specimens may also
be scored for family and geographic location,
ie. north-western Western Australia, Northern
Territory, Cape York (ie. 16° northward) and
north-eastern Queensland (south to 19°S). The
User Guide provides excellent illustrations of
character states, eg. leaf apices and bases, and
definitions and explanations are provided in
help menus for each character set and as
context-sensitive help for each feature.
585
586
As a field botanist, I depend mainly on
leaf (and branchlet) characters and stem surface
features to identify rainforest trees. I would
like to see a greater range of leaf characters
included, such as presence and types of
indumentum, stipules, bracts and scales, glands
on petioles and/or laminas, presence and colour
of latex, etc..
I have had relatively few difficulties in
using the key. Oil dots (their presence or
otherwise) often create problems and I was
unable to key out Eupomatia laurina. This
species is recorded in the Additional Features
menu as having “very small oil dots just visible
with a lens”, but is coded only for “oil dots
absent”.
This product is not really a practical field
tool. Although it can be used in a laptop
computer, this value is restricted by extremely
Austrobaileya 5(3): 577-578 (1999)
limited battery lives (except where generators
are available) and weather conditions. There
remains a place for old-fashioned hard-copy
field guides compiled at the regional or local
level.
Having said that, I unreservedly
recommend this guide to professional and
amateur biologists alike. Apart from its
identification role, the guide is a marvellous
information system for anyone with a serious
interest in the rainforest flora of northern
Australia It will be further enhanced in the
next few years by incorporation of rainforest
vines and climbers.
Reference
Hohnen, C. (1994). Book Review: Australian Tropical
Rainforest Trees - An interactive identification
system, including Leaf Atlas of Australian Rain
Forest Trees. Austrobaileya 4(2): 291-292.
Bill McDonald
Queensland Herbarium, EPA, Brisbane Botanic Gardens Mt Coot-tha, Mt Coot-tha Road,Toowong,
Queensland 4066, Australia.
Austrobaileya 5(3): 587 (1999)
Corrections
Austrobaileya 5(2): 1999
p.221 line 14 column 1. Dendrolobium
polyneurum
The combination had been made previously:
Dendrolobium polyneurum (S.T. Blake)
Ohashi,Taiwania43: 102(1998).
p.257 line 50 column 2. Phyllodium pulchellum
var. glabrius Pedley
The number of the type collection should be
changed from C.R. Dunlop 976 & G Leach to
C.R. Dunlopl916.
p.292 line 46 column 2. Boronia duiganiae
Duretto
The number for the isotype at BRI should be
changed from AQ121206 to AQ151206.
p.319 line 10. column 1.
The spelling of the name Acacia scopularum
should be changed to Acacia scopulorum
Pedley.
587
Index of new names published in Austrobaileya 5(3)
Brideliafinalis P.I.Forst., sp. nov .408
Camarophyllopsis kearneyi A. M. Young, sp. nov .562
Capillipedium leucotrichum (A. Camus) Schmid exVeldk., comb, nov .527
Chrysopogon celebicus Veldk., sp. nov . 511
Chrysopogonfestucoides (Presl) Veldk., comb. nov. .512
Chrysopogon fulvibarbis (Trin.) Veldk., comb, nov .525
Chrysopogon intercedens Veldk., sp. nov .515
Chrysopogon lawsonii (Hook.f.) Veldk., comb, nov .515
Chrysopogon micrantherus Veldk., sp. nov .516
Chrysopogon nigritanus (Benth.) Veldk., comb, nov .526
Chrysopogon oliganthus Veldk., nom. nov .526
Chrysopogon rigidus (B.K. Simon) Veldk., comb, nov .527
Hygrocybe anomala var. ianthinomarginata, A. M. Young, var. nov .551
Hygrocybe austropratensis A. M. Young, sp. nov. .546
Hygrocybe cheelii A. M. Young, nom. nov .547
Hygrocybe lanecovensis A. M. Young, sp. nov .558
Mallotus dispersus P.I.Forst., sp. nov .465
Mallotus megadontus P.I.Forst., sp. nov. .470
Mallotus surculosus P.I.Forst., sp. nov. .488
Ochrosperma obovatum A.R.Bean, sp. nov .499
Peperomia hunteriana P.I.Forst., sp. nov. .573
Rhodamnia angustifolia N.Snow & Guymer, sp. nov .421
Rutidosis glandulosa A.E.Holland, sp. nov .565
Rutidosis helichrysoides subsp. acutiglumis (N.R.Philipson) A.E.Holland, com. nov. .569
Stylidium austrocapense A.R.Bean, sp. nov. .442
Stylidium delicatum A.R.Bean, sp. nov .434
Stylidium foveolatum A.R.Bean, sp. nov .430
Stylidium paniculatum (Maiden & Betche) A.R.Bean, comb, et stat. nov. .446
Stylidium velleioides A.R.Bean, sp. nov .448
Queensland Herbarium
Publications for sale
Floras
A Key to Australian Grasses by B.K. Simon (1993), 2nd edition 206 pp., card cover.
Ferns of Queensland by S.B. Andrews (1990), 427 pp., illustrated, hard cover.
Honey Flora of Queensland, 3rd edition by S.T. Blake and C. Roff (1988), 224 pp., illustrated, card
cover.
Flora of South-eastern Queensland byT.D. Stanley and E.M. Ross.
Volume 1 (1983), 545 pp., illustrated, card cover.
Volume 2 (1986), 623 pp., illustrated, hard cover.
Volume 3 (1989), 532 pp., illustrated, hard cover.
Vegetation Surveys
Vegetation Survey of Queensland: South West Queensland. Queensland Botany Bulletin No. 4
by D.E. Boyland (1984), 151 pp., illustrated, including a map, card cover.
Vegetation Survey of Queensland: South Central Queensland. Queensland Botany Bulletin No. 3
by V.J. Neldner (1984), 291 pp., illustrated, including a map, card cover.
Vegetation Survey of Queensland: Central Western Queensland. Queensland Botany Bulletin
No. 9 by V.J. Neldner (1991), 230 pp., illustrated, including a map, card cover.
Vascular Plants of Western Queensland. Queensland Botany Bulletin No. 11 by V.J. Neldner
(1992), 176 pp., illustrated, card cover.
Vegetation of the Sunshine Coast: Description and Management. Queensland Botany Bulletin
No. 7 by GN. Batianoff and J.A. Elsol (1989), 107 pp., illustrated, including maps, card cover.
Vegetation Map and Description, Warwick, South-eastern Queensland. Queensland Botany
Bulletin No. 8 by RA.R. Young andT.J. McDonald (1989), 47 pp., illustrated, including a map,
card cover.
Vegetation Description and Map: Ipswich, South-eastern Queensland. Queensland Botany
Bulletin No. 10 (1991), by JamesA. Elsol, 61 pp., maps, card cover.
Vegetation Survey and Mapping in Queensland: Its Relevance and Future, and the Contribution
of the Queensland Herbarium. Queensland Botany Bulletin No. 12 by V.J. Neldner (1993),
76 pp., card cover.
Economic Interest
Suburban Weeds, Third edition by H. Kleinschmidt, A. Holland and P. Simpson (1996), 98 pp.,
illustrated, card cover.
Use of Fodder Trees and Shrubs by S.L. Everist (1986), 72 pp., illustrated, card cover.
Poisonous Plants - afield guide by R.M. Dowling and R.A. McKenzie (1993), 175 pp., colour
illustrations and maps, card cover.
Special Interest
Rare and Threatened Plants of Queensland , 2nd edition by M.B. Thomas andW.J.F. McDonald
(1989), 76 pp., card cover.
The Flora of Girraween and Bald Rock National Parks by Bill McDonald, Colleen Gravatt,
Paul Grimshaw and John Williams (1995), 100 pp., colour and line drawing illustrations
and maps, card cover.
Wildflowers of South-eastern Queensland by B.A. Lebler.
Volume 1 (1977) 108 pp., illustrated, soft cover.
Volume 2 (1981) 83 pp., illustrated, soft cover.
Enquiries regarding the cost and ordering of these publications should be directed to Queensland Herbarium,
Environmental Protection Agency, Brisbane Botanic Gardens Mt. Coot-tha, Mt. Coot-tha Road, Toowong Qld
4066.